diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1')
275 files changed, 5287 insertions, 4917 deletions
diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/addr2line.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/addr2line.1 index 7e3630f6..cecbf997 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/addr2line.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/addr2line.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,79 +52,17 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ADDR2LINE 1" -.TH ADDR2LINE 1 "2023-06-27" "binutils-2.40" "GNU Development Tools" +.TH ADDR2LINE 1 2024-04-08 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME addr2line \- convert addresses or symbol+offset into file names and line numbers -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" addr2line [\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-\-addresses\fR] [\fB\-b\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] @@ -154,7 +76,7 @@ addr2line [\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-\-addresses\fR] [\fB\-j\fR|\fB\-\-section=\fR\fIname\fR] [\fB\-H\fR|\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR] [addr addr ...] -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" \&\fBaddr2line\fR translates addresses or symbol+offset into file names and line numbers. Given an address or symbol+offset in an executable or an offset in a section of a relocatable @@ -176,21 +98,21 @@ standard input, and prints the file name and line number for each address on standard output. In this mode, \fBaddr2line\fR may be used in a pipe to convert dynamically chosen addresses. .PP -The format of the output is \fB\s-1FILENAME:LINENO\s0\fR. By default +The format of the output is \fBFILENAME:LINENO\fR. By default each input address generates one line of output. .PP Two options can generate additional lines before each -\&\fB\s-1FILENAME:LINENO\s0\fR line (in that order). +\&\fBFILENAME:LINENO\fR line (in that order). .PP If the \fB\-a\fR option is used then a line with the input address is displayed. .PP If the \fB\-f\fR option is used, then a line with the -\&\fB\s-1FUNCTIONNAME\s0\fR is displayed. This is the name of the function +\&\fBFUNCTIONNAME\fR is displayed. This is the name of the function containing the address. .PP One option can generate additional lines after the -\&\fB\s-1FILENAME:LINENO\s0\fR line. +\&\fBFILENAME:LINENO\fR line. .PP If the \fB\-i\fR option is used and the code at the given address is present there because of inlining by the compiler then additional @@ -211,14 +133,14 @@ line number can not be determined, \fBaddr2line\fR will print 0. When symbol+offset is used, +offset is optional, except when the symbol is ambigious with a hex number. The resolved symbols can be mangled or unmangled, except unmangled symbols with + are not allowed. -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are equivalent. -.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-a\fR 4 .IX Item "-a" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-addresses\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-addresses\fR 4 .IX Item "--addresses" .PD Display the address before the function name, file and line number @@ -227,48 +149,48 @@ identify it. .IP "\fB\-b\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4 .IX Item "-b bfdname" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR 4 .IX Item "--target=bfdname" .PD Specify that the object-code format for the object files is \&\fIbfdname\fR. -.IP "\fB\-C\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-C\fR 4 .IX Item "-C" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-demangle[=\fR\fIstyle\fR\fB]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-demangle[=\fR\fIstyle\fR\fB]\fR 4 .IX Item "--demangle[=style]" .PD Decode (\fIdemangle\fR) low-level symbol names into user-level names. Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this -makes \*(C+ function names readable. Different compilers have different +makes C++ function names readable. Different compilers have different mangling styles. The optional demangling style argument can be used to choose an appropriate demangling style for your compiler. .IP "\fB\-e\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 .IX Item "-e filename" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-exe=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-exe=\fR\fIfilename\fR 4 .IX Item "--exe=filename" .PD Specify the name of the executable for which addresses should be translated. The default file is \fIa.out\fR. -.IP "\fB\-f\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-f\fR 4 .IX Item "-f" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-functions\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-functions\fR 4 .IX Item "--functions" .PD Display function names as well as file and line number information. -.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-s\fR 4 .IX Item "-s" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-basenames\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-basenames\fR 4 .IX Item "--basenames" .PD Display only the base of each file name. -.IP "\fB\-i\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-i\fR 4 .IX Item "-i" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-inlines\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-inlines\fR 4 .IX Item "--inlines" .PD If the address belongs to a function that was inlined, the source @@ -277,34 +199,34 @@ function will also be printed. For example, if \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR inlines \&\f(CW\*(C`callee1\*(C'\fR which inlines \f(CW\*(C`callee2\*(C'\fR, and address is from \&\f(CW\*(C`callee2\*(C'\fR, the source information for \f(CW\*(C`callee1\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR will also be printed. -.IP "\fB\-j\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-j\fR 4 .IX Item "-j" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-section\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-section\fR 4 .IX Item "--section" .PD Read offsets relative to the specified section instead of absolute addresses. -.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-p\fR 4 .IX Item "-p" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-pretty\-print\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-pretty\-print\fR 4 .IX Item "--pretty-print" .PD Make the output more human friendly: each location are printed on one line. If option \fB\-i\fR is specified, lines for all enclosing scopes are prefixed with \fB(inlined by)\fR. -.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-r\fR 4 .IX Item "-r" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-R\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-R\fR 4 .IX Item "-R" -.IP "\fB\-\-recurse\-limit\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-recurse\-limit\fR 4 .IX Item "--recurse-limit" -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-recurse\-limit\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-recurse\-limit\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-recurse-limit" -.IP "\fB\-\-recursion\-limit\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-recursion\-limit\fR 4 .IX Item "--recursion-limit" -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-recursion\-limit\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-recursion\-limit\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-recursion-limit" .PD Enables or disables a limit on the amount of recursion performed @@ -325,7 +247,7 @@ synonym for the \fB\-\-recurse\-limit\fR option. .Sp Note this option is only effective if the \fB\-C\fR or \&\fB\-\-demangle\fR option has been enabled. -.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB@\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "@file" Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR @@ -341,13 +263,13 @@ with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional .SH "SEE ALSO" .IX Header "SEE ALSO" Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR. -.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright (c) 1991\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright (c) 1991\-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document -under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the -section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R". +section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/airscan-discover.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/airscan-discover.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5580e8aa --- /dev/null +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/airscan-discover.1 @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +.\" generated with Ronn-NG/v0.9.1 +.\" http://github.com/apjanke/ronn-ng/tree/0.9.1 +.TH "AIRSCAN\-DISCOVER" "1" "January 2024" "" "SANE Scanner Access Now Easy" +.SH "NAME" +\fBairscan\-discover\fR \- Discover sane\-airscan compatible scanners +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +\fBairscan\-discover [options]\fR +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +\fBairscan\-discover\fR is a command\-line tool to find eSCL and WSD scanners on a local network +.P +It uses Avahi to discover DNS\-SD devices and its own implementation of WS\-Discovery to discover WSD devices\. +.P +On success, it outputs a fragment of sane\-airscan configuration file, that can be directly added to \fB/etc/sane\.d/airscan\.conf\fR +.SH "OPTIONS" +.TP +\fB\-test\-fast\fR or \fB\-\-test\-fast\fR +Fast discovery mode (see ane\-airscan(5) for details) +.TP +\fB\-test\-auto\fR or \fB\-\-test\-auto\fR +Automatic protocol selection (see ane\-airscan(5) for details) +.TP +\fB\-d\fR +Print debug messages to console +.TP +\fB\-t\fR +Write a very detailed protocol trace to \fBairscan\-discover\-zeroconf\.log\fR and \fBairscan\-discover\-zeroconf\.tar\fR +.TP +\fB\-h\fR +Print help screen +.SH "FILES" +.TP +\fBairscan\-discover\-zeroconf\.log\fR +Protocol trace +.TP +\fBairscan\-discover\-zeroconf\.tar\fR +Non\-textual messages, if any, saved here\. Textual (i\.e\., XML) messages included directly into the \.log file +.SH "SEE ALSO" +\fBsane(7), sane\-airscan(5)\fR +.SH "AUTHOR" +Alexander Pevzner <pzz@apevzner\.com> diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ar.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ar.1 index e662fcef..38b0d284 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ar.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ar.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,84 +52,22 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "AR 1" -.TH AR 1 "2023-06-27" "binutils-2.40" "GNU Development Tools" +.TH AR 1 2024-04-08 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME ar \- create, modify, and extract from archives -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" ar [\fB\-X32_64\fR] [\fB\-\fR]\fIp\fR[\fImod\fR] [\fB\-\-plugin\fR \fIname\fR] [\fB\-\-target\fR \fIbfdname\fR] [\fB\-\-output\fR \fIdirname\fR] [\fB\-\-record\-libdeps\fR \fIlibdeps\fR] [\fB\-\-thin\fR] [\fIrelpos\fR] [\fIcount\fR] \fIarchive\fR [\fImember\fR...] -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" -The \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR program creates, modifies, and extracts from +The GNU \fBar\fR program creates, modifies, and extracts from archives. An \fIarchive\fR is a single file holding a collection of other files in a structure that makes it possible to retrieve the original individual files (called \fImembers\fR of the archive). @@ -154,7 +76,7 @@ The original files' contents, mode (permissions), timestamp, owner, and group are preserved in the archive, and can be restored on extraction. .PP -\&\s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR can maintain archives whose members have names of any +GNU \fBar\fR can maintain archives whose members have names of any length; however, depending on how \fBar\fR is configured on your system, a limit on member-name length may be imposed for compatibility with archive formats maintained with other tools. If it exists, the @@ -179,7 +101,7 @@ You may use \fBnm \-s\fR or \fBnm \-\-print\-armap\fR to list this index table. If an archive lacks the table, another form of \fBar\fR called \&\fBranlib\fR can be used to add just the table. .PP -\&\s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR can optionally create a \fIthin\fR archive, +GNU \fBar\fR can optionally create a \fIthin\fR archive, which contains a symbol index and references to the original copies of the member files of the archive. This is useful for building libraries for use within a local build tree, where the relocatable @@ -199,15 +121,15 @@ individually to the second archive. The paths to the elements of the archive are stored relative to the archive itself. .PP -\&\s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR is designed to be compatible with two different +GNU \fBar\fR is designed to be compatible with two different facilities. You can control its activity using command-line options, like the different varieties of \fBar\fR on Unix systems; or, if you specify the single command-line option \fB\-M\fR, you can control it -with a script supplied via standard input, like the \s-1MRI\s0 \*(L"librarian\*(R" +with a script supplied via standard input, like the MRI "librarian" program. -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" -\&\s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR allows you to mix the operation code \fIp\fR and modifier +GNU \fBar\fR allows you to mix the operation code \fIp\fR and modifier flags \fImod\fR in any order, within the first command-line argument. .PP If you wish, you may begin the first command-line argument with a @@ -215,7 +137,7 @@ dash. .PP The \fIp\fR keyletter specifies what operation to execute; it may be any of the following, but you must specify only one of them: -.IP "\fBd\fR" 4 +.IP \fBd\fR 4 .IX Item "d" \&\fIDelete\fR modules from the archive. Specify the names of modules to be deleted as \fImember\fR...; the archive is untouched if you @@ -223,7 +145,7 @@ specify no files to delete. .Sp If you specify the \fBv\fR modifier, \fBar\fR lists each module as it is deleted. -.IP "\fBm\fR" 4 +.IP \fBm\fR 4 .IX Item "m" Use this operation to \fImove\fR members in an archive. .Sp @@ -235,7 +157,7 @@ If no modifiers are used with \f(CW\*(C`m\*(C'\fR, any members you name in the \&\fImember\fR arguments are moved to the \fIend\fR of the archive; you can use the \fBa\fR, \fBb\fR, or \fBi\fR modifiers to move them to a specified place instead. -.IP "\fBp\fR" 4 +.IP \fBp\fR 4 .IX Item "p" \&\fIPrint\fR the specified members of the archive, to the standard output file. If the \fBv\fR modifier is specified, show the member @@ -243,7 +165,7 @@ name before copying its contents to standard output. .Sp If you specify no \fImember\fR arguments, all the files in the archive are printed. -.IP "\fBq\fR" 4 +.IP \fBq\fR 4 .IX Item "q" \&\fIQuick append\fR; Historically, add the files \fImember\fR... to the end of \&\fIarchive\fR, without checking for replacement. @@ -256,13 +178,13 @@ The modifier \fBv\fR makes \fBar\fR list each file as it is appended. Since the point of this operation is speed, implementations of \&\fBar\fR have the option of not updating the archive's symbol table if one exists. Too many different systems however assume that -symbol tables are always up-to-date, so \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR will +symbol tables are always up-to-date, so GNU \fBar\fR will rebuild the table even with a quick append. .Sp -Note \- \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR treats the command \fBqs\fR as a +Note \- GNU \fBar\fR treats the command \fBqs\fR as a synonym for \fBr\fR \- replacing already existing files in the archive and appending new ones at the end. -.IP "\fBr\fR" 4 +.IP \fBr\fR 4 .IX Item "r" Insert the files \fImember\fR... into \fIarchive\fR (with \&\fIreplacement\fR). This operation differs from \fBq\fR in that any @@ -281,13 +203,13 @@ The modifier \fBv\fR used with this operation elicits a line of output for each file inserted, along with one of the letters \fBa\fR or \&\fBr\fR to indicate whether the file was appended (no old member deleted) or replaced. -.IP "\fBs\fR" 4 +.IP \fBs\fR 4 .IX Item "s" Add an index to the archive, or update it if it already exists. Note this command is an exception to the rule that there can only be one command letter, as it is possible to use it as either a command or a modifier. In either case it does the same thing. -.IP "\fBt\fR" 4 +.IP \fBt\fR 4 .IX Item "t" Display a \fItable\fR listing the contents of \fIarchive\fR, or those of the files listed in \fImember\fR... that are present in the @@ -303,7 +225,7 @@ If there is more than one file with the same name (say, \fBfie\fR) in an archive (say \fBb.a\fR), \fBar t b.a fie\fR lists only the first instance; to see them all, you must ask for a complete listing\-\-\-in our example, \fBar t b.a\fR. -.IP "\fBx\fR" 4 +.IP \fBx\fR 4 .IX Item "x" \&\fIExtract\fR members (named \fImember\fR) from the archive. You can use the \fBv\fR modifier with this operation, to request that @@ -321,25 +243,25 @@ an output directory. .PP A number of modifiers (\fImod\fR) may immediately follow the \fIp\fR keyletter, to specify variations on an operation's behavior: -.IP "\fBa\fR" 4 +.IP \fBa\fR 4 .IX Item "a" Add new files \fIafter\fR an existing member of the archive. If you use the modifier \fBa\fR, the name of an existing archive member must be present as the \fIrelpos\fR argument, before the \&\fIarchive\fR specification. -.IP "\fBb\fR" 4 +.IP \fBb\fR 4 .IX Item "b" Add new files \fIbefore\fR an existing member of the archive. If you use the modifier \fBb\fR, the name of an existing archive member must be present as the \fIrelpos\fR argument, before the \&\fIarchive\fR specification. (same as \fBi\fR). -.IP "\fBc\fR" 4 +.IP \fBc\fR 4 .IX Item "c" \&\fICreate\fR the archive. The specified \fIarchive\fR is always created if it did not exist, when you request an update. But a warning is issued unless you specify in advance that you expect to create it, by using this modifier. -.IP "\fBD\fR" 4 +.IP \fBD\fR 4 .IX Item "D" Operate in \fIdeterministic\fR mode. When adding files and the archive index use zero for UIDs, GIDs, timestamps, and use consistent file modes @@ -351,46 +273,46 @@ file modes, or modification times. If \fIbinutils\fR was configured with \&\fB\-\-enable\-deterministic\-archives\fR, then this mode is on by default. It can be disabled with the \fBU\fR modifier, below. -.IP "\fBf\fR" 4 +.IP \fBf\fR 4 .IX Item "f" -Truncate names in the archive. \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR will normally permit file +Truncate names in the archive. GNU \fBar\fR will normally permit file names of any length. This will cause it to create archives which are not compatible with the native \fBar\fR program on some systems. If this is a concern, the \fBf\fR modifier may be used to truncate file names when putting them in the archive. -.IP "\fBi\fR" 4 +.IP \fBi\fR 4 .IX Item "i" Insert new files \fIbefore\fR an existing member of the archive. If you use the modifier \fBi\fR, the name of an existing archive member must be present as the \fIrelpos\fR argument, before the \&\fIarchive\fR specification. (same as \fBb\fR). -.IP "\fBl\fR" 4 +.IP \fBl\fR 4 .IX Item "l" Specify dependencies of this library. The dependencies must immediately follow this option character, must use the same syntax as the linker command line, and must be specified within a single argument. I.e., if multiple items are needed, they must be quoted to form a single command -line argument. For example \fBL \*(L"\-L/usr/local/lib \-lmydep1 \-lmydep2\*(R"\fR -.IP "\fBN\fR" 4 +line argument. For example \fBL "\-L/usr/local/lib \-lmydep1 \-lmydep2"\fR +.IP \fBN\fR 4 .IX Item "N" Uses the \fIcount\fR parameter. This is used if there are multiple entries in the archive with the same name. Extract or delete instance \&\fIcount\fR of the given name from the archive. -.IP "\fBo\fR" 4 +.IP \fBo\fR 4 .IX Item "o" Preserve the \fIoriginal\fR dates of members when extracting them. If you do not specify this modifier, files extracted from the archive are stamped with the time of extraction. -.IP "\fBO\fR" 4 +.IP \fBO\fR 4 .IX Item "O" Display member offsets inside the archive. Use together with the \fBt\fR option. -.IP "\fBP\fR" 4 +.IP \fBP\fR 4 .IX Item "P" Use the full path name when matching or storing names in the archive. -Archives created with full path names are not \s-1POSIX\s0 compliant, and -thus may not work with tools other than up to date \s-1GNU\s0 tools. -Modifying such archives with \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR without using +Archives created with full path names are not POSIX compliant, and +thus may not work with tools other than up to date GNU tools. +Modifying such archives with GNU \fBar\fR without using \&\fBP\fR will remove the full path names unless the archive is a thin archive. Note that \fBP\fR may be useful when adding files to a thin archive since \fBr\fR without \fBP\fR ignores the path @@ -403,25 +325,25 @@ when choosing which element to replace. Thus will result in the first \f(CW\*(C`subdir/file1\*(C'\fR being replaced with \&\f(CW\*(C`file1\*(C'\fR from the current directory. Adding \fBP\fR will prevent this replacement. -.IP "\fBs\fR" 4 +.IP \fBs\fR 4 .IX Item "s" Write an object-file index into the archive, or update an existing one, even if no other change is made to the archive. You may use this modifier flag either with any operation, or alone. Running \fBar s\fR on an archive is equivalent to running \fBranlib\fR on it. -.IP "\fBS\fR" 4 +.IP \fBS\fR 4 .IX Item "S" Do not generate an archive symbol table. This can speed up building a large library in several steps. The resulting archive can not be used with the linker. In order to build a symbol table, you must omit the \&\fBS\fR modifier on the last execution of \fBar\fR, or you must run \&\fBranlib\fR on the archive. -.IP "\fBT\fR" 4 +.IP \fBT\fR 4 .IX Item "T" Deprecated alias for \fB\-\-thin\fR. \fBT\fR is not recommended because in many ar implementations \fBT\fR has a different meaning, as specified by X/Open System Interface. -.IP "\fBu\fR" 4 +.IP \fBu\fR 4 .IX Item "u" Normally, \fBar r\fR... inserts all files listed into the archive. If you would like to insert \fIonly\fR those @@ -430,40 +352,44 @@ names, use this modifier. The \fBu\fR modifier is allowed only for the operation \fBr\fR (replace). In particular, the combination \fBqu\fR is not allowed, since checking the timestamps would lose any speed advantage from the operation \fBq\fR. -.IP "\fBU\fR" 4 +.Sp +Note \- if an archive has been created in a deterministic manner, eg +via the use of the \fBD\fR modifier, then replacement will always +happen and the \fBu\fR modifier will be ineffective. +.IP \fBU\fR 4 .IX Item "U" Do \fInot\fR operate in \fIdeterministic\fR mode. This is the inverse of the \fBD\fR modifier, above: added files and the archive index will -get their actual \s-1UID, GID,\s0 timestamp, and file mode values. +get their actual UID, GID, timestamp, and file mode values. .Sp This is the default unless \fIbinutils\fR was configured with \&\fB\-\-enable\-deterministic\-archives\fR. -.IP "\fBv\fR" 4 +.IP \fBv\fR 4 .IX Item "v" This modifier requests the \fIverbose\fR version of an operation. Many operations display additional information, such as filenames processed, when the modifier \fBv\fR is appended. -.IP "\fBV\fR" 4 +.IP \fBV\fR 4 .IX Item "V" This modifier shows the version number of \fBar\fR. .PP The \fBar\fR program also supports some command-line options which are neither modifiers nor actions, but which do change its behaviour in specific ways: -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" Displays the list of command-line options supported by \fBar\fR and then exits. -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" Displays the version information of \fBar\fR and then exits. -.IP "\fB\-X32_64\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-X32_64\fR 4 .IX Item "-X32_64" \&\fBar\fR ignores an initial option spelled \fB\-X32_64\fR, for -compatibility with \s-1AIX.\s0 The behaviour produced by this option is the -default for \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR. \fBar\fR does not support any +compatibility with AIX. The behaviour produced by this option is the +default for GNU \fBar\fR. \fBar\fR does not support any of the other \fB\-X\fR options; in particular, it does not support -\&\fB\-X32\fR which is the default for \s-1AIX\s0 \fBar\fR. +\&\fB\-X32\fR which is the default for AIX \fBar\fR. .IP "\fB\-\-plugin\fR \fIname\fR" 4 .IX Item "--plugin name" The optional command-line switch \fB\-\-plugin\fR \fIname\fR causes @@ -482,9 +408,9 @@ plugin that claims the object in question is used. Please note that this plugin search directory is \fInot\fR the one used by \fBld\fR's \fB\-plugin\fR option. In order to make \&\fBar\fR use the linker plugin it must be copied into the -\&\fI${libdir}/bfd\-plugins\fR directory. For \s-1GCC\s0 based compilations +\&\fI${libdir}/bfd\-plugins\fR directory. For GCC based compilations the linker plugin is called \fIliblto_plugin.so.0.0.0\fR. For Clang -based compilations it is called \fILLVMgold.so\fR. The \s-1GCC\s0 plugin +based compilations it is called \fILLVMgold.so\fR. The GCC plugin is always backwards compatible with earlier versions, so it is sufficient to just copy the newest one. .IP "\fB\-\-target\fR \fItarget\fR" 4 @@ -505,12 +431,12 @@ line. .IX Item "--record-libdeps libdeps" The \fB\-\-record\-libdeps\fR option is identical to the \fBl\fR modifier, just handled in long form. -.IP "\fB\-\-thin\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-thin\fR 4 .IX Item "--thin" Make the specified \fIarchive\fR a \fIthin\fR archive. If it already exists and is a regular archive, the existing members must be present in the same directory as \fIarchive\fR. -.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB@\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "@file" Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR @@ -526,13 +452,13 @@ with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional .SH "SEE ALSO" .IX Header "SEE ALSO" \&\fBnm\fR\|(1), \fBranlib\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR. -.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright (c) 1991\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright (c) 1991\-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document -under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the -section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R". +section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/arch.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/arch.1 index fbb6fbd6..1fa34ce3 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/arch.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/arch.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH ARCH "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH ARCH "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME arch \- print machine hardware name (same as uname -m) .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/as.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/as.1 index c7c2a85a..5477f0e3 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/as.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/as.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,81 +52,19 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "AS 1" -.TH AS 1 "2023-06-27" "binutils-2.40" "GNU Development Tools" +.TH AS 1 2024-04-08 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME AS \- the portable GNU assembler. -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" -as [\fB\-a\fR[\fBcdghlns\fR][=\fIfile\fR]] +as [\fB\-a\fR[\fBcdghilns\fR][=\fIfile\fR]] [\fB\-\-alternate\fR] [\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections\fR] [\fB\-\-nocompress\-debug\-sections\fR] [\fB\-D\fR] @@ -154,7 +76,7 @@ as [\fB\-a\fR[\fBcdghlns\fR][=\fIfile\fR]] [\fB\-f\fR] [\fB\-g\fR] [\fB\-\-gstabs\fR] [\fB\-\-gstabs+\fR] [\fB\-\-gdwarf\-<N>\fR] [\fB\-\-gdwarf\-sections\fR] - [\fB\-\-gdwarf\-cie\-version\fR=\fI\s-1VERSION\s0\fR] + [\fB\-\-gdwarf\-cie\-version\fR=\fIVERSION\fR] [\fB\-\-generate\-missing\-build\-notes=[no|yes]\fR] [\fB\-\-gsframe\fR] [\fB\-\-hash\-size\fR=\fIN\fR] @@ -164,26 +86,27 @@ as [\fB\-a\fR[\fBcdghlns\fR][=\fIfile\fR]] [\fB\-K\fR] [\fB\-\-keep\-locals\fR] [\fB\-L\fR] - [\fB\-\-listing\-lhs\-width\fR=\fI\s-1NUM\s0\fR] - [\fB\-\-listing\-lhs\-width2\fR=\fI\s-1NUM\s0\fR] - [\fB\-\-listing\-rhs\-width\fR=\fI\s-1NUM\s0\fR] - [\fB\-\-listing\-cont\-lines\fR=\fI\s-1NUM\s0\fR] + [\fB\-\-listing\-lhs\-width\fR=\fINUM\fR] + [\fB\-\-listing\-lhs\-width2\fR=\fINUM\fR] + [\fB\-\-listing\-rhs\-width\fR=\fINUM\fR] + [\fB\-\-listing\-cont\-lines\fR=\fINUM\fR] [\fB\-\-multibyte\-handling=[allow|warn|warn\-sym\-only]\fR] [\fB\-\-no\-pad\-sections\fR] [\fB\-o\fR \fIobjfile\fR] [\fB\-R\fR] + [\fB\-\-scfi=experimental\fR] [\fB\-\-sectname\-subst\fR] [\fB\-\-size\-check=[error|warning]\fR] [\fB\-\-statistics\fR] [\fB\-v\fR] [\fB\-version\fR] [\fB\-\-version\fR] [\fB\-W\fR] [\fB\-\-warn\fR] [\fB\-\-fatal\-warnings\fR] [\fB\-w\fR] [\fB\-x\fR] - [\fB\-Z\fR] [\fB@\fR\fI\s-1FILE\s0\fR] + [\fB\-Z\fR] [\fB@\fR\fIFILE\fR] [\fItarget-options\fR] [\fB\-\-\fR|\fIfiles\fR ...] -.SH "TARGET" +.SH TARGET .IX Header "TARGET" \&\fITarget AArch64 options:\fR [\fB\-EB\fR|\fB\-EL\fR] - [\fB\-mabi\fR=\fI\s-1ABI\s0\fR] + [\fB\-mabi\fR=\fIABI\fR] .PP \&\fITarget Alpha options:\fR [\fB\-m\fR\fIcpu\fR] @@ -192,14 +115,14 @@ as [\fB\-a\fR[\fBcdghlns\fR][=\fIfile\fR]] [\fB\-relax\fR] [\fB\-g\fR] [\fB\-G\fR\fIsize\fR] [\fB\-F\fR] [\fB\-32addr\fR] .PP -\&\fITarget \s-1ARC\s0 options:\fR +\&\fITarget ARC options:\fR [\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR] [\fB\-mA6\fR|\fB\-mARC600\fR|\fB\-mARC601\fR|\fB\-mA7\fR|\fB\-mARC700\fR|\fB\-mEM\fR|\fB\-mHS\fR] [\fB\-mcode\-density\fR] [\fB\-mrelax\fR] [\fB\-EB\fR|\fB\-EL\fR] .PP -\&\fITarget \s-1ARM\s0 options:\fR +\&\fITarget ARM options:\fR [\fB\-mcpu\fR=\fIprocessor\fR[+\fIextension\fR...]] [\fB\-march\fR=\fIarchitecture\fR[+\fIextension\fR...]] [\fB\-mfpu\fR=\fIfloating-point-format\fR] @@ -217,10 +140,10 @@ as [\fB\-a\fR[\fBcdghlns\fR][=\fIfile\fR]] [\fB\-mno\-fdpic\fR] [\fB\-mnopic\fR] .PP -\&\fITarget \s-1BPF\s0 options:\fR +\&\fITarget BPF options:\fR [\fB\-EL\fR] [\fB\-EB\fR] .PP -\&\fITarget \s-1CRIS\s0 options:\fR +\&\fITarget CRIS options:\fR [\fB\-\-underscore\fR | \fB\-\-no\-underscore\fR] [\fB\-\-pic\fR] [\fB\-N\fR] [\fB\-\-emulation=criself\fR | \fB\-\-emulation=crisaout\fR] @@ -250,7 +173,7 @@ as [\fB\-a\fR[\fBcdghlns\fR][=\fIfile\fR]] \&\fITarget D30V options:\fR [\fB\-O\fR|\fB\-n\fR|\fB\-N\fR] .PP -\&\fITarget \s-1EPIPHANY\s0 options:\fR +\&\fITarget EPIPHANY options:\fR [\fB\-mepiphany\fR|\fB\-mepiphany16\fR] .PP \&\fITarget H8/300 options:\fR @@ -258,9 +181,9 @@ as [\fB\-a\fR[\fBcdghlns\fR][=\fIfile\fR]] .PP \&\fITarget i386 options:\fR [\fB\-\-32\fR|\fB\-\-x32\fR|\fB\-\-64\fR] [\fB\-n\fR] - [\fB\-march\fR=\fI\s-1CPU\s0\fR[+\fI\s-1EXTENSION\s0\fR...]] [\fB\-mtune\fR=\fI\s-1CPU\s0\fR] + [\fB\-march\fR=\fICPU\fR[+\fIEXTENSION\fR...]] [\fB\-mtune\fR=\fICPU\fR] .PP -\&\fITarget \s-1IA\-64\s0 options:\fR +\&\fITarget IA\-64 options:\fR [\fB\-mconstant\-gp\fR|\fB\-mauto\-pic\fR] [\fB\-milp32\fR|\fB\-milp64\fR|\fB\-mlp64\fR|\fB\-mp64\fR] [\fB\-mle\fR|\fBmbe\fR] @@ -269,7 +192,7 @@ as [\fB\-a\fR[\fBcdghlns\fR][=\fIfile\fR]] [\fB\-mhint.b=ok\fR|\fB\-mhint.b=warning\fR|\fB\-mhint.b=error\fR] [\fB\-x\fR|\fB\-xexplicit\fR] [\fB\-xauto\fR] [\fB\-xdebug\fR] .PP -\&\fITarget \s-1IP2K\s0 options:\fR +\&\fITarget IP2K options:\fR [\fB\-mip2022\fR|\fB\-mip2022ext\fR] .PP \&\fITarget M32C options:\fR @@ -290,22 +213,23 @@ as [\fB\-a\fR[\fBcdghlns\fR][=\fIfile\fR]] [\fB\-\-strict\-direct\-mode\fR] [\fB\-\-print\-insn\-syntax\fR] [\fB\-\-print\-opcodes\fR] [\fB\-\-generate\-example\fR] .PP -\&\fITarget \s-1MCORE\s0 options:\fR +\&\fITarget MCORE options:\fR [\fB\-jsri2bsr\fR] [\fB\-sifilter\fR] [\fB\-relax\fR] [\fB\-mcpu=[210|340]\fR] .PP \&\fITarget Meta options:\fR [\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR] [\fB\-mfpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR] [\fB\-mdsp=\fR\fIcpu\fR] -\&\fITarget \s-1MICROBLAZE\s0 options:\fR +\&\fITarget MICROBLAZE options:\fR + [\fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR] [\fB\-mbig\-endian\fR] .PP -\&\fITarget \s-1MIPS\s0 options:\fR +\&\fITarget MIPS options:\fR [\fB\-nocpp\fR] [\fB\-EL\fR] [\fB\-EB\fR] [\fB\-O\fR[\fIoptimization level\fR]] [\fB\-g\fR[\fIdebug level\fR]] [\fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR] [\fB\-KPIC\fR] [\fB\-call_shared\fR] [\fB\-non_shared\fR] [\fB\-xgot\fR [\fB\-mvxworks\-pic\fR] - [\fB\-mabi\fR=\fI\s-1ABI\s0\fR] [\fB\-32\fR] [\fB\-n32\fR] [\fB\-64\fR] [\fB\-mfp32\fR] [\fB\-mgp32\fR] + [\fB\-mabi\fR=\fIABI\fR] [\fB\-32\fR] [\fB\-n32\fR] [\fB\-64\fR] [\fB\-mfp32\fR] [\fB\-mgp32\fR] [\fB\-mfp64\fR] [\fB\-mgp64\fR] [\fB\-mfpxx\fR] [\fB\-modd\-spreg\fR] [\fB\-mno\-odd\-spreg\fR] - [\fB\-march\fR=\fI\s-1CPU\s0\fR] [\fB\-mtune\fR=\fI\s-1CPU\s0\fR] [\fB\-mips1\fR] [\fB\-mips2\fR] + [\fB\-march\fR=\fICPU\fR] [\fB\-mtune\fR=\fICPU\fR] [\fB\-mips1\fR] [\fB\-mips2\fR] [\fB\-mips3\fR] [\fB\-mips4\fR] [\fB\-mips5\fR] [\fB\-mips32\fR] [\fB\-mips32r2\fR] [\fB\-mips32r3\fR] [\fB\-mips32r5\fR] [\fB\-mips32r6\fR] [\fB\-mips64\fR] [\fB\-mips64r2\fR] [\fB\-mips64r3\fR] [\fB\-mips64r5\fR] [\fB\-mips64r6\fR] @@ -341,27 +265,27 @@ as [\fB\-a\fR[\fBcdghlns\fR][=\fIfile\fR]] [\fB\-mdebug\fR] [\fB\-no\-mdebug\fR] [\fB\-mpdr\fR] [\fB\-mno\-pdr\fR] .PP -\&\fITarget \s-1MMIX\s0 options:\fR +\&\fITarget MMIX options:\fR [\fB\-\-fixed\-special\-register\-names\fR] [\fB\-\-globalize\-symbols\fR] [\fB\-\-gnu\-syntax\fR] [\fB\-\-relax\fR] [\fB\-\-no\-predefined\-symbols\fR] [\fB\-\-no\-expand\fR] [\fB\-\-no\-merge\-gregs\fR] [\fB\-x\fR] [\fB\-\-linker\-allocated\-gregs\fR] .PP -\&\fITarget Nios \s-1II\s0 options:\fR +\&\fITarget Nios II options:\fR [\fB\-relax\-all\fR] [\fB\-relax\-section\fR] [\fB\-no\-relax\fR] [\fB\-EB\fR] [\fB\-EL\fR] .PP -\&\fITarget \s-1NDS32\s0 options:\fR +\&\fITarget NDS32 options:\fR [\fB\-EL\fR] [\fB\-EB\fR] [\fB\-O\fR] [\fB\-Os\fR] [\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR] [\fB\-misa=\fR\fIisa\fR] [\fB\-mabi=\fR\fIabi\fR] [\fB\-mall\-ext\fR] [\fB\-m[no\-]16\-bit\fR] [\fB\-m[no\-]perf\-ext\fR] [\fB\-m[no\-]perf2\-ext\fR] [\fB\-m[no\-]string\-ext\fR] [\fB\-m[no\-]dsp\-ext\fR] [\fB\-m[no\-]mac\fR] [\fB\-m[no\-]div\fR] [\fB\-m[no\-]audio\-isa\-ext\fR] [\fB\-m[no\-]fpu\-sp\-ext\fR] [\fB\-m[no\-]fpu\-dp\-ext\fR] - [\fB\-m[no\-]fpu\-fma\fR] [\fB\-mfpu\-freg=\fR\fI\s-1FREG\s0\fR] [\fB\-mreduced\-regs\fR] + [\fB\-m[no\-]fpu\-fma\fR] [\fB\-mfpu\-freg=\fR\fIFREG\fR] [\fB\-mreduced\-regs\fR] [\fB\-mfull\-regs\fR] [\fB\-m[no\-]dx\-regs\fR] [\fB\-mpic\fR] [\fB\-mno\-relax\fR] [\fB\-mb2bb\fR] .PP -\&\fITarget \s-1PDP11\s0 options:\fR +\&\fITarget PDP11 options:\fR [\fB\-mpic\fR|\fB\-mno\-pic\fR] [\fB\-mall\fR] [\fB\-mno\-extensions\fR] [\fB\-m\fR\fIextension\fR|\fB\-mno\-\fR\fIextension\fR] [\fB\-m\fR\fIcpu\fR] [\fB\-m\fR\fImachine\fR] @@ -379,27 +303,27 @@ as [\fB\-a\fR[\fBcdghlns\fR][=\fIfile\fR]] \fB\-mcell\fR|\fB\-mspe\fR|\fB\-mspe2\fR|\fB\-mtitan\fR|\fB\-me300\fR|\fB\-mcom\fR] [\fB\-many\fR] [\fB\-maltivec\fR|\fB\-mvsx\fR|\fB\-mhtm\fR|\fB\-mvle\fR] [\fB\-mregnames\fR|\fB\-mno\-regnames\fR] - [\fB\-mrelocatable\fR|\fB\-mrelocatable\-lib\fR|\fB\-K \s-1PIC\s0\fR] [\fB\-memb\fR] + [\fB\-mrelocatable\fR|\fB\-mrelocatable\-lib\fR|\fB\-K PIC\fR] [\fB\-memb\fR] [\fB\-mlittle\fR|\fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR|\fB\-le\fR|\fB\-mbig\fR|\fB\-mbig\-endian\fR|\fB\-be\fR] [\fB\-msolaris\fR|\fB\-mno\-solaris\fR] [\fB\-nops=\fR\fIcount\fR] .PP -\&\fITarget \s-1PRU\s0 options:\fR +\&\fITarget PRU options:\fR [\fB\-link\-relax\fR] [\fB\-mnolink\-relax\fR] [\fB\-mno\-warn\-regname\-label\fR] .PP \&\fITarget RISC-V options:\fR [\fB\-fpic\fR|\fB\-fPIC\fR|\fB\-fno\-pic\fR] - [\fB\-march\fR=\fI\s-1ISA\s0\fR] - [\fB\-mabi\fR=\fI\s-1ABI\s0\fR] + [\fB\-march\fR=\fIISA\fR] + [\fB\-mabi\fR=\fIABI\fR] [\fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR|\fB\-mbig\-endian\fR] .PP -\&\fITarget \s-1RL78\s0 options:\fR +\&\fITarget RL78 options:\fR [\fB\-mg10\fR] [\fB\-m32bit\-doubles\fR|\fB\-m64bit\-doubles\fR] .PP -\&\fITarget \s-1RX\s0 options:\fR +\&\fITarget RX options:\fR [\fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR|\fB\-mbig\-endian\fR] [\fB\-m32bit\-doubles\fR|\fB\-m64bit\-doubles\fR] [\fB\-muse\-conventional\-section\-names\fR] @@ -410,17 +334,17 @@ as [\fB\-a\fR[\fBcdghlns\fR][=\fIfile\fR]] [\fB\-mgcc\-abi\fR|\fB\-mrx\-abi\fR] .PP \&\fITarget s390 options:\fR - [\fB\-m31\fR|\fB\-m64\fR] [\fB\-mesa\fR|\fB\-mzarch\fR] [\fB\-march\fR=\fI\s-1CPU\s0\fR] + [\fB\-m31\fR|\fB\-m64\fR] [\fB\-mesa\fR|\fB\-mzarch\fR] [\fB\-march\fR=\fICPU\fR] [\fB\-mregnames\fR|\fB\-mno\-regnames\fR] [\fB\-mwarn\-areg\-zero\fR] .PP -\&\fITarget \s-1SCORE\s0 options:\fR +\&\fITarget SCORE options:\fR [\fB\-EB\fR][\fB\-EL\fR][\fB\-FIXDD\fR][\fB\-NWARN\fR] [\fB\-SCORE5\fR][\fB\-SCORE5U\fR][\fB\-SCORE7\fR][\fB\-SCORE3\fR] [\fB\-march=score7\fR][\fB\-march=score3\fR] [\fB\-USE_R1\fR][\fB\-KPIC\fR][\fB\-O0\fR][\fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR][\fB\-V\fR] .PP -\&\fITarget \s-1SPARC\s0 options:\fR +\&\fITarget SPARC options:\fR [\fB\-Av6\fR|\fB\-Av7\fR|\fB\-Av8\fR|\fB\-Aleon\fR|\fB\-Asparclet\fR|\fB\-Asparclite\fR \fB\-Av8plus\fR|\fB\-Av8plusa\fR|\fB\-Av8plusb\fR|\fB\-Av8plusc\fR|\fB\-Av8plusd\fR \fB\-Av8plusv\fR|\fB\-Av8plusm\fR|\fB\-Av9\fR|\fB\-Av9a\fR|\fB\-Av9b\fR|\fB\-Av9c\fR @@ -437,11 +361,11 @@ as [\fB\-a\fR[\fBcdghlns\fR][=\fIfile\fR]] [\fB\-32\fR|\fB\-64\fR] [\fB\-\-enforce\-aligned\-data\fR][\fB\-\-dcti\-couples\-detect\fR] .PP -\&\fITarget \s-1TIC54X\s0 options:\fR +\&\fITarget TIC54X options:\fR [\fB\-mcpu=54[123589]\fR|\fB\-mcpu=54[56]lp\fR] [\fB\-mfar\-mode\fR|\fB\-mf\fR] [\fB\-merrors\-to\-file\fR \fI<filename>\fR|\fB\-me\fR \fI<filename>\fR] .PP -\&\fITarget \s-1TIC6X\s0 options:\fR +\&\fITarget TIC6X options:\fR [\fB\-march=\fR\fIarch\fR] [\fB\-mbig\-endian\fR|\fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR] [\fB\-mdsbt\fR|\fB\-mno\-dsbt\fR] [\fB\-mpid=no\fR|\fB\-mpid=near\fR|\fB\-mpid=far\fR] [\fB\-mpic\fR|\fB\-mno\-pic\fR] @@ -462,23 +386,23 @@ as [\fB\-a\fR[\fBcdghlns\fR][=\fIfile\fR]] [\fB\-\-abi\-windowed\fR|\fB\-\-abi\-call0\fR] .PP \&\fITarget Z80 options:\fR - [\fB\-march=\fR\fI\s-1CPU\s0\fR\fI[\-EXT]\fR\fI[+EXT]\fR] - [\fB\-local\-prefix=\fR\fI\s-1PREFIX\s0\fR] + [\fB\-march=\fR\fICPU\fR\fI[\-EXT]\fR\fI[+EXT]\fR] + [\fB\-local\-prefix=\fR\fIPREFIX\fR] [\fB\-colonless\fR] [\fB\-sdcc\fR] - [\fB\-fp\-s=\fR\fI\s-1FORMAT\s0\fR] - [\fB\-fp\-d=\fR\fI\s-1FORMAT\s0\fR] -.SH "DESCRIPTION" + [\fB\-fp\-s=\fR\fIFORMAT\fR] + [\fB\-fp\-d=\fR\fIFORMAT\fR] +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" -\&\s-1GNU\s0 \fBas\fR is really a family of assemblers. -If you use (or have used) the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler on one architecture, you +GNU \fBas\fR is really a family of assemblers. +If you use (or have used) the GNU assembler on one architecture, you should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another architecture. Each version has much in common with the others, including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called \&\fIpseudo-ops\fR) and assembler syntax. .PP \&\fBas\fR is primarily intended to assemble the output of the -\&\s-1GNU C\s0 compiler \f(CW\*(C`gcc\*(C'\fR for use by the linker +GNU C compiler \f(CW\*(C`gcc\*(C'\fR for use by the linker \&\f(CW\*(C`ld\*(C'\fR. Nevertheless, we've tried to make \fBas\fR assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same machine would assemble. @@ -513,7 +437,7 @@ runs \fBas\fR automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so that \fBas\fR could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a grave problem that stops the assembly. .PP -If you are invoking \fBas\fR via the \s-1GNU C\s0 compiler, +If you are invoking \fBas\fR via the GNU C compiler, you can use the \fB\-Wa\fR option to pass arguments through to the assembler. The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the \fB\-Wa\fR) by commas. For example: @@ -528,12 +452,12 @@ local symbols in the symbol table). .PP Usually you do not need to use this \fB\-Wa\fR mechanism, since many compiler command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler. -(You can call the \s-1GNU\s0 compiler driver with the \fB\-v\fR option to see +(You can call the GNU compiler driver with the \fB\-v\fR option to see precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the assembler.) -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" -.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB@\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "@file" Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR @@ -546,35 +470,38 @@ option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional @\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively. -.IP "\fB\-a[cdghlmns]\fR" 4 -.IX Item "-a[cdghlmns]" +.IP \fB\-a[cdghilmns]\fR 4 +.IX Item "-a[cdghilmns]" Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways: .RS 4 -.IP "\fB\-ac\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-ac\fR 4 .IX Item "-ac" omit false conditionals -.IP "\fB\-ad\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-ad\fR 4 .IX Item "-ad" omit debugging directives -.IP "\fB\-ag\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-ag\fR 4 .IX Item "-ag" include general information, like as version and options passed -.IP "\fB\-ah\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-ah\fR 4 .IX Item "-ah" include high-level source -.IP "\fB\-al\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-al\fR 4 .IX Item "-al" include assembly -.IP "\fB\-am\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-ali\fR 4 +.IX Item "-ali" +include assembly with ginsn +.IP \fB\-am\fR 4 .IX Item "-am" include macro expansions -.IP "\fB\-an\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-an\fR 4 .IX Item "-an" omit forms processing -.IP "\fB\-as\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-as\fR 4 .IX Item "-as" include symbols -.IP "\fB=file\fR" 4 +.IP \fB=file\fR 4 .IX Item "=file" set the name of the listing file .RE @@ -584,53 +511,53 @@ You may combine these options; for example, use \fB\-aln\fR for assembly listing without forms processing. The \fB=file\fR option, if used, must be the last one. By itself, \fB\-a\fR defaults to \fB\-ahls\fR. .RE -.IP "\fB\-\-alternate\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-alternate\fR 4 .IX Item "--alternate" Begin in alternate macro mode. -.IP "\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections\fR 4 .IX Item "--compress-debug-sections" -Compress \s-1DWARF\s0 debug sections using zlib with \s-1SHF_COMPRESSED\s0 from the -\&\s-1ELF ABI.\s0 The resulting object file may not be compatible with older +Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the +ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a given section \fIlarger\fR then it is not compressed. -.IP "\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=none\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=none\fR 4 .IX Item "--compress-debug-sections=none" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\fR 4 .IX Item "--compress-debug-sections=zlib" -.IP "\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\-gnu\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\-gnu\fR 4 .IX Item "--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu" -.IP "\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\-gabi\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\-gabi\fR 4 .IX Item "--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi" -.IP "\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zstd\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zstd\fR 4 .IX Item "--compress-debug-sections=zstd" .PD -These options control how \s-1DWARF\s0 debug sections are compressed. +These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed. \&\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=none\fR is equivalent to \&\fB\-\-nocompress\-debug\-sections\fR. \&\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\fR and \&\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\-gabi\fR are equivalent to \&\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections\fR. -\&\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\-gnu\fR compresses \s-1DWARF\s0 debug sections +\&\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\-gnu\fR compresses DWARF debug sections using the obsoleted zlib-gnu format. The debug sections are renamed to begin with \fB.zdebug\fR. -\&\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zstd\fR compresses \s-1DWARF\s0 debug +\&\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zstd\fR compresses DWARF debug sections using zstd. Note \- if compression would actually make a section \&\fIlarger\fR, then it is not compressed nor renamed. -.IP "\fB\-\-nocompress\-debug\-sections\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-nocompress\-debug\-sections\fR 4 .IX Item "--nocompress-debug-sections" -Do not compress \s-1DWARF\s0 debug sections. This is usually the default for all +Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to override this. -.IP "\fB\-D\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-D\fR 4 .IX Item "-D" -Enable denugging in target specific backends, if supported. Otherwise ignored. +Enable debugging in target specific backends, if supported. Otherwise ignored. Even if ignored, this option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to other assemblers. .IP "\fB\-\-debug\-prefix\-map\fR \fIold\fR\fB=\fR\fInew\fR" 4 .IX Item "--debug-prefix-map old=new" -When assembling files in directory \fI\fIold\fI\fR, record debugging -information describing them as in \fI\fInew\fI\fR instead. +When assembling files in directory \fIold\fR, record debugging +information describing them as in \fInew\fR instead. .IP "\fB\-\-defsym\fR \fIsym\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR" 4 .IX Item "--defsym sym=value" Define the symbol \fIsym\fR to be \fIvalue\fR before assembling the input file. @@ -638,75 +565,75 @@ Define the symbol \fIsym\fR to be \fIvalue\fR before assembling the input file. indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading \fB0\fR indicates an octal value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the use of a \f(CW\*(C`.set\*(C'\fR pseudo-op. -.IP "\fB\-\-dump\-config\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dump\-config\fR 4 .IX Item "--dump-config" Displays how the assembler is configured and then exits. -.IP "\fB\-\-elf\-stt\-common=no\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-elf\-stt\-common=no\fR 4 .IX Item "--elf-stt-common=no" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-elf\-stt\-common=yes\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-elf\-stt\-common=yes\fR 4 .IX Item "--elf-stt-common=yes" .PD -These options control whether the \s-1ELF\s0 assembler should generate common +These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common symbols with the \f(CW\*(C`STT_COMMON\*(C'\fR type. The default can be controlled by a configure option \fB\-\-enable\-elf\-stt\-common\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-emulation=\fR\fIname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-emulation=\fR\fIname\fR 4 .IX Item "--emulation=name" If the assembler is configured to support multiple different target configurations then this option can be used to select the desired form. -.IP "\fB\-f\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-f\fR 4 .IX Item "-f" -\&\*(L"fast\*(R"\-\-\-skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is +"fast"\-\-\-skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is compiler output). -.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-g\fR 4 .IX Item "-g" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-gen\-debug\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-gen\-debug\fR 4 .IX Item "--gen-debug" .PD Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever -debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either \s-1STABS, -ECOFF\s0 or \s-1DWARF2.\s0 When the debug format is \s-1DWARF\s0 then a \f(CW\*(C`.debug_info\*(C'\fR and +debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS, +ECOFF or DWARF2. When the debug format is DWARF then a \f(CW\*(C`.debug_info\*(C'\fR and \&\f(CW\*(C`.debug_line\*(C'\fR section is only emitted when the assembly file doesn't generate one itself. -.IP "\fB\-\-gstabs\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-gstabs\fR 4 .IX Item "--gstabs" Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. -.IP "\fB\-\-gstabs+\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-gstabs+\fR 4 .IX Item "--gstabs+" -Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with \s-1GNU\s0 +Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This -may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only \s-1GNU\s0 extension is +may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is the location of the current working directory at assembling time. -.IP "\fB\-\-gdwarf\-2\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-gdwarf\-2\fR 4 .IX Item "--gdwarf-2" -Generate \s-1DWARF2\s0 debugging information for each assembler line. This +Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note\-\-\-this option is only supported by some targets, not all of them. -.IP "\fB\-\-gdwarf\-3\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-gdwarf\-3\fR 4 .IX Item "--gdwarf-3" This option is the same as the \fB\-\-gdwarf\-2\fR option, except that it allows for the possibility of the generation of extra debug information as per -version 3 of the \s-1DWARF\s0 specification. Note \- enabling this option does not +version 3 of the DWARF specification. Note \- enabling this option does not guarantee the generation of any extra information, the choice to do so is on a per target basis. -.IP "\fB\-\-gdwarf\-4\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-gdwarf\-4\fR 4 .IX Item "--gdwarf-4" This option is the same as the \fB\-\-gdwarf\-2\fR option, except that it allows for the possibility of the generation of extra debug information as per -version 4 of the \s-1DWARF\s0 specification. Note \- enabling this option does not +version 4 of the DWARF specification. Note \- enabling this option does not guarantee the generation of any extra information, the choice to do so is on a per target basis. -.IP "\fB\-\-gdwarf\-5\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-gdwarf\-5\fR 4 .IX Item "--gdwarf-5" This option is the same as the \fB\-\-gdwarf\-2\fR option, except that it allows for the possibility of the generation of extra debug information as per -version 5 of the \s-1DWARF\s0 specification. Note \- enabling this option does not +version 5 of the DWARF specification. Note \- enabling this option does not guarantee the generation of any extra information, the choice to do so is on a per target basis. -.IP "\fB\-\-gdwarf\-sections\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-gdwarf\-sections\fR 4 .IX Item "--gdwarf-sections" Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of \&.debug_line.\fIfoo\fR sections where \fIfoo\fR is the name of the @@ -715,79 +642,79 @@ will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called \&\fI.debug_line.text.func\fR. If the code section is just called \fI.text\fR then debug line section will still be called just \fI.debug_line\fR without any suffix. -.IP "\fB\-\-gdwarf\-cie\-version=\fR\fIversion\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-gdwarf\-cie\-version=\fR\fIversion\fR 4 .IX Item "--gdwarf-cie-version=version" -Control which version of \s-1DWARF\s0 Common Information Entries (CIEs) are produced. -When this flag is not specificed the default is version 1, though some targets +Control which version of DWARF Common Information Entries (CIEs) are produced. +When this flag is not specified the default is version 1, though some targets can modify this default. Other possible values for \fIversion\fR are 3 or 4. -.IP "\fB\-\-generate\-missing\-build\-notes=yes\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-generate\-missing\-build\-notes=yes\fR 4 .IX Item "--generate-missing-build-notes=yes" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-generate\-missing\-build\-notes=no\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-generate\-missing\-build\-notes=no\fR 4 .IX Item "--generate-missing-build-notes=no" .PD -These options control whether the \s-1ELF\s0 assembler should generate \s-1GNU\s0 Build +These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate GNU Build attribute notes if none are present in the input sources. The default can be controlled by the \fB\-\-enable\-generate\-build\-notes\fR configure option. -.IP "\fB\-\-gsframe\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-gsframe\fR 4 .IX Item "--gsframe" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-gsframe\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-gsframe\fR 4 .IX Item "--gsframe" .PD -Create \fI.sframe\fR section from \s-1CFI\s0 directives. +Create \fI.sframe\fR section from CFI directives. .IP "\fB\-\-hash\-size\fR \fIN\fR" 4 .IX Item "--hash-size N" Ignored. Supported for command line compatibility with other assemblers. -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" Print a summary of the command-line options and exit. -.IP "\fB\-\-target\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-target\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--target-help" Print a summary of all target specific options and exit. .IP "\fB\-I\fR \fIdir\fR" 4 .IX Item "-I dir" Add directory \fIdir\fR to the search list for \f(CW\*(C`.include\*(C'\fR directives. -.IP "\fB\-J\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-J\fR 4 .IX Item "-J" Don't warn about signed overflow. -.IP "\fB\-K\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-K\fR 4 .IX Item "-K" Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements. -.IP "\fB\-L\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-L\fR 4 .IX Item "-L" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-locals\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-keep\-locals\fR 4 .IX Item "--keep-locals" .PD Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with -system-specific local label prefixes, typically \fB.L\fR for \s-1ELF\s0 systems +system-specific local label prefixes, typically \fB.L\fR for ELF systems or \fBL\fR for traditional a.out systems. -.IP "\fB\-\-listing\-lhs\-width=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-listing\-lhs\-width=\fR\fInumber\fR 4 .IX Item "--listing-lhs-width=number" Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler listing to \fInumber\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-listing\-lhs\-width2=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-listing\-lhs\-width2=\fR\fInumber\fR 4 .IX Item "--listing-lhs-width2=number" Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation lines in an assembler listing to \fInumber\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-listing\-rhs\-width=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-listing\-rhs\-width=\fR\fInumber\fR 4 .IX Item "--listing-rhs-width=number" Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to \&\fInumber\fR bytes. -.IP "\fB\-\-listing\-cont\-lines=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-listing\-cont\-lines=\fR\fInumber\fR 4 .IX Item "--listing-cont-lines=number" Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input to \fInumber\fR + 1. -.IP "\fB\-\-multibyte\-handling=allow\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-multibyte\-handling=allow\fR 4 .IX Item "--multibyte-handling=allow" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-multibyte\-handling=warn\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-multibyte\-handling=warn\fR 4 .IX Item "--multibyte-handling=warn" -.IP "\fB\-\-multibyte\-handling=warn\-sym\-only\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-multibyte\-handling=warn\-sym\-only\fR 4 .IX Item "--multibyte-handling=warn-sym-only" -.IP "\fB\-\-multibyte\-handling=warn_sym_only\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-multibyte\-handling=warn_sym_only\fR 4 .IX Item "--multibyte-handling=warn_sym_only" .PD Controls how the assembler handles multibyte characters in the input. The @@ -798,7 +725,7 @@ is encountered. Using the \fBwarn-sym-only\fR argument will only cause a warning to be generated when a symbol is defined with a name that contains multibyte characters. (References to undefined symbols will not generate a warning). -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-pad\-sections\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-pad\-sections\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-pad-sections" Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space @@ -806,60 +733,74 @@ which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints. .IP "\fB\-o\fR \fIobjfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "-o objfile" Name the object-file output from \fBas\fR \fIobjfile\fR. -.IP "\fB\-R\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-R\fR 4 .IX Item "-R" Fold the data section into the text section. -.IP "\fB\-\-reduce\-memory\-overheads\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-reduce\-memory\-overheads\fR 4 .IX Item "--reduce-memory-overheads" Ignored. Supported for compatibility with tools that apss the same option to both the assembler and the linker. -.IP "\fB\-\-sectname\-subst\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-scfi=experimental\fR 4 +.IX Item "--scfi=experimental" +This option controls whether the assembler should synthesize CFI for +hand-written input. If the input already contains some synthesizable CFI +directives, the assembler ignores them and emits a warning. Note that +\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-scfi=experimental\*(C'\fR is not intended to be used for compiler-generated +code, including inline assembly. This experimental support is work in +progress. Only System V AMD64 ABI is supported. +.Sp +Each input function in assembly must begin with the \f(CW\*(C`.type\*(C'\fR directive, and +should ideally be closed off using a \f(CW\*(C`.size\*(C'\fR directive. When using SCFI, +each \f(CW\*(C`.type\*(C'\fR directive prompts GAS to start a new FDE (a.k.a., Function +Descriptor Entry). This implies that with each \f(CW\*(C`.type\*(C'\fR directive, a +previous block of instructions, if any, is finalised as a distinct FDE. +.IP \fB\-\-sectname\-subst\fR 4 .IX Item "--sectname-subst" Honor substitution sequences in section names. -.IP "\fB\-\-size\-check=error\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-size\-check=error\fR 4 .IX Item "--size-check=error" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-size\-check=warning\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-size\-check=warning\fR 4 .IX Item "--size-check=warning" .PD -Issue an error or warning for invalid \s-1ELF\s0 .size directive. -.IP "\fB\-\-statistics\fR" 4 +Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive. +.IP \fB\-\-statistics\fR 4 .IX Item "--statistics" Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by assembly. -.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-local\-absolute\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-strip\-local\-absolute\fR 4 .IX Item "--strip-local-absolute" Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table. -.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-v\fR 4 .IX Item "-v" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "-version" .PD Print the \fBas\fR version. -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" Print the \fBas\fR version and exit. -.IP "\fB\-W\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-W\fR 4 .IX Item "-W" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-warn\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-warn\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-warn" .PD Suppress warning messages. -.IP "\fB\-\-fatal\-warnings\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-fatal\-warnings\fR 4 .IX Item "--fatal-warnings" Treat warnings as errors. -.IP "\fB\-\-warn\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-warn\fR 4 .IX Item "--warn" Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors. -.IP "\fB\-w\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-w\fR 4 .IX Item "-w" Ignored. -.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-x\fR 4 .IX Item "-x" Ignored. -.IP "\fB\-Z\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-Z\fR 4 .IX Item "-Z" Generate an object file even after errors. .IP "\fB\-\- |\fR \fIfiles\fR \fB...\fR" 4 @@ -867,21 +808,21 @@ Generate an object file even after errors. Standard input, or source files to assemble. .PP The following options are available when as is configured for the -64\-bit mode of the \s-1ARM\s0 Architecture (AArch64). -.IP "\fB\-EB\fR" 4 +64\-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64). +.IP \fB\-EB\fR 4 .IX Item "-EB" This option specifies that the output generated by the assembler should be marked as being encoded for a big-endian processor. -.IP "\fB\-EL\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-EL\fR 4 .IX Item "-EL" This option specifies that the output generated by the assembler should be marked as being encoded for a little-endian processor. -.IP "\fB\-mabi=\fR\fIabi\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mabi=\fR\fIabi\fR 4 .IX Item "-mabi=abi" -Specify which \s-1ABI\s0 the source code uses. The recognized arguments +Specify which ABI the source code uses. The recognized arguments are: \f(CW\*(C`ilp32\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`lp64\*(C'\fR, which decides the generated object -file in \s-1ELF32\s0 and \s-1ELF64\s0 format respectively. The default is \f(CW\*(C`lp64\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIprocessor\fR\fB[+\fR\fIextension\fR\fB...]\fR" 4 +file in ELF32 and ELF64 format respectively. The default is \f(CW\*(C`lp64\*(C'\fR. +.IP \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIprocessor\fR\fB[+\fR\fIextension\fR\fB...]\fR 4 .IX Item "-mcpu=processor[+extension...]" This option specifies the target processor. The assembler will issue an error message if an attempt is made to assemble an instruction which will not execute @@ -903,7 +844,9 @@ on the target processor. The following processor names are recognized: \&\f(CW\*(C`cortex\-a78ae\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`cortex\-a78c\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`cortex\-a510\*(C'\fR, +\&\f(CW\*(C`cortex\-a520\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`cortex\-a710\*(C'\fR, +\&\f(CW\*(C`cortex\-a720\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`ares\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`exynos\-m1\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`falkor\*(C'\fR, @@ -919,8 +862,10 @@ on the target processor. The following processor names are recognized: \&\f(CW\*(C`xgene2\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`cortex\-r82\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`cortex\-x1\*(C'\fR, +\&\f(CW\*(C`cortex\-x2\*(C'\fR, +\&\f(CW\*(C`cortex\-x3\*(C'\fR, and -\&\f(CW\*(C`cortex\-x2\*(C'\fR. +\&\f(CW\*(C`cortex\-x4\*(C'\fR. The special name \f(CW\*(C`all\*(C'\fR may be used to allow the assembler to accept instructions valid for any supported processor, including all optional extensions. @@ -933,7 +878,7 @@ If some implementations of a particular processor can have an extension, then then those extensions are automatically enabled. Consequently, you will not normally have to specify any additional extensions. -.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fIarchitecture\fR\fB[+\fR\fIextension\fR\fB...]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-march=\fR\fIarchitecture\fR\fB[+\fR\fIextension\fR\fB...]\fR 4 .IX Item "-march=architecture[+extension...]" This option specifies the target architecture. The assembler will issue an error message if an attempt is made to assemble an @@ -941,8 +886,8 @@ instruction which will not execute on the target architecture. The following architecture names are recognized: \f(CW\*(C`armv8\-a\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`armv8.1\-a\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`armv8.2\-a\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`armv8.3\-a\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`armv8.4\-a\*(C'\fR \&\f(CW\*(C`armv8.5\-a\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`armv8.6\-a\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`armv8.7\-a\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`armv8.8\-a\*(C'\fR, -\&\f(CW\*(C`armv8\-r\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`armv9\-a\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`armv9.1\-a\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`armv9.2\-a\*(C'\fR, -and \f(CW\*(C`armv9.3\-a\*(C'\fR. +\&\f(CW\*(C`armv8.9\-a\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`armv8\-r\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`armv9\-a\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`armv9.1\-a\*(C'\fR, +\&\f(CW\*(C`armv9.2\-a\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`armv9.3\-a\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`armv9.4\-a\*(C'\fR. .Sp If both \fB\-mcpu\fR and \fB\-march\fR are specified, the assembler will use the setting for \fB\-mcpu\fR. If neither are @@ -950,18 +895,18 @@ specified, the assembler will default to \fB\-mcpu=all\fR. .Sp The architecture option can be extended with the same instruction set extension options as the \fB\-mcpu\fR option. Unlike -\&\fB\-mcpu\fR, extensions are not always enabled by default, -.IP "\fB\-mverbose\-error\fR" 4 +\&\fB\-mcpu\fR, extensions are not always enabled by default. +.IP \fB\-mverbose\-error\fR 4 .IX Item "-mverbose-error" This option enables verbose error messages for AArch64 gas. This option is enabled by default. -.IP "\fB\-mno\-verbose\-error\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-verbose\-error\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-verbose-error" This option disables verbose error messages in AArch64 gas. .PP The following options are available when as is configured for an Alpha processor. -.IP "\fB\-m\fR\fIcpu\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-m\fR\fIcpu\fR 4 .IX Item "-mcpu" This option specifies the target processor. If an attempt is made to assemble an instruction which will not execute on the target processor, @@ -991,81 +936,81 @@ The following processor names are recognized: The special name \f(CW\*(C`all\*(C'\fR may be used to allow the assembler to accept instructions valid for any Alpha processor. .Sp -In order to support existing practice in \s-1OSF/1\s0 with respect to \f(CW\*(C`.arch\*(C'\fR, -and existing practice within \fB\s-1MILO\s0\fR (the Linux \s-1ARC\s0 bootloader), the +In order to support existing practice in OSF/1 with respect to \f(CW\*(C`.arch\*(C'\fR, +and existing practice within \fBMILO\fR (the Linux ARC bootloader), the numbered processor names (e.g. 21064) enable the processor-specific PALcode -instructions, while the \*(L"electro-vlasic\*(R" names (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev4\*(C'\fR) do not. -.IP "\fB\-mdebug\fR" 4 +instructions, while the "electro-vlasic" names (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev4\*(C'\fR) do not. +.IP \fB\-mdebug\fR 4 .IX Item "-mdebug" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-no\-mdebug\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-no\-mdebug\fR 4 .IX Item "-no-mdebug" .PD Enables or disables the generation of \f(CW\*(C`.mdebug\*(C'\fR encapsulation for stabs directives and procedure descriptors. The default is to automatically enable \f(CW\*(C`.mdebug\*(C'\fR when the first stabs directive is seen. -.IP "\fB\-relax\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-relax\fR 4 .IX Item "-relax" This option forces all relocations to be put into the object file, instead of saving space and resolving some relocations at assembly time. Note that this option does not propagate all symbol arithmetic into the object file, because not all symbol arithmetic can be represented. However, the option can still be useful in specific applications. -.IP "\fB\-replace\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-replace\fR 4 .IX Item "-replace" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-noreplace\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-noreplace\fR 4 .IX Item "-noreplace" .PD Enables or disables the optimization of procedure calls, both at assemblage -and at link time. These options are only available for \s-1VMS\s0 targets and +and at link time. These options are only available for VMS targets and \&\f(CW\*(C`\-replace\*(C'\fR is the default. See section 1.4.1 of the OpenVMS Linker Utility Manual. -.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-g\fR 4 .IX Item "-g" This option is used when the compiler generates debug information. When \&\fBgcc\fR is using \fBmips-tfile\fR to generate debug -information for \s-1ECOFF,\s0 local labels must be passed through to the object +information for ECOFF, local labels must be passed through to the object file. Otherwise this option has no effect. -.IP "\fB\-G\fR\fIsize\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-G\fR\fIsize\fR 4 .IX Item "-Gsize" A local common symbol larger than \fIsize\fR is placed in \f(CW\*(C`.bss\*(C'\fR, while smaller symbols are placed in \f(CW\*(C`.sbss\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fB\-F\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-F\fR 4 .IX Item "-F" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-32addr\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-32addr\fR 4 .IX Item "-32addr" .PD These options are ignored for backward compatibility. .PP -The following options are available when as is configured for an \s-1ARC\s0 +The following options are available when as is configured for an ARC processor. -.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpu\fR 4 .IX Item "-mcpu=cpu" This option selects the core processor variant. .IP "\fB\-EB | \-EL\fR" 4 .IX Item "-EB | -EL" Select either big-endian (\-EB) or little-endian (\-EL) output. -.IP "\fB\-mcode\-density\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mcode\-density\fR 4 .IX Item "-mcode-density" Enable Code Density extension instructions. .PP -The following options are available when as is configured for the \s-1ARM\s0 +The following options are available when as is configured for the ARM processor family. -.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIprocessor\fR\fB[+\fR\fIextension\fR\fB...]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIprocessor\fR\fB[+\fR\fIextension\fR\fB...]\fR 4 .IX Item "-mcpu=processor[+extension...]" -Specify which \s-1ARM\s0 processor variant is the target. -.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fIarchitecture\fR\fB[+\fR\fIextension\fR\fB...]\fR" 4 +Specify which ARM processor variant is the target. +.IP \fB\-march=\fR\fIarchitecture\fR\fB[+\fR\fIextension\fR\fB...]\fR 4 .IX Item "-march=architecture[+extension...]" -Specify which \s-1ARM\s0 architecture variant is used by the target. -.IP "\fB\-mfpu=\fR\fIfloating-point-format\fR" 4 +Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target. +.IP \fB\-mfpu=\fR\fIfloating-point-format\fR 4 .IX Item "-mfpu=floating-point-format" Select which Floating Point architecture is the target. -.IP "\fB\-mfloat\-abi=\fR\fIabi\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mfloat\-abi=\fR\fIabi\fR 4 .IX Item "-mfloat-abi=abi" -Select which floating point \s-1ABI\s0 is in use. -.IP "\fB\-mthumb\fR" 4 +Select which floating point ABI is in use. +.IP \fB\-mthumb\fR 4 .IX Item "-mthumb" Enable Thumb only instruction decoding. .IP "\fB\-mapcs\-32 | \-mapcs\-26 | \-mapcs\-float | \-mapcs\-reentrant\fR" 4 @@ -1074,23 +1019,23 @@ Select which procedure calling convention is in use. .IP "\fB\-EB | \-EL\fR" 4 .IX Item "-EB | -EL" Select either big-endian (\-EB) or little-endian (\-EL) output. -.IP "\fB\-mthumb\-interwork\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mthumb\-interwork\fR 4 .IX Item "-mthumb-interwork" Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and -\&\s-1ARM\s0 code in mind. -.IP "\fB\-mccs\fR" 4 +ARM code in mind. +.IP \fB\-mccs\fR 4 .IX Item "-mccs" Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode. -.IP "\fB\-k\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-k\fR 4 .IX Item "-k" -Specify that \s-1PIC\s0 code has been generated. +Specify that PIC code has been generated. .PP The following options are available when as is configured for the Blackfin processor family. -.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIprocessor\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIsirevision\fR]" 4 +.IP \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIprocessor\fR[\fB\-\fR\fIsirevision\fR] 4 .IX Item "-mcpu=processor[-sirevision]" This option specifies the target processor. The optional \fIsirevision\fR -is not used in assembler. It's here such that \s-1GCC\s0 can easily pass down its +is not used in assembler. It's here such that GCC can easily pass down its \&\f(CW\*(C`\-mcpu=\*(C'\fR option. The assembler will issue an error message if an attempt is made to assemble an instruction which will not execute on the target processor. The following processor names are @@ -1129,30 +1074,46 @@ recognized: \&\f(CW\*(C`bf561\*(C'\fR, and \&\f(CW\*(C`bf592\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fB\-mfdpic\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mfdpic\fR 4 .IX Item "-mfdpic" -Assemble for the \s-1FDPIC ABI.\s0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-fdpic\fR" 4 +Assemble for the FDPIC ABI. +.IP \fB\-mno\-fdpic\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-fdpic" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mnopic\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mnopic\fR 4 .IX Item "-mnopic" .PD Disable \-mfdpic. .PP The following options are available when as is configured for -the Linux kernel \s-1BPF\s0 processor family. +the Linux kernel BPF processor family. .PP -\&\f(CW@chapter\fR \s-1BPF\s0 Dependent Features -.SS "Options" -.IX Subsection "Options" -.IP "\fB\-EB\fR" 4 +\&\f(CW@chapter\fR BPF Dependent Features +.SS "BPF Options" +.IX Subsection "BPF Options" +.IP \fB\-EB\fR 4 .IX Item "-EB" This option specifies that the assembler should emit big-endian eBPF. -.IP "\fB\-EL\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-EL\fR 4 .IX Item "-EL" This option specifies that the assembler should emit little-endian eBPF. +.IP \fB\-mdialect=\fR\fIdialect\fR 4 +.IX Item "-mdialect=dialect" +This option specifies the assembly language dialect to recognize while +assembling. The assembler supports \fBnormal\fR and +\&\fBpseudoc\fR. +.IP \fB\-misa\-spec=\fR\fIspec\fR 4 +.IX Item "-misa-spec=spec" +This option specifies the version of the BPF instruction set to use +when assembling. The BPF ISA versions supported are \fBv1\fR \fBv2\fR, \fBv3\fR and \fBv4\fR. +.Sp +The value \fBxbpf\fR can be specified to recognize extra +instructions that are used by GCC for testing purposes. But beware +this is not valid BPF. +.IP \fB\-mno\-relax\fR 4 +.IX Item "-mno-relax" +This option tells the assembler to not relax instructions. .PP Note that if no endianness option is specified in the command line, the host endianness is used. @@ -1160,184 +1121,184 @@ See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options. .PP The following options are available when as is configured for the C\-SKY processor family. -.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fIarchname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-march=\fR\fIarchname\fR 4 .IX Item "-march=archname" Assemble for architecture \fIarchname\fR. The \fB\-\-help\fR option lists valid values for \fIarchname\fR. -.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpuname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIcpuname\fR 4 .IX Item "-mcpu=cpuname" Assemble for architecture \fIcpuname\fR. The \fB\-\-help\fR option lists valid values for \fIcpuname\fR. -.IP "\fB\-EL\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-EL\fR 4 .IX Item "-EL" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR 4 .IX Item "-mlittle-endian" .PD Generate little-endian output. -.IP "\fB\-EB\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-EB\fR 4 .IX Item "-EB" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mbig\-endian\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mbig\-endian\fR 4 .IX Item "-mbig-endian" .PD Generate big-endian output. -.IP "\fB\-fpic\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-fpic\fR 4 .IX Item "-fpic" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-pic\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-pic\fR 4 .IX Item "-pic" .PD Generate position-independent code. -.IP "\fB\-mljump\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mljump\fR 4 .IX Item "-mljump" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-ljump\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-ljump\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-ljump" .PD Enable/disable transformation of the short branch instructions \&\f(CW\*(C`jbf\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`jbt\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`jbr\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`jmpi\*(C'\fR. This option is for V2 processors only. -It is ignored on \s-1CK801\s0 and \s-1CK802\s0 targets, which do not support the \f(CW\*(C`jmpi\*(C'\fR +It is ignored on CK801 and CK802 targets, which do not support the \f(CW\*(C`jmpi\*(C'\fR instruction, and is enabled by default for other processors. -.IP "\fB\-mbranch\-stub\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mbranch\-stub\fR 4 .IX Item "-mbranch-stub" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-branch\-stub\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-branch\-stub\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-branch-stub" .PD Pass through \f(CW\*(C`R_CKCORE_PCREL_IMM26BY2\*(C'\fR relocations for \f(CW\*(C`bsr\*(C'\fR instructions to the linker. .Sp -This option is only available for bare-metal C\-SKY V2 \s-1ELF\s0 targets, +This option is only available for bare-metal C\-SKY V2 ELF targets, where it is enabled by default. It cannot be used in code that will be dynamically linked against shared libraries. -.IP "\fB\-force2bsr\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-force2bsr\fR 4 .IX Item "-force2bsr" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mforce2bsr\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mforce2bsr\fR 4 .IX Item "-mforce2bsr" -.IP "\fB\-no\-force2bsr\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-no\-force2bsr\fR 4 .IX Item "-no-force2bsr" -.IP "\fB\-mno\-force2bsr\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-force2bsr\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-force2bsr" .PD Enable/disable transformation of \f(CW\*(C`jbsr\*(C'\fR instructions to \f(CW\*(C`bsr\*(C'\fR. This option is always enabled (and \fB\-mno\-force2bsr\fR is ignored) -for \s-1CK801/CK802\s0 targets. It is also always enabled when +for CK801/CK802 targets. It is also always enabled when \&\fB\-mbranch\-stub\fR is in effect. -.IP "\fB\-jsri2bsr\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-jsri2bsr\fR 4 .IX Item "-jsri2bsr" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mjsri2bsr\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mjsri2bsr\fR 4 .IX Item "-mjsri2bsr" -.IP "\fB\-no\-jsri2bsr\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-no\-jsri2bsr\fR 4 .IX Item "-no-jsri2bsr" -.IP "\fB\-mno\-jsri2bsr\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-jsri2bsr\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-jsri2bsr" .PD Enable/disable transformation of \f(CW\*(C`jsri\*(C'\fR instructions to \f(CW\*(C`bsr\*(C'\fR. This option is enabled by default. -.IP "\fB\-mnolrw\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mnolrw\fR 4 .IX Item "-mnolrw" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-lrw\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-lrw\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-lrw" .PD Enable/disable transformation of \f(CW\*(C`lrw\*(C'\fR instructions into a \&\f(CW\*(C`movih\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ori\*(C'\fR pair. -.IP "\fB\-melrw\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-melrw\fR 4 .IX Item "-melrw" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-elrw\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-elrw\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-elrw" .PD Enable/disable extended \f(CW\*(C`lrw\*(C'\fR instructions. This option is enabled by default for CK800\-series processors. -.IP "\fB\-mlaf\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mlaf\fR 4 .IX Item "-mlaf" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mliterals\-after\-func\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mliterals\-after\-func\fR 4 .IX Item "-mliterals-after-func" -.IP "\fB\-mno\-laf\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-laf\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-laf" -.IP "\fB\-mno\-literals\-after\-func\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-literals\-after\-func\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-literals-after-func" .PD Enable/disable placement of literal pools after each function. -.IP "\fB\-mlabr\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mlabr\fR 4 .IX Item "-mlabr" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mliterals\-after\-br\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mliterals\-after\-br\fR 4 .IX Item "-mliterals-after-br" -.IP "\fB\-mno\-labr\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-labr\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-labr" -.IP "\fB\-mnoliterals\-after\-br\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mnoliterals\-after\-br\fR 4 .IX Item "-mnoliterals-after-br" .PD Enable/disable placement of literal pools after unconditional branches. This option is enabled by default. -.IP "\fB\-mistack\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mistack\fR 4 .IX Item "-mistack" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-istack\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-istack\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-istack" .PD Enable/disable interrupt stack instructions. This option is enabled by -default on \s-1CK801, CK802,\s0 and \s-1CK802\s0 processors. +default on CK801, CK802, and CK802 processors. .PP The following options explicitly enable certain optional instructions. These features are also enabled implicitly by using \f(CW\*(C`\-mcpu=\*(C'\fR to specify a processor that supports it. -.IP "\fB\-mhard\-float\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mhard\-float\fR 4 .IX Item "-mhard-float" Enable hard float instructions. -.IP "\fB\-mmp\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mmp\fR 4 .IX Item "-mmp" Enable multiprocessor instructions. -.IP "\fB\-mcp\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mcp\fR 4 .IX Item "-mcp" Enable coprocessor instructions. -.IP "\fB\-mcache\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mcache\fR 4 .IX Item "-mcache" Enable cache prefetch instruction. -.IP "\fB\-msecurity\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-msecurity\fR 4 .IX Item "-msecurity" Enable C\-SKY security instructions. -.IP "\fB\-mtrust\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mtrust\fR 4 .IX Item "-mtrust" Enable C\-SKY trust instructions. -.IP "\fB\-mdsp\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mdsp\fR 4 .IX Item "-mdsp" -Enable \s-1DSP\s0 instructions. -.IP "\fB\-medsp\fR" 4 +Enable DSP instructions. +.IP \fB\-medsp\fR 4 .IX Item "-medsp" -Enable enhanced \s-1DSP\s0 instructions. -.IP "\fB\-mvdsp\fR" 4 +Enable enhanced DSP instructions. +.IP \fB\-mvdsp\fR 4 .IX Item "-mvdsp" -Enable vector \s-1DSP\s0 instructions. +Enable vector DSP instructions. .PP The following options are available when as is configured for an Epiphany processor. -.IP "\fB\-mepiphany\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mepiphany\fR 4 .IX Item "-mepiphany" Specifies that the both 32 and 16 bit instructions are allowed. This is the default behavior. -.IP "\fB\-mepiphany16\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mepiphany16\fR 4 .IX Item "-mepiphany16" Restricts the permitted instructions to just the 16 bit set. .PP The following options are available when as is configured for an H8/300 processor. \&\f(CW@chapter\fR H8/300 Dependent Features -.SS "Options" +.SS Options .IX Subsection "Options" The Renesas H8/300 version of \f(CW\*(C`as\*(C'\fR has one machine-dependent option: -.IP "\fB\-h\-tick\-hex\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-h\-tick\-hex\fR 4 .IX Item "-h-tick-hex" Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style. -.IP "\fB\-mach=\fR\fIname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mach=\fR\fIname\fR 4 .IX Item "-mach=name" Sets the H8300 machine variant. The following machine names are recognised: @@ -1354,27 +1315,27 @@ an i386 processor. .IX Item "--32 | --x32 | --64" Select the word size, either 32 bits or 64 bits. \fB\-\-32\fR implies Intel i386 architecture, while \fB\-\-x32\fR and \fB\-\-64\fR -imply \s-1AMD\s0 x86\-64 architecture with 32\-bit or 64\-bit word-size +imply AMD x86\-64 architecture with 32\-bit or 64\-bit word-size respectively. .Sp -These options are only available with the \s-1ELF\s0 object file format, and -require that the necessary \s-1BFD\s0 support has been included (on a 32\-bit +These options are only available with the ELF object file format, and +require that the necessary BFD support has been included (on a 32\-bit platform you have to add \-\-enable\-64\-bit\-bfd to configure enable 64\-bit usage and use x86\-64 as target platform). -.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-n\fR 4 .IX Item "-n" -By default, x86 \s-1GAS\s0 replaces multiple nop instructions used for +By default, x86 GAS replaces multiple nop instructions used for alignment within code sections with multi-byte nop instructions such as leal 0(%esi,1),%esi. This switch disables the optimization if a single byte nop (0x90) is explicitly specified as the fill byte for alignment. -.IP "\fB\-\-divide\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-divide\fR 4 .IX Item "--divide" On SVR4\-derived platforms, the character \fB/\fR is treated as a comment character, which means that it cannot be used in expressions. The \&\fB\-\-divide\fR option turns \fB/\fR into a normal character. This does not disable \fB/\fR at the beginning of a line starting a comment, or affect using \fB#\fR for starting a comment. -.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fI\s-1CPU\s0\fR\fB[+\fR\fI\s-1EXTENSION\s0\fR\fB...]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-march=\fR\fICPU\fR\fB[+\fR\fIEXTENSION\fR\fB...]\fR 4 .IX Item "-march=CPU[+EXTENSION...]" This option specifies the target processor. The assembler will issue an error message if an attempt is made to assemble an instruction @@ -1412,6 +1373,7 @@ processor names are recognized: \&\f(CW\*(C`znver2\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`znver3\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`znver4\*(C'\fR, +\&\f(CW\*(C`znver5\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`btver1\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`btver2\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`generic32\*(C'\fR and @@ -1438,6 +1400,8 @@ accept various extension mnemonics. For example, \&\f(CW\*(C`sse4\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`avx\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`avx2\*(C'\fR, +\&\f(CW\*(C`lahf_sahf\*(C'\fR, +\&\f(CW\*(C`monitor\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`adx\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`rdseed\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`prfchw\*(C'\fR, @@ -1490,9 +1454,23 @@ accept various extension mnemonics. For example, \&\f(CW\*(C`msrlist\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`avx_ne_convert\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`rao_int\*(C'\fR, +\&\f(CW\*(C`fred\*(C'\fR, +\&\f(CW\*(C`lkgs\*(C'\fR, +\&\f(CW\*(C`avx_vnni_int16\*(C'\fR, +\&\f(CW\*(C`sha512\*(C'\fR, +\&\f(CW\*(C`sm3\*(C'\fR, +\&\f(CW\*(C`sm4\*(C'\fR, +\&\f(CW\*(C`pbndkb\*(C'\fR, +\&\f(CW\*(C`avx10.1\*(C'\fR, +\&\f(CW\*(C`avx10.1/512\*(C'\fR, +\&\f(CW\*(C`avx10.1/256\*(C'\fR, +\&\f(CW\*(C`avx10.1/128\*(C'\fR, +\&\f(CW\*(C`user_msr\*(C'\fR, +\&\f(CW\*(C`apx_f\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`amx_int8\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`amx_bf16\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`amx_fp16\*(C'\fR, +\&\f(CW\*(C`amx_complex\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`amx_tile\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`vmx\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`vmfunc\*(C'\fR, @@ -1543,137 +1521,141 @@ accept various extension mnemonics. For example, \&\f(CW\*(C`svme\*(C'\fR and \&\f(CW\*(C`padlock\*(C'\fR. Note that these extension mnemonics can be prefixed with \f(CW\*(C`no\*(C'\fR to revoke -the respective (and any dependent) functionality. +the respective (and any dependent) functionality. Note further that the +suffixes permitted on \f(CW\*(C`\-march=avx10.<N>\*(C'\fR enforce a vector length +restriction, i.e. despite these otherwise being "enabling" options, using +these suffixes will disable all insns with wider vector or mask register +operands. .Sp When the \f(CW\*(C`.arch\*(C'\fR directive is used with \fB\-march\fR, the \&\f(CW\*(C`.arch\*(C'\fR directive will take precedent. -.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fI\s-1CPU\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mtune=\fR\fICPU\fR 4 .IX Item "-mtune=CPU" This option specifies a processor to optimize for. When used in conjunction with the \fB\-march\fR option, only instructions of the processor specified by the \fB\-march\fR option will be generated. .Sp -Valid \fI\s-1CPU\s0\fR values are identical to the processor list of -\&\fB\-march=\fR\fI\s-1CPU\s0\fR. -.IP "\fB\-msse2avx\fR" 4 +Valid \fICPU\fR values are identical to the processor list of +\&\fB\-march=\fR\fICPU\fR. +.IP \fB\-msse2avx\fR 4 .IX Item "-msse2avx" -This option specifies that the assembler should encode \s-1SSE\s0 instructions -with \s-1VEX\s0 prefix. -.IP "\fB\-muse\-unaligned\-vector\-move\fR" 4 +This option specifies that the assembler should encode SSE instructions +with VEX prefix. +.IP \fB\-muse\-unaligned\-vector\-move\fR 4 .IX Item "-muse-unaligned-vector-move" This option specifies that the assembler should encode aligned vector move as unaligned vector move. -.IP "\fB\-msse\-check=\fR\fInone\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-msse\-check=\fR\fInone\fR 4 .IX Item "-msse-check=none" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-msse\-check=\fR\fIwarning\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-msse\-check=\fR\fIwarning\fR 4 .IX Item "-msse-check=warning" -.IP "\fB\-msse\-check=\fR\fIerror\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-msse\-check=\fR\fIerror\fR 4 .IX Item "-msse-check=error" .PD -These options control if the assembler should check \s-1SSE\s0 instructions. -\&\fB\-msse\-check=\fR\fInone\fR will make the assembler not to check \s-1SSE\s0 +These options control if the assembler should check SSE instructions. +\&\fB\-msse\-check=\fR\fInone\fR will make the assembler not to check SSE instructions, which is the default. \fB\-msse\-check=\fR\fIwarning\fR -will make the assembler issue a warning for any \s-1SSE\s0 instruction. +will make the assembler issue a warning for any SSE instruction. \&\fB\-msse\-check=\fR\fIerror\fR will make the assembler issue an error -for any \s-1SSE\s0 instruction. -.IP "\fB\-mavxscalar=\fR\fI128\fR" 4 +for any SSE instruction. +.IP \fB\-mavxscalar=\fR\fI128\fR 4 .IX Item "-mavxscalar=128" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mavxscalar=\fR\fI256\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mavxscalar=\fR\fI256\fR 4 .IX Item "-mavxscalar=256" .PD -These options control how the assembler should encode scalar \s-1AVX\s0 +These options control how the assembler should encode scalar AVX instructions. \fB\-mavxscalar=\fR\fI128\fR will encode scalar -\&\s-1AVX\s0 instructions with 128bit vector length, which is the default. -\&\fB\-mavxscalar=\fR\fI256\fR will encode scalar \s-1AVX\s0 instructions +AVX instructions with 128bit vector length, which is the default. +\&\fB\-mavxscalar=\fR\fI256\fR will encode scalar AVX instructions with 256bit vector length. .Sp -\&\s-1WARNING:\s0 Don't use this for production code \- due to \s-1CPU\s0 errata the +WARNING: Don't use this for production code \- due to CPU errata the resulting code may not work on certain models. -.IP "\fB\-mvexwig=\fR\fI0\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mvexwig=\fR\fI0\fR 4 .IX Item "-mvexwig=0" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mvexwig=\fR\fI1\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mvexwig=\fR\fI1\fR 4 .IX Item "-mvexwig=1" .PD -These options control how the assembler should encode \s-1VEX\s0.W\-ignored (\s-1WIG\s0) -\&\s-1VEX\s0 instructions. \fB\-mvexwig=\fR\fI0\fR will encode \s-1WIG VEX\s0 +These options control how the assembler should encode VEX.W\-ignored (WIG) +VEX instructions. \fB\-mvexwig=\fR\fI0\fR will encode WIG VEX instructions with vex.w = 0, which is the default. -\&\fB\-mvexwig=\fR\fI1\fR will encode \s-1WIG EVEX\s0 instructions with +\&\fB\-mvexwig=\fR\fI1\fR will encode WIG EVEX instructions with vex.w = 1. .Sp -\&\s-1WARNING:\s0 Don't use this for production code \- due to \s-1CPU\s0 errata the +WARNING: Don't use this for production code \- due to CPU errata the resulting code may not work on certain models. -.IP "\fB\-mevexlig=\fR\fI128\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mevexlig=\fR\fI128\fR 4 .IX Item "-mevexlig=128" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mevexlig=\fR\fI256\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mevexlig=\fR\fI256\fR 4 .IX Item "-mevexlig=256" -.IP "\fB\-mevexlig=\fR\fI512\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mevexlig=\fR\fI512\fR 4 .IX Item "-mevexlig=512" .PD These options control how the assembler should encode length-ignored -(\s-1LIG\s0) \s-1EVEX\s0 instructions. \fB\-mevexlig=\fR\fI128\fR will encode \s-1LIG -EVEX\s0 instructions with 128bit vector length, which is the default. +(LIG) EVEX instructions. \fB\-mevexlig=\fR\fI128\fR will encode LIG +EVEX instructions with 128bit vector length, which is the default. \&\fB\-mevexlig=\fR\fI256\fR and \fB\-mevexlig=\fR\fI512\fR will -encode \s-1LIG EVEX\s0 instructions with 256bit and 512bit vector length, +encode LIG EVEX instructions with 256bit and 512bit vector length, respectively. -.IP "\fB\-mevexwig=\fR\fI0\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mevexwig=\fR\fI0\fR 4 .IX Item "-mevexwig=0" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mevexwig=\fR\fI1\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mevexwig=\fR\fI1\fR 4 .IX Item "-mevexwig=1" .PD -These options control how the assembler should encode w\-ignored (\s-1WIG\s0) -\&\s-1EVEX\s0 instructions. \fB\-mevexwig=\fR\fI0\fR will encode \s-1WIG -EVEX\s0 instructions with evex.w = 0, which is the default. -\&\fB\-mevexwig=\fR\fI1\fR will encode \s-1WIG EVEX\s0 instructions with +These options control how the assembler should encode w\-ignored (WIG) +EVEX instructions. \fB\-mevexwig=\fR\fI0\fR will encode WIG +EVEX instructions with evex.w = 0, which is the default. +\&\fB\-mevexwig=\fR\fI1\fR will encode WIG EVEX instructions with evex.w = 1. -.IP "\fB\-mmnemonic=\fR\fIatt\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mmnemonic=\fR\fIatt\fR 4 .IX Item "-mmnemonic=att" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mmnemonic=\fR\fIintel\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mmnemonic=\fR\fIintel\fR 4 .IX Item "-mmnemonic=intel" .PD This option specifies instruction mnemonic for matching instructions. The \f(CW\*(C`.att_mnemonic\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`.intel_mnemonic\*(C'\fR directives will take precedent. -.IP "\fB\-msyntax=\fR\fIatt\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-msyntax=\fR\fIatt\fR 4 .IX Item "-msyntax=att" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-msyntax=\fR\fIintel\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-msyntax=\fR\fIintel\fR 4 .IX Item "-msyntax=intel" .PD This option specifies instruction syntax when processing instructions. The \f(CW\*(C`.att_syntax\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`.intel_syntax\*(C'\fR directives will take precedent. -.IP "\fB\-mnaked\-reg\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mnaked\-reg\fR 4 .IX Item "-mnaked-reg" This option specifies that registers don't require a \fB%\fR prefix. The \f(CW\*(C`.att_syntax\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`.intel_syntax\*(C'\fR directives will take precedent. -.IP "\fB\-madd\-bnd\-prefix\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-madd\-bnd\-prefix\fR 4 .IX Item "-madd-bnd-prefix" -This option forces the assembler to add \s-1BND\s0 prefix to all branches, even +This option forces the assembler to add BND prefix to all branches, even if such prefix was not explicitly specified in the source code. -.IP "\fB\-mno\-shared\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-shared\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-shared" -On \s-1ELF\s0 target, the assembler normally optimizes out non-PLT relocations +On ELF target, the assembler normally optimizes out non-PLT relocations against defined non-weak global branch targets with default visibility. The \fB\-mshared\fR option tells the assembler to generate code which may go into a shared library where all non-weak global branch targets with default visibility can be preempted. The resulting code is slightly bigger. This option only affects the handling of branch instructions. -.IP "\fB\-mbig\-obj\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mbig\-obj\fR 4 .IX Item "-mbig-obj" -On \s-1PE/COFF\s0 target this option forces the use of big object file +On PE/COFF target this option forces the use of big object file format, which allows more than 32768 sections. -.IP "\fB\-momit\-lock\-prefix=\fR\fIno\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-momit\-lock\-prefix=\fR\fIno\fR 4 .IX Item "-momit-lock-prefix=no" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-momit\-lock\-prefix=\fR\fIyes\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-momit\-lock\-prefix=\fR\fIyes\fR 4 .IX Item "-momit-lock-prefix=yes" .PD These options control how the assembler should encode lock prefix. @@ -1683,23 +1665,23 @@ single-thread computers \&\fB\-momit\-lock\-prefix=\fR\fIyes\fR will omit all lock prefixes. \&\fB\-momit\-lock\-prefix=\fR\fIno\fR will encode lock prefix as usual, which is the default. -.IP "\fB\-mfence\-as\-lock\-add=\fR\fIno\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mfence\-as\-lock\-add=\fR\fIno\fR 4 .IX Item "-mfence-as-lock-add=no" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mfence\-as\-lock\-add=\fR\fIyes\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mfence\-as\-lock\-add=\fR\fIyes\fR 4 .IX Item "-mfence-as-lock-add=yes" .PD These options control how the assembler should encode lfence, mfence and sfence. \&\fB\-mfence\-as\-lock\-add=\fR\fIyes\fR will encode lfence, mfence and -sfence as \fBlock addl \f(CB$0x0\fB, (%rsp)\fR in 64\-bit mode and -\&\fBlock addl \f(CB$0x0\fB, (%esp)\fR in 32\-bit mode. +sfence as \fBlock addl \fR\f(CB$0x0\fR\fB, (%rsp)\fR in 64\-bit mode and +\&\fBlock addl \fR\f(CB$0x0\fR\fB, (%esp)\fR in 32\-bit mode. \&\fB\-mfence\-as\-lock\-add=\fR\fIno\fR will encode lfence, mfence and sfence as usual, which is the default. -.IP "\fB\-mrelax\-relocations=\fR\fIno\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mrelax\-relocations=\fR\fIno\fR 4 .IX Item "-mrelax-relocations=no" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mrelax\-relocations=\fR\fIyes\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mrelax\-relocations=\fR\fIyes\fR 4 .IX Item "-mrelax-relocations=yes" .PD These options control whether the assembler should generate relax @@ -1709,27 +1691,27 @@ R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX, in 64\-bit mode. \&\fB\-mrelax\-relocations=\fR\fIno\fR will not generate relax relocations. The default can be controlled by a configure option \&\fB\-\-enable\-x86\-relax\-relocations\fR. -.IP "\fB\-malign\-branch\-boundary=\fR\fI\s-1NUM\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-malign\-branch\-boundary=\fR\fINUM\fR 4 .IX Item "-malign-branch-boundary=NUM" This option controls how the assembler should align branches with segment -prefixes or \s-1NOP.\s0 \fI\s-1NUM\s0\fR must be a power of 2. It should be 0 or -no less than 16. Branches will be aligned within \fI\s-1NUM\s0\fR byte +prefixes or NOP. \fINUM\fR must be a power of 2. It should be 0 or +no less than 16. Branches will be aligned within \fINUM\fR byte boundary. \fB\-malign\-branch\-boundary=0\fR, which is the default, doesn't align branches. -.IP "\fB\-malign\-branch=\fR\fI\s-1TYPE\s0\fR\fB[+\fR\fI\s-1TYPE\s0\fR\fB...]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-malign\-branch=\fR\fITYPE\fR\fB[+\fR\fITYPE\fR\fB...]\fR 4 .IX Item "-malign-branch=TYPE[+TYPE...]" -This option specifies types of branches to align. \fI\s-1TYPE\s0\fR is +This option specifies types of branches to align. \fITYPE\fR is combination of \fBjcc\fR, which aligns conditional jumps, \&\fBfused\fR, which aligns fused conditional jumps, \fBjmp\fR, which aligns unconditional jumps, \fBcall\fR which aligns calls, \&\fBret\fR, which aligns rets, \fBindirect\fR, which aligns indirect jumps and calls. The default is \fB\-malign\-branch=jcc+fused+jmp\fR. -.IP "\fB\-malign\-branch\-prefix\-size=\fR\fI\s-1NUM\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-malign\-branch\-prefix\-size=\fR\fINUM\fR 4 .IX Item "-malign-branch-prefix-size=NUM" This option specifies the maximum number of prefixes on an instruction -to align branches. \fI\s-1NUM\s0\fR should be between 0 and 5. The default -\&\fI\s-1NUM\s0\fR is 5. -.IP "\fB\-mbranches\-within\-32B\-boundaries\fR" 4 +to align branches. \fINUM\fR should be between 0 and 5. The default +\&\fINUM\fR is 5. +.IP \fB\-mbranches\-within\-32B\-boundaries\fR 4 .IX Item "-mbranches-within-32B-boundaries" This option aligns conditional jumps, fused conditional jumps and unconditional jumps within 32 byte boundary with up to 5 segment prefixes @@ -1738,24 +1720,24 @@ on an instruction. It is equivalent to \&\fB\-malign\-branch=jcc+fused+jmp\fR \&\fB\-malign\-branch\-prefix\-size=5\fR. The default doesn't align branches. -.IP "\fB\-mlfence\-after\-load=\fR\fIno\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mlfence\-after\-load=\fR\fIno\fR 4 .IX Item "-mlfence-after-load=no" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mlfence\-after\-load=\fR\fIyes\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mlfence\-after\-load=\fR\fIyes\fR 4 .IX Item "-mlfence-after-load=yes" .PD These options control whether the assembler should generate lfence after load instructions. \fB\-mlfence\-after\-load=\fR\fIyes\fR will generate lfence. \fB\-mlfence\-after\-load=\fR\fIno\fR will not generate lfence, which is the default. -.IP "\fB\-mlfence\-before\-indirect\-branch=\fR\fInone\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mlfence\-before\-indirect\-branch=\fR\fInone\fR 4 .IX Item "-mlfence-before-indirect-branch=none" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mlfence\-before\-indirect\-branch=\fR\fIall\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mlfence\-before\-indirect\-branch=\fR\fIall\fR 4 .IX Item "-mlfence-before-indirect-branch=all" -.IP "\fB\-mlfence\-before\-indirect\-branch=\fR\fIregister\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mlfence\-before\-indirect\-branch=\fR\fIregister\fR 4 .IX Item "-mlfence-before-indirect-branch=register" -.IP "\fB\-mlfence\-before\-indirect\-branch=\fR\fImemory\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mlfence\-before\-indirect\-branch=\fR\fImemory\fR 4 .IX Item "-mlfence-before-indirect-branch=memory" .PD These options control whether the assembler should generate lfence @@ -1774,16 +1756,16 @@ lfence nor issue warning, which is the default. Note that lfence won't be generated before indirect near branch via register with \&\fB\-mlfence\-after\-load=\fR\fIyes\fR since lfence will be generated after loading branch target register. -.IP "\fB\-mlfence\-before\-ret=\fR\fInone\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mlfence\-before\-ret=\fR\fInone\fR 4 .IX Item "-mlfence-before-ret=none" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mlfence\-before\-ret=\fR\fIshl\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mlfence\-before\-ret=\fR\fIshl\fR 4 .IX Item "-mlfence-before-ret=shl" -.IP "\fB\-mlfence\-before\-ret=\fR\fIor\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mlfence\-before\-ret=\fR\fIor\fR 4 .IX Item "-mlfence-before-ret=or" -.IP "\fB\-mlfence\-before\-ret=\fR\fIyes\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mlfence\-before\-ret=\fR\fIyes\fR 4 .IX Item "-mlfence-before-ret=yes" -.IP "\fB\-mlfence\-before\-ret=\fR\fInot\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mlfence\-before\-ret=\fR\fInot\fR 4 .IX Item "-mlfence-before-ret=not" .PD These options control whether the assembler should generate lfence @@ -1793,94 +1775,94 @@ generate or instruction with lfence. with lfence. \fB\-mlfence\-before\-ret=\fR\fInot\fR will generate not instruction with lfence. \fB\-mlfence\-before\-ret=\fR\fInone\fR will not generate lfence, which is the default. -.IP "\fB\-mx86\-used\-note=\fR\fIno\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mx86\-used\-note=\fR\fIno\fR 4 .IX Item "-mx86-used-note=no" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mx86\-used\-note=\fR\fIyes\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mx86\-used\-note=\fR\fIyes\fR 4 .IX Item "-mx86-used-note=yes" .PD These options control whether the assembler should generate -\&\s-1GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_USED\s0 and \s-1GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_2_USED -GNU\s0 property notes. The default can be controlled by the +GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_USED and GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_2_USED +GNU property notes. The default can be controlled by the \&\fB\-\-enable\-x86\-used\-note\fR configure option. -.IP "\fB\-mevexrcig=\fR\fIrne\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mevexrcig=\fR\fIrne\fR 4 .IX Item "-mevexrcig=rne" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mevexrcig=\fR\fIrd\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mevexrcig=\fR\fIrd\fR 4 .IX Item "-mevexrcig=rd" -.IP "\fB\-mevexrcig=\fR\fIru\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mevexrcig=\fR\fIru\fR 4 .IX Item "-mevexrcig=ru" -.IP "\fB\-mevexrcig=\fR\fIrz\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mevexrcig=\fR\fIrz\fR 4 .IX Item "-mevexrcig=rz" .PD These options control how the assembler should encode SAE-only -\&\s-1EVEX\s0 instructions. \fB\-mevexrcig=\fR\fIrne\fR will encode \s-1RC\s0 bits -of \s-1EVEX\s0 instruction with 00, which is the default. +EVEX instructions. \fB\-mevexrcig=\fR\fIrne\fR will encode RC bits +of EVEX instruction with 00, which is the default. \&\fB\-mevexrcig=\fR\fIrd\fR, \fB\-mevexrcig=\fR\fIru\fR -and \fB\-mevexrcig=\fR\fIrz\fR will encode SAE-only \s-1EVEX\s0 instructions -with 01, 10 and 11 \s-1RC\s0 bits, respectively. -.IP "\fB\-mamd64\fR" 4 +and \fB\-mevexrcig=\fR\fIrz\fR will encode SAE-only EVEX instructions +with 01, 10 and 11 RC bits, respectively. +.IP \fB\-mamd64\fR 4 .IX Item "-mamd64" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mintel64\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mintel64\fR 4 .IX Item "-mintel64" .PD -This option specifies that the assembler should accept only \s-1AMD64\s0 or -Intel64 \s-1ISA\s0 in 64\-bit mode. The default is to accept common, Intel64 -only and \s-1AMD64\s0 ISAs. +This option specifies that the assembler should accept only AMD64 or +Intel64 ISA in 64\-bit mode. The default is to accept common, Intel64 +only and AMD64 ISAs. .IP "\fB\-O0 | \-O | \-O1 | \-O2 | \-Os\fR" 4 .IX Item "-O0 | -O | -O1 | -O2 | -Os" Optimize instruction encoding with smaller instruction size. \fB\-O\fR and \fB\-O1\fR encode 64\-bit register load instructions with 64\-bit immediate as 32\-bit register load instructions with 31\-bit or 32\-bits immediates, encode 64\-bit register clearing instructions with 32\-bit -register clearing instructions, encode 256\-bit/512\-bit \s-1VEX/EVEX\s0 vector -register clearing instructions with 128\-bit \s-1VEX\s0 vector register -clearing instructions, encode 128\-bit/256\-bit \s-1EVEX\s0 vector -register load/store instructions with \s-1VEX\s0 vector register load/store -instructions, and encode 128\-bit/256\-bit \s-1EVEX\s0 packed integer logical -instructions with 128\-bit/256\-bit \s-1VEX\s0 packed integer logical. +register clearing instructions, encode 256\-bit/512\-bit VEX/EVEX vector +register clearing instructions with 128\-bit VEX vector register +clearing instructions, encode 128\-bit/256\-bit EVEX vector +register load/store instructions with VEX vector register load/store +instructions, and encode 128\-bit/256\-bit EVEX packed integer logical +instructions with 128\-bit/256\-bit VEX packed integer logical. .Sp \&\fB\-O2\fR includes \fB\-O1\fR optimization plus encodes -256\-bit/512\-bit \s-1EVEX\s0 vector register clearing instructions with 128\-bit -\&\s-1EVEX\s0 vector register clearing instructions. In 64\-bit mode \s-1VEX\s0 encoded +256\-bit/512\-bit EVEX vector register clearing instructions with 128\-bit +EVEX vector register clearing instructions. In 64\-bit mode VEX encoded instructions with commutative source operands will also have their -source operands swapped if this allows using the 2\-byte \s-1VEX\s0 prefix form -instead of the 3\-byte one. Certain forms of \s-1AND\s0 as well as \s-1OR\s0 with the -same (register) operand specified twice will also be changed to \s-1TEST.\s0 +source operands swapped if this allows using the 2\-byte VEX prefix form +instead of the 3\-byte one. Certain forms of AND as well as OR with the +same (register) operand specified twice will also be changed to TEST. .Sp \&\fB\-Os\fR includes \fB\-O2\fR optimization plus encodes 16\-bit, 32\-bit and 64\-bit register tests with immediate as 8\-bit register test with immediate. \fB\-O0\fR turns off this optimization. .PP The following options are available when as is configured for the -Ubicom \s-1IP2K\s0 series. -.IP "\fB\-mip2022ext\fR" 4 +Ubicom IP2K series. +.IP \fB\-mip2022ext\fR 4 .IX Item "-mip2022ext" -Specifies that the extended \s-1IP2022\s0 instructions are allowed. -.IP "\fB\-mip2022\fR" 4 +Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed. +.IP \fB\-mip2022\fR 4 .IX Item "-mip2022" Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to -just the basic \s-1IP2022\s0 ones. +just the basic IP2022 ones. .PP The following options are available when as is configured for the Renesas M32C and M16C processors. -.IP "\fB\-m32c\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-m32c\fR 4 .IX Item "-m32c" Assemble M32C instructions. -.IP "\fB\-m16c\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-m16c\fR 4 .IX Item "-m16c" Assemble M16C instructions (the default). -.IP "\fB\-relax\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-relax\fR 4 .IX Item "-relax" Enable support for link-time relaxations. -.IP "\fB\-h\-tick\-hex\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-h\-tick\-hex\fR 4 .IX Item "-h-tick-hex" Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style. .PP The following options are available when as is configured for the Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series. -.IP "\fB\-\-m32rx\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-m32rx\fR 4 .IX Item "--m32rx" Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX. @@ -1895,7 +1877,7 @@ encountered. .PP The following options are available when as is configured for the Motorola 68000 series. -.IP "\fB\-l\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-l\fR 4 .IX Item "-l" Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two. .IP "\fB\-m68000 | \-m68008 | \-m68010 | \-m68020 | \-m68030\fR" 4 @@ -1918,33 +1900,33 @@ coprocessor instructions with the main processor. .IP "\fB\-m68851 | \-mno\-68851\fR" 4 .IX Item "-m68851 | -mno-68851" The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management -unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an \s-1MMU\s0 for 68020 and up. +unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up. .PP The following options are available when as is configured for an -Altera Nios \s-1II\s0 processor. -.IP "\fB\-relax\-section\fR" 4 +Altera Nios II processor. +.IP \fB\-relax\-section\fR 4 .IX Item "-relax-section" Replace identified out-of-range branches with PC-relative \f(CW\*(C`jmp\*(C'\fR sequences when possible. The generated code sequences are suitable for use in position-independent code, but there is a practical limit on the extended branch range because of the length of the sequences. This option is the default. -.IP "\fB\-relax\-all\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-relax\-all\fR 4 .IX Item "-relax-all" Replace branch instructions not determinable to be in range and all call instructions with \f(CW\*(C`jmp\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`callr\*(C'\fR sequences (respectively). This option generates absolute relocations against the target symbols and is not appropriate for position-independent code. -.IP "\fB\-no\-relax\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-no\-relax\fR 4 .IX Item "-no-relax" Do not replace any branches or calls. -.IP "\fB\-EB\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-EB\fR 4 .IX Item "-EB" Generate big-endian output. -.IP "\fB\-EL\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-EL\fR 4 .IX Item "-EL" Generate little-endian output. This is the default. -.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fIarchitecture\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-march=\fR\fIarchitecture\fR 4 .IX Item "-march=architecture" This option specifies the target architecture. The assembler issues an error message if an attempt is made to assemble an instruction which @@ -1955,104 +1937,104 @@ names are recognized: The default is \f(CW\*(C`r1\*(C'\fR. .PP The following options are available when as is configured for a -\&\s-1PRU\s0 processor. -.IP "\fB\-mlink\-relax\fR" 4 +PRU processor. +.IP \fB\-mlink\-relax\fR 4 .IX Item "-mlink-relax" -Assume that \s-1LD\s0 would optimize \s-1LDI32\s0 instructions by checking the upper -16 bits of the \fIexpression\fR. If they are all zeros, then \s-1LD\s0 would -shorten the \s-1LDI32\s0 instruction to a single \s-1LDI.\s0 In such case \f(CW\*(C`as\*(C'\fR -will output \s-1DIFF\s0 relocations for diff expressions. -.IP "\fB\-mno\-link\-relax\fR" 4 +Assume that LD would optimize LDI32 instructions by checking the upper +16 bits of the \fIexpression\fR. If they are all zeros, then LD would +shorten the LDI32 instruction to a single LDI. In such case \f(CW\*(C`as\*(C'\fR +will output DIFF relocations for diff expressions. +.IP \fB\-mno\-link\-relax\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-link-relax" -Assume that \s-1LD\s0 would not optimize \s-1LDI32\s0 instructions. As a consequence, -\&\s-1DIFF\s0 relocations will not be emitted. -.IP "\fB\-mno\-warn\-regname\-label\fR" 4 +Assume that LD would not optimize LDI32 instructions. As a consequence, +DIFF relocations will not be emitted. +.IP \fB\-mno\-warn\-regname\-label\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-warn-regname-label" Do not warn if a label name matches a register name. Usually assembler programmers will want this warning to be emitted. C compilers may want to turn this off. .PP The following options are available when as is configured for -a \s-1MIPS\s0 processor. +a MIPS processor. .IP "\fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR" 4 .IX Item "-G num" This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced implicitly with the \f(CW\*(C`gp\*(C'\fR register. It is only accepted for targets that -use \s-1ECOFF\s0 format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8. -.IP "\fB\-EB\fR" 4 +use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8. +.IP \fB\-EB\fR 4 .IX Item "-EB" -Generate \*(L"big endian\*(R" format output. -.IP "\fB\-EL\fR" 4 +Generate "big endian" format output. +.IP \fB\-EL\fR 4 .IX Item "-EL" -Generate \*(L"little endian\*(R" format output. -.IP "\fB\-mips1\fR" 4 +Generate "little endian" format output. +.IP \fB\-mips1\fR 4 .IX Item "-mips1" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mips2\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mips2\fR 4 .IX Item "-mips2" -.IP "\fB\-mips3\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mips3\fR 4 .IX Item "-mips3" -.IP "\fB\-mips4\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mips4\fR 4 .IX Item "-mips4" -.IP "\fB\-mips5\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mips5\fR 4 .IX Item "-mips5" -.IP "\fB\-mips32\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mips32\fR 4 .IX Item "-mips32" -.IP "\fB\-mips32r2\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mips32r2\fR 4 .IX Item "-mips32r2" -.IP "\fB\-mips32r3\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mips32r3\fR 4 .IX Item "-mips32r3" -.IP "\fB\-mips32r5\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mips32r5\fR 4 .IX Item "-mips32r5" -.IP "\fB\-mips32r6\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mips32r6\fR 4 .IX Item "-mips32r6" -.IP "\fB\-mips64\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mips64\fR 4 .IX Item "-mips64" -.IP "\fB\-mips64r2\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mips64r2\fR 4 .IX Item "-mips64r2" -.IP "\fB\-mips64r3\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mips64r3\fR 4 .IX Item "-mips64r3" -.IP "\fB\-mips64r5\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mips64r5\fR 4 .IX Item "-mips64r5" -.IP "\fB\-mips64r6\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mips64r6\fR 4 .IX Item "-mips64r6" .PD -Generate code for a particular \s-1MIPS\s0 Instruction Set Architecture level. +Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level. \&\fB\-mips1\fR is an alias for \fB\-march=r3000\fR, \fB\-mips2\fR is an alias for \fB\-march=r6000\fR, \fB\-mips3\fR is an alias for \&\fB\-march=r4000\fR and \fB\-mips4\fR is an alias for \fB\-march=r8000\fR. \&\fB\-mips5\fR, \fB\-mips32\fR, \fB\-mips32r2\fR, \fB\-mips32r3\fR, \&\fB\-mips32r5\fR, \fB\-mips32r6\fR, \fB\-mips64\fR, \fB\-mips64r2\fR, \&\fB\-mips64r3\fR, \fB\-mips64r5\fR, and \fB\-mips64r6\fR correspond to generic -\&\s-1MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32\s0 Release 2, \s-1MIPS32\s0 Release 3, \s-1MIPS32\s0 Release 5, \s-1MIPS32\s0 -Release 6, \s-1MIPS64, MIPS64\s0 Release 2, \s-1MIPS64\s0 Release 3, \s-1MIPS64\s0 Release 5, and -\&\s-1MIPS64\s0 Release 6 \s-1ISA\s0 processors, respectively. -.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fIcpu\fR" 4 +MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32 +Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and +MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively. +.IP \fB\-march=\fR\fIcpu\fR 4 .IX Item "-march=cpu" -Generate code for a particular \s-1MIPS CPU.\s0 -.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu\fR" 4 +Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU. +.IP \fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu\fR 4 .IX Item "-mtune=cpu" -Schedule and tune for a particular \s-1MIPS CPU.\s0 -.IP "\fB\-mfix7000\fR" 4 +Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU. +.IP \fB\-mfix7000\fR 4 .IX Item "-mfix7000" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-fix7000\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-fix7000\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-fix7000" .PD Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions. -.IP "\fB\-mfix\-rm7000\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mfix\-rm7000\fR 4 .IX Item "-mfix-rm7000" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-fix\-rm7000\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-fix\-rm7000\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-fix-rm7000" .PD Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is followed by a load instruction. -.IP "\fB\-mfix\-r5900\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mfix\-r5900\fR 4 .IX Item "-mfix-r5900" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-fix\-r5900\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-fix\-r5900\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-fix-r5900" .PD Do not attempt to schedule the preceding instruction into the delay slot @@ -2060,236 +2042,236 @@ of a branch instruction placed at the end of a short loop of six instructions or fewer and always schedule a \f(CW\*(C`nop\*(C'\fR instruction there instead. The short loop bug under certain conditions causes loops to execute only once or twice, due to a hardware bug in the R5900 chip. -.IP "\fB\-mdebug\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mdebug\fR 4 .IX Item "-mdebug" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-no\-mdebug\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-no\-mdebug\fR 4 .IX Item "-no-mdebug" .PD Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug -section instead of the standard \s-1ELF\s0 .stabs sections. -.IP "\fB\-mpdr\fR" 4 +section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections. +.IP \fB\-mpdr\fR 4 .IX Item "-mpdr" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-pdr\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-pdr\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-pdr" .PD Control generation of \f(CW\*(C`.pdr\*(C'\fR sections. -.IP "\fB\-mgp32\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mgp32\fR 4 .IX Item "-mgp32" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mfp32\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mfp32\fR 4 .IX Item "-mfp32" .PD -The register sizes are normally inferred from the \s-1ISA\s0 and \s-1ABI,\s0 but these +The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at all times. \fB\-mgp32\fR controls the size of general-purpose registers and \fB\-mfp32\fR controls the size of floating-point registers. -.IP "\fB\-mgp64\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mgp64\fR 4 .IX Item "-mgp64" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mfp64\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mfp64\fR 4 .IX Item "-mfp64" .PD -The register sizes are normally inferred from the \s-1ISA\s0 and \s-1ABI,\s0 but these +The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at all times. \fB\-mgp64\fR controls the size of general-purpose registers and \fB\-mfp64\fR controls the size of floating-point registers. -.IP "\fB\-mfpxx\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mfpxx\fR 4 .IX Item "-mfpxx" -The register sizes are normally inferred from the \s-1ISA\s0 and \s-1ABI,\s0 but using -this flag in combination with \fB\-mabi=32\fR enables an \s-1ABI\s0 variant +The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using +this flag in combination with \fB\-mabi=32\fR enables an ABI variant which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are 32 or 64 bits wide. -.IP "\fB\-modd\-spreg\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-modd\-spreg\fR 4 .IX Item "-modd-spreg" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-odd\-spreg\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-odd\-spreg\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-odd-spreg" .PD Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision -registers when supported by the \s-1ISA.\s0 \fB\-mfpxx\fR implies +registers when supported by the ISA. \fB\-mfpxx\fR implies \&\fB\-mno\-odd\-spreg\fR, otherwise the default is \fB\-modd\-spreg\fR. -.IP "\fB\-mips16\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mips16\fR 4 .IX Item "-mips16" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-no\-mips16\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-no\-mips16\fR 4 .IX Item "-no-mips16" .PD -Generate code for the \s-1MIPS 16\s0 processor. This is equivalent to putting +Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting \&\f(CW\*(C`.module mips16\*(C'\fR at the start of the assembly file. \fB\-no\-mips16\fR turns off this option. -.IP "\fB\-mmips16e2\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mmips16e2\fR 4 .IX Item "-mmips16e2" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-mips16e2\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-mips16e2\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-mips16e2" .PD -Enable the use of MIPS16e2 instructions in \s-1MIPS16\s0 mode. This is equivalent +Enable the use of MIPS16e2 instructions in MIPS16 mode. This is equivalent to putting \f(CW\*(C`.module mips16e2\*(C'\fR at the start of the assembly file. \&\fB\-mno\-mips16e2\fR turns off this option. -.IP "\fB\-mmicromips\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mmicromips\fR 4 .IX Item "-mmicromips" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-micromips\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-micromips\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-micromips" .PD Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting \&\f(CW\*(C`.module micromips\*(C'\fR at the start of the assembly file. \&\fB\-mno\-micromips\fR turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting \&\f(CW\*(C`.module nomicromips\*(C'\fR at the start of the assembly file. -.IP "\fB\-msmartmips\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-msmartmips\fR 4 .IX Item "-msmartmips" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-smartmips\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-smartmips\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-smartmips" .PD -Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the \s-1MIPS32\s0 instruction set. This is +Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is equivalent to putting \f(CW\*(C`.module smartmips\*(C'\fR at the start of the assembly file. \fB\-mno\-smartmips\fR turns off this option. -.IP "\fB\-mips3d\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mips3d\fR 4 .IX Item "-mips3d" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-no\-mips3d\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-no\-mips3d\fR 4 .IX Item "-no-mips3d" .PD -Generate code for the \s-1MIPS\-3D\s0 Application Specific Extension. -This tells the assembler to accept \s-1MIPS\-3D\s0 instructions. +Generate code for the MIPS\-3D Application Specific Extension. +This tells the assembler to accept MIPS\-3D instructions. \&\fB\-no\-mips3d\fR turns off this option. -.IP "\fB\-mdmx\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mdmx\fR 4 .IX Item "-mdmx" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-no\-mdmx\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-no\-mdmx\fR 4 .IX Item "-no-mdmx" .PD -Generate code for the \s-1MDMX\s0 Application Specific Extension. -This tells the assembler to accept \s-1MDMX\s0 instructions. +Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension. +This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions. \&\fB\-no\-mdmx\fR turns off this option. -.IP "\fB\-mdsp\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mdsp\fR 4 .IX Item "-mdsp" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-dsp\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-dsp\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-dsp" .PD -Generate code for the \s-1DSP\s0 Release 1 Application Specific Extension. -This tells the assembler to accept \s-1DSP\s0 Release 1 instructions. +Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension. +This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions. \&\fB\-mno\-dsp\fR turns off this option. -.IP "\fB\-mdspr2\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mdspr2\fR 4 .IX Item "-mdspr2" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-dspr2\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-dspr2\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-dspr2" .PD -Generate code for the \s-1DSP\s0 Release 2 Application Specific Extension. +Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension. This option implies \fB\-mdsp\fR. -This tells the assembler to accept \s-1DSP\s0 Release 2 instructions. +This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions. \&\fB\-mno\-dspr2\fR turns off this option. -.IP "\fB\-mdspr3\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mdspr3\fR 4 .IX Item "-mdspr3" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-dspr3\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-dspr3\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-dspr3" .PD -Generate code for the \s-1DSP\s0 Release 3 Application Specific Extension. +Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension. This option implies \fB\-mdsp\fR and \fB\-mdspr2\fR. -This tells the assembler to accept \s-1DSP\s0 Release 3 instructions. +This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions. \&\fB\-mno\-dspr3\fR turns off this option. -.IP "\fB\-mmsa\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mmsa\fR 4 .IX Item "-mmsa" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-msa\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-msa\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-msa" .PD -Generate code for the \s-1MIPS SIMD\s0 Architecture Extension. -This tells the assembler to accept \s-1MSA\s0 instructions. +Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension. +This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions. \&\fB\-mno\-msa\fR turns off this option. -.IP "\fB\-mxpa\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mxpa\fR 4 .IX Item "-mxpa" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-xpa\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-xpa\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-xpa" .PD -Generate code for the \s-1MIPS\s0 eXtended Physical Address (\s-1XPA\s0) Extension. -This tells the assembler to accept \s-1XPA\s0 instructions. +Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension. +This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions. \&\fB\-mno\-xpa\fR turns off this option. -.IP "\fB\-mmt\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mmt\fR 4 .IX Item "-mmt" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-mt\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-mt\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-mt" .PD -Generate code for the \s-1MT\s0 Application Specific Extension. -This tells the assembler to accept \s-1MT\s0 instructions. +Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension. +This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions. \&\fB\-mno\-mt\fR turns off this option. -.IP "\fB\-mmcu\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mmcu\fR 4 .IX Item "-mmcu" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-mcu\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-mcu\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-mcu" .PD -Generate code for the \s-1MCU\s0 Application Specific Extension. -This tells the assembler to accept \s-1MCU\s0 instructions. +Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension. +This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions. \&\fB\-mno\-mcu\fR turns off this option. -.IP "\fB\-mcrc\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mcrc\fR 4 .IX Item "-mcrc" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-crc\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-crc\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-crc" .PD -Generate code for the \s-1MIPS\s0 cyclic redundancy check (\s-1CRC\s0) Application -Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept \s-1CRC\s0 instructions. +Generate code for the MIPS cyclic redundancy check (CRC) Application +Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept CRC instructions. \&\fB\-mno\-crc\fR turns off this option. -.IP "\fB\-mginv\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mginv\fR 4 .IX Item "-mginv" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-ginv\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-ginv\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-ginv" .PD -Generate code for the Global INValidate (\s-1GINV\s0) Application Specific -Extension. This tells the assembler to accept \s-1GINV\s0 instructions. +Generate code for the Global INValidate (GINV) Application Specific +Extension. This tells the assembler to accept GINV instructions. \&\fB\-mno\-ginv\fR turns off this option. -.IP "\fB\-mloongson\-mmi\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mloongson\-mmi\fR 4 .IX Item "-mloongson-mmi" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-loongson\-mmi\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-loongson\-mmi\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-loongson-mmi" .PD -Generate code for the Loongson MultiMedia extensions Instructions (\s-1MMI\s0) -Application Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept \s-1MMI\s0 +Generate code for the Loongson MultiMedia extensions Instructions (MMI) +Application Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept MMI instructions. \&\fB\-mno\-loongson\-mmi\fR turns off this option. -.IP "\fB\-mloongson\-cam\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mloongson\-cam\fR 4 .IX Item "-mloongson-cam" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-loongson\-cam\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-loongson\-cam\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-loongson-cam" .PD -Generate code for the Loongson Content Address Memory (\s-1CAM\s0) instructions. -This tells the assembler to accept Loongson \s-1CAM\s0 instructions. +Generate code for the Loongson Content Address Memory (CAM) instructions. +This tells the assembler to accept Loongson CAM instructions. \&\fB\-mno\-loongson\-cam\fR turns off this option. -.IP "\fB\-mloongson\-ext\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mloongson\-ext\fR 4 .IX Item "-mloongson-ext" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-loongson\-ext\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-loongson\-ext\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-loongson-ext" .PD -Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions (\s-1EXT\s0) instructions. -This tells the assembler to accept Loongson \s-1EXT\s0 instructions. +Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions (EXT) instructions. +This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT instructions. \&\fB\-mno\-loongson\-ext\fR turns off this option. -.IP "\fB\-mloongson\-ext2\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mloongson\-ext2\fR 4 .IX Item "-mloongson-ext2" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-loongson\-ext2\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-loongson\-ext2\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-loongson-ext2" .PD -Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions R2 (\s-1EXT2\s0) instructions. +Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions R2 (EXT2) instructions. This option implies \fB\-mloongson\-ext\fR. -This tells the assembler to accept Loongson \s-1EXT2\s0 instructions. +This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT2 instructions. \&\fB\-mno\-loongson\-ext2\fR turns off this option. -.IP "\fB\-minsn32\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-minsn32\fR 4 .IX Item "-minsn32" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-insn32\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-insn32\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-insn32" .PD Only use 32\-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the @@ -2299,10 +2281,10 @@ the start of the assembly file. \fB\-mno\-insn32\fR turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting \f(CW\*(C`.set noinsn32\*(C'\fR at the start of the assembly file. By default \fB\-mno\-insn32\fR is selected, allowing all instructions to be used. -.IP "\fB\-\-construct\-floats\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-construct\-floats\fR 4 .IX Item "--construct-floats" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-construct\-floats\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-construct\-floats\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-construct-floats" .PD The \fB\-\-no\-construct\-floats\fR option disables the construction of @@ -2310,57 +2292,57 @@ double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the value into the two single width floating point registers that make up the double width register. By default \fB\-\-construct\-floats\fR is selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants. -.IP "\fB\-\-relax\-branch\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-relax\-branch\fR 4 .IX Item "--relax-branch" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-relax\-branch\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-relax\-branch\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-relax-branch" .PD The \fB\-\-relax\-branch\fR option enables the relaxation of out-of-range branches. By default \fB\-\-no\-relax\-branch\fR is selected, causing any out-of-range branches to produce an error. -.IP "\fB\-mignore\-branch\-isa\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mignore\-branch\-isa\fR 4 .IX Item "-mignore-branch-isa" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-ignore\-branch\-isa\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-ignore\-branch\-isa\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-ignore-branch-isa" .PD -Ignore branch checks for invalid transitions between \s-1ISA\s0 modes. The -semantics of branches does not provide for an \s-1ISA\s0 mode switch, so in -most cases the \s-1ISA\s0 mode a branch has been encoded for has to be the -same as the \s-1ISA\s0 mode of the branch's target label. Therefore \s-1GAS\s0 has -checks implemented that verify in branch assembly that the two \s-1ISA\s0 +Ignore branch checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. The +semantics of branches does not provide for an ISA mode switch, so in +most cases the ISA mode a branch has been encoded for has to be the +same as the ISA mode of the branch's target label. Therefore GAS has +checks implemented that verify in branch assembly that the two ISA modes match. \fB\-mignore\-branch\-isa\fR disables these checks. By default \fB\-mno\-ignore\-branch\-isa\fR is selected, causing any invalid -branch requiring a transition between \s-1ISA\s0 modes to produce an error. -.IP "\fB\-mnan=\fR\fIencoding\fR" 4 +branch requiring a transition between ISA modes to produce an error. +.IP \fB\-mnan=\fR\fIencoding\fR 4 .IX Item "-mnan=encoding" -Select between the \s-1IEEE 754\-2008\s0 (\fB\-mnan=2008\fR) or the legacy +Select between the IEEE 754\-2008 (\fB\-mnan=2008\fR) or the legacy (\fB\-mnan=legacy\fR) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default. -.IP "\fB\-\-emulation=\fR\fIname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-emulation=\fR\fIname\fR 4 .IX Item "--emulation=name" -This option was formerly used to switch between \s-1ELF\s0 and \s-1ECOFF\s0 output -on targets like \s-1IRIX 5\s0 that supported both. \s-1MIPS ECOFF\s0 support was -removed in \s-1GAS 2.24,\s0 so the option now serves little purpose. +This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output +on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was +removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose. It is retained for backwards compatibility. .Sp The available configuration names are: \fBmipself\fR, \fBmipslelf\fR and \&\fBmipsbelf\fR. Choosing \fBmipself\fR now has no effect, since the output -is always \s-1ELF.\s0 \fBmipslelf\fR and \fBmipsbelf\fR select little\- and +is always ELF. \fBmipslelf\fR and \fBmipsbelf\fR select little\- and big-endian output respectively, but \fB\-EL\fR and \fB\-EB\fR are now the preferred options instead. -.IP "\fB\-nocpp\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-nocpp\fR 4 .IX Item "-nocpp" \&\fBas\fR ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with the native tools. -.IP "\fB\-\-trap\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-trap\fR 4 .IX Item "--trap" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-trap\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-trap\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-trap" -.IP "\fB\-\-break\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-break\fR 4 .IX Item "--break" -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-break\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-break\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-break" .PD Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero. @@ -2368,77 +2350,77 @@ Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero. (and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher); \&\fB\-\-break\fR or \fB\-\-no\-trap\fR (also synonyms, and the default) take a break exception. -.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-n\fR 4 .IX Item "-n" When this option is used, \fBas\fR will issue a warning every time it generates a nop instruction from a macro. .PP The following options are available when as is configured for a LoongArch processor. -.IP "\fB\-fpic\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-fpic\fR 4 .IX Item "-fpic" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-fPIC\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-fPIC\fR 4 .IX Item "-fPIC" .PD Generate position-independent code -.IP "\fB\-fno\-pic\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-fno\-pic\fR 4 .IX Item "-fno-pic" Don't generate position-independent code (default) .PP The following options are available when as is configured for a Meta processor. .ie n .IP """\-mcpu=metac11""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-mcpu=metac11\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-mcpu=metac11\fR 4 .IX Item "-mcpu=metac11" Generate code for Meta 1.1. .ie n .IP """\-mcpu=metac12""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-mcpu=metac12\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-mcpu=metac12\fR 4 .IX Item "-mcpu=metac12" Generate code for Meta 1.2. .ie n .IP """\-mcpu=metac21""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-mcpu=metac21\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-mcpu=metac21\fR 4 .IX Item "-mcpu=metac21" Generate code for Meta 2.1. .ie n .IP """\-mfpu=metac21""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-mfpu=metac21\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-mfpu=metac21\fR 4 .IX Item "-mfpu=metac21" -Allow code to use \s-1FPU\s0 hardware of Meta 2.1. +Allow code to use FPU hardware of Meta 2.1. .PP See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options. .PP The following options are available when as is configured for a -\&\s-1NDS32\s0 processor. +NDS32 processor. .ie n .IP """\-O1""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-O1\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-O1\fR 4 .IX Item "-O1" Optimize for performance. .ie n .IP """\-Os""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-Os\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-Os\fR 4 .IX Item "-Os" Optimize for space. .ie n .IP """\-EL""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-EL\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-EL\fR 4 .IX Item "-EL" Produce little endian data output. .ie n .IP """\-EB""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-EB\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-EB\fR 4 .IX Item "-EB" Produce little endian data output. .ie n .IP """\-mpic""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-mpic\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-mpic\fR 4 .IX Item "-mpic" -Generate \s-1PIC.\s0 +Generate PIC. .ie n .IP """\-mno\-fp\-as\-gp\-relax""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-mno\-fp\-as\-gp\-relax\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-mno\-fp\-as\-gp\-relax\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-fp-as-gp-relax" Suppress fp-as-gp relaxation for this file. .ie n .IP """\-mb2bb\-relax""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-mb2bb\-relax\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-mb2bb\-relax\fR 4 .IX Item "-mb2bb-relax" Back-to-back branch optimization. .ie n .IP """\-mno\-all\-relax""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-mno\-all\-relax\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-mno\-all\-relax\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-all-relax" Suppress all relaxation for this file. .ie n .IP """\-march=<arch name>""" 4 @@ -2447,13 +2429,13 @@ Suppress all relaxation for this file. Assemble for architecture <arch name> which could be v3, v3j, v3m, v3f, v3s, v2, v2j, v2f, v2s. .ie n .IP """\-mbaseline=<baseline>""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-mbaseline=<baseline>\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-mbaseline=<baseline>\fR 4 .IX Item "-mbaseline=<baseline>" Assemble for baseline <baseline> which could be v2, v3, v3m. -.ie n .IP """\-mfpu\-freg=\fIFREG\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-mfpu\-freg=\f(CIFREG\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-mfpu\-freg=\fIFREG\fR""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-mfpu\-freg=\fR\f(CIFREG\fR\f(CW\fR 4 .IX Item "-mfpu-freg=FREG" -Specify a \s-1FPU\s0 configuration. +Specify a FPU configuration. .RS 4 .ie n .IP """0 8 SP / 4 DP registers""" 4 .el .IP "\f(CW0 8 SP / 4 DP registers\fR" 4 @@ -2471,82 +2453,82 @@ Specify a \s-1FPU\s0 configuration. .RE .RS 4 .RE -.ie n .IP """\-mabi=\fIabi\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-mabi=\f(CIabi\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-mabi=\fIabi\fR""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-mabi=\fR\f(CIabi\fR\f(CW\fR 4 .IX Item "-mabi=abi" .PD Specify a abi version <abi> could be v1, v2, v2fp, v2fpp. .ie n .IP """\-m[no\-]mac""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-m[no\-]mac\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-m[no\-]mac\fR 4 .IX Item "-m[no-]mac" Enable/Disable Multiply instructions support. .ie n .IP """\-m[no\-]div""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-m[no\-]div\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-m[no\-]div\fR 4 .IX Item "-m[no-]div" Enable/Disable Divide instructions support. .ie n .IP """\-m[no\-]16bit\-ext""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-m[no\-]16bit\-ext\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-m[no\-]16bit\-ext\fR 4 .IX Item "-m[no-]16bit-ext" Enable/Disable 16\-bit extension .ie n .IP """\-m[no\-]dx\-regs""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-m[no\-]dx\-regs\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-m[no\-]dx\-regs\fR 4 .IX Item "-m[no-]dx-regs" Enable/Disable d0/d1 registers .ie n .IP """\-m[no\-]perf\-ext""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-m[no\-]perf\-ext\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-m[no\-]perf\-ext\fR 4 .IX Item "-m[no-]perf-ext" Enable/Disable Performance extension .ie n .IP """\-m[no\-]perf2\-ext""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-m[no\-]perf2\-ext\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-m[no\-]perf2\-ext\fR 4 .IX Item "-m[no-]perf2-ext" Enable/Disable Performance extension 2 .ie n .IP """\-m[no\-]string\-ext""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-m[no\-]string\-ext\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-m[no\-]string\-ext\fR 4 .IX Item "-m[no-]string-ext" Enable/Disable String extension .ie n .IP """\-m[no\-]reduced\-regs""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-m[no\-]reduced\-regs\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-m[no\-]reduced\-regs\fR 4 .IX Item "-m[no-]reduced-regs" -Enable/Disable Reduced Register configuration (\s-1GPR16\s0) option +Enable/Disable Reduced Register configuration (GPR16) option .ie n .IP """\-m[no\-]audio\-isa\-ext""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-m[no\-]audio\-isa\-ext\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-m[no\-]audio\-isa\-ext\fR 4 .IX Item "-m[no-]audio-isa-ext" -Enable/Disable \s-1AUDIO ISA\s0 extension +Enable/Disable AUDIO ISA extension .ie n .IP """\-m[no\-]fpu\-sp\-ext""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-m[no\-]fpu\-sp\-ext\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-m[no\-]fpu\-sp\-ext\fR 4 .IX Item "-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext" -Enable/Disable \s-1FPU SP\s0 extension +Enable/Disable FPU SP extension .ie n .IP """\-m[no\-]fpu\-dp\-ext""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-m[no\-]fpu\-dp\-ext\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-m[no\-]fpu\-dp\-ext\fR 4 .IX Item "-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext" -Enable/Disable \s-1FPU DP\s0 extension +Enable/Disable FPU DP extension .ie n .IP """\-m[no\-]fpu\-fma""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-m[no\-]fpu\-fma\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-m[no\-]fpu\-fma\fR 4 .IX Item "-m[no-]fpu-fma" -Enable/Disable \s-1FPU\s0 fused-multiply-add instructions +Enable/Disable FPU fused-multiply-add instructions .ie n .IP """\-mall\-ext""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-mall\-ext\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-mall\-ext\fR 4 .IX Item "-mall-ext" Turn on all extensions and instructions support .PP The following options are available when as is configured for a PowerPC processor. -.IP "\fB\-a32\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-a32\fR 4 .IX Item "-a32" -Generate \s-1ELF32\s0 or \s-1XCOFF32.\s0 -.IP "\fB\-a64\fR" 4 +Generate ELF32 or XCOFF32. +.IP \fB\-a64\fR 4 .IX Item "-a64" -Generate \s-1ELF64\s0 or \s-1XCOFF64.\s0 -.IP "\fB\-K \s-1PIC\s0\fR" 4 +Generate ELF64 or XCOFF64. +.IP "\fB\-K PIC\fR" 4 .IX Item "-K PIC" -Set \s-1EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB\s0 in \s-1ELF\s0 flags. +Set EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB in ELF flags. .IP "\fB\-mpwrx | \-mpwr2\fR" 4 .IX Item "-mpwrx | -mpwr2" -Generate code for \s-1POWER/2\s0 (\s-1RIOS2\s0). -.IP "\fB\-mpwr\fR" 4 +Generate code for POWER/2 (RIOS2). +.IP \fB\-mpwr\fR 4 .IX Item "-mpwr" -Generate code for \s-1POWER\s0 (\s-1RIOS1\s0) -.IP "\fB\-m601\fR" 4 +Generate code for POWER (RIOS1) +.IP \fB\-m601\fR 4 .IX Item "-m601" Generate code for PowerPC 601. .IP "\fB\-mppc, \-mppc32, \-m603, \-m604\fR" 4 @@ -2555,13 +2537,13 @@ Generate code for PowerPC 603/604. .IP "\fB\-m403, \-m405\fR" 4 .IX Item "-m403, -m405" Generate code for PowerPC 403/405. -.IP "\fB\-m440\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-m440\fR 4 .IX Item "-m440" Generate code for PowerPC 440. BookE and some 405 instructions. -.IP "\fB\-m464\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-m464\fR 4 .IX Item "-m464" Generate code for PowerPC 464. -.IP "\fB\-m476\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-m476\fR 4 .IX Item "-m476" Generate code for PowerPC 476. .IP "\fB\-m7400, \-m7410, \-m7450, \-m7455\fR" 4 @@ -2578,56 +2560,56 @@ Generate code for PowerPC 821/850/860. Generate code for PowerPC 620/625/630. .IP "\fB\-me200z2, \-me200z4\fR" 4 .IX Item "-me200z2, -me200z4" -Generate code for e200 variants, e200z2 with \s-1LSP,\s0 e200z4 with \s-1SPE.\s0 -.IP "\fB\-me300\fR" 4 +Generate code for e200 variants, e200z2 with LSP, e200z4 with SPE. +.IP \fB\-me300\fR 4 .IX Item "-me300" Generate code for PowerPC e300 family. .IP "\fB\-me500, \-me500x2\fR" 4 .IX Item "-me500, -me500x2" Generate code for Motorola e500 core complex. -.IP "\fB\-me500mc\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-me500mc\fR 4 .IX Item "-me500mc" Generate code for Freescale e500mc core complex. -.IP "\fB\-me500mc64\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-me500mc64\fR 4 .IX Item "-me500mc64" Generate code for Freescale e500mc64 core complex. -.IP "\fB\-me5500\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-me5500\fR 4 .IX Item "-me5500" Generate code for Freescale e5500 core complex. -.IP "\fB\-me6500\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-me6500\fR 4 .IX Item "-me6500" Generate code for Freescale e6500 core complex. -.IP "\fB\-mlsp\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mlsp\fR 4 .IX Item "-mlsp" -Enable \s-1LSP\s0 instructions. (Disables \s-1SPE\s0 and \s-1SPE2.\s0) -.IP "\fB\-mspe\fR" 4 +Enable LSP instructions. (Disables SPE and SPE2.) +.IP \fB\-mspe\fR 4 .IX Item "-mspe" -Generate code for Motorola \s-1SPE\s0 instructions. (Disables \s-1LSP.\s0) -.IP "\fB\-mspe2\fR" 4 +Generate code for Motorola SPE instructions. (Disables LSP.) +.IP \fB\-mspe2\fR 4 .IX Item "-mspe2" -Generate code for Freescale \s-1SPE2\s0 instructions. (Disables \s-1LSP.\s0) -.IP "\fB\-mtitan\fR" 4 +Generate code for Freescale SPE2 instructions. (Disables LSP.) +.IP \fB\-mtitan\fR 4 .IX Item "-mtitan" Generate code for AppliedMicro Titan core complex. -.IP "\fB\-mppc64bridge\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mppc64bridge\fR 4 .IX Item "-mppc64bridge" Generate code for PowerPC 64, including bridge insns. -.IP "\fB\-mbooke\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mbooke\fR 4 .IX Item "-mbooke" Generate code for 32\-bit BookE. -.IP "\fB\-ma2\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-ma2\fR 4 .IX Item "-ma2" Generate code for A2 architecture. -.IP "\fB\-maltivec\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-maltivec\fR 4 .IX Item "-maltivec" Generate code for processors with AltiVec instructions. -.IP "\fB\-mvle\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mvle\fR 4 .IX Item "-mvle" -Generate code for Freescale PowerPC \s-1VLE\s0 instructions. -.IP "\fB\-mvsx\fR" 4 +Generate code for Freescale PowerPC VLE instructions. +.IP \fB\-mvsx\fR 4 .IX Item "-mvsx" -Generate code for processors with Vector-Scalar (\s-1VSX\s0) instructions. -.IP "\fB\-mhtm\fR" 4 +Generate code for processors with Vector-Scalar (VSX) instructions. +.IP \fB\-mhtm\fR 4 .IX Item "-mhtm" Generate code for processors with Hardware Transactional Memory instructions. .IP "\fB\-mpower4, \-mpwr4\fR" 4 @@ -2651,121 +2633,120 @@ Generate code for Power9 architecture. .IP "\fB\-mpower10, \-mpwr10\fR" 4 .IX Item "-mpower10, -mpwr10" Generate code for Power10 architecture. -.IP "\fB\-mfuture\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mfuture\fR 4 .IX Item "-mfuture" Generate code for 'future' architecture. -.IP "\fB\-mcell\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mcell\fR 4 .IX Item "-mcell" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mcell\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mcell\fR 4 .IX Item "-mcell" .PD Generate code for Cell Broadband Engine architecture. -.IP "\fB\-mcom\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mcom\fR 4 .IX Item "-mcom" Generate code Power/PowerPC common instructions. -.IP "\fB\-many\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-many\fR 4 .IX Item "-many" -Generate code for any architecture (\s-1PWR/PWRX/PPC\s0). -.IP "\fB\-mregnames\fR" 4 +Generate code for any architecture (PWR/PWRX/PPC). +.IP \fB\-mregnames\fR 4 .IX Item "-mregnames" Allow symbolic names for registers. -.IP "\fB\-mno\-regnames\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-regnames\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-regnames" Do not allow symbolic names for registers. -.IP "\fB\-mrelocatable\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mrelocatable\fR 4 .IX Item "-mrelocatable" -Support for \s-1GCC\s0's \-mrelocatable option. -.IP "\fB\-mrelocatable\-lib\fR" 4 +Support for GCC's \-mrelocatable option. +.IP \fB\-mrelocatable\-lib\fR 4 .IX Item "-mrelocatable-lib" -Support for \s-1GCC\s0's \-mrelocatable\-lib option. -.IP "\fB\-memb\fR" 4 +Support for GCC's \-mrelocatable\-lib option. +.IP \fB\-memb\fR 4 .IX Item "-memb" -Set \s-1PPC_EMB\s0 bit in \s-1ELF\s0 flags. +Set PPC_EMB bit in ELF flags. .IP "\fB\-mlittle, \-mlittle\-endian, \-le\fR" 4 .IX Item "-mlittle, -mlittle-endian, -le" Generate code for a little endian machine. .IP "\fB\-mbig, \-mbig\-endian, \-be\fR" 4 .IX Item "-mbig, -mbig-endian, -be" Generate code for a big endian machine. -.IP "\fB\-msolaris\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-msolaris\fR 4 .IX Item "-msolaris" Generate code for Solaris. -.IP "\fB\-mno\-solaris\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-solaris\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-solaris" Do not generate code for Solaris. -.IP "\fB\-nops=\fR\fIcount\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-nops=\fR\fIcount\fR 4 .IX Item "-nops=count" If an alignment directive inserts more than \fIcount\fR nops, put a branch at the beginning to skip execution of the nops. .PP The following options are available when as is configured for a RISC-V processor. -.IP "\fB\-fpic\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-fpic\fR 4 .IX Item "-fpic" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-fPIC\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-fPIC\fR 4 .IX Item "-fPIC" .PD Generate position-independent code -.IP "\fB\-fno\-pic\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-fno\-pic\fR 4 .IX Item "-fno-pic" Don't generate position-independent code (default) -.IP "\fB\-march=ISA\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-march=ISA\fR 4 .IX Item "-march=ISA" -Select the base isa, as specified by \s-1ISA.\s0 For example \-march=rv32ima. +Select the base isa, as specified by ISA. For example \-march=rv32ima. If this option and the architecture attributes aren't set, then assembler will check the default configure setting \-\-with\-arch=ISA. -.IP "\fB\-misa\-spec=ISAspec\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-misa\-spec=ISAspec\fR 4 .IX Item "-misa-spec=ISAspec" -Select the default isa spec version. If the version of \s-1ISA\s0 isn't set +Select the default isa spec version. If the version of ISA isn't set by \-march, then assembler helps to set the version according to the default chosen spec. If this option isn't set, then assembler will check the default configure setting \-\-with\-isa\-spec=ISAspec. -.IP "\fB\-mpriv\-spec=PRIVspec\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mpriv\-spec=PRIVspec\fR 4 .IX Item "-mpriv-spec=PRIVspec" -Select the privileged spec version. We can decide whether the \s-1CSR\s0 is valid or +Select the privileged spec version. We can decide whether the CSR is valid or not according to the chosen spec. If this option and the privilege attributes aren't set, then assembler will check the default configure setting \&\-\-with\-priv\-spec=PRIVspec. -.IP "\fB\-mabi=ABI\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mabi=ABI\fR 4 .IX Item "-mabi=ABI" -Selects the \s-1ABI,\s0 which is either \*(L"ilp32\*(R" or \*(L"lp64\*(R", optionally followed -by \*(L"f\*(R", \*(L"d\*(R", or \*(L"q\*(R" to indicate single-precision, double-precision, or -quad-precision floating-point calling convention, or none to indicate -the soft-float calling convention. Also, \*(L"ilp32\*(R" can optionally be followed -by \*(L"e\*(R" to indicate the \s-1RVE ABI,\s0 which is always soft-float. -.IP "\fB\-mrelax\fR" 4 +Selects the ABI, which is either "ilp32" or "lp64", optionally followed +by "f", "d", or "q" to indicate single-precision, double-precision, or +quad-precision floating-point calling convention, or none or "e" to indicate +the soft-float calling convention ("e" indicates a soft-float RVE ABI). +.IP \fB\-mrelax\fR 4 .IX Item "-mrelax" Take advantage of linker relaxations to reduce the number of instructions required to materialize symbol addresses. (default) -.IP "\fB\-mno\-relax\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-relax\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-relax" Don't do linker relaxations. -.IP "\fB\-march\-attr\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-march\-attr\fR 4 .IX Item "-march-attr" Generate the default contents for the riscv elf attribute section if the \&.attribute directives are not set. This section is used to record the information that a linker or runtime loader needs to check compatibility. -This information includes \s-1ISA\s0 string, stack alignment requirement, unaligned +This information includes ISA string, stack alignment requirement, unaligned memory accesses, and the major, minor and revision version of privileged specification. -.IP "\fB\-mno\-arch\-attr\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-arch\-attr\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-arch-attr" Don't generate the default riscv elf attribute section if the .attribute directives are not set. -.IP "\fB\-mcsr\-check\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mcsr\-check\fR 4 .IX Item "-mcsr-check" -Enable the \s-1CSR\s0 checking for the ISA-dependent \s-1CRS\s0 and the read-only \s-1CSR.\s0 -The ISA-dependent \s-1CSR\s0 are only valid when the specific \s-1ISA\s0 is set. The -read-only \s-1CSR\s0 can not be written by the \s-1CSR\s0 instructions. -.IP "\fB\-mno\-csr\-check\fR" 4 +Enable the CSR checking for the ISA-dependent CRS and the read-only CSR. +The ISA-dependent CSR are only valid when the specific ISA is set. The +read-only CSR can not be written by the CSR instructions. +.IP \fB\-mno\-csr\-check\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-csr-check" -Don't do \s-1CSR\s0 checking. -.IP "\fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR" 4 +Don't do CSR checking. +.IP \fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR 4 .IX Item "-mlittle-endian" Generate code for a little endian machine. -.IP "\fB\-mbig\-endian\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mbig\-endian\fR 4 .IX Item "-mbig-endian" Generate code for a big endian machine. .PP @@ -2773,22 +2754,22 @@ See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options. .PP The following options are available when as is configured for the s390 processor family. -.IP "\fB\-m31\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-m31\fR 4 .IX Item "-m31" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-m64\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-m64\fR 4 .IX Item "-m64" .PD Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits. -.IP "\fB\-mesa\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mesa\fR 4 .IX Item "-mesa" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mzarch\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mzarch\fR 4 .IX Item "-mzarch" .PD Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch). -.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fIprocessor\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-march=\fR\fIprocessor\fR 4 .IX Item "-march=processor" Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, \fBg5\fR (or \&\fBarch3\fR), \fBg6\fR, \fBz900\fR (or \fBarch5\fR), \fBz990\fR (or @@ -2796,60 +2777,60 @@ Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, \fBg5\fR (or \&\fBarch8\fR), \fBz196\fR (or \fBarch9\fR), \fBzEC12\fR (or \fBarch10\fR), \&\fBz13\fR (or \fBarch11\fR), \fBz14\fR (or \fBarch12\fR), \fBz15\fR (or \fBarch13\fR), or \fBz16\fR (or \fBarch14\fR). -.IP "\fB\-mregnames\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mregnames\fR 4 .IX Item "-mregnames" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-regnames\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-regnames\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-regnames" .PD Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers. -.IP "\fB\-mwarn\-areg\-zero\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mwarn\-areg\-zero\fR 4 .IX Item "-mwarn-areg-zero" Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified but evaluates to zero. .PP The following options are available when as is configured for a -\&\s-1TMS320C6000\s0 processor. -.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fIarch\fR" 4 +TMS320C6000 processor. +.IP \fB\-march=\fR\fIarch\fR 4 .IX Item "-march=arch" Enable (only) instructions from architecture \fIarch\fR. By default, all instructions are permitted. .Sp The following values of \fIarch\fR are accepted: \f(CW\*(C`c62x\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`c64x\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`c64x+\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`c67x\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`c67x+\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`c674x\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fB\-mdsbt\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mdsbt\fR 4 .IX Item "-mdsbt" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-dsbt\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-dsbt\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-dsbt" .PD The \fB\-mdsbt\fR option causes the assembler to generate the \&\f(CW\*(C`Tag_ABI_DSBT\*(C'\fR attribute with a value of 1, indicating that the -code is using \s-1DSBT\s0 addressing. The \fB\-mno\-dsbt\fR option, the +code is using DSBT addressing. The \fB\-mno\-dsbt\fR option, the default, causes the tag to have a value of 0, indicating that the code -does not use \s-1DSBT\s0 addressing. The linker will emit a warning if -objects of different type (\s-1DSBT\s0 and non-DSBT) are linked together. -.IP "\fB\-mpid=no\fR" 4 +does not use DSBT addressing. The linker will emit a warning if +objects of different type (DSBT and non-DSBT) are linked together. +.IP \fB\-mpid=no\fR 4 .IX Item "-mpid=no" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mpid=near\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mpid=near\fR 4 .IX Item "-mpid=near" -.IP "\fB\-mpid=far\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mpid=far\fR 4 .IX Item "-mpid=far" .PD The \fB\-mpid=\fR option causes the assembler to generate the \&\f(CW\*(C`Tag_ABI_PID\*(C'\fR attribute with a value indicating the form of data addressing used by the code. \fB\-mpid=no\fR, the default, indicates position-dependent data addressing, \fB\-mpid=near\fR -indicates position-independent addressing with \s-1GOT\s0 accesses using near -\&\s-1DP\s0 addressing, and \fB\-mpid=far\fR indicates position-independent -addressing with \s-1GOT\s0 accesses using far \s-1DP\s0 addressing. The linker will +indicates position-independent addressing with GOT accesses using near +DP addressing, and \fB\-mpid=far\fR indicates position-independent +addressing with GOT accesses using far DP addressing. The linker will emit a warning if objects built with different settings of this option are linked together. -.IP "\fB\-mpic\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mpic\fR 4 .IX Item "-mpic" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mno\-pic\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mno\-pic\fR 4 .IX Item "-mno-pic" .PD The \fB\-mpic\fR option causes the assembler to generate the @@ -2859,10 +2840,10 @@ code is using position-independent code addressing, The 0, indicating position-dependent code addressing. The linker will emit a warning if objects of different type (position-dependent and position-independent) are linked together. -.IP "\fB\-mbig\-endian\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mbig\-endian\fR 4 .IX Item "-mbig-endian" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR 4 .IX Item "-mlittle-endian" .PD Generate code for the specified endianness. The default is @@ -2879,7 +2860,7 @@ Select the endianness, either big-endian (\-EB) or little-endian (\-EL). .PP The following option is available when as is configured for a Visium processor. -.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIarch\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-mtune=\fR\fIarch\fR 4 .IX Item "-mtune=arch" This option specifies the target architecture. If an attempt is made to assemble an instruction that will not execute on the target architecture, @@ -2898,7 +2879,7 @@ Xtensa processor. Control the treatment of literal pools. The default is \&\fB\-\-no\-text\-section\-literals\fR, which places literals in separate sections in the output file. This allows the literal pool to be -placed in a data \s-1RAM/ROM.\s0 With \fB\-\-text\-section\-literals\fR, the +placed in a data RAM/ROM. With \fB\-\-text\-section\-literals\fR, the literals are interspersed in the text section in order to keep them as close as possible to their references. This may be necessary for large assembly files, where the literals would otherwise be out of range of the @@ -2913,7 +2894,7 @@ Control the treatment of literal pools. The default is \&\fB\-\-no\-auto\-litpools\fR, which in the absence of \&\fB\-\-text\-section\-literals\fR places literals in separate sections in the output file. This allows the literal pool to be placed in a data -\&\s-1RAM/ROM.\s0 With \fB\-\-auto\-litpools\fR, the literals are interspersed +RAM/ROM. With \fB\-\-auto\-litpools\fR, the literals are interspersed in the text section in order to keep them as close as possible to their references, explicit \f(CW\*(C`.literal_position\*(C'\fR directives are not required. This may be necessary for very large functions, where single @@ -2965,10 +2946,10 @@ does not affect code size or performance. The default is \&\fB\-\-trampolines\fR. .IP "\fB\-\-abi\-windowed | \-\-abi\-call0\fR" 4 .IX Item "--abi-windowed | --abi-call0" -Choose \s-1ABI\s0 tag written to the \f(CW\*(C`.xtensa.info\*(C'\fR section. \s-1ABI\s0 tag -indicates \s-1ABI\s0 of the assembly code. A warning is issued by the linker -on an attempt to link object files with inconsistent \s-1ABI\s0 tags. -Default \s-1ABI\s0 is chosen by the Xtensa core configuration. +Choose ABI tag written to the \f(CW\*(C`.xtensa.info\*(C'\fR section. ABI tag +indicates ABI of the assembly code. A warning is issued by the linker +on an attempt to link object files with inconsistent ABI tags. +Default ABI is chosen by the Xtensa core configuration. .PP The following options are available when as is configured for an Z80 processor. @@ -2976,7 +2957,7 @@ Z80 processor. \&\f(CW@chapter\fR Z80 Dependent Features .SS "Command-line Options" .IX Subsection "Command-line Options" -.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fI\s-1CPU\s0\fR\fB[\-\fR\fI\s-1EXT\s0\fR\fB...][+\fR\fI\s-1EXT\s0\fR\fB...]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-march=\fR\fICPU\fR\fB[\-\fR\fIEXT\fR\fB...][+\fR\fIEXT\fR\fB...]\fR 4 .IX Item "-march=CPU[-EXT...][+EXT...]" This option specifies the target processor. The assembler will issue an error message if an attempt is made to assemble an instruction which @@ -2989,50 +2970,50 @@ are recognized: \&\f(CW\*(C`z80n\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`r800\*(C'\fR. In addition to the basic instruction set, the assembler can be told to -accept some extention mnemonics. For example, -\&\f(CW\*(C`\-march=z180+sli+infc\*(C'\fR extends \fIz180\fR with \fI\s-1SLI\s0\fR instructions and -\&\fI\s-1IN F,\s0(C)\fR. The following extentions are currently supported: +accept some extension mnemonics. For example, +\&\f(CW\*(C`\-march=z180+sli+infc\*(C'\fR extends \fIz180\fR with \fISLI\fR instructions and +\&\fIIN F,(C)\fR. The following extensions are currently supported: \&\f(CW\*(C`full\*(C'\fR (all known instructions), -\&\f(CW\*(C`adl\*(C'\fR (\s-1ADL CPU\s0 mode by default, eZ80 only), -\&\f(CW\*(C`sli\*(C'\fR (instruction known as \fI\s-1SLI\s0\fR, \fI\s-1SLL\s0\fR or \fI\s-1SL1\s0\fR), -\&\f(CW\*(C`xyhl\*(C'\fR (instructions with halves of index registers: \fI\s-1IXL\s0\fR, \fI\s-1IXH\s0\fR, -\&\fI\s-1IYL\s0\fR, \fI\s-1IYH\s0\fR), +\&\f(CW\*(C`adl\*(C'\fR (ADL CPU mode by default, eZ80 only), +\&\f(CW\*(C`sli\*(C'\fR (instruction known as \fISLI\fR, \fISLL\fR or \fISL1\fR), +\&\f(CW\*(C`xyhl\*(C'\fR (instructions with halves of index registers: \fIIXL\fR, \fIIXH\fR, +\&\fIIYL\fR, \fIIYH\fR), \&\f(CW\*(C`xdcb\*(C'\fR (instructions like \fIRotOp (II+d),R\fR and \fIBitOp n,(II+d),R\fR), -\&\f(CW\*(C`infc\*(C'\fR (instruction \fI\s-1IN F,\s0(C)\fR or \fI\s-1IN\s0 (C)\fR), -\&\f(CW\*(C`outc0\*(C'\fR (instruction \fI\s-1OUT\s0 (C),0\fR). -Note that rather than extending a basic instruction set, the extention +\&\f(CW\*(C`infc\*(C'\fR (instruction \fIIN F,(C)\fR or \fIIN (C)\fR), +\&\f(CW\*(C`outc0\*(C'\fR (instruction \fIOUT (C),0\fR). +Note that rather than extending a basic instruction set, the extension mnemonics starting with \f(CW\*(C`\-\*(C'\fR revoke the respective functionality: -\&\f(CW\*(C`\-march=z80\-full+xyhl\*(C'\fR first removes all default extentions and adds +\&\f(CW\*(C`\-march=z80\-full+xyhl\*(C'\fR first removes all default extensions and adds support for index registers halves only. .Sp If this option is not specified then \f(CW\*(C`\-march=z80+xyhl+infc\*(C'\fR is assumed. -.IP "\fB\-local\-prefix=\fR\fIprefix\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-local\-prefix=\fR\fIprefix\fR 4 .IX Item "-local-prefix=prefix" Mark all labels with specified prefix as local. But such label can be marked global explicitly in the code. This option do not change default local label prefix \f(CW\*(C`.L\*(C'\fR, it is just adds new one. -.IP "\fB\-colonless\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-colonless\fR 4 .IX Item "-colonless" Accept colonless labels. All symbols at line begin are treated as labels. -.IP "\fB\-sdcc\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-sdcc\fR 4 .IX Item "-sdcc" -Accept assembler code produced by \s-1SDCC.\s0 -.IP "\fB\-fp\-s=\fR\fI\s-1FORMAT\s0\fR" 4 +Accept assembler code produced by SDCC. +.IP \fB\-fp\-s=\fR\fIFORMAT\fR 4 .IX Item "-fp-s=FORMAT" Single precision floating point numbers format. Default: ieee754 (32 bit). -.IP "\fB\-fp\-d=\fR\fI\s-1FORMAT\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-fp\-d=\fR\fIFORMAT\fR 4 .IX Item "-fp-d=FORMAT" Double precision floating point numbers format. Default: ieee754 (64 bit). .SH "SEE ALSO" .IX Header "SEE ALSO" \&\fBgcc\fR\|(1), \fBld\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR and \fIld\fR. -.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright (c) 1991\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright (c) 1991\-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document -under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the -section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R". +section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/autopoint.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/autopoint.1 index c179ea25..5daff008 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/autopoint.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/autopoint.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH AUTOPOINT "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH AUTOPOINT "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME autopoint \- copies standard gettext infrastructure .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Written by Bruno Haible Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2002\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2002\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/b2sum.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/b2sum.1 index dc2bfd44..413d3b58 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/b2sum.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/b2sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH B2SUM "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH B2SUM "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME b2sum \- compute and check BLAKE2 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/banner.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/banner.1 index 7235053a..53841f58 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/banner.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/banner.1 @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" # Purpose : Manpage for the banner program .\" # .\" # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # -.TH banner "1" "Oct 2020" "Banner" "Kenneth J. Pronovici" +.TH banner "1" "Mar 2024" "Banner" "Kenneth J. Pronovici" .SH NAME banner \- prints a short string to the console in very large letters .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -89,12 +89,10 @@ use an alternative program such as figlet. I am always happy to accept patches, and I promise to integrate patches promptly if provided. So far, no one who's complained has bothered to provide any patches, so the behavior remains the same. -.SH BUGS -Report bugs to <support@cedar\-solutions.com>. .SH AUTHOR Written by Kenneth J. Pronovici <pronovic@ieee.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright (c) 2000\-2004.2007,2013,2014 Kenneth J. Pronovici. +Copyright (c) 2000\-2004,2007,2013,2014,2020,2024 Kenneth J. Pronovici .br This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/base32.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/base32.1 index 16116844..abb99841 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/base32.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/base32.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH BASE32 "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH BASE32 "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME base32 \- base32 encode/decode data and print to standard output .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -41,12 +41,15 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. .SH "SEE ALSO" +\fBbasenc\fP(1) +.PP +.br Full documentation <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/base32> .br or available locally via: info \(aq(coreutils) base32 invocation\(aq diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/base64.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/base64.1 index c759baf5..a7b35870 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/base64.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/base64.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH BASE64 "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH BASE64 "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME base64 \- base64 encode/decode data and print to standard output .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -41,12 +41,15 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. .SH "SEE ALSO" +\fBbasenc\fP(1) +.PP +.br Full documentation <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/base64> .br or available locally via: info \(aq(coreutils) base64 invocation\(aq diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/basename.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/basename.1 index 91860a50..590328b3 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/basename.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/basename.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH BASENAME "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH BASENAME "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME basename \- strip directory and suffix from filenames .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/basenc.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/basenc.1 index 4322697c..5c216f11 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/basenc.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/basenc.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH BASENC "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH BASENC "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME basenc \- Encode/decode data and print to standard output .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ output version information and exit When decoding, the input may contain newlines in addition to the bytes of the formal alphabet. Use \fB\-\-ignore\-garbage\fR to attempt to recover from any other non\-alphabet bytes in the encoded stream. -.SH "ENCODINGS EXAMPLES" +.SH "ENCODING EXAMPLES" .PP .nf .RS @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/c++filt.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/c++filt.1 index da380c54..b0e175e5 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/c++filt.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/c++filt.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,79 +52,17 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "C++FILT 1" -.TH C++FILT 1 "2023-06-27" "binutils-2.40" "GNU Development Tools" +.TH C++FILT 1 2024-04-08 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME c++filt \- demangle C++ and Java symbols -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" c++filt [\fB\-_\fR|\fB\-\-strip\-underscore\fR] [\fB\-n\fR|\fB\-\-no\-strip\-underscore\fR] @@ -151,12 +73,12 @@ c++filt [\fB\-_\fR|\fB\-\-strip\-underscore\fR] [\fB\-R\fR|\fB\-\-recurse\-limit\fR] [\fB\-s\fR \fIformat\fR|\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIformat\fR] [\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-\-version\fR] [\fIsymbol\fR...] -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" -The \*(C+ and Java languages provide function overloading, which means +The C++ and Java languages provide function overloading, which means that you can write many functions with the same name, providing that each function takes parameters of different types. In order to be -able to distinguish these similarly named functions \*(C+ and Java +able to distinguish these similarly named functions C++ and Java encode them into a low-level assembler name which uniquely identifies each different version. This process is known as \fImangling\fR. The \&\fBc++filt\fR @@ -166,7 +88,7 @@ names into user-level names so that they can be read. .PP Every alphanumeric word (consisting of letters, digits, underscores, dollars, or periods) seen in the input is a potential mangled name. -If the name decodes into a \*(C+ name, the \*(C+ name replaces the +If the name decodes into a C++ name, the C++ name replaces the low-level name in the output, otherwise the original word is output. In this way you can pass an entire assembler source file, containing mangled names, through \fBc++filt\fR and see the same source file @@ -191,7 +113,7 @@ for example: \& c++filt \-n _Z1fv .Ve .PP -will work and demangle the name to \*(L"f()\*(R" whereas: +will work and demangle the name to "f()" whereas: .PP .Vb 1 \& c++filt \-n _Z1fv, @@ -204,7 +126,7 @@ name which makes it invalid). This command however will work: \& echo _Z1fv, | c++filt \-n .Ve .PP -and will display \*(L"f(),\*(R", i.e., the demangled name followed by a +and will display "f(),", i.e., the demangled name followed by a trailing comma. This behaviour is because when the names are read from the standard input it is expected that they might be part of an assembler source file where there might be extra, extraneous @@ -213,64 +135,64 @@ characters trailing after a mangled name. For example: .Vb 1 \& .type _Z1fv, @function .Ve -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" -.IP "\fB\-_\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-_\fR 4 .IX Item "-_" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-underscore\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-strip\-underscore\fR 4 .IX Item "--strip-underscore" .PD -On some systems, both the C and \*(C+ compilers put an underscore in front +On some systems, both the C and C++ compilers put an underscore in front of every name. For example, the C name \f(CW\*(C`foo\*(C'\fR gets the low-level name \f(CW\*(C`_foo\*(C'\fR. This option removes the initial underscore. Whether \&\fBc++filt\fR removes the underscore by default is target dependent. -.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-n\fR 4 .IX Item "-n" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-strip\-underscore\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-strip\-underscore\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-strip-underscore" .PD Do not remove the initial underscore. -.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-p\fR 4 .IX Item "-p" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-params\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-params\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-params" .PD When demangling the name of a function, do not display the types of the function's parameters. -.IP "\fB\-t\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-t\fR 4 .IX Item "-t" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-types\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-types\fR 4 .IX Item "--types" .PD Attempt to demangle types as well as function names. This is disabled by default since mangled types are normally only used internally in the compiler, and they can be confused with non-mangled names. For example, -a function called \*(L"a\*(R" treated as a mangled type name would be -demangled to \*(L"signed char\*(R". -.IP "\fB\-i\fR" 4 +a function called "a" treated as a mangled type name would be +demangled to "signed char". +.IP \fB\-i\fR 4 .IX Item "-i" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-verbose\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-verbose\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-verbose" .PD Do not include implementation details (if any) in the demangled output. -.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-r\fR 4 .IX Item "-r" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-R\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-R\fR 4 .IX Item "-R" -.IP "\fB\-\-recurse\-limit\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-recurse\-limit\fR 4 .IX Item "--recurse-limit" -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-recurse\-limit\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-recurse\-limit\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-recurse-limit" -.IP "\fB\-\-recursion\-limit\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-recursion\-limit\fR 4 .IX Item "--recursion-limit" -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-recursion\-limit\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-recursion\-limit\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-recursion-limit" .PD Enables or disables a limit on the amount of recursion performed @@ -291,7 +213,7 @@ synonym for the \fB\-\-recurse\-limit\fR option. .IP "\fB\-s\fR \fIformat\fR" 4 .IX Item "-s format" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIformat\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-format=\fR\fIformat\fR 4 .IX Item "--format=format" .PD \&\fBc++filt\fR can decode various methods of mangling, used by @@ -299,51 +221,51 @@ different compilers. The argument to this option selects which method it uses: .RS 4 .ie n .IP """auto""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWauto\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWauto\fR 4 .IX Item "auto" Automatic selection based on executable (the default method) .ie n .IP """gnu""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWgnu\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWgnu\fR 4 .IX Item "gnu" -the one used by the \s-1GNU \*(C+\s0 compiler (g++) +the one used by the GNU C++ compiler (g++) .ie n .IP """lucid""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWlucid\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWlucid\fR 4 .IX Item "lucid" the one used by the Lucid compiler (lcc) .ie n .IP """arm""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWarm\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWarm\fR 4 .IX Item "arm" -the one specified by the \*(C+ Annotated Reference Manual +the one specified by the C++ Annotated Reference Manual .ie n .IP """hp""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWhp\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWhp\fR 4 .IX Item "hp" -the one used by the \s-1HP\s0 compiler (aCC) +the one used by the HP compiler (aCC) .ie n .IP """edg""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWedg\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWedg\fR 4 .IX Item "edg" -the one used by the \s-1EDG\s0 compiler +the one used by the EDG compiler .ie n .IP """gnu\-v3""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWgnu\-v3\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWgnu\-v3\fR 4 .IX Item "gnu-v3" -the one used by the \s-1GNU \*(C+\s0 compiler (g++) with the V3 \s-1ABI.\s0 +the one used by the GNU C++ compiler (g++) with the V3 ABI. .ie n .IP """java""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWjava\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWjava\fR 4 .IX Item "java" -the one used by the \s-1GNU\s0 Java compiler (gcj) +the one used by the GNU Java compiler (gcj) .ie n .IP """gnat""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWgnat\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWgnat\fR 4 .IX Item "gnat" -the one used by the \s-1GNU\s0 Ada compiler (\s-1GNAT\s0). +the one used by the GNU Ada compiler (GNAT). .RE .RS 4 .RE -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" Print a summary of the options to \fBc++filt\fR and exit. -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" Print the version number of \fBc++filt\fR and exit. -.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB@\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "@file" Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR @@ -356,21 +278,21 @@ option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional @\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively. -.SH "FOOTNOTES" +.SH FOOTNOTES .IX Header "FOOTNOTES" -.IP "1." 4 +.IP 1. 4 MS-DOS does not allow \f(CW\*(C`+\*(C'\fR characters in file names, so on -MS-DOS this program is named \fB\s-1CXXFILT\s0\fR. +MS-DOS this program is named \fBCXXFILT\fR. .SH "SEE ALSO" .IX Header "SEE ALSO" the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR. -.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright (c) 1991\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright (c) 1991\-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document -under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the -section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R". +section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/captoinfo.1m b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/captoinfo.1m index 7bec27d3..f8623916 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/captoinfo.1m +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/captoinfo.1m @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ '\" t .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2022,2023 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: captoinfo.1m,v 1.58 2023/12/23 16:28:31 tom Exp $ -.TH captoinfo 1M 2023-12-23 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: captoinfo.1m,v 1.63 2024/03/23 20:37:25 tom Exp $ +.TH captoinfo 1M 2024-03-23 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ and extracts only the entry for the terminal named in the environment variable \fITERM\fP from it. If the environment variable \fI\%TERMCAP\fP is not set, \fB\%captoinfo\fP reads -.I \%/etc/termcap. +.IR \%/etc/termcap . .PP This utility is implemented as a link to \fB\%tic\fP(1M), with the latter's @@ -90,9 +90,10 @@ It issues a diagnostic to the standard error stream for each, inviting the user to check that it has not mistakenly translated an unknown or mistyped capability name. .PP +.\" DWB 3.3 tbl requires the two junk "L" specifiers in the first row. .TS center; -Cb S +Cb S L L Cb Cb Cb Cb Cb Cb C Lb. Name @@ -215,7 +216,7 @@ SVr4 systems provide \fB\%captoinfo\fP as a separate application from Its .B \-v option does not accept a trace level argument -.I n; +.IR n ; repeat .B \-v .I n diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cat.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cat.1 index df6e07d9..b5a7b432 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cat.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cat.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CAT "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH CAT "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME cat \- concatenate files and print on the standard output .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/chcon.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/chcon.1 index e81af735..bb5c4f8c 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/chcon.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/chcon.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CHCON "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH CHCON "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME chcon \- change file security context .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/chgrp.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/chgrp.1 index 318b0c91..3a415c91 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/chgrp.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/chgrp.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CHGRP "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH CHGRP "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME chgrp \- change group ownership .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ do not treat '/' specially (the default) fail to operate recursively on '/' .TP \fB\-\-reference\fR=\fI\,RFILE\/\fR -use RFILE's group rather than specifying a -GROUP value +use RFILE's group rather than specifying a GROUP. +RFILE is always dereferenced if a symbolic link. .TP \fB\-R\fR, \fB\-\-recursive\fR operate on files and directories recursively @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/chmod.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/chmod.1 index 54a606c1..b6ed0510 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/chmod.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/chmod.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CHMOD "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH CHMOD "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME chmod \- change file mode bits .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -140,7 +140,8 @@ do not treat '/' specially (the default) fail to operate recursively on '/' .TP \fB\-\-reference\fR=\fI\,RFILE\/\fR -use RFILE's mode instead of MODE values +use RFILE's mode instead of specifying MODE values. +RFILE is always dereferenced if a symbolic link. .TP \fB\-R\fR, \fB\-\-recursive\fR change files and directories recursively @@ -159,7 +160,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/chown.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/chown.1 index 5b15d87d..47deaec6 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/chown.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/chown.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CHOWN "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH CHOWN "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME chown \- change file owner and group .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ do not treat '/' specially (the default) fail to operate recursively on '/' .TP \fB\-\-reference\fR=\fI\,RFILE\/\fR -use RFILE's owner and group rather than -specifying OWNER:GROUP values +use RFILE's owner and group rather than specifying +OWNER:GROUP values. RFILE is always dereferenced. .TP \fB\-R\fR, \fB\-\-recursive\fR operate on files and directories recursively @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/chroot.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/chroot.1 index 707992f6..d8ab9b0f 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/chroot.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/chroot.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CHROOT "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH CHROOT "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME chroot \- run command or interactive shell with special root directory .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -29,6 +29,19 @@ display this help and exit output version information and exit .PP If no command is given, run '"$SHELL" \fB\-i\fR' (default: '/bin/sh \fB\-i\fR'). +.SS "Exit status:" +.TP +125 +if the chroot command itself fails +.TP +126 +if COMMAND is found but cannot be invoked +.TP +127 +if COMMAND cannot be found +.TP +\- +the exit status of COMMAND otherwise .SH AUTHOR Written by Roland McGrath. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" @@ -36,7 +49,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cksum.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cksum.1 index bd8059a7..85f1bd71 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cksum.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cksum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CKSUM "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH CKSUM "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME cksum \- compute and verify file checksums .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -18,6 +18,9 @@ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. \fB\-a\fR, \fB\-\-algorithm\fR=\fI\,TYPE\/\fR select the digest type to use. See DIGEST below. .TP +\fB\-\-base64\fR +emit base64\-encoded digests, not hexadecimal +.TP \fB\-c\fR, \fB\-\-check\fR read checksums from the FILEs and check them .TP @@ -25,6 +28,9 @@ read checksums from the FILEs and check them digest length in bits; must not exceed the max for the blake2 algorithm and must be a multiple of 8 .TP +\fB\-\-raw\fR +emit a raw binary digest, not hexadecimal +.TP \fB\-\-tag\fR create a BSD\-style checksum (the default) .TP @@ -103,7 +109,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/clear.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/clear.1 index c034b0ea..cf5d5b3a 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/clear.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/clear.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2022,2023 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: clear.1,v 1.46 2023/12/16 20:32:22 tom Exp $ -.TH clear 1 2023-12-16 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: clear.1,v 1.48 2024/03/16 15:35:01 tom Exp $ +.TH clear 1 2024-03-16 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/comm.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/comm.1 index 964c5c84..5e7e6faa 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/comm.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/comm.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH COMM "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH COMM "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME comm \- compare two sorted files line by line .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/corelist.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/corelist.1 index 710dd408..f2351fe9 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/corelist.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/corelist.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "CORELIST 1" -.TH CORELIST 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH CORELIST 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cp.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cp.1 index a4fc879e..fb0e6e75 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cp.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cp.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CP "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH CP "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME cp \- copy files and directories .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -36,6 +36,9 @@ copy contents of special files when recursive \fB\-d\fR same as \fB\-\-no\-dereference\fR \fB\-\-preserve\fR=\fI\,links\/\fR .TP +\fB\-\-debug\fR +explain how a file is copied. Implies \fB\-v\fR +.TP \fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-force\fR if an existing destination file cannot be opened, remove it and try again (this option @@ -55,8 +58,8 @@ hard link files instead of copying always follow symbolic links in SOURCE .TP \fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-no\-clobber\fR -do not overwrite an existing file (overrides -a previous \fB\-i\fR option) +do not overwrite an existing file (overrides a +\fB\-u\fR or previous \fB\-i\fR option). See also \fB\-\-update\fR .TP \fB\-P\fR, \fB\-\-no\-dereference\fR never follow symbolic links in SOURCE @@ -65,10 +68,7 @@ never follow symbolic links in SOURCE same as \fB\-\-preserve\fR=\fI\,mode\/\fR,ownership,timestamps .TP \fB\-\-preserve\fR[=\fI\,ATTR_LIST\/\fR] -preserve the specified attributes (default: -mode,ownership,timestamps), if possible -additional attributes: context, links, xattr, -all +preserve the specified attributes .TP \fB\-\-no\-preserve\fR=\fI\,ATTR_LIST\/\fR don't preserve the specified attributes @@ -105,10 +105,12 @@ copy all SOURCE arguments into DIRECTORY \fB\-T\fR, \fB\-\-no\-target\-directory\fR treat DEST as a normal file .TP -\fB\-u\fR, \fB\-\-update\fR -copy only when the SOURCE file is newer -than the destination file or when the -destination file is missing +\fB\-\-update\fR[=\fI\,UPDATE\/\fR] +control which existing files are updated; +UPDATE={all,none,older(default)}. See below +.TP +\fB\-u\fR +equivalent to \fB\-\-update\fR[=\fI\,older\/\fR] .TP \fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR explain what is being done @@ -130,12 +132,26 @@ display this help and exit \fB\-\-version\fR output version information and exit .PP +ATTR_LIST is a comma\-separated list of attributes. Attributes are 'mode' for +permissions (including any ACL and xattr permissions), 'ownership' for user +and group, 'timestamps' for file timestamps, 'links' for hard links, 'context' +for security context, 'xattr' for extended attributes, and 'all' for all +attributes. +.PP By default, sparse SOURCE files are detected by a crude heuristic and the corresponding DEST file is made sparse as well. That is the behavior selected by \fB\-\-sparse\fR=\fI\,auto\/\fR. Specify \fB\-\-sparse\fR=\fI\,always\/\fR to create a sparse DEST file whenever the SOURCE file contains a long enough sequence of zero bytes. Use \fB\-\-sparse\fR=\fI\,never\/\fR to inhibit creation of sparse files. .PP +UPDATE controls which existing files in the destination are replaced. +\&'all' is the default operation when an \fB\-\-update\fR option is not specified, +and results in all existing files in the destination being replaced. +\&'none' is similar to the \fB\-\-no\-clobber\fR option, in that no files in the +destination are replaced, but also skipped files do not induce a failure. +\&'older' is the default operation when \fB\-\-update\fR is specified, and results +in files being replaced if they're older than the corresponding source file. +.PP When \fB\-\-reflink\fR[=\fI\,always\/\fR] is specified, perform a lightweight copy, where the data blocks are copied only when modified. If this is not possible the copy fails, or if \fB\-\-reflink\fR=\fI\,auto\/\fR is specified, fall back to a standard copy. @@ -167,12 +183,15 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. .SH "SEE ALSO" +\fBinstall\fP(1) +.PP +.br Full documentation <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/cp> .br or available locally via: info \(aq(coreutils) cp invocation\(aq diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cpan.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cpan.1 index 45dbf68b..fc9e153d 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cpan.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cpan.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "CPAN 1" -.TH CPAN 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH CPAN 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cpio.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cpio.1 index 59b35ae5..f306a8ef 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cpio.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cpio.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" This file is part of GNU cpio. -*- nroff -*- -.\" Copyright 2014-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.\" Copyright 2014-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .\" .\" GNU cpio is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify .\" it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cronnext.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cronnext.1 index deacf7cc..5dab9fb9 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cronnext.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cronnext.1 @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Do not consider the crontabs of the specified users. Do not consider the system crontab, usually the .I /etc/crontab file. The system crontab usually contains the hourly, daily, weekly and -montly crontabs, which might be better dealt with +monthly crontabs, which might be better dealt with .BR anacron (8). .TP .BI \-a diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/crontab.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/crontab.1 index d080ceff..ef03955d 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/crontab.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/crontab.1 @@ -119,6 +119,19 @@ an environment variable .I NO_COLOR is set. .PP +On edition or deletion of the crontab, a backup of the last crontab will be saved to +.I $XDG_CACHE_HOME/crontab/crontab.bak +or +.I $XDG_CACHE_HOME/crontab/crontab.<user>.bak +if +.B -u +is used. +If the +.I XDG_CACHE_HOME +environment variable is not set, +.I $HOME/.cache +will be used instead. +.PP .SH "OPTIONS" .TP .B "\-u" diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/csplit.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/csplit.1 index 3132f193..35948d7f 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/csplit.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/csplit.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CSPLIT "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH CSPLIT "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME csplit \- split a file into sections determined by context lines .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ use specified number of digits instead of 2 do not print counts of output file sizes .TP \fB\-z\fR, \fB\-\-elide\-empty\-files\fR -remove empty output files +suppress empty output files .TP \fB\-\-help\fR display this help and exit @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cut.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cut.1 index 9c680ff6..674ba85b 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cut.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/cut.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CUT "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH CUT "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME cut \- remove sections from each line of files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/date.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/date.1 index 6f0cd0e2..38eb229f 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/date.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/date.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DATE "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH DATE "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME date \- print or set the system date and time .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -62,6 +62,9 @@ display this help and exit \fB\-\-version\fR output version information and exit .PP +All options that specify the date to display are mutually exclusive. +I.e.: \fB\-\-date\fR, \fB\-\-file\fR, \fB\-\-reference\fR, \fB\-\-resolution\fR. +.PP FORMAT controls the output. Interpreted sequences are: .TP %% @@ -260,7 +263,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/dd.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/dd.1 index 1934a9da..50a9bc58 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/dd.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/dd.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DD "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH DD "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME dd \- convert and copy a file .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ The LEVEL of information to print to stderr; .PP N and BYTES may be followed by the following multiplicative suffixes: c=1, w=2, b=512, kB=1000, K=1024, MB=1000*1000, M=1024*1024, xM=M, -GB=1000*1000*1000, G=1024*1024*1024, and so on for T, P, E, Z, Y. +GB=1000*1000*1000, G=1024*1024*1024, and so on for T, P, E, Z, Y, R, Q. Binary prefixes can be used, too: KiB=K, MiB=M, and so on. If N ends in 'B', it counts bytes not blocks. .PP @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/df.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/df.1 index c0c73363..6782a526 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/df.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/df.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DF "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH DF "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME df \- report file system space usage .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ shows the space available on that file system rather than on the file system containing the device node. This version of .B df cannot show the space available on unmounted file systems, because on -most kinds of systems doing so requires very nonportable intimate +most kinds of systems doing so requires non-portable intimate knowledge of file system structures. .SH OPTIONS .PP @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ and the DF_BLOCK_SIZE, BLOCK_SIZE and BLOCKSIZE environment variables. Otherwise, units default to 1024 bytes (or 512 if POSIXLY_CORRECT is set). .PP The SIZE argument is an integer and optional unit (example: 10K is 10*1024). -Units are K,M,G,T,P,E,Z,Y (powers of 1024) or KB,MB,... (powers of 1000). +Units are K,M,G,T,P,E,Z,Y,R,Q (powers of 1024) or KB,MB,... (powers of 1000). Binary prefixes can be used, too: KiB=K, MiB=M, and so on. .PP FIELD_LIST is a comma\-separated list of columns to be included. Valid @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/dir.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/dir.1 index 808e072f..4e7ad2f1 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/dir.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/dir.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DIR "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH DIR "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME dir \- list directory contents .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ do not list implied entries ending with ~ .TP \fB\-c\fR with \fB\-lt\fR: sort by, and show, ctime (time of last -modification of file status information); +change of file status information); with \fB\-l\fR: show ctime and sort by name; otherwise: sort by ctime, newest first .TP @@ -168,9 +168,10 @@ sort by WORD instead of name: none (\fB\-U\fR), size (\fB\-S\fR), time (\fB\-t\fR), version (\fB\-v\fR), extension (\fB\-X\fR), width .TP \fB\-\-time\fR=\fI\,WORD\/\fR -change the default of using modification times; +select which timestamp used to display or sort; access time (\fB\-u\fR): atime, access, use; -change time (\fB\-c\fR): ctime, status; +metadata change time (\fB\-c\fR): ctime, status; +modified time (default): mtime, modification; birth time: birth, creation; .IP with \fB\-l\fR, WORD determines which time to show; @@ -221,7 +222,7 @@ display this help and exit output version information and exit .PP The SIZE argument is an integer and optional unit (example: 10K is 10*1024). -Units are K,M,G,T,P,E,Z,Y (powers of 1024) or KB,MB,... (powers of 1000). +Units are K,M,G,T,P,E,Z,Y,R,Q (powers of 1024) or KB,MB,... (powers of 1000). Binary prefixes can be used, too: KiB=K, MiB=M, and so on. .PP The TIME_STYLE argument can be full\-iso, long\-iso, iso, locale, or +FORMAT. @@ -253,7 +254,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/dircolors.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/dircolors.1 index 24546e1b..544b30b9 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/dircolors.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/dircolors.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DIRCOLORS "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH DIRCOLORS "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME dircolors \- color setup for ls .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/dirname.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/dirname.1 index 8e1de98a..786c479e 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/dirname.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/dirname.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DIRNAME "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH DIRNAME "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME dirname \- strip last component from file name .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/du.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/du.1 index 8c28ba26..e40abeb4 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/du.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/du.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DU "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH DU "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME du \- estimate file space usage .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ and the DU_BLOCK_SIZE, BLOCK_SIZE and BLOCKSIZE environment variables. Otherwise, units default to 1024 bytes (or 512 if POSIXLY_CORRECT is set). .PP The SIZE argument is an integer and optional unit (example: 10K is 10*1024). -Units are K,M,G,T,P,E,Z,Y (powers of 1024) or KB,MB,... (powers of 1000). +Units are K,M,G,T,P,E,Z,Y,R,Q (powers of 1024) or KB,MB,... (powers of 1000). Binary prefixes can be used, too: KiB=K, MiB=M, and so on. .SH PATTERNS PATTERN is a shell pattern (not a regular expression). The pattern @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/dvipdf.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/dvipdf.1 index d915638d..8c8c0a0c 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/dvipdf.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/dvipdf.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH DVIPDF 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH DVIPDF 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME dvipdf \- Convert TeX DVI file to PDF using ghostscript and dvips .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ and any options from the command-line. .SH SEE ALSO gs(1), dvips(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/echo.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/echo.1 index d7949d76..fe2dc60b 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/echo.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/echo.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH ECHO "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH ECHO "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME echo \- display a line of text .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/elfedit.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/elfedit.1 index 33e62e3e..f17b6a2b 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/elfedit.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/elfedit.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,79 +52,17 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ELFEDIT 1" -.TH ELFEDIT 1 "2023-06-27" "binutils-2.40" "GNU Development Tools" +.TH ELFEDIT 1 2024-04-08 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME elfedit \- update ELF header and program property of ELF files -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" elfedit [\fB\-\-input\-mach=\fR\fImachine\fR] [\fB\-\-input\-type=\fR\fItype\fR] @@ -155,16 +77,16 @@ elfedit [\fB\-\-input\-mach=\fR\fImachine\fR] [\fB\-v\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR] [\fB\-h\fR|\fB\-\-help\fR] \fIelffile\fR... -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" -\&\fBelfedit\fR updates the \s-1ELF\s0 header and program property of \s-1ELF\s0 -files which have the matching \s-1ELF\s0 machine and file types. The options -control how and which fields in the \s-1ELF\s0 header and program property +\&\fBelfedit\fR updates the ELF header and program property of ELF +files which have the matching ELF machine and file types. The options +control how and which fields in the ELF header and program property should be updated. .PP -\&\fIelffile\fR... are the \s-1ELF\s0 files to be updated. 32\-bit and -64\-bit \s-1ELF\s0 files are supported, as are archives containing \s-1ELF\s0 files. -.SH "OPTIONS" +\&\fIelffile\fR... are the ELF files to be updated. 32\-bit and +64\-bit ELF files are supported, as are archives containing ELF files. +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are equivalent. At least one of the \fB\-\-output\-mach\fR, @@ -172,80 +94,80 @@ equivalent. At least one of the \fB\-\-output\-mach\fR, \&\fB\-\-output\-abiversion\fR, \&\fB\-\-enable\-x86\-feature\fR and \fB\-\-disable\-x86\-feature\fR options must be given. -.IP "\fB\-\-input\-mach=\fR\fImachine\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-input\-mach=\fR\fImachine\fR 4 .IX Item "--input-mach=machine" -Set the matching input \s-1ELF\s0 machine type to \fImachine\fR. If -\&\fB\-\-input\-mach\fR isn't specified, it will match any \s-1ELF\s0 +Set the matching input ELF machine type to \fImachine\fR. If +\&\fB\-\-input\-mach\fR isn't specified, it will match any ELF machine types. .Sp -The supported \s-1ELF\s0 machine types are, \fIi386\fR, \fI\s-1IAMCU\s0\fR, \fIL1OM\fR, +The supported ELF machine types are, \fIi386\fR, \fIIAMCU\fR, \fIL1OM\fR, \&\fIK1OM\fR and \fIx86\-64\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-output\-mach=\fR\fImachine\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-output\-mach=\fR\fImachine\fR 4 .IX Item "--output-mach=machine" -Change the \s-1ELF\s0 machine type in the \s-1ELF\s0 header to \fImachine\fR. The -supported \s-1ELF\s0 machine types are the same as \fB\-\-input\-mach\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-input\-type=\fR\fItype\fR" 4 +Change the ELF machine type in the ELF header to \fImachine\fR. The +supported ELF machine types are the same as \fB\-\-input\-mach\fR. +.IP \fB\-\-input\-type=\fR\fItype\fR 4 .IX Item "--input-type=type" -Set the matching input \s-1ELF\s0 file type to \fItype\fR. If -\&\fB\-\-input\-type\fR isn't specified, it will match any \s-1ELF\s0 file types. +Set the matching input ELF file type to \fItype\fR. If +\&\fB\-\-input\-type\fR isn't specified, it will match any ELF file types. .Sp -The supported \s-1ELF\s0 file types are, \fIrel\fR, \fIexec\fR and \fIdyn\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-output\-type=\fR\fItype\fR" 4 +The supported ELF file types are, \fIrel\fR, \fIexec\fR and \fIdyn\fR. +.IP \fB\-\-output\-type=\fR\fItype\fR 4 .IX Item "--output-type=type" -Change the \s-1ELF\s0 file type in the \s-1ELF\s0 header to \fItype\fR. The -supported \s-1ELF\s0 types are the same as \fB\-\-input\-type\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-input\-osabi=\fR\fIosabi\fR" 4 +Change the ELF file type in the ELF header to \fItype\fR. The +supported ELF types are the same as \fB\-\-input\-type\fR. +.IP \fB\-\-input\-osabi=\fR\fIosabi\fR 4 .IX Item "--input-osabi=osabi" -Set the matching input \s-1ELF\s0 file \s-1OSABI\s0 to \fIosabi\fR. If -\&\fB\-\-input\-osabi\fR isn't specified, it will match any \s-1ELF\s0 OSABIs. +Set the matching input ELF file OSABI to \fIosabi\fR. If +\&\fB\-\-input\-osabi\fR isn't specified, it will match any ELF OSABIs. .Sp -The supported \s-1ELF\s0 OSABIs are, \fInone\fR, \fI\s-1HPUX\s0\fR, \fINetBSD\fR, -\&\fI\s-1GNU\s0\fR, \fILinux\fR (alias for \fI\s-1GNU\s0\fR), -\&\fISolaris\fR, \fI\s-1AIX\s0\fR, \fIIrix\fR, -\&\fIFreeBSD\fR, \fI\s-1TRU64\s0\fR, \fIModesto\fR, \fIOpenBSD\fR, \fIOpenVMS\fR, -\&\fI\s-1NSK\s0\fR, \fI\s-1AROS\s0\fR and \fIFenixOS\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-output\-osabi=\fR\fIosabi\fR" 4 +The supported ELF OSABIs are, \fInone\fR, \fIHPUX\fR, \fINetBSD\fR, +\&\fIGNU\fR, \fILinux\fR (alias for \fIGNU\fR), +\&\fISolaris\fR, \fIAIX\fR, \fIIrix\fR, +\&\fIFreeBSD\fR, \fITRU64\fR, \fIModesto\fR, \fIOpenBSD\fR, \fIOpenVMS\fR, +\&\fINSK\fR, \fIAROS\fR and \fIFenixOS\fR. +.IP \fB\-\-output\-osabi=\fR\fIosabi\fR 4 .IX Item "--output-osabi=osabi" -Change the \s-1ELF OSABI\s0 in the \s-1ELF\s0 header to \fIosabi\fR. The -supported \s-1ELF OSABI\s0 are the same as \fB\-\-input\-osabi\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-input\-abiversion=\fR\fIversion\fR" 4 +Change the ELF OSABI in the ELF header to \fIosabi\fR. The +supported ELF OSABI are the same as \fB\-\-input\-osabi\fR. +.IP \fB\-\-input\-abiversion=\fR\fIversion\fR 4 .IX Item "--input-abiversion=version" -Set the matching input \s-1ELF\s0 file \s-1ABIVERSION\s0 to \fIversion\fR. +Set the matching input ELF file ABIVERSION to \fIversion\fR. \&\fIversion\fR must be between 0 and 255. If \fB\-\-input\-abiversion\fR -isn't specified, it will match any \s-1ELF\s0 ABIVERSIONs. -.IP "\fB\-\-output\-abiversion=\fR\fIversion\fR" 4 +isn't specified, it will match any ELF ABIVERSIONs. +.IP \fB\-\-output\-abiversion=\fR\fIversion\fR 4 .IX Item "--output-abiversion=version" -Change the \s-1ELF ABIVERSION\s0 in the \s-1ELF\s0 header to \fIversion\fR. +Change the ELF ABIVERSION in the ELF header to \fIversion\fR. \&\fIversion\fR must be between 0 and 255. -.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-x86\-feature=\fR\fIfeature\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-enable\-x86\-feature=\fR\fIfeature\fR 4 .IX Item "--enable-x86-feature=feature" Set the \fIfeature\fR bit in program property in \fIexec\fR or \fIdyn\fR -\&\s-1ELF\s0 files with machine types of \fIi386\fR or \fIx86\-64\fR. The +ELF files with machine types of \fIi386\fR or \fIx86\-64\fR. The supported features are, \fIibt\fR, \fIshstk\fR, \fIlam_u48\fR and \&\fIlam_u57\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-x86\-feature=\fR\fIfeature\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disable\-x86\-feature=\fR\fIfeature\fR 4 .IX Item "--disable-x86-feature=feature" Clear the \fIfeature\fR bit in program property in \fIexec\fR or -\&\fIdyn\fR \s-1ELF\s0 files with machine types of \fIi386\fR or \fIx86\-64\fR. +\&\fIdyn\fR ELF files with machine types of \fIi386\fR or \fIx86\-64\fR. The supported features are the same as \fB\-\-enable\-x86\-feature\fR. .Sp Note: \fB\-\-enable\-x86\-feature\fR and \fB\-\-disable\-x86\-feature\fR are available only on hosts with \fBmmap\fR support. -.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-v\fR 4 .IX Item "-v" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" .PD Display the version number of \fBelfedit\fR. -.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-h\fR 4 .IX Item "-h" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" .PD Display the command-line options understood by \fBelfedit\fR. -.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB@\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "@file" Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR @@ -261,13 +183,13 @@ with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional .SH "SEE ALSO" .IX Header "SEE ALSO" \&\fBreadelf\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR. -.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright (c) 1991\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright (c) 1991\-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document -under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the -section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R". +section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/enc2xs.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/enc2xs.1 index 8bac403c..12a74b56 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/enc2xs.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/enc2xs.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ENC2XS 1" -.TH ENC2XS 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH ENC2XS 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/encguess.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/encguess.1 index 81a14c5a..91e53576 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/encguess.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/encguess.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ENCGUESS 1" -.TH ENCGUESS 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH ENCGUESS 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/env.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/env.1 index c0c0a6df..f96a26fb 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/env.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/env.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH ENV "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH ENV "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME env \- run a program in a modified environment .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -53,7 +53,20 @@ A mere \- implies \fB\-i\fR. If no COMMAND, print the resulting environment. .PP SIG may be a signal name like 'PIPE', or a signal number like '13'. Without SIG, all known signals are included. Multiple signals can be -comma\-separated. +comma\-separated. An empty SIG argument is a no\-op. +.SS "Exit status:" +.TP +125 +if the env command itself fails +.TP +126 +if COMMAND is found but cannot be invoked +.TP +127 +if COMMAND cannot be found +.TP +\- +the exit status of COMMAND otherwise .SH OPTIONS .SS "\-S/\-\-split\-string usage in scripts" The @@ -115,7 +128,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/envsubst.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/envsubst.1 index 0d5ae21b..93092b32 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/envsubst.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/envsubst.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH ENVSUBST "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-runtime 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH ENVSUBST "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-runtime 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME envsubst \- substitutes environment variables in shell format strings .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Written by Bruno Haible. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2003\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2003\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/epsffit.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/epsffit.1 index 685d8c20..6ad046e1 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/epsffit.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/epsffit.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.13. -.TH EPSFFIT "1" "October 2021" "epsffit 2.07" "User Commands" +.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.1. +.TH EPSFFIT "1" "February 2023" "epsffit 2.10" "User Commands" .SH NAME epsffit - fit an Encapsulated PostScript file to a given bounding box .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ append a \fI\,/showpage\/\fP to the file to force printing \fB\-\-help\fR display this help and exit .TP -\fB\-\-version\fR +\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR display version information and exit .PP (LLX, LLY) are the coordinates of the lower left corner of the box, and @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ writing an input or output file. .SH AUTHOR Written by Angus J. C. Duggan and Reuben Thomas. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2016. +Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2016\-2022. Released under the GPL version 3, or (at your option) any later version. .SH TRADEMARKS .B PostScript diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/expand.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/expand.1 index 572f00a1..cc434349 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/expand.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/expand.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH EXPAND "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH EXPAND "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME expand \- convert tabs to spaces .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/expr.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/expr.1 index 54cd84fe..abba1353 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/expr.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/expr.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH EXPR "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH EXPR "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME expr \- evaluate expressions .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/extractres.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/extractres.1 index 9ae7499e..51f9330a 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/extractres.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/extractres.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.13. -.TH EXTRACTRES "1" "October 2021" "extractres 2.07" "User Commands" +.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.1. +.TH EXTRACTRES "1" "February 2023" "extractres 2.10" "User Commands" .SH NAME extractres - extract resources from a PostScript document .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -15,10 +15,10 @@ merge resources of the same name into one file \fB\-\-help\fR display this help and exit .TP -\fB\-\-version\fR +\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR display version information and exit .PP -.B Extractres +.B extractres extracts resources (fonts, procsets, patterns, files, etc) appearing in a PostScript document, and puts appropriate .B %%IncludeResource @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ does not alter the .B %%DocumentSuppliedResources comments. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2012\-2019. +Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2012\-2022. .br Copyright \(co Angus J. C. Duggan 1991\-1997. .SH TRADEMARKS diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/factor.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/factor.1 index 0b4d9aa3..65e2d812 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/factor.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/factor.1 @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH FACTOR "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH FACTOR "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME factor \- factor numbers .SH SYNOPSIS .B factor -[\fI\,NUMBER\/\fR]... -.br -.B factor -\fI\,OPTION\/\fR +[\fI\,OPTION\/\fR] [\fI\,NUMBER\/\fR]... .SH DESCRIPTION .\" Add any additional description here .PP Print the prime factors of each specified integer NUMBER. If none are specified on the command line, read them from standard input. .TP +\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-exponents\fR +print repeated factors in form p^e unless e is 1 +.TP \fB\-\-help\fR display this help and exit .TP @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/false.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/false.1 index bbfd51fc..411919f6 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/false.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/false.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH FALSE "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH FALSE "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME false \- do nothing, unsuccessfully .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/fmt.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/fmt.1 index 1bfa6a62..01b5c2ac 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/fmt.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/fmt.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH FMT "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH FMT "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME fmt \- simple optimal text formatter .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/fold.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/fold.1 index 8cb1760f..8efd9dfa 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/fold.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/fold.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH FOLD "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH FOLD "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME fold \- wrap each input line to fit in specified width .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -38,12 +38,15 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. .SH "SEE ALSO" +\fBfmt\fP(1) +.PP +.br Full documentation <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/fold> .br or available locally via: info \(aq(coreutils) fold invocation\(aq diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gcore.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gcore.1 index fb97e50c..b21119db 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gcore.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gcore.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "GCORE 1" -.TH GCORE 1 2023-12-29 "gdb-13.2-6.mga10 (Mageia release 10)" "GNU Development Tools" +.TH GCORE 1 2024-05-21 "gdb-14.2-2.mga10 (Mageia release 10)" "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gettext.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gettext.1 index 005c1eff..bce8e550 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gettext.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gettext.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH GETTEXT "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-runtime 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH GETTEXT "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-runtime 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME gettext \- translate message .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Written by Ulrich Drepper. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 1995\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gettextize.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gettextize.1 index ca63ea81..d81f4cf8 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gettextize.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gettextize.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH GETTEXTIZE "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH GETTEXTIZE "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME gettextize \- install or upgrade gettext infrastructure .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Written by Ulrich Drepper Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 1995\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gprof.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gprof.1 index 98733055..e1500703 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gprof.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gprof.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,79 +52,17 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "GPROF 1" -.TH GPROF 1 "2023-01-14" "binutils-2.40.00" "GNU" +.TH GPROF 1 2024-01-29 binutils-2.42 GNU .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME gprof \- display call graph profile data -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" gprof [ \-[abcDhilLrsTvwxyz] ] [ \-[ABCeEfFJnNOpPqQRStZ][\fIname\fR] ] [ \-I \fIdirs\fR ] [ \-d[\fInum\fR] ] [ \-k \fIfrom/to\fR ] @@ -157,10 +79,10 @@ gprof [ \-[abcDhilLrsTvwxyz] ] [ \-[ABCeEfFJnNOpPqQRStZ][\fIname\fR] ] [ \-\-separate\-files ] [ \-\-static\-call\-graph ] [ \-\-sum ] [ \-\-table\-length=\fIlen\fR ] [ \-\-traditional ] [ \-\-version ] [ \-\-width=\fIn\fR ] [ \-\-ignore\-non\-functions ] - [ \-\-demangle[=\fI\s-1STYLE\s0\fR] ] [ \-\-no\-demangle ] + [ \-\-demangle[=\fISTYLE\fR] ] [ \-\-no\-demangle ] [\-\-external\-symbol\-table=name] [ \fIimage-file\fR ] [ \fIprofile-file\fR ... ] -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" \&\f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR produces an execution profile of C, Pascal, or Fortran77 programs. The effect of called routines is incorporated in the profile @@ -195,7 +117,7 @@ lot of time. The \fIannotated source\fR listing is a copy of the program's source code, labeled with the number of times each line of the program was executed. -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" These options specify which of several output formats \&\f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR should produce. @@ -208,22 +130,22 @@ or exclude sets of symbols. Specifying any of these options overrides the default (\fB\-p \-q\fR), which prints a flat profile and call graph analysis for all functions. -.ie n .IP """\-A[\fIsymspec\fP]""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-A[\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-A[\fIsymspec\fR]""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-A[\fR\f(CIsymspec\fR\f(CW]\fR 4 .IX Item "-A[symspec]" .PD 0 -.ie n .IP """\-\-annotated\-source[=\fIsymspec\fP]""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-annotated\-source[=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-\-annotated\-source[=\fIsymspec\fR]""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-annotated\-source[=\fR\f(CIsymspec\fR\f(CW]\fR 4 .IX Item "--annotated-source[=symspec]" .PD The \fB\-A\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to print annotated source code. If \fIsymspec\fR is specified, print output only for matching symbols. .ie n .IP """\-b""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-b\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-b\fR 4 .IX Item "-b" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """\-\-brief""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-brief\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-brief\fR 4 .IX Item "--brief" .PD If the \fB\-b\fR option is given, \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR doesn't print the @@ -231,15 +153,15 @@ verbose blurbs that try to explain the meaning of all of the fields in the tables. This is useful if you intend to print out the output, or are tired of seeing the blurbs. .ie n .IP """\-B""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-B\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-B\fR 4 .IX Item "-B" The \fB\-B\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to print the call graph analysis. -.ie n .IP """\-C[\fIsymspec\fP]""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-C[\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-C[\fIsymspec\fR]""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-C[\fR\f(CIsymspec\fR\f(CW]\fR 4 .IX Item "-C[symspec]" .PD 0 -.ie n .IP """\-\-exec\-counts[=\fIsymspec\fP]""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-exec\-counts[=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-\-exec\-counts[=\fIsymspec\fR]""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-exec\-counts[=\fR\f(CIsymspec\fR\f(CW]\fR 4 .IX Item "--exec-counts[=symspec]" .PD The \fB\-C\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to @@ -250,34 +172,34 @@ If the profile data file contains basic-block count records, specifying the \fB\-l\fR option, along with \fB\-C\fR, will cause basic-block execution counts to be tallied and displayed. .ie n .IP """\-i""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-i\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-i\fR 4 .IX Item "-i" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """\-\-file\-info""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-file\-info\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-file\-info\fR 4 .IX Item "--file-info" .PD The \fB\-i\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to display summary information about the profile data file(s) and then exit. The number of histogram, call graph, and basic-block count records is displayed. -.ie n .IP """\-I \fIdirs\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-I \f(CIdirs\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-I \fIdirs\fR""" 4 +.el .IP "\f(CW\-I \fR\f(CIdirs\fR\f(CW\fR" 4 .IX Item "-I dirs" .PD 0 -.ie n .IP """\-\-directory\-path=\fIdirs\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-directory\-path=\f(CIdirs\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-\-directory\-path=\fIdirs\fR""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-directory\-path=\fR\f(CIdirs\fR\f(CW\fR 4 .IX Item "--directory-path=dirs" .PD The \fB\-I\fR option specifies a list of search directories in -which to find source files. Environment variable \fI\s-1GPROF_PATH\s0\fR +which to find source files. Environment variable \fIGPROF_PATH\fR can also be used to convey this information. Used mostly for annotated source output. -.ie n .IP """\-J[\fIsymspec\fP]""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-J[\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-J[\fIsymspec\fR]""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-J[\fR\f(CIsymspec\fR\f(CW]\fR 4 .IX Item "-J[symspec]" .PD 0 -.ie n .IP """\-\-no\-annotated\-source[=\fIsymspec\fP]""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-no\-annotated\-source[=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-\-no\-annotated\-source[=\fIsymspec\fR]""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-no\-annotated\-source[=\fR\f(CIsymspec\fR\f(CW]\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-annotated-source[=symspec]" .PD The \fB\-J\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR not to @@ -285,11 +207,11 @@ print annotated source code. If \fIsymspec\fR is specified, \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR prints annotated source, but excludes matching symbols. .ie n .IP """\-L""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-L\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-L\fR 4 .IX Item "-L" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """\-\-print\-path""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-print\-path\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-print\-path\fR 4 .IX Item "--print-path" .PD Normally, source filenames are printed with the path @@ -299,44 +221,44 @@ source filenames, which is determined from symbolic debugging information in the image file and is relative to the directory in which the compiler was invoked. -.ie n .IP """\-p[\fIsymspec\fP]""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-p[\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-p[\fIsymspec\fR]""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-p[\fR\f(CIsymspec\fR\f(CW]\fR 4 .IX Item "-p[symspec]" .PD 0 -.ie n .IP """\-\-flat\-profile[=\fIsymspec\fP]""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-flat\-profile[=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-\-flat\-profile[=\fIsymspec\fR]""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-flat\-profile[=\fR\f(CIsymspec\fR\f(CW]\fR 4 .IX Item "--flat-profile[=symspec]" .PD The \fB\-p\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to print a flat profile. If \fIsymspec\fR is specified, print flat profile only for matching symbols. -.ie n .IP """\-P[\fIsymspec\fP]""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-P[\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-P[\fIsymspec\fR]""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-P[\fR\f(CIsymspec\fR\f(CW]\fR 4 .IX Item "-P[symspec]" .PD 0 -.ie n .IP """\-\-no\-flat\-profile[=\fIsymspec\fP]""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-no\-flat\-profile[=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-\-no\-flat\-profile[=\fIsymspec\fR]""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-no\-flat\-profile[=\fR\f(CIsymspec\fR\f(CW]\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-flat-profile[=symspec]" .PD The \fB\-P\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to suppress printing a flat profile. If \fIsymspec\fR is specified, \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR prints a flat profile, but excludes matching symbols. -.ie n .IP """\-q[\fIsymspec\fP]""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-q[\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-q[\fIsymspec\fR]""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-q[\fR\f(CIsymspec\fR\f(CW]\fR 4 .IX Item "-q[symspec]" .PD 0 -.ie n .IP """\-\-graph[=\fIsymspec\fP]""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-graph[=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-\-graph[=\fIsymspec\fR]""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-graph[=\fR\f(CIsymspec\fR\f(CW]\fR 4 .IX Item "--graph[=symspec]" .PD The \fB\-q\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to print the call graph analysis. If \fIsymspec\fR is specified, print call graph only for matching symbols and their children. -.ie n .IP """\-Q[\fIsymspec\fP]""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-Q[\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-Q[\fIsymspec\fR]""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-Q[\fR\f(CIsymspec\fR\f(CW]\fR 4 .IX Item "-Q[symspec]" .PD 0 -.ie n .IP """\-\-no\-graph[=\fIsymspec\fP]""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-no\-graph[=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-\-no\-graph[=\fIsymspec\fR]""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-no\-graph[=\fR\f(CIsymspec\fR\f(CW]\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-graph[=symspec]" .PD The \fB\-Q\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to suppress printing the @@ -344,51 +266,51 @@ call graph. If \fIsymspec\fR is specified, \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR prints a call graph, but excludes matching symbols. .ie n .IP """\-t""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-t\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-t\fR 4 .IX Item "-t" .PD 0 -.ie n .IP """\-\-table\-length=\fInum\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-table\-length=\f(CInum\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-\-table\-length=\fInum\fR""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-table\-length=\fR\f(CInum\fR\f(CW\fR 4 .IX Item "--table-length=num" .PD The \fB\-t\fR option causes the \fInum\fR most active source lines in each source file to be listed when source annotation is enabled. The default is 10. .ie n .IP """\-y""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-y\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-y\fR 4 .IX Item "-y" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """\-\-separate\-files""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-separate\-files\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-separate\-files\fR 4 .IX Item "--separate-files" .PD This option affects annotated source output only. Normally, \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR prints annotated source files to standard-output. If this option is specified, -annotated source for a file named \fIpath/\fIfilename\fI\fR -is generated in the file \fI\fIfilename\fI\-ann\fR. If the underlying -file system would truncate \fI\fIfilename\fI\-ann\fR so that it -overwrites the original \fI\fIfilename\fI\fR, \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR generates -annotated source in the file \fI\fIfilename\fI.ann\fR instead (if the +annotated source for a file named \fIpath/filename\fR +is generated in the file \fIfilename\-ann\fR. If the underlying +file system would truncate \fIfilename\-ann\fR so that it +overwrites the original \fIfilename\fR, \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR generates +annotated source in the file \fIfilename.ann\fR instead (if the original file name has an extension, that extension is \fIreplaced\fR with \fI.ann\fR). -.ie n .IP """\-Z[\fIsymspec\fP]""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-Z[\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-Z[\fIsymspec\fR]""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-Z[\fR\f(CIsymspec\fR\f(CW]\fR 4 .IX Item "-Z[symspec]" .PD 0 -.ie n .IP """\-\-no\-exec\-counts[=\fIsymspec\fP]""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-no\-exec\-counts[=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW]\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-\-no\-exec\-counts[=\fIsymspec\fR]""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-no\-exec\-counts[=\fR\f(CIsymspec\fR\f(CW]\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-exec-counts[=symspec]" .PD The \fB\-Z\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR not to print a tally of functions and the number of times each was called. If \fIsymspec\fR is specified, print tally, but exclude matching symbols. .ie n .IP """\-r""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-r\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-r\fR 4 .IX Item "-r" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """\-\-function\-ordering""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-function\-ordering\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-function\-ordering\fR 4 .IX Item "--function-ordering" .PD The \fB\-\-function\-ordering\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to print a @@ -400,12 +322,12 @@ ordering of functions in an executable. The exact details of how to force the linker to place functions in a particular order is system dependent and out of the scope of this manual. -.ie n .IP """\-R \fImap_file\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-R \f(CImap_file\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-R \fImap_file\fR""" 4 +.el .IP "\f(CW\-R \fR\f(CImap_file\fR\f(CW\fR" 4 .IX Item "-R map_file" .PD 0 -.ie n .IP """\-\-file\-ordering \fImap_file\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-file\-ordering \f(CImap_file\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-\-file\-ordering \fImap_file\fR""" 4 +.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-file\-ordering \fR\f(CImap_file\fR\f(CW\fR" 4 .IX Item "--file-ordering map_file" .PD The \fB\-\-file\-ordering\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to print a @@ -431,35 +353,35 @@ the output of the program \f(CW\*(C`nm\*(C'\fR. \& ... .Ve .Sp -To create a \fImap_file\fR with \s-1GNU\s0 \f(CW\*(C`nm\*(C'\fR, type a command like +To create a \fImap_file\fR with GNU \f(CW\*(C`nm\*(C'\fR, type a command like \&\f(CW\*(C`nm \-\-extern\-only \-\-defined\-only \-v \-\-print\-file\-name program\-name\*(C'\fR. .ie n .IP """\-T""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-T\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-T\fR 4 .IX Item "-T" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """\-\-traditional""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-traditional\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-traditional\fR 4 .IX Item "--traditional" .PD The \fB\-T\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to print its output in -\&\*(L"traditional\*(R" \s-1BSD\s0 style. -.ie n .IP """\-w \fIwidth\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-w \f(CIwidth\f(CW\fR" 4 +"traditional" BSD style. +.ie n .IP """\-w \fIwidth\fR""" 4 +.el .IP "\f(CW\-w \fR\f(CIwidth\fR\f(CW\fR" 4 .IX Item "-w width" .PD 0 -.ie n .IP """\-\-width=\fIwidth\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-width=\f(CIwidth\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-\-width=\fIwidth\fR""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-width=\fR\f(CIwidth\fR\f(CW\fR 4 .IX Item "--width=width" .PD Sets width of output lines to \fIwidth\fR. Currently only used when printing the function index at the bottom of the call graph. .ie n .IP """\-x""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-x\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-x\fR 4 .IX Item "-x" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """\-\-all\-lines""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-all\-lines\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-all\-lines\fR 4 .IX Item "--all-lines" .PD This option affects annotated source output only. @@ -467,15 +389,15 @@ By default, only the lines at the beginning of a basic-block are annotated. If this option is specified, every line in a basic-block is annotated by repeating the annotation for the first line. This behavior is similar to \f(CW\*(C`tcov\*(C'\fR's \fB\-a\fR. -.ie n .IP """\-\-demangle[=\fIstyle\fP]""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-demangle[=\f(CIstyle\f(CW]\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-\-demangle[=\fIstyle\fR]""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-demangle[=\fR\f(CIstyle\fR\f(CW]\fR 4 .IX Item "--demangle[=style]" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """\-\-no\-demangle""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-no\-demangle\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-no\-demangle\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-demangle" .PD -These options control whether \*(C+ symbol names should be demangled when +These options control whether C++ symbol names should be demangled when printing output. The default is to demangle symbols. The \&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-no\-demangle\*(C'\fR option may be used to turn off demangling. Different compilers have different mangling styles. The optional demangling style @@ -484,11 +406,11 @@ compiler. .SS "Analysis Options" .IX Subsection "Analysis Options" .ie n .IP """\-a""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-a\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-a\fR 4 .IX Item "-a" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """\-\-no\-static""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-no\-static\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-no\-static\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-static" .PD The \fB\-a\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to suppress the printing of @@ -499,11 +421,11 @@ functions, calls to/from them, etc., will all be attributed to the function that was loaded directly before it in the executable file. This option affects both the flat profile and the call graph. .ie n .IP """\-c""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-c\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-c\fR 4 .IX Item "-c" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """\-\-static\-call\-graph""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-static\-call\-graph\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-static\-call\-graph\fR 4 .IX Item "--static-call-graph" .PD The \fB\-c\fR option causes the call graph of the program to be @@ -519,28 +441,28 @@ by this option. Parents or children identified via this heuristic are indicated in the call graph with call counts of \fB0\fR. .ie n .IP """\-D""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-D\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-D\fR 4 .IX Item "-D" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """\-\-ignore\-non\-functions""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-ignore\-non\-functions\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-ignore\-non\-functions\fR 4 .IX Item "--ignore-non-functions" .PD The \fB\-D\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to ignore symbols which are not known to be functions. This option will give more accurate -profile data on systems where it is supported (Solaris and \s-1HPUX\s0 for +profile data on systems where it is supported (Solaris and HPUX for example). -.ie n .IP """\-k \fIfrom\fP/\fIto\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-k \f(CIfrom\f(CW/\f(CIto\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-k \fIfrom\fR/\fIto\fR""" 4 +.el .IP "\f(CW\-k \fR\f(CIfrom\fR\f(CW/\fR\f(CIto\fR\f(CW\fR" 4 .IX Item "-k from/to" The \fB\-k\fR option allows you to delete from the call graph any arcs from symbols matching symspec \fIfrom\fR to those matching symspec \fIto\fR. .ie n .IP """\-l""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-l\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-l\fR 4 .IX Item "-l" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """\-\-line""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-line\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-line\fR 4 .IX Item "--line" .PD The \fB\-l\fR option enables line-by-line profiling, which causes @@ -557,47 +479,47 @@ a program is spending its time, it also significantly increases the running time of \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR, and magnifies statistical inaccuracies. .ie n .IP """\-\-inline\-file\-names""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-inline\-file\-names\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-inline\-file\-names\fR 4 .IX Item "--inline-file-names" This option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to print the source file after each symbol in both the flat profile and the call graph. The full path to the file is printed if used with the \fB\-L\fR option. -.ie n .IP """\-m \fInum\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-m \f(CInum\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-m \fInum\fR""" 4 +.el .IP "\f(CW\-m \fR\f(CInum\fR\f(CW\fR" 4 .IX Item "-m num" .PD 0 -.ie n .IP """\-\-min\-count=\fInum\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-min\-count=\f(CInum\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-\-min\-count=\fInum\fR""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-min\-count=\fR\f(CInum\fR\f(CW\fR 4 .IX Item "--min-count=num" .PD This option affects execution count output only. Symbols that are executed less than \fInum\fR times are suppressed. -.ie n .IP """\-n\fIsymspec\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-n\f(CIsymspec\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-n\fIsymspec\fR""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-n\fR\f(CIsymspec\fR\f(CW\fR 4 .IX Item "-nsymspec" .PD 0 -.ie n .IP """\-\-time=\fIsymspec\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-time=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-\-time=\fIsymspec\fR""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-time=\fR\f(CIsymspec\fR\f(CW\fR 4 .IX Item "--time=symspec" .PD The \fB\-n\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR, in its call graph analysis, to only propagate times for symbols matching \fIsymspec\fR. -.ie n .IP """\-N\fIsymspec\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-N\f(CIsymspec\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-N\fIsymspec\fR""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-N\fR\f(CIsymspec\fR\f(CW\fR 4 .IX Item "-Nsymspec" .PD 0 -.ie n .IP """\-\-no\-time=\fIsymspec\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-no\-time=\f(CIsymspec\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-\-no\-time=\fIsymspec\fR""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-no\-time=\fR\f(CIsymspec\fR\f(CW\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-time=symspec" .PD The \fB\-n\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR, in its call graph analysis, not to propagate times for symbols matching \fIsymspec\fR. -.ie n .IP """\-S\fIfilename\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-S\f(CIfilename\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-S\fIfilename\fR""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-S\fR\f(CIfilename\fR\f(CW\fR 4 .IX Item "-Sfilename" .PD 0 -.ie n .IP """\-\-external\-symbol\-table=\fIfilename\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-external\-symbol\-table=\f(CIfilename\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-\-external\-symbol\-table=\fIfilename\fR""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-external\-symbol\-table=\fR\f(CIfilename\fR\f(CW\fR 4 .IX Item "--external-symbol-table=filename" .PD The \fB\-S\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to read an external symbol table @@ -605,11 +527,11 @@ file, such as \fI/proc/kallsyms\fR, rather than read the symbol table from the given object file (the default is \f(CW\*(C`a.out\*(C'\fR). This is useful for profiling kernel modules. .ie n .IP """\-z""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-z\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-z\fR 4 .IX Item "-z" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """\-\-display\-unused\-functions""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-display\-unused\-functions\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-display\-unused\-functions\fR 4 .IX Item "--display-unused-functions" .PD If you give the \fB\-z\fR option, \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR will mention all @@ -618,42 +540,42 @@ that had no time spent in them. This is useful in conjunction with the \&\fB\-c\fR option for discovering which routines were never called. .SS "Miscellaneous Options" .IX Subsection "Miscellaneous Options" -.ie n .IP """\-d[\fInum\fP]""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-d[\f(CInum\f(CW]\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-d[\fInum\fR]""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-d[\fR\f(CInum\fR\f(CW]\fR 4 .IX Item "-d[num]" .PD 0 -.ie n .IP """\-\-debug[=\fInum\fP]""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-debug[=\f(CInum\f(CW]\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-\-debug[=\fInum\fR]""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-debug[=\fR\f(CInum\fR\f(CW]\fR 4 .IX Item "--debug[=num]" .PD The \fB\-d\fR \fInum\fR option specifies debugging options. If \fInum\fR is not specified, enable all debugging. .ie n .IP """\-h""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-h\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-h\fR 4 .IX Item "-h" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """\-\-help""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-help\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" .PD The \fB\-h\fR option prints command line usage. -.ie n .IP """\-O\fIname\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-O\f(CIname\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-O\fIname\fR""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-O\fR\f(CIname\fR\f(CW\fR 4 .IX Item "-Oname" .PD 0 -.ie n .IP """\-\-file\-format=\fIname\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-file\-format=\f(CIname\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-\-file\-format=\fIname\fR""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-file\-format=\fR\f(CIname\fR\f(CW\fR 4 .IX Item "--file-format=name" .PD Selects the format of the profile data files. Recognized formats are \&\fBauto\fR (the default), \fBbsd\fR, \fB4.4bsd\fR, \fBmagic\fR, and \&\fBprof\fR (not yet supported). .ie n .IP """\-s""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-s\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-s\fR 4 .IX Item "-s" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """\-\-sum""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-sum\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-sum\fR 4 .IX Item "--sum" .PD The \fB\-s\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to summarize the information @@ -666,11 +588,11 @@ merge the data in the other input files into \fIgmon.sum\fR. Eventually you can run \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR again without \fB\-s\fR to analyze the cumulative data in the file \fIgmon.sum\fR. .ie n .IP """\-v""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-v\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-v\fR 4 .IX Item "-v" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """\-\-version""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\-version\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" .PD The \fB\-v\fR flag causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to print the current version @@ -678,8 +600,8 @@ number, and then exit. .SS "Deprecated Options" .IX Subsection "Deprecated Options" These options have been replaced with newer versions that use symspecs. -.ie n .IP """\-e \fIfunction_name\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-e \f(CIfunction_name\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-e \fIfunction_name\fR""" 4 +.el .IP "\f(CW\-e \fR\f(CIfunction_name\fR\f(CW\fR" 4 .IX Item "-e function_name" The \fB\-e\fR \fIfunction\fR option tells \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to not print information about the function \fIfunction_name\fR (and its @@ -688,24 +610,24 @@ as a child of any functions that call it, but its index number will be shown as \fB[not printed]\fR. More than one \fB\-e\fR option may be given; only one \fIfunction_name\fR may be indicated with each \fB\-e\fR option. -.ie n .IP """\-E \fIfunction_name\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-E \f(CIfunction_name\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-E \fIfunction_name\fR""" 4 +.el .IP "\f(CW\-E \fR\f(CIfunction_name\fR\f(CW\fR" 4 .IX Item "-E function_name" -The \f(CW\*(C`\-E \f(CIfunction\f(CW\*(C'\fR option works like the \f(CW\*(C`\-e\*(C'\fR option, but +The \f(CW\*(C`\-E \fR\f(CIfunction\fR\f(CW\*(C'\fR option works like the \f(CW\*(C`\-e\*(C'\fR option, but time spent in the function (and children who were not called from anywhere else), will not be used to compute the percentages-of-time for the call graph. More than one \fB\-E\fR option may be given; only one \&\fIfunction_name\fR may be indicated with each \fB\-E\fR option. -.ie n .IP """\-f \fIfunction_name\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-f \f(CIfunction_name\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-f \fIfunction_name\fR""" 4 +.el .IP "\f(CW\-f \fR\f(CIfunction_name\fR\f(CW\fR" 4 .IX Item "-f function_name" The \fB\-f\fR \fIfunction\fR option causes \f(CW\*(C`gprof\*(C'\fR to limit the call graph to the function \fIfunction_name\fR and its children (and their children...). More than one \fB\-f\fR option may be given; only one \fIfunction_name\fR may be indicated with each \fB\-f\fR option. -.ie n .IP """\-F \fIfunction_name\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-F \f(CIfunction_name\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\-F \fIfunction_name\fR""" 4 +.el .IP "\f(CW\-F \fR\f(CIfunction_name\fR\f(CW\fR" 4 .IX Item "-F function_name" The \fB\-F\fR \fIfunction\fR option works like the \f(CW\*(C`\-f\*(C'\fR option, but only time spent in the function and its children (and their @@ -713,21 +635,21 @@ children...) will be used to determine total-time and percentages-of-time for the call graph. More than one \fB\-F\fR option may be given; only one \fIfunction_name\fR may be indicated with each \&\fB\-F\fR option. The \fB\-F\fR option overrides the \fB\-E\fR option. -.SH "FILES" +.SH FILES .IX Header "FILES" -.ie n .IP """\fIa.out\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\f(CIa.out\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\fIa.out\fR""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\fR\f(CIa.out\fR\f(CW\fR 4 .IX Item "a.out" the namelist and text space. -.ie n .IP """\fIgmon.out\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\f(CIgmon.out\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\fIgmon.out\fR""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\fR\f(CIgmon.out\fR\f(CW\fR 4 .IX Item "gmon.out" dynamic call graph and profile. -.ie n .IP """\fIgmon.sum\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\f(CIgmon.sum\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """\fIgmon.sum\fR""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\fR\f(CIgmon.sum\fR\f(CW\fR 4 .IX Item "gmon.sum" summarized dynamic call graph and profile. -.SH "BUGS" +.SH BUGS .IX Header "BUGS" The granularity of the sampling is shown, but remains statistical at best. @@ -755,22 +677,22 @@ in the \fIgmon.out\fR file. .IX Header "SEE ALSO" \&\fBmonitor\fR\|(3), \fBprofil\fR\|(2), \fBcc\fR\|(1), \fBprof\fR\|(1), and the Info entry for \fIgprof\fR. .PP -\&\*(L"An Execution Profiler for Modular Programs\*(R", +"An Execution Profiler for Modular Programs", by S. Graham, P. Kessler, M. McKusick; Software \- Practice and Experience, Vol. 13, pp. 671\-685, 1983. .PP -\&\*(L"gprof: A Call Graph Execution Profiler\*(R", +"gprof: A Call Graph Execution Profiler", by S. Graham, P. Kessler, M. McKusick; -Proceedings of the \s-1SIGPLAN\s0 '82 Symposium on Compiler Construction, -\&\s-1SIGPLAN\s0 Notices, Vol. 17, No 6, pp. 120\-126, June 1982. -.SH "COPYRIGHT" +Proceedings of the SIGPLAN '82 Symposium on Compiler Construction, +SIGPLAN Notices, Vol. 17, No 6, pp. 120\-126, June 1982. +.SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright (c) 1988\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright (c) 1988\-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document -under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the -section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R". +section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/groups.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/groups.1 index 2a5c73ba..e75825f8 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/groups.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/groups.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH GROUPS "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH GROUPS "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME groups \- print the groups a user is in .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-editenv.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-editenv.1 index a115f0f9..2190b5ac 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-editenv.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-editenv.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-EDITENV "1" "September 2023" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-EDITENV "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-editenv \- edit GRUB environment block .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-emu.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-emu.1 index e0c4626d..914ebf37 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-emu.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-emu.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-EMU "1" "September 2023" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-EMU "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-emu \- GRUB emulator .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-file.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-file.1 index 6c00b6eb..fede0f0a 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-file.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-file.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-FILE "1" "September 2023" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-FILE "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-file \- check file type .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-fstest.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-fstest.1 index 03d5fe2f..1424f53a 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-fstest.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-fstest.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-FSTEST "1" "September 2023" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-FSTEST "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-fstest \- debug tool for GRUB filesystem drivers .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-glue-efi.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-glue-efi.1 index f2b20afb..abbd0448 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-glue-efi.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-glue-efi.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-GLUE-EFI "1" "September 2023" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-GLUE-EFI "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-glue-efi \- generate a fat binary for EFI .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-kbdcomp.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-kbdcomp.1 index a8e057c5..9188b16e 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-kbdcomp.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-kbdcomp.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-KBDCOMP "1" "September 2023" "grub-kbdcomp ()" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-KBDCOMP "1" "March 2024" "grub-kbdcomp ()" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-kbdcomp \- generate a GRUB keyboard layout file .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-menulst2cfg.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-menulst2cfg.1 index 25bf13fb..59c05775 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-menulst2cfg.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-menulst2cfg.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MENULST2CFG "1" "September 2023" "Usage: grub-menulst2cfg [INFILE [OUTFILE]]" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MENULST2CFG "1" "March 2024" "Usage: grub-menulst2cfg [INFILE [OUTFILE]]" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-menulst2cfg \- transform legacy menu.lst into grub.cfg .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mkfont.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mkfont.1 index 9658c930..444714e3 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mkfont.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mkfont.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKFONT "1" "September 2023" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKFONT "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mkfont \- make GRUB font files .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mkimage.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mkimage.1 index e4d938c8..baaff6fe 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mkimage.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mkimage.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKIMAGE "1" "September 2023" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKIMAGE "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mkimage \- make a bootable image of GRUB .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mklayout.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mklayout.1 index 11eda88c..839a0fcf 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mklayout.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mklayout.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKLAYOUT "1" "September 2023" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKLAYOUT "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mklayout \- generate a GRUB keyboard layout file .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mknetdir.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mknetdir.1 index 786558ad..593e07ff 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mknetdir.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mknetdir.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKNETDIR "1" "September 2023" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKNETDIR "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mknetdir \- prepare a GRUB netboot directory. .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mkpasswd-pbkdf2.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mkpasswd-pbkdf2.1 index a9b39901..99cb6f44 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mkpasswd-pbkdf2.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mkpasswd-pbkdf2.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKPASSWD-PBKDF2 "1" "September 2023" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKPASSWD-PBKDF2 "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2 \- generate hashed password for GRUB .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mkrelpath.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mkrelpath.1 index 7f525807..8d5755c6 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mkrelpath.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mkrelpath.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKRELPATH "1" "September 2023" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKRELPATH "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mkrelpath \- make a system path relative to its root .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mkrescue.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mkrescue.1 index 19113b1b..8f2f7b4e 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mkrescue.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mkrescue.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKRESCUE "1" "September 2023" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKRESCUE "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mkrescue \- make a GRUB rescue image .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mkstandalone.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mkstandalone.1 index 7f4cfaa1..f734bf93 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mkstandalone.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mkstandalone.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKSTANDALONE "1" "September 2023" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKSTANDALONE "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mkstandalone \- make a memdisk-based GRUB image .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mount.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mount.1 index eafbe264..5c0c1d20 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mount.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-mount.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MOUNT "1" "September 2023" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MOUNT "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mount \- export GRUB filesystem with FUSE .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-render-label.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-render-label.1 index 0f2107ab..d22b53d7 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-render-label.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-render-label.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-RENDER-LABEL "1" "September 2023" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-RENDER-LABEL "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-render-label \- generate a .disk_label for Apple Macs. .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-script-check.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-script-check.1 index fac9eadc..d8c8ac0e 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-script-check.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-script-check.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-SCRIPT-CHECK "1" "September 2023" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-SCRIPT-CHECK "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-script-check \- check grub.cfg for syntax errors .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-set-bootflag.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-set-bootflag.1 index 6f25cdaf..e29010c8 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-set-bootflag.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-set-bootflag.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-SET-BOOTFLAG "1" "September 2023" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-SET-BOOTFLAG "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-set-bootflag \- set a bootflag in the GRUB environment block .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-syslinux2cfg.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-syslinux2cfg.1 index 33b2e826..4fee0ac8 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-syslinux2cfg.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/grub2-syslinux2cfg.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-SYSLINUX2CFG "1" "September 2023" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-SYSLINUX2CFG "1" "March 2024" "GRUB 2.06" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-syslinux2cfg \- transform syslinux config into grub.cfg .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gs.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gs.1 index c3897406..8ef395ce 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gs.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gs.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH GS 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH GS 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME gs \- Ghostscript (PostScript and PDF language interpreter and previewer) .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ The various Ghostscript document files (above), especially \fBUse.htm\fR. See http://bugs.ghostscript.com/ and the Usenet news group comp.lang.postscript. .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gslp.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gslp.1 index 9794045c..14f178e6 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gslp.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gslp.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH GSLP 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH GSLP 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME gslp \- Format and print text using ghostscript .br @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Also, the string %# in a heading or footing is replaced with the page #. .SH SEE ALSO gs(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gsnd.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gsnd.1 index 2711357c..721af68d 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gsnd.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/gsnd.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH GSND 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH GSND 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME gsnd \- Run ghostscript (PostScript and PDF engine) without display .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ flag, followed by any other arguments from the command-line. .SH SEE ALSO gs(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/h2ph.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/h2ph.1 index 8de56770..b38ec418 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/h2ph.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/h2ph.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "H2PH 1" -.TH H2PH 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH H2PH 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/h2xs.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/h2xs.1 index aebd24b0..917a70cd 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/h2xs.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/h2xs.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "H2XS 1" -.TH H2XS 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH H2XS 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/head.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/head.1 index 4ba94d82..8deadff1 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/head.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/head.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH HEAD "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH HEAD "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME head \- output the first part of files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ output version information and exit .PP NUM may have a multiplier suffix: b 512, kB 1000, K 1024, MB 1000*1000, M 1024*1024, -GB 1000*1000*1000, G 1024*1024*1024, and so on for T, P, E, Z, Y. +GB 1000*1000*1000, G 1024*1024*1024, and so on for T, P, E, Z, Y, R, Q. Binary prefixes can be used, too: KiB=K, MiB=M, and so on. .SH AUTHOR Written by David MacKenzie and Jim Meyering. @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/homectl.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/homectl.1 index db58c946..399258ac 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/homectl.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/homectl.1 @@ -1206,6 +1206,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -1217,6 +1223,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/hostid.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/hostid.1 index 57f4a7de..6c512c7a 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/hostid.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/hostid.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH HOSTID "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH HOSTID "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME hostid \- print the numeric identifier for the current host .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icehelp.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icehelp.1 index f545c9d3..9ad8e726 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icehelp.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icehelp.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEHELP 1" -.TH ICEHELP 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEHELP 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icesh.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icesh.1 index 82867c66..a46f1ccd 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icesh.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icesh.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICESH 1" -.TH ICESH 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICESH 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Maximize the window only vertically. Minimize the window. .IP \fBrestore\fR 4 .IX Item "restore" -Restore the window to normal. +Restore the window to normal and clear urgency. .IP \fBhide\fR 4 .IX Item "hide" Hide the window. @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ Show the window on all workspaces. Show the window on just one workspace. .IP \fBurgent\fR 4 .IX Item "urgent" -Set the urgent flag to flash the task button. +Set the urgency flag to flash the task button. .IP "\fBresize\fR \fIWIDTH\fR \fIHEIGHT\fR" 4 .IX Item "resize WIDTH HEIGHT" Resize window to \fIWIDTH\fR by \fIHEIGHT\fR window units. For text based @@ -664,6 +664,7 @@ Let icewm execute the \f(CW\*(C`HibernateCommand\*(C'\fR. .IP \fBwinoptions\fR 4 .IX Item "winoptions" Let icewm reload the \f(CW\*(C`winoptions\*(C'\fR. +This only affects new windows. .IP \fBkeys\fR 4 .IX Item "keys" Let icewm reload the \f(CW\*(C`keys\*(C'\fR file. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewm-menu-fdo.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewm-menu-fdo.1 index afd2b271..0f7cb93a 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewm-menu-fdo.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewm-menu-fdo.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-MENU-FDO 1" -.TH ICEWM-MENU-FDO 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWM-MENU-FDO 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -169,8 +169,9 @@ is configured with the \fB\-\-enable\-menus\-fdo\fR option, which requires the \&\fBglib2\-dev\fR package dependency. .SS "SEE ALSO" .IX Subsection "SEE ALSO" -"Desktop Entry Specification", -"Desktop Menu Specification", +Base Directory Specification, +Desktop Entry Specification, +Desktop Menu Specification, \&\fBicewm\fR\|(1), \&\fBicewm\-menu\fR\|(5), \&\fBicewm\-preferences\fR\|(5), diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewm-menu-xrandr.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewm-menu-xrandr.1 index 98fdce2b..2e30fddd 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewm-menu-xrandr.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewm-menu-xrandr.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-MENU-XRANDR 1" -.TH ICEWM-MENU-XRANDR 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWM-MENU-XRANDR 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewm-session.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewm-session.1 index 45cd5759..f22ae912 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewm-session.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewm-session.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-SESSION 1" -.TH ICEWM-SESSION 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWM-SESSION 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewm-set-gnomewm.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewm-set-gnomewm.1 index 3b22c268..fd02d0dd 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewm-set-gnomewm.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewm-set-gnomewm.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-SET-GNOMEWM 1" -.TH ICEWM-SET-GNOMEWM 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWM-SET-GNOMEWM 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewm.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewm.1 index 5d04293e..1f3926eb 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewm.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewm.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM 1" -.TH ICEWM 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWM 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -210,6 +210,10 @@ it to search for configuration files. .IX Item "-l, --list-themes" \&\fBicewm\fR will search all the configuration directories for theme files and print a list of all found themes. +.IP "\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-install\fR=\fITHEME\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-i, --install=THEME" +Install \fITHEME\fR from icewm-extra and exit. When \fITHEME\fR is \fIlist\fR, +print a listing of available themes to install. .IP "\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-postpreferences\fR" 4 .IX Item "-p, --postpreferences" This gives a long list of all the internal \fBicewm\fR options with their @@ -507,19 +511,72 @@ When edge switching is enabled, the current workspace can also be changed by bringing the drag icon to the screen edge. .SS "ADDRESS BAR" .IX Subsection "ADDRESS BAR" -If \fBEnableAddressBar\fR=1 then \fBKeySysAddressBar\fR=\f(CW\*(C`Alt+Ctrl+Space\*(C'\fR -activates the address bar in the task bar. -If \fBShowAddressBar\fR=1 it is always shown. This is a command-line in -the task bar where a shell command can be typed. -Pressing \f(CW\*(C`Enter\*(C'\fR will execute the command. -\&\fBAddressBarCommand\fR=\f(CW\*(C`/bin/sh\*(C'\fR will be used to execute the command. -On \f(CW\*(C`Control+Enter\*(C'\fR the command is executed in a terminal +The task bar contains a command-line prompt called the address bar, +if \fBEnableAddressBar\fR=1. It is always shown when \fBShowAddressBar\fR=1, +otherwise it is activated by \fBKeySysAddressBar\fR=\f(CW\*(C`Alt+Ctrl+Space\*(C'\fR. +In it a shell command can be typed, which is executed by the +\&\fBAddressBarCommand\fR=\f(CW\*(C`/bin/sh\*(C'\fR when pressing \f(CW\*(C`Enter\*(C'\fR. +On \f(CW\*(C`Control+Enter\*(C'\fR this command is executed in a new terminal as given by \fBTerminalCommand\fR. -The address bar maintains a history that is navigable by the \fIUp\fR -and \fIDown\fR keys. -It supports command completion using \f(CW\*(C`Tab\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`Ctrl+I\*(C'\fR. -A rich set of editing operations is supported, -including cut\-/copy\-/paste\-operations. +.PP +Commands are executed relative to the working directory of icewm. +This can be shown by executing \f(CW\*(C`pwd\*(C'\fR. It can be changed using the \f(CW\*(C`cd\*(C'\fR +command. Without argument it defaults to the home directory. With one +argument it is changed. This argument is expanded when it starts with a +dollar or tilde. When it is equal to \f(CW\*(C`\-\*(C'\fR, it reverts to the previous +directory. +.PP +The address bar has a history that is navigable by \fIUp\fR and \fIDown\fR. +It supports file completion using \f(CW\*(C`Tab\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`Ctrl+I\*(C'\fR, cut/copy/paste +and these editing operations: +.IP "Ctrl+a: select all" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+a: select all" +.PD 0 +.IP "Ctrl+backslash: deselect all" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+backslash: deselect all" +.IP "Ctrl+u: delete selected or to line start" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+u: delete selected or to line start" +.IP "Ctrl+v: paste selected" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+v: paste selected" +.IP "Ctrl+w: delete selected or previous word" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+w: delete selected or previous word" +.IP "Ctrl+x: cut selection" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+x: cut selection" +.IP "Ctrl+c: copy selection" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+c: copy selection" +.IP "Ctrl+i: completion" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+i: completion" +.IP "Ctrl+Left: back a word" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+Left: back a word" +.IP "Ctrl+Right: forward a word" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+Right: forward a word" +.IP "Ctrl+Shift+Backspace: delete to beginning" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+Shift+Backspace: delete to beginning" +.IP "Ctrl+Shift+Delete: delete to end" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+Shift+Delete: delete to end" +.IP "Ctrl+Delete: delete word" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+Delete: delete word" +.IP "Ctrl+Backspace: delete previous word" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+Backspace: delete previous word" +.IP "Shift+Delete: cut selection" 4 +.IX Item "Shift+Delete: cut selection" +.IP "Shift+Insert: paste selected" 4 +.IX Item "Shift+Insert: paste selected" +.IP "Tab: completion" 4 +.IX Item "Tab: completion" +.IP "Left: move cursor left" 4 +.IX Item "Left: move cursor left" +.IP "Right: move cursor right" 4 +.IX Item "Right: move cursor right" +.IP "Home: move cursor to line start" 4 +.IX Item "Home: move cursor to line start" +.IP "End: move cursor to line end" 4 +.IX Item "End: move cursor to line end" +.IP "Delete: delete next character" 4 +.IX Item "Delete: delete next character" +.IP "Backspace: delete previous character" 4 +.IX Item "Backspace: delete previous character" +.PD .SS "WINDOW LIST" .IX Subsection "WINDOW LIST" The window list window shows a list of all workspaces. For each @@ -639,7 +696,7 @@ the option \fBKeyboardLayouts\fR to a comma-separated list of your preferred keyboard layouts. For example: .PP .Vb 1 -\& KeyboardLayouts="de","fr","jp" +\& KeyboardLayouts = "de", "fr", "jp" .Ve .PP A keyboard layout can simply be a name. Usually this is a two-letter @@ -1300,14 +1357,13 @@ two are the \fIx\-hotspot\fR and the \fIy\-hotspot\fR. These define which point in the XPM image is the sensitive point for the mouse pointer. .IP \fIicons\fR 4 .IX Item "icons" -Contains icons that are used to identify applications. Usually these -files are in the XPM format, but the PNG and SVG image formats are also -supported. The names of icon files may follow a specific naming -pattern, like \fIapp_32x32.xpm\fR. They start with a base name, usually -this is just a single word. Then follows an underscore, followed by a -size specification in the format \f(CW\*(C`SIZExSIZE\*(C'\fR. This is followed by a -dot and the file extension, where the extension denotes the icon image -format. Common sizes are 16, 32 and 48 for small, large and huge icons. +Contains icons for applications and keyboard layouts. These can be in +XPM, PNG or SVG format. The filename of an \fIapplication icon\fR may +follow a specific naming pattern, like \fIapp_32x32.xpm\fR. They start +with a base name, which usually is just a single word. Then follows +an underscore, followed by a size specification, as in \f(CW\*(C`SIZExSIZE\*(C'\fR. +This is followed by a dot and the file extension, where the extension +denotes the icon image format. Common sizes are 16, 32 and 48. This depends on the respective \f(CW\*(C`IconSize\*(C'\fR preferences options. .IP \fIledclock\fR 4 .IX Item "ledclock" diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewmbg.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewmbg.1 index 124faf45..c5435fac 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewmbg.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewmbg.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWMBG 1" -.TH ICEWMBG 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWMBG 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ .SS NAME .IX Subsection "NAME" .Vb 1 -\& icewmbg \- a background settings manager for the IceWM window manager +\& icewmbg \- a desktop background image manager for IceWM .Ve .SS SYNOPSIS .IX Subsection "SYNOPSIS" @@ -76,8 +76,7 @@ its own background. .PP When the background image changes, \fBicewmbg\fR can be notified to update the background. When switching workspaces, it checks the image -file modification time. If the file has changed, it reloads the -image from file. +file modification time. If it has changed, it reloads the image. .PP \&\fBicewmbg\fR supports semitransparency. Semitransparent background images and colours can be configured. @@ -175,6 +174,9 @@ A leading tilde or environment variable is expanded. .IP \fB\-\-postpreferences\fR 4 .IX Item "--postpreferences" Print a list of all preference values that \fBicewmbg\fR will use. +.IP \fB\-\-verbose\fR 4 +.IX Item "--verbose" +Print a log of actions and some events. .SS "GENERAL OPTIONS" .IX Subsection "GENERAL OPTIONS" .IP "\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-display\fR=\fIDISPLAY\fR" 4 diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewmhint.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewmhint.1 index 0ca36bd3..7539e136 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewmhint.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/icewmhint.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWMHINT 1" -.TH ICEWMHINT 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWMHINT 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/id.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/id.1 index 54dd8bd4..d8eda12b 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/id.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/id.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH ID "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH ID "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME id \- print real and effective user and group IDs .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/includeres.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/includeres.1 index 2c8031cf..b8a0940a 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/includeres.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/includeres.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.13. -.TH INCLUDERES "1" "October 2021" "includeres 2.07" "User Commands" +.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.1. +.TH INCLUDERES "1" "February 2023" "includeres 2.10" "User Commands" .SH NAME includeres - include resources in a PostScript document .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@ Include resources in a PostScript document. \fB\-\-help\fR display this help and exit .TP -\fB\-\-version\fR +\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR display version information and exit .PP -.B Includeres +.B includeres includes resources (fonts, procsets, patterns, files, etc.) in place of .B %%IncludeResource comments in a PostScript document. @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ does not alter the .B %%DocumentNeededResources comments. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2012\-2019. +Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2012\-2022. .br Copyright \(co Angus J. C. Duggan 1991\-1997. .SH TRADEMARKS diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/infocmp.1m b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/infocmp.1m index b18a5a67..f1927345 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/infocmp.1m +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/infocmp.1m @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: infocmp.1m,v 1.107 2024/01/13 22:05:39 tom Exp $ -.TH infocmp 1M 2024-01-13 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: infocmp.1m,v 1.109 2024/03/16 15:35:01 tom Exp $ +.TH infocmp 1M 2024-03-16 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/infotocap.1m b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/infotocap.1m index fd3f1d44..aeb4f69e 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/infotocap.1m +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/infotocap.1m @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2022,2023 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 1999-2010,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: infotocap.1m,v 1.39 2023/12/10 14:12:43 tom Exp $ -.TH infotocap 1M 2023-12-10 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: infotocap.1m,v 1.41 2024/03/16 15:35:01 tom Exp $ +.TH infotocap 1M 2024-03-16 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/install.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/install.1 index dd9cf20f..9db67b0a 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/install.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/install.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH INSTALL "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH INSTALL "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME install \- copy files and set attributes .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -51,6 +51,9 @@ create all leading components of DEST except the last, or all components of \fB\-\-target\-directory\fR, then copy SOURCE to DEST .TP +\fB\-\-debug\fR +explain how a file is copied. Implies \fB\-v\fR +.TP \fB\-g\fR, \fB\-\-group\fR=\fI\,GROUP\/\fR set group ownership, instead of process' current group .TP @@ -80,7 +83,7 @@ copy all SOURCE arguments into DIRECTORY treat DEST as a normal file .TP \fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR -print the name of each directory as it is created +print the name of each created file or directory .TP \fB\-\-preserve\-context\fR preserve SELinux security context @@ -121,12 +124,15 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. .SH "SEE ALSO" +\fBcp\fP(1) +.PP +.br Full documentation <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/install> .br or available locally via: info \(aq(coreutils) install invocation\(aq diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/instmodsh.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/instmodsh.1 index d16e79f2..01760940 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/instmodsh.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/instmodsh.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "INSTMODSH 1" -.TH INSTMODSH 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH INSTMODSH 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/join.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/join.1 index 0bc283b7..b3a8fa49 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/join.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/join.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH JOIN "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH JOIN "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME join \- join lines of two files on a common field .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/journalctl.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/journalctl.1 index 16dd0e82..a77a82c3 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/journalctl.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/journalctl.1 @@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ Added in version 206\&. .RE .SH "COMMANDS" .PP -The following commands are understood\&. If none is specified the default is to display journal records\&. +The following commands are understood\&. If none is specified the default is to display journal records: .PP \fB\-N\fR, \fB\-\-fields\fR .RS 4 @@ -1132,6 +1132,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -1143,6 +1149,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/json_pp.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/json_pp.1 index a2b51e57..760c40b9 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/json_pp.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/json_pp.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "JSON_PP 1" -.TH JSON_PP 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH JSON_PP 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ld.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ld.1 index 16629fd0..b5484e06 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ld.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ld.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,111 +52,49 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "LD 1" -.TH LD 1 "2023-01-14" "binutils-2.40.00" "GNU Development Tools" +.TH LD 1 2024-01-29 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME ld \- The GNU linker -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" ld [\fBoptions\fR] \fIobjfile\fR ... -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" \&\fBld\fR combines a number of object and archive files, relocates their data and ties up symbol references. Usually the last step in compiling a program is to run \fBld\fR. .PP \&\fBld\fR accepts Linker Command Language files written in -a superset of \s-1AT&T\s0's Link Editor Command Language syntax, +a superset of AT&T's Link Editor Command Language syntax, to provide explicit and total control over the linking process. .PP This man page does not describe the command language; see the \&\fBld\fR entry in \f(CW\*(C`info\*(C'\fR for full details on the command -language and on other aspects of the \s-1GNU\s0 linker. +language and on other aspects of the GNU linker. .PP -This version of \fBld\fR uses the general purpose \s-1BFD\s0 libraries +This version of \fBld\fR uses the general purpose BFD libraries to operate on object files. This allows \fBld\fR to read, combine, and -write object files in many different formats\-\-\-for example, \s-1COFF\s0 or +write object files in many different formats\-\-\-for example, COFF or \&\f(CW\*(C`a.out\*(C'\fR. Different formats may be linked together to produce any available kind of object file. .PP -Aside from its flexibility, the \s-1GNU\s0 linker is more helpful than other +Aside from its flexibility, the GNU linker is more helpful than other linkers in providing diagnostic information. Many linkers abandon execution immediately upon encountering an error; whenever possible, \&\fBld\fR continues executing, allowing you to identify other errors (or, in some cases, to get an output file in spite of the error). .PP -The \s-1GNU\s0 linker \fBld\fR is meant to cover a broad range of situations, +The GNU linker \fBld\fR is meant to cover a broad range of situations, and to be as compatible as possible with other linkers. As a result, you have many choices to control its behavior. -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" The linker supports a plethora of command-line options, but in actual practice few of them are used in any particular context. @@ -233,7 +155,7 @@ precede the option name; for example, \fB\-trace\-symbol\fR and this rule. Multiple letter options that start with a lower case 'o' can only be preceded by two dashes. This is to reduce confusion with the \&\fB\-o\fR option. So for example \fB\-omagic\fR sets the output file -name to \fBmagic\fR whereas \fB\-\-omagic\fR sets the \s-1NMAGIC\s0 flag on the +name to \fBmagic\fR whereas \fB\-\-omagic\fR sets the NMAGIC flag on the output. .PP Arguments to multiple-letter options must either be separated from the @@ -264,9 +186,9 @@ the joined forms of both single\- and multiple-letter options, such as: \& gcc foo.o bar.o \-Wl,\-eENTRY \-Wl,\-Map=a.map .Ve .PP -Here is a table of the generic command-line switches accepted by the \s-1GNU\s0 +Here is a table of the generic command-line switches accepted by the GNU linker: -.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB@\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "@file" Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR @@ -281,25 +203,25 @@ with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional @\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively. .IP "\fB\-a\fR \fIkeyword\fR" 4 .IX Item "-a keyword" -This option is supported for \s-1HP/UX\s0 compatibility. The \fIkeyword\fR +This option is supported for HP/UX compatibility. The \fIkeyword\fR argument must be one of the strings \fBarchive\fR, \fBshared\fR, or \&\fBdefault\fR. \fB\-aarchive\fR is functionally equivalent to \&\fB\-Bstatic\fR, and the other two keywords are functionally equivalent to \fB\-Bdynamic\fR. This option may be used any number of times. -.IP "\fB\-\-audit\fR \fI\s-1AUDITLIB\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-\-audit\fR \fIAUDITLIB\fR" 4 .IX Item "--audit AUDITLIB" -Adds \fI\s-1AUDITLIB\s0\fR to the \f(CW\*(C`DT_AUDIT\*(C'\fR entry of the dynamic section. -\&\fI\s-1AUDITLIB\s0\fR is not checked for existence, nor will it use the \s-1DT_SONAME\s0 +Adds \fIAUDITLIB\fR to the \f(CW\*(C`DT_AUDIT\*(C'\fR entry of the dynamic section. +\&\fIAUDITLIB\fR is not checked for existence, nor will it use the DT_SONAME specified in the library. If specified multiple times \f(CW\*(C`DT_AUDIT\*(C'\fR will contain a colon separated list of audit interfaces to use. If the linker finds an object with an audit entry while searching for shared libraries, it will add a corresponding \f(CW\*(C`DT_DEPAUDIT\*(C'\fR entry in the output file. -This option is only meaningful on \s-1ELF\s0 platforms supporting the rtld-audit +This option is only meaningful on ELF platforms supporting the rtld-audit interface. .IP "\fB\-b\fR \fIinput-format\fR" 4 .IX Item "-b input-format" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIinput-format\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-format=\fR\fIinput-format\fR 4 .IX Item "--format=input-format" .PD \&\fBld\fR may be configured to support more than one kind of object @@ -310,7 +232,7 @@ configured to support alternative object formats, you don't usually need to specify this, as \fBld\fR should be configured to expect as a default input format the most usual format on each machine. \&\fIinput-format\fR is a text string, the name of a particular format -supported by the \s-1BFD\s0 libraries. (You can list the available binary +supported by the BFD libraries. (You can list the available binary formats with \fBobjdump \-i\fR.) .Sp You may want to use this option if you are linking files with an unusual @@ -327,42 +249,56 @@ You can also define the input format from a script, using the command .IP "\fB\-c\fR \fIMRI-commandfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "-c MRI-commandfile" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-mri\-script=\fR\fIMRI-commandfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-mri\-script=\fR\fIMRI-commandfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--mri-script=MRI-commandfile" .PD -For compatibility with linkers produced by \s-1MRI,\s0 \fBld\fR accepts script +For compatibility with linkers produced by MRI, \fBld\fR accepts script files written in an alternate, restricted command language, described in -the \s-1MRI\s0 Compatible Script Files section of \s-1GNU\s0 ld documentation. -Introduce \s-1MRI\s0 script files with +the MRI Compatible Script Files section of GNU ld documentation. +Introduce MRI script files with the option \fB\-c\fR; use the \fB\-T\fR option to run linker scripts written in the general-purpose \fBld\fR scripting language. If \fIMRI-cmdfile\fR does not exist, \fBld\fR looks for it in the directories specified by any \fB\-L\fR options. -.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-d\fR 4 .IX Item "-d" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-dc\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-dc\fR 4 .IX Item "-dc" -.IP "\fB\-dp\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-dp\fR 4 .IX Item "-dp" .PD These three options are equivalent; multiple forms are supported for compatibility with other linkers. They assign space to common symbols even if a relocatable output file is specified (with \fB\-r\fR). The script command \f(CW\*(C`FORCE_COMMON_ALLOCATION\*(C'\fR has the same effect. -.IP "\fB\-\-depaudit\fR \fI\s-1AUDITLIB\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-\-depaudit\fR \fIAUDITLIB\fR" 4 .IX Item "--depaudit AUDITLIB" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-P\fR \fI\s-1AUDITLIB\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-P\fR \fIAUDITLIB\fR" 4 .IX Item "-P AUDITLIB" .PD -Adds \fI\s-1AUDITLIB\s0\fR to the \f(CW\*(C`DT_DEPAUDIT\*(C'\fR entry of the dynamic section. -\&\fI\s-1AUDITLIB\s0\fR is not checked for existence, nor will it use the \s-1DT_SONAME\s0 +Adds \fIAUDITLIB\fR to the \f(CW\*(C`DT_DEPAUDIT\*(C'\fR entry of the dynamic section. +\&\fIAUDITLIB\fR is not checked for existence, nor will it use the DT_SONAME specified in the library. If specified multiple times \f(CW\*(C`DT_DEPAUDIT\*(C'\fR will contain a colon separated list of audit interfaces to use. This -option is only meaningful on \s-1ELF\s0 platforms supporting the rtld-audit interface. +option is only meaningful on ELF platforms supporting the rtld-audit interface. The \-P option is provided for Solaris compatibility. -.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-non\-contiguous\-regions\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-enable\-linker\-version\fR 4 +.IX Item "--enable-linker-version" +Enables the \f(CW\*(C`LINKER_VERSION\*(C'\fR linker script directive, described +in \fBOutput Section Data\fR. If this directive is used in a linker +script and this option has been enabled then a string containing the +linker version will be inserted at the current point. +.Sp +Note \- this location of this option on the linker command line is +significant. It will only affect linker scripts that come after it on +the command line, or which are built into the linker. +.IP \fB\-\-disable\-linker\-version\fR 4 +.IX Item "--disable-linker-version" +Disables the \f(CW\*(C`LINKER_VERSION\*(C'\fR linker script directive, so that it +does not insert a version string. This is the default. +.IP \fB\-\-enable\-non\-contiguous\-regions\fR 4 .IX Item "--enable-non-contiguous-regions" This option avoids generating an error if an input section does not fit a matching output section. The linker tries to allocate the input @@ -374,14 +310,14 @@ sections are evaluated does not change, for instance: .Sp .Vb 10 \& MEMORY { -\& MEM1 (rwx) : ORIGIN : 0x1000, LENGTH = 0x14 -\& MEM2 (rwx) : ORIGIN : 0x1000, LENGTH = 0x40 -\& MEM3 (rwx) : ORIGIN : 0x2000, LENGTH = 0x40 +\& MEM1 (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x1000, LENGTH = 0x14 +\& MEM2 (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x1000, LENGTH = 0x40 +\& MEM3 (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x2000, LENGTH = 0x40 \& } \& SECTIONS { \& mem1 : { *(.data.*); } > MEM1 \& mem2 : { *(.data.*); } > MEM2 -\& mem3 : { *(.data.*); } > MEM2 +\& mem3 : { *(.data.*); } > MEM3 \& } \& \& with input sections: @@ -393,9 +329,9 @@ sections are evaluated does not change, for instance: \& affected to mem2, even though .data.3 would fit in mem3. .Ve .Sp -This option is incompatible with \s-1INSERT\s0 statements because it changes +This option is incompatible with INSERT statements because it changes the way input sections are mapped to output sections. -.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-non\-contiguous\-regions\-warnings\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-enable\-non\-contiguous\-regions\-warnings\fR 4 .IX Item "--enable-non-contiguous-regions-warnings" This option enables warnings when \&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-enable\-non\-contiguous\-regions\*(C'\fR allows possibly unexpected @@ -405,7 +341,7 @@ output region. .IP "\fB\-e\fR \fIentry\fR" 4 .IX Item "-e entry" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-entry=\fR\fIentry\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-entry=\fR\fIentry\fR 4 .IX Item "--entry=entry" .PD Use \fIentry\fR as the explicit symbol for beginning execution of your @@ -419,10 +355,10 @@ base 10; you may use a leading \fB0x\fR for base 16, or a leading Specifies a list of archive libraries from which symbols should not be automatically exported. The library names may be delimited by commas or colons. Specifying \&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-exclude\-libs ALL\*(C'\fR excludes symbols in all archive libraries from -automatic export. This option is available only for the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted -port of the linker and for \s-1ELF\s0 targeted ports. For i386 \s-1PE,\s0 symbols +automatic export. This option is available only for the i386 PE targeted +port of the linker and for ELF targeted ports. For i386 PE, symbols explicitly listed in a .def file are still exported, regardless of this -option. For \s-1ELF\s0 targeted ports, symbols affected by this option will +option. For ELF targeted ports, symbols affected by this option will be treated as hidden. .IP "\fB\-\-exclude\-modules\-for\-implib\fR \fImodule\fR\fB,\fR\fImodule\fR\fB,...\fR" 4 .IX Item "--exclude-modules-for-implib module,module,..." @@ -433,15 +369,15 @@ may be delimited by commas or colons, and must match exactly the filenames used by \fBld\fR to open the files; for archive members, this is simply the member name, but for object files the name listed must include and match precisely any path used to specify the input file on the linker's -command-line. This option is available only for the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port +command-line. This option is available only for the i386 PE targeted port of the linker. Symbols explicitly listed in a .def file are still exported, regardless of this option. -.IP "\fB\-E\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-E\fR 4 .IX Item "-E" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-export\-dynamic\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-export\-dynamic\fR 4 .IX Item "--export-dynamic" -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-export\-dynamic\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-export\-dynamic\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-export-dynamic" .PD When creating a dynamically linked executable, using the \fB\-E\fR @@ -463,10 +399,10 @@ You can also use the dynamic list to control what symbols should be added to the dynamic symbol table if the output format supports it. See the description of \fB\-\-dynamic\-list\fR. .Sp -Note that this option is specific to \s-1ELF\s0 targeted ports. \s-1PE\s0 targets -support a similar function to export all symbols from a \s-1DLL\s0 or \s-1EXE\s0; see +Note that this option is specific to ELF targeted ports. PE targets +support a similar function to export all symbols from a DLL or EXE; see the description of \fB\-\-export\-all\-symbols\fR below. -.IP "\fB\-\-export\-dynamic\-symbol=\fR\fIglob\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-export\-dynamic\-symbol=\fR\fIglob\fR 4 .IX Item "--export-dynamic-symbol=glob" When creating a dynamically linked executable, symbols matching \&\fIglob\fR will be added to the dynamic symbol table. When creating a @@ -474,31 +410,31 @@ shared library, references to symbols matching \fIglob\fR will not be bound to the definitions within the shared library. This option is a no-op when creating a shared library and \fB\-Bsymbolic\fR or \&\fB\-\-dynamic\-list\fR are not specified. This option is only meaningful -on \s-1ELF\s0 platforms which support shared libraries. -.IP "\fB\-\-export\-dynamic\-symbol\-list=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +on ELF platforms which support shared libraries. +.IP \fB\-\-export\-dynamic\-symbol\-list=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--export-dynamic-symbol-list=file" Specify a \fB\-\-export\-dynamic\-symbol\fR for each pattern in the file. The format of the file is the same as the version node without -scope and node name. See \fB\s-1VERSION\s0\fR for more information. -.IP "\fB\-EB\fR" 4 +scope and node name. See \fBVERSION\fR for more information. +.IP \fB\-EB\fR 4 .IX Item "-EB" Link big-endian objects. This affects the default output format. -.IP "\fB\-EL\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-EL\fR 4 .IX Item "-EL" Link little-endian objects. This affects the default output format. .IP "\fB\-f\fR \fIname\fR" 4 .IX Item "-f name" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-auxiliary=\fR\fIname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-auxiliary=\fR\fIname\fR 4 .IX Item "--auxiliary=name" .PD -When creating an \s-1ELF\s0 shared object, set the internal \s-1DT_AUXILIARY\s0 field +When creating an ELF shared object, set the internal DT_AUXILIARY field to the specified name. This tells the dynamic linker that the symbol table of the shared object should be used as an auxiliary filter on the symbol table of the shared object \fIname\fR. .Sp If you later link a program against this filter object, then, when you -run the program, the dynamic linker will see the \s-1DT_AUXILIARY\s0 field. If +run the program, the dynamic linker will see the DT_AUXILIARY field. If the dynamic linker resolves any symbols from the filter object, it will first check whether there is a definition in the shared object \&\fIname\fR. If there is one, it will be used instead of the definition @@ -507,21 +443,21 @@ Thus the shared object \fIname\fR may be used to provide an alternative implementation of certain functions, perhaps for debugging or for machine-specific performance. .Sp -This option may be specified more than once. The \s-1DT_AUXILIARY\s0 entries +This option may be specified more than once. The DT_AUXILIARY entries will be created in the order in which they appear on the command line. .IP "\fB\-F\fR \fIname\fR" 4 .IX Item "-F name" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-filter=\fR\fIname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-filter=\fR\fIname\fR 4 .IX Item "--filter=name" .PD -When creating an \s-1ELF\s0 shared object, set the internal \s-1DT_FILTER\s0 field to +When creating an ELF shared object, set the internal DT_FILTER field to the specified name. This tells the dynamic linker that the symbol table of the shared object which is being created should be used as a filter on the symbol table of the shared object \fIname\fR. .Sp If you later link a program against this filter object, then, when you -run the program, the dynamic linker will see the \s-1DT_FILTER\s0 field. The +run the program, the dynamic linker will see the DT_FILTER field. The dynamic linker will resolve symbols according to the symbol table of the filter object as usual, but it will actually link to the definitions found in the shared object \fIname\fR. Thus the filter object can be @@ -531,70 +467,70 @@ used to select a subset of the symbols provided by the object Some older linkers used the \fB\-F\fR option throughout a compilation toolchain for specifying object-file format for both input and output object files. -The \s-1GNU\s0 linker uses other mechanisms for this purpose: the +The GNU linker uses other mechanisms for this purpose: the \&\fB\-b\fR, \fB\-\-format\fR, \fB\-\-oformat\fR options, the \&\f(CW\*(C`TARGET\*(C'\fR command in linker scripts, and the \f(CW\*(C`GNUTARGET\*(C'\fR environment variable. -The \s-1GNU\s0 linker will ignore the \fB\-F\fR option when not -creating an \s-1ELF\s0 shared object. -.IP "\fB\-fini=\fR\fIname\fR" 4 +The GNU linker will ignore the \fB\-F\fR option when not +creating an ELF shared object. +.IP \fB\-fini=\fR\fIname\fR 4 .IX Item "-fini=name" -When creating an \s-1ELF\s0 executable or shared object, call \s-1NAME\s0 when the -executable or shared object is unloaded, by setting \s-1DT_FINI\s0 to the +When creating an ELF executable or shared object, call NAME when the +executable or shared object is unloaded, by setting DT_FINI to the address of the function. By default, the linker uses \f(CW\*(C`_fini\*(C'\fR as the function to call. -.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-g\fR 4 .IX Item "-g" Ignored. Provided for compatibility with other tools. .IP "\fB\-G\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4 .IX Item "-G value" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-gpsize=\fR\fIvalue\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-gpsize=\fR\fIvalue\fR 4 .IX Item "--gpsize=value" .PD -Set the maximum size of objects to be optimized using the \s-1GP\s0 register to +Set the maximum size of objects to be optimized using the GP register to \&\fIsize\fR. This is only meaningful for object file formats such as -\&\s-1MIPS ELF\s0 that support putting large and small objects into different +MIPS ELF that support putting large and small objects into different sections. This is ignored for other object file formats. .IP "\fB\-h\fR \fIname\fR" 4 .IX Item "-h name" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-soname=\fR\fIname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-soname=\fR\fIname\fR 4 .IX Item "-soname=name" .PD -When creating an \s-1ELF\s0 shared object, set the internal \s-1DT_SONAME\s0 field to +When creating an ELF shared object, set the internal DT_SONAME field to the specified name. When an executable is linked with a shared object -which has a \s-1DT_SONAME\s0 field, then when the executable is run the dynamic -linker will attempt to load the shared object specified by the \s-1DT_SONAME\s0 +which has a DT_SONAME field, then when the executable is run the dynamic +linker will attempt to load the shared object specified by the DT_SONAME field rather than using the file name given to the linker. -.IP "\fB\-i\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-i\fR 4 .IX Item "-i" Perform an incremental link (same as option \fB\-r\fR). -.IP "\fB\-init=\fR\fIname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-init=\fR\fIname\fR 4 .IX Item "-init=name" -When creating an \s-1ELF\s0 executable or shared object, call \s-1NAME\s0 when the -executable or shared object is loaded, by setting \s-1DT_INIT\s0 to the address +When creating an ELF executable or shared object, call NAME when the +executable or shared object is loaded, by setting DT_INIT to the address of the function. By default, the linker uses \f(CW\*(C`_init\*(C'\fR as the function to call. .IP "\fB\-l\fR \fInamespec\fR" 4 .IX Item "-l namespec" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-library=\fR\fInamespec\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-library=\fR\fInamespec\fR 4 .IX Item "--library=namespec" .PD Add the archive or object file specified by \fInamespec\fR to the list of files to link. This option may be used any number of times. -If \fInamespec\fR is of the form \fI:\fIfilename\fI\fR, \fBld\fR +If \fInamespec\fR is of the form \fI:filename\fR, \fBld\fR will search the library path for a file called \fIfilename\fR, otherwise it -will search the library path for a file called \fIlib\fInamespec\fI.a\fR. +will search the library path for a file called \fIlibnamespec.a\fR. .Sp On systems which support shared libraries, \fBld\fR may also search for -files other than \fIlib\fInamespec\fI.a\fR. Specifically, on \s-1ELF\s0 +files other than \fIlibnamespec.a\fR. Specifically, on ELF and SunOS systems, \fBld\fR will search a directory for a library -called \fIlib\fInamespec\fI.so\fR before searching for one called -\&\fIlib\fInamespec\fI.a\fR. (By convention, a \f(CW\*(C`.so\*(C'\fR extension +called \fIlibnamespec.so\fR before searching for one called +\&\fIlibnamespec.a\fR. (By convention, a \f(CW\*(C`.so\*(C'\fR extension indicates a shared library.) Note that this behavior does not apply -to \fI:\fIfilename\fI\fR, which always specifies a file called +to \fI:filename\fR, which always specifies a file called \&\fIfilename\fR. .Sp The linker will search an archive only once, at the location where it is @@ -610,12 +546,12 @@ archives multiple times. You may list the same archive multiple times on the command line. .Sp This type of archive searching is standard for Unix linkers. However, -if you are using \fBld\fR on \s-1AIX,\s0 note that it is different from the -behaviour of the \s-1AIX\s0 linker. +if you are using \fBld\fR on AIX, note that it is different from the +behaviour of the AIX linker. .IP "\fB\-L\fR \fIsearchdir\fR" 4 .IX Item "-L searchdir" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-library\-path=\fR\fIsearchdir\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-library\-path=\fR\fIsearchdir\fR 4 .IX Item "--library-path=searchdir" .PD Add path \fIsearchdir\fR to the list of paths that \fBld\fR will search @@ -649,23 +585,83 @@ If the \fB\-m\fR option is not used, the emulation is taken from the .Sp Otherwise, the default emulation depends upon how the linker was configured. -.IP "\fB\-M\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-remap\-inputs=\fR\f(BIpattern\fR\fB=\fR\f(BIfilename\fR 4 +.IX Item "--remap-inputs=pattern=filename" +.PD 0 +.IP \fB\-\-remap\-inputs\-file=\fR\f(BIfile\fR 4 +.IX Item "--remap-inputs-file=file" +.PD +These options allow the names of input files to be changed before the +linker attempts to open them. The option +\&\fB\-\-remap\-inputs=foo.o=bar.o\fR will cause any attempt to load a +file called \fIfoo.o\fR to instead try to load a file called +\&\fIbar.o\fR. Wildcard patterns are permitted in the first filename, +so \fB\-\-remap\-inputs=foo*.o=bar.o\fR will rename any input file that +matches \fIfoo*.o\fR to \fIbar.o\fR. +.Sp +An alternative form of the option +\&\fB\-\-remap\-inputs\-file=filename\fR allows the remappings to be read +from a file. Each line in the file can contain a single remapping. +Blank lines are ignored. Anything from a hash character (\fB#\fR) to +the end of a line is considered to be a comment and is also ignored. +The mapping pattern can be separated from the filename by whitespace +or an equals (\fB=\fR) character. +.Sp +The options can be specified multiple times. Their contents +accumulate. The remappings will be processed in the order in which +they occur on the command line, and if they come from a file, in the +order in which they occur in the file. If a match is made, no further +checking for that filename will be performed. +.Sp +If the replacement filename is \fI/dev/null\fR or just \fINUL\fR +then the remapping will actually cause the input file to be ignored. +This can be a convenient way to experiment with removing input files +from a complicated build environment. +.Sp +Note that this option is position dependent and only affects filenames +that come after it on the command line. Thus: +.Sp +.Vb 1 +\& ld foo.o \-\-remap\-inputs=foo.o=bar.o +.Ve +.Sp +Will have no effect, whereas: +.Sp +.Vb 1 +\& ld \-\-remap\-inputs=foo.o=bar.o foo.o +.Ve +.Sp +Will rename the input file \fIfoo.o\fR to \fIbar.o\fR. +.Sp +Note \- these options also affect files referenced by \fIINPUT\fR +statements in linker scripts. But since linker scripts are processed +after the entire command line is read, the position of the remap +options on the command line is not significant. +.Sp +If the \fBverbose\fR option is enabled then any mappings that match +will be reported, although again the \fBverbose\fR option needs to +be enabled on the command line \fIbefore\fR the remaped filenames +appear. +.Sp +If the \fB\-Map\fR or \fB\-\-print\-map\fR options are enabled then +the remapping list will be included in the map output. +.IP \fB\-M\fR 4 .IX Item "-M" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-print\-map\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-print\-map\fR 4 .IX Item "--print-map" .PD Print a link map to the standard output. A link map provides information about the link, including the following: .RS 4 -.IP "\(bu" 4 +.IP \(bu 4 Where object files are mapped into memory. -.IP "\(bu" 4 +.IP \(bu 4 How common symbols are allocated. -.IP "\(bu" 4 +.IP \(bu 4 All archive members included in the link, with a mention of the symbol which caused the archive member to be brought in. -.IP "\(bu" 4 +.IP \(bu 4 The values assigned to symbols. .Sp Note \- symbols whose values are computed by an expression which @@ -693,8 +689,8 @@ option is used: .Sp See \fBExpressions\fR for more information about expressions in linker scripts. -.IP "\(bu" 4 -How \s-1GNU\s0 properties are merged. +.IP \(bu 4 +How GNU properties are merged. .Sp When the linker merges input .note.gnu.property sections into one output \&.note.gnu.property section, some properties are removed or updated. @@ -715,30 +711,50 @@ is 0x1, and \fIbar.o\fR, which doesn't have property 0xc0000002. This indicates that property 0xc0010001 value is updated to 0x1 in output when merging properties in \fIfoo.o\fR, whose 0xc0010001 property value is 0x1, and \fIbar.o\fR, whose 0xc0010001 property value is 0x1. +.IP \(bu 4 +On some ELF targets, a list of fixups inserted by \fB\-\-relax\fR +.Sp +.Vb 1 +\& foo.o: Adjusting branch at 0x00000008 towards "far" in section .text +.Ve +.Sp +This indicates that the branch at 0x00000008 in foo.o, targeting +the symbol "far" in section .text, has been replaced by a trampoline. .RE .RS 4 .RE -.IP "\fB\-\-print\-map\-discarded\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-print\-map\-discarded\fR 4 .IX Item "--print-map-discarded" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-print\-map\-discarded\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-print\-map\-discarded\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-print-map-discarded" .PD Print (or do not print) the list of discarded and garbage collected sections in the link map. Enabled by default. -.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-print\-map\-locals\fR 4 +.IX Item "--print-map-locals" +.PD 0 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-print\-map\-locals\fR 4 +.IX Item "--no-print-map-locals" +.PD +Print (or do not print) local symbols in the link map. Local symbols +will have the text \fB(local)\fR printed before their name, and will +be listed after all of the global symbols in a given section. +Temporary local symbols (typically those that start with \fB.L\fR) +will not be included in the output. Disabled by default. +.IP \fB\-n\fR 4 .IX Item "-n" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-nmagic\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-nmagic\fR 4 .IX Item "--nmagic" .PD Turn off page alignment of sections, and disable linking against shared libraries. If the output format supports Unix style magic numbers, mark the output as \f(CW\*(C`NMAGIC\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fB\-N\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-N\fR 4 .IX Item "-N" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-omagic\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-omagic\fR 4 .IX Item "--omagic" .PD Set the text and data sections to be readable and writable. Also, do @@ -747,7 +763,7 @@ libraries. If the output format supports Unix style magic numbers, mark the output as \f(CW\*(C`OMAGIC\*(C'\fR. Note: Although a writable text section is allowed for PE-COFF targets, it does not conform to the format specification published by Microsoft. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-omagic\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-omagic\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-omagic" This option negates most of the effects of the \fB\-N\fR option. It sets the text section to be read-only, and forces the data segment to @@ -756,20 +772,20 @@ shared libraries. Use \fB\-Bdynamic\fR for this. .IP "\fB\-o\fR \fIoutput\fR" 4 .IX Item "-o output" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-output=\fR\fIoutput\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-output=\fR\fIoutput\fR 4 .IX Item "--output=output" .PD Use \fIoutput\fR as the name for the program produced by \fBld\fR; if this option is not specified, the name \fIa.out\fR is used by default. The script command \f(CW\*(C`OUTPUT\*(C'\fR can also specify the output file name. -.IP "\fB\-\-dependency\-file=\fR\fIdepfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dependency\-file=\fR\fIdepfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--dependency-file=depfile" Write a \fIdependency file\fR to \fIdepfile\fR. This file contains a rule suitable for \f(CW\*(C`make\*(C'\fR describing the output file and all the input files that were read to produce it. The output is similar to the compiler's output with \fB\-M \-MP\fR. Note that there is no option like the compiler's \fB\-MM\fR, -to exclude \*(L"system files\*(R" (which is not a well-specified concept in the -linker, unlike \*(L"system headers\*(R" in the compiler). So the output from +to exclude "system files" (which is not a well-specified concept in the +linker, unlike "system headers" in the compiler). So the output from \&\fB\-\-dependency\-file\fR is always specific to the exact state of the installation where it was produced, and should not be copied into distributed makefiles without careful editing. @@ -778,7 +794,7 @@ distributed makefiles without careful editing. If \fIlevel\fR is a numeric values greater than zero \fBld\fR optimizes the output. This might take significantly longer and therefore probably should only be enabled for the final binary. At the moment this -option only affects \s-1ELF\s0 shared library generation. Future releases of +option only affects ELF shared library generation. Future releases of the linker may make more use of this option. Also currently there is no difference in the linker's behaviour for different non-zero values of this option. Again this may change with future releases. @@ -797,7 +813,7 @@ those commands to make use of a compiler based plugin it must first be copied into the \fI${libdir}/bfd\-plugins\fR directory. All gcc based linker plugins are backward compatible, so it is sufficient to just copy in the newest one. -.IP "\fB\-\-push\-state\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-push\-state\fR 4 .IX Item "--push-state" The \fB\-\-push\-state\fR allows one to preserve the current state of the flags which govern the input file handling so that they can all be @@ -818,14 +834,14 @@ something as follows: .Vb 1 \& \-Wl,\-\-push\-state,\-\-as\-needed \-libone \-libtwo \-Wl,\-\-pop\-state .Ve -.IP "\fB\-\-pop\-state\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-pop\-state\fR 4 .IX Item "--pop-state" Undoes the effect of \-\-push\-state, restores the previous values of the flags governing input file handling. -.IP "\fB\-q\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-q\fR 4 .IX Item "-q" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-emit\-relocs\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-emit\-relocs\fR 4 .IX Item "--emit-relocs" .PD Leave relocation sections and contents in fully linked executables. @@ -833,15 +849,15 @@ Post link analysis and optimization tools may need this information in order to perform correct modifications of executables. This results in larger executables. .Sp -This option is currently only supported on \s-1ELF\s0 platforms. -.IP "\fB\-\-force\-dynamic\fR" 4 +This option is currently only supported on ELF platforms. +.IP \fB\-\-force\-dynamic\fR 4 .IX Item "--force-dynamic" Force the output file to have dynamic sections. This option is specific to VxWorks targets. -.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-r\fR 4 .IX Item "-r" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-relocatable\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-relocatable\fR 4 .IX Item "--relocatable" .PD Generate relocatable output\-\-\-i.e., generate an output file that can in @@ -850,7 +866,7 @@ linking\fR. As a side effect, in environments that support standard Unix magic numbers, this option also sets the output file's magic number to \&\f(CW\*(C`OMAGIC\*(C'\fR. If this option is not specified, an absolute file is produced. When -linking \*(C+ programs, this option \fIwill not\fR resolve references to +linking C++ programs, this option \fIwill not\fR resolve references to constructors; to do that, use \fB\-Ur\fR. .Sp When an input file does not have the same format as the output file, @@ -863,7 +879,7 @@ This option does the same thing as \fB\-i\fR. .IP "\fB\-R\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 .IX Item "-R filename" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-just\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-just\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR 4 .IX Item "--just-symbols=filename" .PD Read symbol names and their addresses from \fIfilename\fR, but do not @@ -871,35 +887,35 @@ relocate it or include it in the output. This allows your output file to refer symbolically to absolute locations of memory defined in other programs. You may use this option more than once. .Sp -For compatibility with other \s-1ELF\s0 linkers, if the \fB\-R\fR option is +For compatibility with other ELF linkers, if the \fB\-R\fR option is followed by a directory name, rather than a file name, it is treated as the \fB\-rpath\fR option. -.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-s\fR 4 .IX Item "-s" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-all\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-strip\-all\fR 4 .IX Item "--strip-all" .PD Omit all symbol information from the output file. -.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-S\fR 4 .IX Item "-S" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR 4 .IX Item "--strip-debug" .PD Omit debugger symbol information (but not all symbols) from the output file. -.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-discarded\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-strip\-discarded\fR 4 .IX Item "--strip-discarded" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-strip\-discarded\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-strip\-discarded\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-strip-discarded" .PD Omit (or do not omit) global symbols defined in discarded sections. Enabled by default. -.IP "\fB\-t\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-t\fR 4 .IX Item "-t" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-trace\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-trace\fR 4 .IX Item "--trace" .PD Print the names of the input files as \fBld\fR processes them. If @@ -910,11 +926,12 @@ a linker bug report. .IP "\fB\-T\fR \fIscriptfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "-T scriptfile" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-script=\fR\fIscriptfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-script=\fR\fIscriptfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--script=scriptfile" .PD Use \fIscriptfile\fR as the linker script. This script replaces -\&\fBld\fR's default linker script (rather than adding to it), so +\&\fBld\fR's default linker script (rather than adding to it), +unless the script contains \f(CW\*(C`INSERT\*(C'\fR, so \&\fIcommandfile\fR must specify everything necessary to describe the output file. If \fIscriptfile\fR does not exist in the current directory, \f(CW\*(C`ld\*(C'\fR looks for it in the directories @@ -923,7 +940,7 @@ options accumulate. .IP "\fB\-dT\fR \fIscriptfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "-dT scriptfile" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-default\-script=\fR\fIscriptfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-default\-script=\fR\fIscriptfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--default-script=scriptfile" .PD Use \fIscriptfile\fR as the default linker script. @@ -939,7 +956,7 @@ the command line is being constructed by another tool, such as .IP "\fB\-u\fR \fIsymbol\fR" 4 .IX Item "-u symbol" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-undefined=\fR\fIsymbol\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-undefined=\fR\fIsymbol\fR 4 .IX Item "--undefined=symbol" .PD Force \fIsymbol\fR to be entered in the output file as an undefined @@ -952,7 +969,7 @@ If this option is being used to force additional modules to be pulled into the link, and if it is an error for the symbol to remain undefined, then the option \fB\-\-require\-defined\fR should be used instead. -.IP "\fB\-\-require\-defined=\fR\fIsymbol\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-require\-defined=\fR\fIsymbol\fR 4 .IX Item "--require-defined=symbol" Require that \fIsymbol\fR is defined in the output file. This option is the same as option \fB\-\-undefined\fR except that if \fIsymbol\fR @@ -960,41 +977,45 @@ is not defined in the output file then the linker will issue an error and exit. The same effect can be achieved in a linker script by using \&\f(CW\*(C`EXTERN\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ASSERT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`DEFINED\*(C'\fR together. This option can be used multiple times to require additional symbols. -.IP "\fB\-Ur\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-Ur\fR 4 .IX Item "-Ur" -For anything other than \*(C+ programs, this option is equivalent to -\&\fB\-r\fR: it generates relocatable output\-\-\-i.e., an output file that can in -turn serve as input to \fBld\fR. When linking \*(C+ programs, \fB\-Ur\fR -\&\fIdoes\fR resolve references to constructors, unlike \fB\-r\fR. -It does not work to use \fB\-Ur\fR on files that were themselves linked -with \fB\-Ur\fR; once the constructor table has been built, it cannot -be added to. Use \fB\-Ur\fR only for the last partial link, and -\&\fB\-r\fR for the others. -.IP "\fB\-\-orphan\-handling=\fR\fI\s-1MODE\s0\fR" 4 +For programs that do not use constructors or destructors, or for ELF +based systems this option is equivalent to \fB\-r\fR: it generates +relocatable output\-\-\-i.e., an output file that can in turn serve as +input to \fBld\fR. For other binaries however the \fB\-Ur\fR +option is similar to \fB\-r\fR but it also resolves references to +constructors and destructors. +.Sp +For those systems where \fB\-r\fR and \fB\-Ur\fR behave +differently, it does not work to use \fB\-Ur\fR on files that were +themselves linked with \fB\-Ur\fR; once the constructor table has +been built, it cannot be added to. Use \fB\-Ur\fR only for the last +partial link, and \fB\-r\fR for the others. +.IP \fB\-\-orphan\-handling=\fR\fIMODE\fR 4 .IX Item "--orphan-handling=MODE" Control how orphan sections are handled. An orphan section is one not specifically mentioned in a linker script. .Sp -\&\fI\s-1MODE\s0\fR can have any of the following values: +\&\fIMODE\fR can have any of the following values: .RS 4 .ie n .IP """place""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWplace\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWplace\fR 4 .IX Item "place" Orphan sections are placed into a suitable output section following the strategy described in \fBOrphan Sections\fR. The option \&\fB\-\-unique\fR also affects how sections are placed. .ie n .IP """discard""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWdiscard\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWdiscard\fR 4 .IX Item "discard" All orphan sections are discarded, by placing them in the \&\fB/DISCARD/\fR section. .ie n .IP """warn""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWwarn\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWwarn\fR 4 .IX Item "warn" The linker will place the orphan section as for \f(CW\*(C`place\*(C'\fR and also issue a warning. .ie n .IP """error""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWerror\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWerror\fR 4 .IX Item "error" The linker will exit with an error if any orphan section is found. .RE @@ -1002,45 +1023,47 @@ The linker will exit with an error if any orphan section is found. .Sp The default if \fB\-\-orphan\-handling\fR is not given is \f(CW\*(C`place\*(C'\fR. .RE -.IP "\fB\-\-unique[=\fR\fI\s-1SECTION\s0\fR\fB]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-unique[=\fR\fISECTION\fR\fB]\fR 4 .IX Item "--unique[=SECTION]" Creates a separate output section for every input section matching -\&\fI\s-1SECTION\s0\fR, or if the optional wildcard \fI\s-1SECTION\s0\fR argument is +\&\fISECTION\fR, or if the optional wildcard \fISECTION\fR argument is missing, for every orphan input section. An orphan section is one not specifically mentioned in a linker script. You may use this option multiple times on the command line; It prevents the normal merging of input sections with the same name, overriding output section assignments in a linker script. -.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-v\fR 4 .IX Item "-v" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" -.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-V\fR 4 .IX Item "-V" .PD Display the version number for \fBld\fR. The \fB\-V\fR option also -lists the supported emulations. -.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4 +lists the supported emulations. See also the description of the +\&\fB\-\-enable\-linker\-version\fR in \fBOptions,,Command\-line Options\fR +which can be used to insert the linker version string into a binary. +.IP \fB\-x\fR 4 .IX Item "-x" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-discard\-all\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-discard\-all\fR 4 .IX Item "--discard-all" .PD Delete all local symbols. -.IP "\fB\-X\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-X\fR 4 .IX Item "-X" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR 4 .IX Item "--discard-locals" .PD Delete all temporary local symbols. (These symbols start with -system-specific local label prefixes, typically \fB.L\fR for \s-1ELF\s0 systems +system-specific local label prefixes, typically \fB.L\fR for ELF systems or \fBL\fR for traditional a.out systems.) .IP "\fB\-y\fR \fIsymbol\fR" 4 .IX Item "-y symbol" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-trace\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbol\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-trace\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbol\fR 4 .IX Item "--trace-symbol=symbol" .PD Print the name of each linked file in which \fIsymbol\fR appears. This @@ -1057,72 +1080,72 @@ for Solaris compatibility. .IX Item "-z keyword" The recognized keywords are: .RS 4 -.IP "\fBcall\-nop=prefix\-addr\fR" 4 +.IP \fBcall\-nop=prefix\-addr\fR 4 .IX Item "call-nop=prefix-addr" .PD 0 -.IP "\fBcall\-nop=suffix\-nop\fR" 4 +.IP \fBcall\-nop=suffix\-nop\fR 4 .IX Item "call-nop=suffix-nop" -.IP "\fBcall\-nop=prefix\-\fR\fIbyte\fR" 4 +.IP \fBcall\-nop=prefix\-\fR\fIbyte\fR 4 .IX Item "call-nop=prefix-byte" -.IP "\fBcall\-nop=suffix\-\fR\fIbyte\fR" 4 +.IP \fBcall\-nop=suffix\-\fR\fIbyte\fR 4 .IX Item "call-nop=suffix-byte" .PD Specify the 1\-byte \f(CW\*(C`NOP\*(C'\fR padding when transforming indirect call -to a locally defined function, foo, via its \s-1GOT\s0 slot. +to a locally defined function, foo, via its GOT slot. \&\fBcall\-nop=prefix\-addr\fR generates \f(CW\*(C`0x67 call foo\*(C'\fR. \&\fBcall\-nop=suffix\-nop\fR generates \f(CW\*(C`call foo 0x90\*(C'\fR. -\&\fBcall\-nop=prefix\-\fR\fIbyte\fR generates \f(CW\*(C`\f(CIbyte\f(CW call foo\*(C'\fR. -\&\fBcall\-nop=suffix\-\fR\fIbyte\fR generates \f(CW\*(C`call foo \f(CIbyte\f(CW\*(C'\fR. +\&\fBcall\-nop=prefix\-\fR\fIbyte\fR generates \f(CW\*(C`\fR\f(CIbyte\fR\f(CW call foo\*(C'\fR. +\&\fBcall\-nop=suffix\-\fR\fIbyte\fR generates \f(CW\*(C`call foo \fR\f(CIbyte\fR\f(CW\*(C'\fR. Supported for i386 and x86_64. -.IP "\fBcet\-report=none\fR" 4 +.IP \fBcet\-report=none\fR 4 .IX Item "cet-report=none" .PD 0 -.IP "\fBcet\-report=warning\fR" 4 +.IP \fBcet\-report=warning\fR 4 .IX Item "cet-report=warning" -.IP "\fBcet\-report=error\fR" 4 +.IP \fBcet\-report=error\fR 4 .IX Item "cet-report=error" .PD -Specify how to report the missing \s-1GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT\s0 and -\&\s-1GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_SHSTK\s0 properties in input .note.gnu.property +Specify how to report the missing GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT and +GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_SHSTK properties in input .note.gnu.property section. \fBcet\-report=none\fR, which is the default, will make the linker not report missing properties in input files. \&\fBcet\-report=warning\fR will make the linker issue a warning for missing properties in input files. \fBcet\-report=error\fR will make the linker issue an error for missing properties in input files. Note that \fBibt\fR will turn off the missing -\&\s-1GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT\s0 property report and \fBshstk\fR will -turn off the missing \s-1GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_SHSTK\s0 property report. +GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT property report and \fBshstk\fR will +turn off the missing GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_SHSTK property report. Supported for Linux/i386 and Linux/x86_64. -.IP "\fBcombreloc\fR" 4 +.IP \fBcombreloc\fR 4 .IX Item "combreloc" .PD 0 -.IP "\fBnocombreloc\fR" 4 +.IP \fBnocombreloc\fR 4 .IX Item "nocombreloc" .PD Combine multiple dynamic relocation sections and sort to improve dynamic symbol lookup caching. Do not do this if \fBnocombreloc\fR. -.IP "\fBcommon\fR" 4 +.IP \fBcommon\fR 4 .IX Item "common" .PD 0 -.IP "\fBnocommon\fR" 4 +.IP \fBnocommon\fR 4 .IX Item "nocommon" .PD -Generate common symbols with \s-1STT_COMMON\s0 type during a relocatable -link. Use \s-1STT_OBJECT\s0 type if \fBnocommon\fR. -.IP "\fBcommon\-page\-size=\fR\fIvalue\fR" 4 +Generate common symbols with STT_COMMON type during a relocatable +link. Use STT_OBJECT type if \fBnocommon\fR. +.IP \fBcommon\-page\-size=\fR\fIvalue\fR 4 .IX Item "common-page-size=value" Set the page size most commonly used to \fIvalue\fR. Memory image layout will be optimized to minimize memory pages if the system is using pages of this size. -.IP "\fBdefs\fR" 4 +.IP \fBdefs\fR 4 .IX Item "defs" Report unresolved symbol references from regular object files. This is done even if the linker is creating a non-symbolic shared library. This option is the inverse of \fB\-z undefs\fR. -.IP "\fBdynamic-undefined-weak\fR" 4 +.IP \fBdynamic-undefined-weak\fR 4 .IX Item "dynamic-undefined-weak" .PD 0 -.IP "\fBnodynamic-undefined-weak\fR" 4 +.IP \fBnodynamic-undefined-weak\fR 4 .IX Item "nodynamic-undefined-weak" .PD Make undefined weak symbols dynamic when building a dynamic object, @@ -1132,15 +1155,15 @@ by symbol visibility or versioning. Do not make them dynamic if may default to either option being in force, or make some other selection of undefined weak symbols dynamic. Not all targets support these options. -.IP "\fBexecstack\fR" 4 +.IP \fBexecstack\fR 4 .IX Item "execstack" Marks the object as requiring executable stack. -.IP "\fBglobal\fR" 4 +.IP \fBglobal\fR 4 .IX Item "global" This option is only meaningful when building a shared object. It makes the symbols defined by this shared object available for symbol resolution of subsequently loaded libraries. -.IP "\fBglobalaudit\fR" 4 +.IP \fBglobalaudit\fR 4 .IX Item "globalaudit" This option is only meaningful when building a dynamic executable. This option marks the executable as requiring global auditing by @@ -1148,31 +1171,31 @@ setting the \f(CW\*(C`DF_1_GLOBAUDIT\*(C'\fR bit in the \f(CW\*(C`DT_FLAGS_1\*(C tag. Global auditing requires that any auditing library defined via the \fB\-\-depaudit\fR or \fB\-P\fR command-line options be run for all dynamic objects loaded by the application. -.IP "\fBibtplt\fR" 4 +.IP \fBibtplt\fR 4 .IX Item "ibtplt" -Generate Intel Indirect Branch Tracking (\s-1IBT\s0) enabled \s-1PLT\s0 entries. +Generate Intel Indirect Branch Tracking (IBT) enabled PLT entries. Supported for Linux/i386 and Linux/x86_64. -.IP "\fBibt\fR" 4 +.IP \fBibt\fR 4 .IX Item "ibt" -Generate \s-1GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT\s0 in .note.gnu.property section -to indicate compatibility with \s-1IBT.\s0 This also implies \fBibtplt\fR. +Generate GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT in .note.gnu.property section +to indicate compatibility with IBT. This also implies \fBibtplt\fR. Supported for Linux/i386 and Linux/x86_64. -.IP "\fBindirect-extern-access\fR" 4 +.IP \fBindirect-extern-access\fR 4 .IX Item "indirect-extern-access" .PD 0 -.IP "\fBnoindirect-extern-access\fR" 4 +.IP \fBnoindirect-extern-access\fR 4 .IX Item "noindirect-extern-access" .PD -Generate \s-1GNU_PROPERTY_1_NEEDED_INDIRECT_EXTERN_ACCESS\s0 in +Generate GNU_PROPERTY_1_NEEDED_INDIRECT_EXTERN_ACCESS in \&.note.gnu.property section to indicate that object file requires canonical function pointers and cannot be used with copy relocation. This option also implies \fBnoextern-protected-data\fR and \&\fBnocopyreloc\fR. Supported for i386 and x86\-64. .Sp \&\fBnoindirect-extern-access\fR removes -\&\s-1GNU_PROPERTY_1_NEEDED_INDIRECT_EXTERN_ACCESS\s0 from .note.gnu.property +GNU_PROPERTY_1_NEEDED_INDIRECT_EXTERN_ACCESS from .note.gnu.property section. -.IP "\fBinitfirst\fR" 4 +.IP \fBinitfirst\fR 4 .IX Item "initfirst" This option is only meaningful when building a shared object. It marks the object so that its runtime initialization will occur @@ -1180,41 +1203,41 @@ before the runtime initialization of any other objects brought into the process at the same time. Similarly the runtime finalization of the object will occur after the runtime finalization of any other objects. -.IP "\fBinterpose\fR" 4 +.IP \fBinterpose\fR 4 .IX Item "interpose" Specify that the dynamic loader should modify its symbol search order so that symbols in this shared library interpose all other shared libraries not so marked. -.IP "\fBunique\fR" 4 +.IP \fBunique\fR 4 .IX Item "unique" .PD 0 -.IP "\fBnounique\fR" 4 +.IP \fBnounique\fR 4 .IX Item "nounique" .PD -When generating a shared library or other dynamically loadable \s-1ELF\s0 +When generating a shared library or other dynamically loadable ELF object mark it as one that should (by default) only ever be loaded once, and only in the main namespace (when using \f(CW\*(C`dlmopen\*(C'\fR). This is primarily used to mark fundamental libraries such as libc, libpthread et al which do not usually function correctly unless they are the sole instances of themselves. This behaviour can be overridden by the \f(CW\*(C`dlmopen\*(C'\fR caller and does not apply to certain loading mechanisms (such as audit libraries). -.IP "\fBlam\-u48\fR" 4 +.IP \fBlam\-u48\fR 4 .IX Item "lam-u48" -Generate \s-1GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_LAM_U48\s0 in .note.gnu.property section -to indicate compatibility with Intel \s-1LAM_U48.\s0 Supported for Linux/x86_64. -.IP "\fBlam\-u57\fR" 4 +Generate GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_LAM_U48 in .note.gnu.property section +to indicate compatibility with Intel LAM_U48. Supported for Linux/x86_64. +.IP \fBlam\-u57\fR 4 .IX Item "lam-u57" -Generate \s-1GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_LAM_U57\s0 in .note.gnu.property section -to indicate compatibility with Intel \s-1LAM_U57.\s0 Supported for Linux/x86_64. -.IP "\fBlam\-u48\-report=none\fR" 4 +Generate GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_LAM_U57 in .note.gnu.property section +to indicate compatibility with Intel LAM_U57. Supported for Linux/x86_64. +.IP \fBlam\-u48\-report=none\fR 4 .IX Item "lam-u48-report=none" .PD 0 -.IP "\fBlam\-u48\-report=warning\fR" 4 +.IP \fBlam\-u48\-report=warning\fR 4 .IX Item "lam-u48-report=warning" -.IP "\fBlam\-u48\-report=error\fR" 4 +.IP \fBlam\-u48\-report=error\fR 4 .IX Item "lam-u48-report=error" .PD -Specify how to report the missing \s-1GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_LAM_U48\s0 +Specify how to report the missing GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_LAM_U48 property in input .note.gnu.property section. \&\fBlam\-u48\-report=none\fR, which is the default, will make the linker not report missing properties in input files. @@ -1222,15 +1245,15 @@ linker not report missing properties in input files. missing properties in input files. \fBlam\-u48\-report=error\fR will make the linker issue an error for missing properties in input files. Supported for Linux/x86_64. -.IP "\fBlam\-u57\-report=none\fR" 4 +.IP \fBlam\-u57\-report=none\fR 4 .IX Item "lam-u57-report=none" .PD 0 -.IP "\fBlam\-u57\-report=warning\fR" 4 +.IP \fBlam\-u57\-report=warning\fR 4 .IX Item "lam-u57-report=warning" -.IP "\fBlam\-u57\-report=error\fR" 4 +.IP \fBlam\-u57\-report=error\fR 4 .IX Item "lam-u57-report=error" .PD -Specify how to report the missing \s-1GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_LAM_U57\s0 +Specify how to report the missing GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_LAM_U57 property in input .note.gnu.property section. \&\fBlam\-u57\-report=none\fR, which is the default, will make the linker not report missing properties in input files. @@ -1238,58 +1261,72 @@ linker not report missing properties in input files. missing properties in input files. \fBlam\-u57\-report=error\fR will make the linker issue an error for missing properties in input files. Supported for Linux/x86_64. -.IP "\fBlam\-report=none\fR" 4 +.IP \fBlam\-report=none\fR 4 .IX Item "lam-report=none" .PD 0 -.IP "\fBlam\-report=warning\fR" 4 +.IP \fBlam\-report=warning\fR 4 .IX Item "lam-report=warning" -.IP "\fBlam\-report=error\fR" 4 +.IP \fBlam\-report=error\fR 4 .IX Item "lam-report=error" .PD -Specify how to report the missing \s-1GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_LAM_U48\s0 and -\&\s-1GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_LAM_U57\s0 properties in input .note.gnu.property +Specify how to report the missing GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_LAM_U48 and +GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_LAM_U57 properties in input .note.gnu.property section. \fBlam\-report=none\fR, which is the default, will make the linker not report missing properties in input files. \&\fBlam\-report=warning\fR will make the linker issue a warning for missing properties in input files. \fBlam\-report=error\fR will make the linker issue an error for missing properties in input files. Supported for Linux/x86_64. -.IP "\fBlazy\fR" 4 +.IP \fBlazy\fR 4 .IX Item "lazy" When generating an executable or shared library, mark it to tell the dynamic linker to defer function call resolution to the point when the function is called (lazy binding), rather than at load time. Lazy binding is the default. -.IP "\fBloadfltr\fR" 4 +.IP \fBloadfltr\fR 4 .IX Item "loadfltr" Specify that the object's filters be processed immediately at runtime. -.IP "\fBmax\-page\-size=\fR\fIvalue\fR" 4 +.IP \fBmax\-page\-size=\fR\fIvalue\fR 4 .IX Item "max-page-size=value" Set the maximum memory page size supported to \fIvalue\fR. -.IP "\fBmuldefs\fR" 4 +.IP \fBmark-plt\fR 4 +.IX Item "mark-plt" +.PD 0 +.IP \fBnomark-plt\fR 4 +.IX Item "nomark-plt" +.PD +Mark PLT entries with dynamic tags, DT_X86_64_PLT, DT_X86_64_PLTSZ and +DT_X86_64_PLTENT. Since this option stores a non-zero value in the +r_addend field of R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT relocations, the resulting +executables and shared libraries are incompatible with dynamic linkers, +such as those in older versions of glibc without the change to ignore +r_addend in R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT and R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT relocations, which +don't ignore the r_addend field of R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT relocations. +Supported for x86_64. +.IP \fBmuldefs\fR 4 .IX Item "muldefs" Allow multiple definitions. -.IP "\fBnocopyreloc\fR" 4 +.IP \fBnocopyreloc\fR 4 .IX Item "nocopyreloc" Disable linker generated .dynbss variables used in place of variables defined in shared libraries. May result in dynamic text relocations. -.IP "\fBnodefaultlib\fR" 4 +.IP \fBnodefaultlib\fR 4 .IX Item "nodefaultlib" Specify that the dynamic loader search for dependencies of this object should ignore any default library search paths. -.IP "\fBnodelete\fR" 4 +.IP \fBnodelete\fR 4 .IX Item "nodelete" Specify that the object shouldn't be unloaded at runtime. -.IP "\fBnodlopen\fR" 4 +.IP \fBnodlopen\fR 4 .IX Item "nodlopen" Specify that the object is not available to \f(CW\*(C`dlopen\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fBnodump\fR" 4 +.IP \fBnodump\fR 4 .IX Item "nodump" Specify that the object can not be dumped by \f(CW\*(C`dldump\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fBnoexecstack\fR" 4 +.IP \fBnoexecstack\fR 4 .IX Item "noexecstack" Marks the object as not requiring executable stack. -.IP "\fBnoextern-protected-data\fR" 4 +.IP \fBnoextern-protected-data\fR 4 .IX Item "noextern-protected-data" Don't treat protected data symbols as external when building a shared library. This option overrides the linker backend default. It can be @@ -1297,25 +1334,25 @@ used to work around incorrect relocations against protected data symbols generated by compiler. Updates on protected data symbols by another module aren't visible to the resulting shared library. Supported for i386 and x86\-64. -.IP "\fBnoreloc-overflow\fR" 4 +.IP \fBnoreloc-overflow\fR 4 .IX Item "noreloc-overflow" Disable relocation overflow check. This can be used to disable relocation overflow check if there will be no dynamic relocation overflow at run-time. Supported for x86_64. -.IP "\fBnow\fR" 4 +.IP \fBnow\fR 4 .IX Item "now" When generating an executable or shared library, mark it to tell the dynamic linker to resolve all symbols when the program is started, or when the shared library is loaded by dlopen, instead of deferring function call resolution to the point when the function is first called. -.IP "\fBorigin\fR" 4 +.IP \fBorigin\fR 4 .IX Item "origin" -Specify that the object requires \fB\f(CB$ORIGIN\fB\fR handling in paths. -.IP "\fBpack-relative-relocs\fR" 4 +Specify that the object requires \fR\f(CB$ORIGIN\fR\fB\fR handling in paths. +.IP \fBpack-relative-relocs\fR 4 .IX Item "pack-relative-relocs" .PD 0 -.IP "\fBnopack-relative-relocs\fR" 4 +.IP \fBnopack-relative-relocs\fR 4 .IX Item "nopack-relative-relocs" .PD Generate compact relative relocation in position-independent executable @@ -1323,48 +1360,56 @@ and shared library. It adds \f(CW\*(C`DT_RELR\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`DT_RELRSZ\*(C' \&\f(CW\*(C`DT_RELRENT\*(C'\fR entries to the dynamic section. It is ignored when building position-dependent executable and relocatable output. \&\fBnopack-relative-relocs\fR is the default, which disables compact -relative relocation. When linked against the \s-1GNU C\s0 Library, a -\&\s-1GLIBC_ABI_DT_RELR\s0 symbol version dependency on the shared C Library is +relative relocation. When linked against the GNU C Library, a +GLIBC_ABI_DT_RELR symbol version dependency on the shared C Library is added to the output. Supported for i386 and x86\-64. -.IP "\fBrelro\fR" 4 +.IP \fBrelro\fR 4 .IX Item "relro" .PD 0 -.IP "\fBnorelro\fR" 4 +.IP \fBnorelro\fR 4 .IX Item "norelro" .PD -Create an \s-1ELF\s0 \f(CW\*(C`PT_GNU_RELRO\*(C'\fR segment header in the object. This +Create an ELF \f(CW\*(C`PT_GNU_RELRO\*(C'\fR segment header in the object. This specifies a memory segment that should be made read-only after relocation, if supported. Specifying \fBcommon-page-size\fR smaller than the system page size will render this protection ineffective. -Don't create an \s-1ELF\s0 \f(CW\*(C`PT_GNU_RELRO\*(C'\fR segment if \fBnorelro\fR. -.IP "\fBreport-relative-reloc\fR" 4 +Don't create an ELF \f(CW\*(C`PT_GNU_RELRO\*(C'\fR segment if \fBnorelro\fR. +.IP \fBreport-relative-reloc\fR 4 .IX Item "report-relative-reloc" Report dynamic relative relocations generated by linker. Supported for Linux/i386 and Linux/x86_64. -.IP "\fBseparate-code\fR" 4 +.IP \fBsectionheader\fR 4 +.IX Item "sectionheader" +.PD 0 +.IP \fBnosectionheader\fR 4 +.IX Item "nosectionheader" +.PD +Generate section header. Don't generate section header if +\&\fBnosectionheader\fR is used. \fBsectionheader\fR is the default. +.IP \fBseparate-code\fR 4 .IX Item "separate-code" .PD 0 -.IP "\fBnoseparate-code\fR" 4 +.IP \fBnoseparate-code\fR 4 .IX Item "noseparate-code" .PD Create separate code \f(CW\*(C`PT_LOAD\*(C'\fR segment header in the object. This specifies a memory segment that should contain only instructions and must be in wholly disjoint pages from any other data. Don't create separate code \f(CW\*(C`PT_LOAD\*(C'\fR segment if \fBnoseparate-code\fR is used. -.IP "\fBshstk\fR" 4 +.IP \fBshstk\fR 4 .IX Item "shstk" -Generate \s-1GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_SHSTK\s0 in .note.gnu.property section +Generate GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_SHSTK in .note.gnu.property section to indicate compatibility with Intel Shadow Stack. Supported for Linux/i386 and Linux/x86_64. -.IP "\fBstack\-size=\fR\fIvalue\fR" 4 +.IP \fBstack\-size=\fR\fIvalue\fR 4 .IX Item "stack-size=value" -Specify a stack size for an \s-1ELF\s0 \f(CW\*(C`PT_GNU_STACK\*(C'\fR segment. +Specify a stack size for an ELF \f(CW\*(C`PT_GNU_STACK\*(C'\fR segment. Specifying zero will override any default non-zero sized \&\f(CW\*(C`PT_GNU_STACK\*(C'\fR segment creation. -.IP "\fBstart-stop-gc\fR" 4 +.IP \fBstart-stop-gc\fR 4 .IX Item "start-stop-gc" .PD 0 -.IP "\fBnostart-stop-gc\fR" 4 +.IP \fBnostart-stop-gc\fR 4 .IX Item "nostart-stop-gc" .PD When \fB\-\-gc\-sections\fR is in effect, a reference from a retained @@ -1380,9 +1425,9 @@ object file or linker script. Such a definition will prevent the linker providing a synthesized \f(CW\*(C`_\|_start_SECNAME\*(C'\fR or \&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_stop_SECNAME\*(C'\fR respectively, and therefore the special treatment by garbage collection for those references. -.IP "\fBstart\-stop\-visibility=\fR\fIvalue\fR" 4 +.IP \fBstart\-stop\-visibility=\fR\fIvalue\fR 4 .IX Item "start-stop-visibility=value" -Specify the \s-1ELF\s0 symbol visibility for synthesized +Specify the ELF symbol visibility for synthesized \&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_start_SECNAME\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`_\|_stop_SECNAME\*(C'\fR symbols. \fIvalue\fR must be exactly \fBdefault\fR, \&\fBinternal\fR, \fBhidden\fR, or \fBprotected\fR. If no \fB\-z start-stop-visibility\fR option is given, \fBprotected\fR is used for @@ -1390,42 +1435,42 @@ compatibility with historical practice. However, it's highly recommended to use \fB\-z start\-stop\-visibility=hidden\fR in new programs and shared libraries so that these symbols are not exported between shared objects, which is not usually what's intended. -.IP "\fBtext\fR" 4 +.IP \fBtext\fR 4 .IX Item "text" .PD 0 -.IP "\fBnotext\fR" 4 +.IP \fBnotext\fR 4 .IX Item "notext" -.IP "\fBtextoff\fR" 4 +.IP \fBtextoff\fR 4 .IX Item "textoff" .PD -Report an error if \s-1DT_TEXTREL\s0 is set, i.e., if the position-independent +Report an error if DT_TEXTREL is set, i.e., if the position-independent or shared object has dynamic relocations in read-only sections. Don't report an error if \fBnotext\fR or \fBtextoff\fR. -.IP "\fBundefs\fR" 4 +.IP \fBundefs\fR 4 .IX Item "undefs" Do not report unresolved symbol references from regular object files, either when creating an executable, or when creating a shared library. This option is the inverse of \fB\-z defs\fR. -.IP "\fBunique-symbol\fR" 4 +.IP \fBunique-symbol\fR 4 .IX Item "unique-symbol" .PD 0 -.IP "\fBnounique-symbol\fR" 4 +.IP \fBnounique-symbol\fR 4 .IX Item "nounique-symbol" .PD Avoid duplicated local symbol names in the symbol string table. Append ".\f(CW\*(C`number\*(C'\fR" to duplicated local symbol names if \fBunique-symbol\fR is used. \fBnounique-symbol\fR is the default. -.IP "\fBx86\-64\-baseline\fR" 4 +.IP \fBx86\-64\-baseline\fR 4 .IX Item "x86-64-baseline" .PD 0 -.IP "\fBx86\-64\-v2\fR" 4 +.IP \fBx86\-64\-v2\fR 4 .IX Item "x86-64-v2" -.IP "\fBx86\-64\-v3\fR" 4 +.IP \fBx86\-64\-v3\fR 4 .IX Item "x86-64-v3" -.IP "\fBx86\-64\-v4\fR" 4 +.IP \fBx86\-64\-v4\fR 4 .IX Item "x86-64-v4" .PD -Specify the x86\-64 \s-1ISA\s0 level needed in .note.gnu.property section. +Specify the x86\-64 ISA level needed in .note.gnu.property section. \&\fBx86\-64\-baseline\fR generates \f(CW\*(C`GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_BASELINE\*(C'\fR. \&\fBx86\-64\-v2\fR generates \f(CW\*(C`GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_V2\*(C'\fR. \&\fBx86\-64\-v3\fR generates \f(CW\*(C`GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_V3\*(C'\fR. @@ -1457,10 +1502,10 @@ resolved. Using this option has a significant performance cost. It is best to use it only when there are unavoidable circular references between two or more archives. -.IP "\fB\-\-accept\-unknown\-input\-arch\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-accept\-unknown\-input\-arch\fR 4 .IX Item "--accept-unknown-input-arch" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-accept\-unknown\-input\-arch\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-accept\-unknown\-input\-arch\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-accept-unknown-input-arch" .PD Tells the linker to accept input files whose architecture cannot be @@ -1470,20 +1515,20 @@ the default behaviour of the linker, before release 2.14. The default behaviour from release 2.14 onwards is to reject such input files, and so the \fB\-\-accept\-unknown\-input\-arch\fR option has been added to restore the old behaviour. -.IP "\fB\-\-as\-needed\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-as\-needed\fR 4 .IX Item "--as-needed" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-as\-needed\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-as\-needed\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-as-needed" .PD -This option affects \s-1ELF DT_NEEDED\s0 tags for dynamic libraries mentioned +This option affects ELF DT_NEEDED tags for dynamic libraries mentioned on the command line after the \fB\-\-as\-needed\fR option. Normally -the linker will add a \s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 tag for each dynamic library mentioned +the linker will add a DT_NEEDED tag for each dynamic library mentioned on the command line, regardless of whether the library is actually -needed or not. \fB\-\-as\-needed\fR causes a \s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 tag to only be +needed or not. \fB\-\-as\-needed\fR causes a DT_NEEDED tag to only be emitted for a library that \fIat that point in the link\fR satisfies a non-weak undefined symbol reference from a regular object file or, if -the library is not found in the \s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 lists of other needed libraries, a +the library is not found in the DT_NEEDED lists of other needed libraries, a non-weak undefined symbol reference from another needed dynamic library. Object files or libraries appearing on the command line \fIafter\fR the library in question do not affect whether the library is seen as @@ -1494,10 +1539,10 @@ Note: On Linux based systems the \fB\-\-as\-needed\fR option also has an affect on the behaviour of the \fB\-\-rpath\fR and \&\fB\-\-rpath\-link\fR options. See the description of \&\fB\-\-rpath\-link\fR for more details. -.IP "\fB\-\-add\-needed\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-add\-needed\fR 4 .IX Item "--add-needed" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-add\-needed\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-add\-needed\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-add-needed" .PD These two options have been deprecated because of the similarity of @@ -1507,12 +1552,12 @@ and \fB\-\-no\-copy\-dt\-needed\-entries\fR. .IP "\fB\-assert\fR \fIkeyword\fR" 4 .IX Item "-assert keyword" This option is ignored for SunOS compatibility. -.IP "\fB\-Bdynamic\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-Bdynamic\fR 4 .IX Item "-Bdynamic" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-dy\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-dy\fR 4 .IX Item "-dy" -.IP "\fB\-call_shared\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-call_shared\fR 4 .IX Item "-call_shared" .PD Link against dynamic libraries. This is only meaningful on platforms @@ -1521,21 +1566,21 @@ default on such platforms. The different variants of this option are for compatibility with various systems. You may use this option multiple times on the command line: it affects library searching for \&\fB\-l\fR options which follow it. -.IP "\fB\-Bgroup\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-Bgroup\fR 4 .IX Item "-Bgroup" Set the \f(CW\*(C`DF_1_GROUP\*(C'\fR flag in the \f(CW\*(C`DT_FLAGS_1\*(C'\fR entry in the dynamic section. This causes the runtime linker to handle lookups in this object and its dependencies to be performed only inside the group. \&\fB\-\-unresolved\-symbols=report\-all\fR is implied. This option is -only meaningful on \s-1ELF\s0 platforms which support shared libraries. -.IP "\fB\-Bstatic\fR" 4 +only meaningful on ELF platforms which support shared libraries. +.IP \fB\-Bstatic\fR 4 .IX Item "-Bstatic" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-dn\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-dn\fR 4 .IX Item "-dn" -.IP "\fB\-non_shared\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-non_shared\fR 4 .IX Item "-non_shared" -.IP "\fB\-static\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-static\fR 4 .IX Item "-static" .PD Do not link against shared libraries. This is only meaningful on @@ -1548,49 +1593,49 @@ option can be used with \fB\-shared\fR. Doing so means that a shared library is being created but that all of the library's external references must be resolved by pulling in entries from static libraries. -.IP "\fB\-Bsymbolic\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-Bsymbolic\fR 4 .IX Item "-Bsymbolic" When creating a shared library, bind references to global symbols to the definition within the shared library, if any. Normally, it is possible for a program linked against a shared library to override the definition -within the shared library. This option is only meaningful on \s-1ELF\s0 +within the shared library. This option is only meaningful on ELF platforms which support shared libraries. -.IP "\fB\-Bsymbolic\-functions\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-Bsymbolic\-functions\fR 4 .IX Item "-Bsymbolic-functions" When creating a shared library, bind references to global function symbols to the definition within the shared library, if any. -This option is only meaningful on \s-1ELF\s0 platforms which support shared +This option is only meaningful on ELF platforms which support shared libraries. -.IP "\fB\-Bno\-symbolic\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-Bno\-symbolic\fR 4 .IX Item "-Bno-symbolic" This option can cancel previously specified \fB\-Bsymbolic\fR and \&\fB\-Bsymbolic\-functions\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\-list=\fR\fIdynamic-list-file\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dynamic\-list=\fR\fIdynamic-list-file\fR 4 .IX Item "--dynamic-list=dynamic-list-file" Specify the name of a dynamic list file to the linker. This is typically used when creating shared libraries to specify a list of global symbols whose references shouldn't be bound to the definition within the shared library, or creating dynamically linked executables to specify a list of symbols which should be added to the symbol table -in the executable. This option is only meaningful on \s-1ELF\s0 platforms +in the executable. This option is only meaningful on ELF platforms which support shared libraries. .Sp The format of the dynamic list is the same as the version node without -scope and node name. See \fB\s-1VERSION\s0\fR for more information. -.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\-list\-data\fR" 4 +scope and node name. See \fBVERSION\fR for more information. +.IP \fB\-\-dynamic\-list\-data\fR 4 .IX Item "--dynamic-list-data" Include all global data symbols to the dynamic list. -.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\-list\-cpp\-new\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dynamic\-list\-cpp\-new\fR 4 .IX Item "--dynamic-list-cpp-new" -Provide the builtin dynamic list for \*(C+ operator new and delete. It +Provide the builtin dynamic list for C++ operator new and delete. It is mainly useful for building shared libstdc++. -.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\-list\-cpp\-typeinfo\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dynamic\-list\-cpp\-typeinfo\fR 4 .IX Item "--dynamic-list-cpp-typeinfo" -Provide the builtin dynamic list for \*(C+ runtime type identification. -.IP "\fB\-\-check\-sections\fR" 4 +Provide the builtin dynamic list for C++ runtime type identification. +.IP \fB\-\-check\-sections\fR 4 .IX Item "--check-sections" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-check\-sections\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-check\-sections\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-check-sections" .PD Asks the linker \fInot\fR to check section addresses after they have @@ -1602,30 +1647,30 @@ restored by using the command-line switch \fB\-\-check\-sections\fR. Section overlap is not usually checked for relocatable links. You can force checking in that case by using the \fB\-\-check\-sections\fR option. -.IP "\fB\-\-copy\-dt\-needed\-entries\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-copy\-dt\-needed\-entries\fR 4 .IX Item "--copy-dt-needed-entries" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-copy\-dt\-needed\-entries\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-copy\-dt\-needed\-entries\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-copy-dt-needed-entries" .PD This option affects the treatment of dynamic libraries referred to -by \s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 tags \fIinside\fR \s-1ELF\s0 dynamic libraries mentioned on the -command line. Normally the linker won't add a \s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 tag to the -output binary for each library mentioned in a \s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 tag in an +by DT_NEEDED tags \fIinside\fR ELF dynamic libraries mentioned on the +command line. Normally the linker won't add a DT_NEEDED tag to the +output binary for each library mentioned in a DT_NEEDED tag in an input dynamic library. With \fB\-\-copy\-dt\-needed\-entries\fR specified on the command line however any dynamic libraries that -follow it will have their \s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 entries added. The default +follow it will have their DT_NEEDED entries added. The default behaviour can be restored with \fB\-\-no\-copy\-dt\-needed\-entries\fR. .Sp This option also has an effect on the resolution of symbols in dynamic libraries. With \fB\-\-copy\-dt\-needed\-entries\fR dynamic libraries mentioned on the command line will be recursively searched, following -their \s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 tags to other libraries, in order to resolve symbols +their DT_NEEDED tags to other libraries, in order to resolve symbols required by the output binary. With the default setting however the searching of dynamic libraries that follow it will stop with the -dynamic library itself. No \s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 links will be traversed to resolve +dynamic library itself. No DT_NEEDED links will be traversed to resolve symbols. -.IP "\fB\-\-cref\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-cref\fR 4 .IX Item "--cref" Output a cross reference table. If a linker map file is being generated, the cross reference table is printed to the map file. @@ -1638,41 +1683,41 @@ symbol is defined, the first file listed is the location of the definition. If the symbol is defined as a common value then any files where this happens appear next. Finally any files that reference the symbol are listed. -.IP "\fB\-\-ctf\-variables\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ctf\-variables\fR 4 .IX Item "--ctf-variables" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-ctf\-variables\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-ctf\-variables\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-ctf-variables" .PD -The \s-1CTF\s0 debuginfo format supports a section which encodes the names and +The CTF debuginfo format supports a section which encodes the names and types of variables found in the program which do not appear in any symbol table. These variables clearly cannot be looked up by address by conventional debuggers, so the space used for their types and names is usually wasted: the types are usually small but the names are often not. \&\fB\-\-ctf\-variables\fR causes the generation of such a section. The default behaviour can be restored with \fB\-\-no\-ctf\-variables\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-ctf\-share\-types=\fR\fImethod\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ctf\-share\-types=\fR\fImethod\fR 4 .IX Item "--ctf-share-types=method" -Adjust the method used to share types between translation units in \s-1CTF.\s0 +Adjust the method used to share types between translation units in CTF. .RS 4 -.IP "\fBshare-unconflicted\fR" 4 +.IP \fBshare-unconflicted\fR 4 .IX Item "share-unconflicted" Put all types that do not have ambiguous definitions into the shared dictionary, where debuggers can easily access them, even if they only occur in one translation unit. This is the default. -.IP "\fBshare-duplicated\fR" 4 +.IP \fBshare-duplicated\fR 4 .IX Item "share-duplicated" Put only types that occur in multiple translation units into the shared dictionary: types with only one definition go into per-translation-unit dictionaries. Types with ambiguous definitions in multiple translation units -always go into per-translation-unit dictionaries. This tends to make the \s-1CTF\s0 -larger, but may reduce the amount of \s-1CTF\s0 in the shared dictionary. For very -large projects this may speed up opening the \s-1CTF\s0 and save memory in the \s-1CTF\s0 +always go into per-translation-unit dictionaries. This tends to make the CTF +larger, but may reduce the amount of CTF in the shared dictionary. For very +large projects this may speed up opening the CTF and save memory in the CTF consumer at runtime. .RE .RS 4 .RE -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-define\-common\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-define\-common\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-define-common" This option inhibits the assignment of addresses to common symbols. The script command \f(CW\*(C`INHIBIT_COMMON_ALLOCATION\*(C'\fR has the same effect. @@ -1687,7 +1732,7 @@ This eliminates the unused duplicate space in the shared library, and also prevents any possible confusion over resolving to the wrong duplicate when there are many dynamic modules with specialized search paths for runtime symbol resolution. -.IP "\fB\-\-force\-group\-allocation\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-force\-group\-allocation\fR 4 .IX Item "--force-group-allocation" This option causes the linker to place section group members like normal input sections, and to delete the section groups. This is the @@ -1695,7 +1740,7 @@ default behaviour for a final link but this option can be used to change the behaviour of a relocatable link (\fB\-r\fR). The script command \f(CW\*(C`FORCE_GROUP_ALLOCATION\*(C'\fR has the same effect. -.IP "\fB\-\-defsym=\fR\fIsymbol\fR\fB=\fR\fIexpression\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-defsym=\fR\fIsymbol\fR\fB=\fR\fIexpression\fR 4 .IX Item "--defsym=symbol=expression" Create a global symbol in the output file, containing the absolute address given by \fIexpression\fR. You may use this option as many @@ -1716,66 +1761,66 @@ the linker script has been processed. This difference has consequences for expressions within the linker script that use the \&\fB\-\-defsym\fR symbols, which order is correct will depend on what you are trying to achieve. -.IP "\fB\-\-demangle[=\fR\fIstyle\fR\fB]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-demangle[=\fR\fIstyle\fR\fB]\fR 4 .IX Item "--demangle[=style]" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-demangle\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-demangle\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-demangle" .PD These options control whether to demangle symbol names in error messages and other output. When the linker is told to demangle, it tries to present symbol names in a readable fashion: it strips leading -underscores if they are used by the object file format, and converts \*(C+ +underscores if they are used by the object file format, and converts C++ mangled symbol names into user readable names. Different compilers have different mangling styles. The optional demangling style argument can be used to choose an appropriate demangling style for your compiler. The linker will -demangle by default unless the environment variable \fB\s-1COLLECT_NO_DEMANGLE\s0\fR +demangle by default unless the environment variable \fBCOLLECT_NO_DEMANGLE\fR is set. These options may be used to override the default. -.IP "\fB\-I\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-I\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "-Ifile" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\-linker=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dynamic\-linker=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--dynamic-linker=file" .PD Set the name of the dynamic linker. This is only meaningful when -generating dynamically linked \s-1ELF\s0 executables. The default dynamic +generating dynamically linked ELF executables. The default dynamic linker is normally correct; don't use this unless you know what you are doing. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-dynamic\-linker\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-dynamic\-linker\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-dynamic-linker" When producing an executable file, omit the request for a dynamic -linker to be used at load-time. This is only meaningful for \s-1ELF\s0 +linker to be used at load-time. This is only meaningful for ELF executables that contain dynamic relocations, and usually requires entry point code that is capable of processing these relocations. -.IP "\fB\-\-embedded\-relocs\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-embedded\-relocs\fR 4 .IX Item "--embedded-relocs" This option is similar to the \fB\-\-emit\-relocs\fR option except that the relocs are stored in a target-specific section. This option -is only supported by the \fB\s-1BFIN\s0\fR, \fB\s-1CR16\s0\fR and \fIM68K\fR +is only supported by the \fBBFIN\fR, \fBCR16\fR and \fIM68K\fR targets. -.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-multiple\-abs\-defs\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disable\-multiple\-abs\-defs\fR 4 .IX Item "--disable-multiple-abs-defs" Do not allow multiple definitions with symbols included in filename invoked by \-R or \-\-just\-symbols -.IP "\fB\-\-fatal\-warnings\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-fatal\-warnings\fR 4 .IX Item "--fatal-warnings" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-fatal\-warnings\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-fatal\-warnings\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-fatal-warnings" .PD Treat all warnings as errors. The default behaviour can be restored with the option \fB\-\-no\-fatal\-warnings\fR. -.IP "\fB\-w\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-w\fR 4 .IX Item "-w" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-warnings\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-warnings\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-warnings" .PD Do not display any warning or error messages. This overrides \&\fB\-\-fatal\-warnings\fR if it has been enabled. This option can be used when it is known that the output binary will not work, but there is still a need to create it. -.IP "\fB\-\-force\-exe\-suffix\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-force\-exe\-suffix\fR 4 .IX Item "--force-exe-suffix" Make sure that an output file has a .exe suffix. .Sp @@ -1785,17 +1830,17 @@ the output file to one of the same name with a \f(CW\*(C`.exe\*(C'\fR suffix. Th option is useful when using unmodified Unix makefiles on a Microsoft Windows host, since some versions of Windows won't run an image unless it ends in a \f(CW\*(C`.exe\*(C'\fR suffix. -.IP "\fB\-\-gc\-sections\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-gc\-sections\fR 4 .IX Item "--gc-sections" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-gc\-sections\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-gc\-sections\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-gc-sections" .PD Enable garbage collection of unused input sections. It is ignored on targets that do not support this option. The default behaviour (of not performing this garbage collection) can be restored by specifying \&\fB\-\-no\-gc\-sections\fR on the command line. Note that garbage -collection for \s-1COFF\s0 and \s-1PE\s0 format targets is supported, but the +collection for COFF and PE format targets is supported, but the implementation is currently considered to be experimental. .Sp \&\fB\-\-gc\-sections\fR decides which input sections are used by @@ -1815,12 +1860,12 @@ specified either by one of the options \fB\-\-entry\fR, \&\fB\-\-undefined\fR, or \fB\-\-gc\-keep\-exported\fR or by a \f(CW\*(C`ENTRY\*(C'\fR command in the linker script. .Sp -As a \s-1GNU\s0 extension, \s-1ELF\s0 input sections marked with the +As a GNU extension, ELF input sections marked with the \&\f(CW\*(C`SHF_GNU_RETAIN\*(C'\fR flag will not be garbage collected. -.IP "\fB\-\-print\-gc\-sections\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-print\-gc\-sections\fR 4 .IX Item "--print-gc-sections" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-print\-gc\-sections\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-print\-gc\-sections\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-print-gc-sections" .PD List all sections removed by garbage collection. The listing is @@ -1829,7 +1874,7 @@ collection has been enabled via the \fB\-\-gc\-sections\fR) option. The default behaviour (of not listing the sections that are removed) can be restored by specifying \fB\-\-no\-print\-gc\-sections\fR on the command line. -.IP "\fB\-\-gc\-keep\-exported\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-gc\-keep\-exported\fR 4 .IX Item "--gc-keep-exported" When \fB\-\-gc\-sections\fR is enabled, this option prevents garbage collection of unused input sections that contain global symbols having @@ -1838,16 +1883,16 @@ executables where unreferenced sections would otherwise be garbage collected regardless of the external visibility of contained symbols. Note that this option has no effect when linking shared objects since it is already the default behaviour. This option is only supported for -\&\s-1ELF\s0 format targets. -.IP "\fB\-\-print\-output\-format\fR" 4 +ELF format targets. +.IP \fB\-\-print\-output\-format\fR 4 .IX Item "--print-output-format" Print the name of the default output format (perhaps influenced by other command-line options). This is the string that would appear in an \f(CW\*(C`OUTPUT_FORMAT\*(C'\fR linker script command. -.IP "\fB\-\-print\-memory\-usage\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-print\-memory\-usage\fR 4 .IX Item "--print-memory-usage" Print used size, total size and used size of memory regions created with -the \fB\s-1MEMORY\s0\fR command. This is useful on embedded targets to have a +the \fBMEMORY\fR command. This is useful on embedded targets to have a quick view of amount of free memory. The format of the output has one headline and one line per region. It is both human readable and easily parsable by tools. Here is an example of an output: @@ -1857,13 +1902,13 @@ parsable by tools. Here is an example of an output: \& ROM: 256 KB 1 MB 25.00% \& RAM: 32 B 2 GB 0.00% .Ve -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" Print a summary of the command-line options on the standard output and exit. -.IP "\fB\-\-target\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-target\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--target-help" Print a summary of all target-specific options on the standard output and exit. -.IP "\fB\-Map=\fR\fImapfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-Map=\fR\fImapfile\fR 4 .IX Item "-Map=mapfile" Print a link map to the file \fImapfile\fR. See the description of the \&\fB\-M\fR option, above. If \fImapfile\fR is just the character @@ -1894,14 +1939,14 @@ It is an error to specify more than one \f(CW\*(C`%\*(C'\fR character. .Sp If the map file already exists then it will be overwritten by this operation. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-keep\-memory\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-keep\-memory\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-keep-memory" \&\fBld\fR normally optimizes for speed over memory usage by caching the symbol tables of input files in memory. This option tells \fBld\fR to instead optimize for memory usage, by rereading the symbol tables as necessary. This may be required if \fBld\fR runs out of memory space while linking a large executable. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-undefined\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-undefined\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-undefined" .PD 0 .IP "\fB\-z defs\fR" 4 @@ -1914,7 +1959,7 @@ behaviour for reporting unresolved references found in shared libraries being linked in. .Sp The effects of this option can be reverted by using \f(CW\*(C`\-z undefs\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-allow\-multiple\-definition\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-allow\-multiple\-definition\fR 4 .IX Item "--allow-multiple-definition" .PD 0 .IP "\fB\-z muldefs\fR" 4 @@ -1923,10 +1968,10 @@ The effects of this option can be reverted by using \f(CW\*(C`\-z undefs\*(C'\fR Normally when a symbol is defined multiple times, the linker will report a fatal error. These options allow multiple definitions and the first definition will be used. -.IP "\fB\-\-allow\-shlib\-undefined\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-allow\-shlib\-undefined\fR 4 .IX Item "--allow-shlib-undefined" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-allow\-shlib\-undefined\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-allow\-shlib\-undefined\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-allow-shlib-undefined" .PD Allows or disallows undefined symbols in shared libraries. @@ -1943,12 +1988,12 @@ a shared library. The reasons for allowing undefined symbol references in shared libraries specified at link time are that: .RS 4 -.IP "\(bu" 4 +.IP \(bu 4 A shared library specified at link time may not be the same as the one that is available at load time, so the symbol might actually be resolvable at load time. -.IP "\(bu" 4 -There are some operating systems, eg BeOS and \s-1HPPA,\s0 where undefined +.IP \(bu 4 +There are some operating systems, eg BeOS and HPPA, where undefined symbols in shared libraries are normal. .Sp The BeOS kernel for example patches shared libraries at load time to @@ -1958,13 +2003,13 @@ appropriate memset function. .RE .RS 4 .RE -.IP "\fB\-\-error\-handling\-script=\fR\fIscriptname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-error\-handling\-script=\fR\fIscriptname\fR 4 .IX Item "--error-handling-script=scriptname" If this option is provided then the linker will invoke \&\fIscriptname\fR whenever an error is encountered. Currently however only two kinds of error are supported: missing symbols and missing libraries. Two arguments will be passed to script: the keyword -\&\*(L"undefined-symbol\*(R" or `missing\-lib" and the \fIname\fR of the +"undefined-symbol" or `missing\-lib" and the \fIname\fR of the undefined symbol or missing library. The intention is that the script will provide suggestions to the user as to where the symbol or library might be found. After the script has finished then the normal linker @@ -1972,20 +2017,20 @@ error message will be displayed. .Sp The availability of this option is controlled by a configure time switch, so it may not be present in specific implementations. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-undefined\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-undefined\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-undefined-version" Normally when a symbol has an undefined version, the linker will ignore it. This option disallows symbols with undefined version and a fatal error will be issued instead. -.IP "\fB\-\-default\-symver\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-default\-symver\fR 4 .IX Item "--default-symver" Create and use a default symbol version (the soname) for unversioned exported symbols. -.IP "\fB\-\-default\-imported\-symver\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-default\-imported\-symver\fR 4 .IX Item "--default-imported-symver" Create and use a default symbol version (the soname) for unversioned imported symbols. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-warn\-mismatch\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-warn\-mismatch\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-warn-mismatch" Normally \fBld\fR will give an error if you try to link together input files that are mismatched for some reason, perhaps because they have @@ -1994,26 +2039,26 @@ This option tells \fBld\fR that it should silently permit such possible errors. This option should only be used with care, in cases when you have taken some special action that ensures that the linker errors are inappropriate. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-warn\-search\-mismatch\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-warn\-search\-mismatch\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-warn-search-mismatch" Normally \fBld\fR will give a warning if it finds an incompatible library during a library search. This option silences the warning. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-whole\-archive\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-whole\-archive\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-whole-archive" Turn off the effect of the \fB\-\-whole\-archive\fR option for subsequent archive files. -.IP "\fB\-\-noinhibit\-exec\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-noinhibit\-exec\fR 4 .IX Item "--noinhibit-exec" Retain the executable output file whenever it is still usable. Normally, the linker will not produce an output file if it encounters errors during the link process; it exits without writing an output file when it issues any error whatsoever. -.IP "\fB\-nostdlib\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-nostdlib\fR 4 .IX Item "-nostdlib" Only search library directories explicitly specified on the command line. Library directories specified in linker scripts (including linker scripts specified on the command line) are ignored. -.IP "\fB\-\-oformat=\fR\fIoutput-format\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-oformat=\fR\fIoutput-format\fR 4 .IX Item "--oformat=output-format" \&\fBld\fR may be configured to support more than one kind of object file. If your \fBld\fR is configured this way, you can use the @@ -2022,44 +2067,44 @@ object file. Even when \fBld\fR is configured to support alternative object formats, you don't usually need to specify this, as \fBld\fR should be configured to produce as a default output format the most usual format on each machine. \fIoutput-format\fR is a text string, the -name of a particular format supported by the \s-1BFD\s0 libraries. (You can +name of a particular format supported by the BFD libraries. (You can list the available binary formats with \fBobjdump \-i\fR.) The script command \f(CW\*(C`OUTPUT_FORMAT\*(C'\fR can also specify the output format, but this option overrides it. .IP "\fB\-\-out\-implib\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "--out-implib file" Create an import library in \fIfile\fR corresponding to the executable -the linker is generating (eg. a \s-1DLL\s0 or \s-1ELF\s0 program). This import +the linker is generating (eg. a DLL or ELF program). This import library (which should be called \f(CW\*(C`*.dll.a\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`*.a\*(C'\fR for DLLs) may be used to link clients against the generated executable; this behaviour makes it possible to skip a separate import library creation step (eg. \f(CW\*(C`dlltool\*(C'\fR for DLLs). This option is only available for -the i386 \s-1PE\s0 and \s-1ELF\s0 targetted ports of the linker. -.IP "\fB\-pie\fR" 4 +the i386 PE and ELF targetted ports of the linker. +.IP \fB\-pie\fR 4 .IX Item "-pie" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-pic\-executable\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-pic\-executable\fR 4 .IX Item "--pic-executable" .PD Create a position independent executable. This is currently only supported on -\&\s-1ELF\s0 platforms. Position independent executables are similar to shared +ELF platforms. Position independent executables are similar to shared libraries in that they are relocated by the dynamic linker to the virtual -address the \s-1OS\s0 chooses for them (which can vary between invocations). Like +address the OS chooses for them (which can vary between invocations). Like normal dynamically linked executables they can be executed and symbols defined in the executable cannot be overridden by shared libraries. -.IP "\fB\-no\-pie\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-no\-pie\fR 4 .IX Item "-no-pie" Create a position dependent executable. This is the default. -.IP "\fB\-qmagic\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-qmagic\fR 4 .IX Item "-qmagic" This option is ignored for Linux compatibility. -.IP "\fB\-Qy\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-Qy\fR 4 .IX Item "-Qy" -This option is ignored for \s-1SVR4\s0 compatibility. -.IP "\fB\-\-relax\fR" 4 +This option is ignored for SVR4 compatibility. +.IP \fB\-\-relax\fR 4 .IX Item "--relax" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-relax\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-relax\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-relax" .PD An option with machine dependent effects. @@ -2073,7 +2118,7 @@ instructions, and combining constant values. .Sp On some platforms these link time global optimizations may make symbolic debugging of the resulting executable impossible. -This is known to be the case for the Matsushita \s-1MN10200\s0 and \s-1MN10300\s0 +This is known to be the case for the Matsushita MN10200 and MN10300 family of processors. .Sp On platforms where the feature is supported, the option @@ -2081,7 +2126,7 @@ On platforms where the feature is supported, the option .Sp On platforms where the feature is not supported, both \fB\-\-relax\fR and \fB\-\-no\-relax\fR are accepted, but ignored. -.IP "\fB\-\-retain\-symbols\-file=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-retain\-symbols\-file=\fR\fIfilename\fR 4 .IX Item "--retain-symbols-file=filename" Retain \fIonly\fR the symbols listed in the file \fIfilename\fR, discarding all others. \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one @@ -2095,10 +2140,10 @@ or symbols needed for relocations. .Sp You may only specify \fB\-\-retain\-symbols\-file\fR once in the command line. It overrides \fB\-s\fR and \fB\-S\fR. -.IP "\fB\-rpath=\fR\fIdir\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-rpath=\fR\fIdir\fR 4 .IX Item "-rpath=dir" Add a directory to the runtime library search path. This is used when -linking an \s-1ELF\s0 executable with shared objects. All \fB\-rpath\fR +linking an ELF executable with shared objects. All \fB\-rpath\fR arguments are concatenated and passed to the runtime linker, which uses them to locate shared objects at runtime. .Sp @@ -2108,7 +2153,7 @@ description of the \fB\-rpath\-link\fR option. Searching \fB\-rpath\fR in this way is only supported by native linkers and cross linkers which have been configured with the \fB\-\-with\-sysroot\fR option. .Sp -If \fB\-rpath\fR is not used when linking an \s-1ELF\s0 executable, the +If \fB\-rpath\fR is not used when linking an ELF executable, the contents of the environment variable \f(CW\*(C`LD_RUN_PATH\*(C'\fR will be used if it is defined. .Sp @@ -2117,15 +2162,15 @@ SunOS, the linker will form a runtime search path out of all the \&\fB\-L\fR options it is given. If a \fB\-rpath\fR option is used, the runtime search path will be formed exclusively using the \fB\-rpath\fR options, ignoring the \fB\-L\fR options. This can be useful when using -gcc, which adds many \fB\-L\fR options which may be on \s-1NFS\s0 mounted +gcc, which adds many \fB\-L\fR options which may be on NFS mounted file systems. .Sp -For compatibility with other \s-1ELF\s0 linkers, if the \fB\-R\fR option is +For compatibility with other ELF linkers, if the \fB\-R\fR option is followed by a directory name, rather than a file name, it is treated as the \fB\-rpath\fR option. -.IP "\fB\-rpath\-link=\fR\fIdir\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-rpath\-link=\fR\fIdir\fR 4 .IX Item "-rpath-link=dir" -When using \s-1ELF\s0 or SunOS, one shared library may require another. This +When using ELF or SunOS, one shared library may require another. This happens when an \f(CW\*(C`ld \-shared\*(C'\fR link includes a shared library as one of the input files. .Sp @@ -2138,14 +2183,14 @@ specifies the first set of directories to search. The either by specifying a list of names separated by colons, or by appearing multiple times. .Sp -The tokens \fI\f(CI$ORIGIN\fI\fR and \fI\f(CI$LIB\fI\fR can appear in these search +The tokens \fR\f(CI$ORIGIN\fR\fI\fR and \fI\fR\f(CI$LIB\fR\fI\fR can appear in these search directories. They will be replaced by the full path to the directory -containing the program or shared object in the case of \fI\f(CI$ORIGIN\fI\fR +containing the program or shared object in the case of \fI\fR\f(CI$ORIGIN\fR\fI\fR and either \fBlib\fR \- for 32\-bit binaries \- or \fBlib64\fR \- for -64\-bit binaries \- in the case of \fI\f(CI$LIB\fI\fR. +64\-bit binaries \- in the case of \fI\fR\f(CI$LIB\fR\fI\fR. .Sp -The alternative form of these tokens \- \fI${\s-1ORIGIN\s0}\fR and -\&\fI${\s-1LIB\s0}\fR can also be used. The token \fI\f(CI$PLATFORM\fI\fR is not +The alternative form of these tokens \- \fI${ORIGIN}\fR and +\&\fI${LIB}\fR can also be used. The token \fR\f(CI$PLATFORM\fR\fI\fR is not supported. .Sp This option should be used with caution as it overrides the search path @@ -2156,9 +2201,9 @@ runtime linker would do. The linker uses the following search paths to locate required shared libraries: .RS 4 -.IP "1." 4 +.IP 1. 4 Any directories specified by \fB\-rpath\-link\fR options. -.IP "2." 4 +.IP 2. 4 Any directories specified by \fB\-rpath\fR options. The difference between \fB\-rpath\fR and \fB\-rpath\-link\fR is that directories specified by \fB\-rpath\fR options are included in the executable and @@ -2166,40 +2211,40 @@ used at runtime, whereas the \fB\-rpath\-link\fR option is only effective at link time. Searching \fB\-rpath\fR in this way is only supported by native linkers and cross linkers which have been configured with the \fB\-\-with\-sysroot\fR option. -.IP "3." 4 -On an \s-1ELF\s0 system, for native linkers, if the \fB\-rpath\fR and +.IP 3. 4 +On an ELF system, for native linkers, if the \fB\-rpath\fR and \&\fB\-rpath\-link\fR options were not used, search the contents of the environment variable \f(CW\*(C`LD_RUN_PATH\*(C'\fR. -.IP "4." 4 +.IP 4. 4 On SunOS, if the \fB\-rpath\fR option was not used, search any directories specified using \fB\-L\fR options. -.IP "5." 4 +.IP 5. 4 For a native linker, search the contents of the environment variable \f(CW\*(C`LD_LIBRARY_PATH\*(C'\fR. -.IP "6." 4 -For a native \s-1ELF\s0 linker, the directories in \f(CW\*(C`DT_RUNPATH\*(C'\fR or +.IP 6. 4 +For a native ELF linker, the directories in \f(CW\*(C`DT_RUNPATH\*(C'\fR or \&\f(CW\*(C`DT_RPATH\*(C'\fR of a shared library are searched for shared libraries needed by it. The \f(CW\*(C`DT_RPATH\*(C'\fR entries are ignored if \&\f(CW\*(C`DT_RUNPATH\*(C'\fR entries exist. -.IP "7." 4 +.IP 7. 4 For a linker for a Linux system, if the file \fI/etc/ld.so.conf\fR exists, the list of directories found in that file. Note: the path to this file is prefixed with the \f(CW\*(C`sysroot\*(C'\fR value, if that is defined, and then any \f(CW\*(C`prefix\*(C'\fR string if the linker was configured with the \fB\-\-prefix=<path>\fR option. -.IP "8." 4 +.IP 8. 4 For a native linker on a FreeBSD system, any directories specified by the \f(CW\*(C`_PATH_ELF_HINTS\*(C'\fR macro defined in the \fIelf\-hints.h\fR header file. -.IP "9." 4 +.IP 9. 4 Any directories specified by a \f(CW\*(C`SEARCH_DIR\*(C'\fR command in a linker script given on the command line, including scripts specified by \fB\-T\fR (but not \fB\-dT\fR). -.IP "10." 4 +.IP 10. 4 The default directories, normally \fI/lib\fR and \fI/usr/lib\fR. -.IP "11." 4 -Any directories specified by a plugin \s-1LDPT_SET_EXTRA_LIBRARY_PATH.\s0 -.IP "12." 4 +.IP 11. 4 +Any directories specified by a plugin LDPT_SET_EXTRA_LIBRARY_PATH. +.IP 12. 4 Any directories specified by a \f(CW\*(C`SEARCH_DIR\*(C'\fR command in a default linker script. .RE @@ -2208,32 +2253,32 @@ linker script. Note however on Linux based systems there is an additional caveat: If the \fB\-\-as\-needed\fR option is active \fIand\fR a shared library is located which would normally satisfy the search \fIand\fR this -library does not have \s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 tag for \fIlibc.so\fR +library does not have DT_NEEDED tag for \fIlibc.so\fR \&\fIand\fR there is a shared library later on in the set of search directories which also satisfies the search \fIand\fR -this second shared library does have a \s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 tag for +this second shared library does have a DT_NEEDED tag for \&\fIlibc.so\fR \fIthen\fR the second library will be selected instead of the first. .Sp If the required shared library is not found, the linker will issue a warning and continue with the link. .RE -.IP "\fB\-shared\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-shared\fR 4 .IX Item "-shared" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-Bshareable\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-Bshareable\fR 4 .IX Item "-Bshareable" .PD -Create a shared library. This is currently only supported on \s-1ELF, XCOFF\s0 +Create a shared library. This is currently only supported on ELF, XCOFF and SunOS platforms. On SunOS, the linker will automatically create a shared library if the \fB\-e\fR option is not used and there are undefined symbols in the link. -.IP "\fB\-\-sort\-common\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sort\-common\fR 4 .IX Item "--sort-common" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-sort\-common=ascending\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sort\-common=ascending\fR 4 .IX Item "--sort-common=ascending" -.IP "\fB\-\-sort\-common=descending\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sort\-common=descending\fR 4 .IX Item "--sort-common=descending" .PD This option tells \fBld\fR to sort the common symbols by alignment in @@ -2242,50 +2287,50 @@ sections. The symbol alignments considered are sixteen-byte or larger, eight-byte, four-byte, two-byte, and one-byte. This is to prevent gaps between symbols due to alignment constraints. If no sorting order is specified, then descending order is assumed. -.IP "\fB\-\-sort\-section=name\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sort\-section=name\fR 4 .IX Item "--sort-section=name" This option will apply \f(CW\*(C`SORT_BY_NAME\*(C'\fR to all wildcard section patterns in the linker script. -.IP "\fB\-\-sort\-section=alignment\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sort\-section=alignment\fR 4 .IX Item "--sort-section=alignment" This option will apply \f(CW\*(C`SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT\*(C'\fR to all wildcard section patterns in the linker script. -.IP "\fB\-\-spare\-dynamic\-tags=\fR\fIcount\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-spare\-dynamic\-tags=\fR\fIcount\fR 4 .IX Item "--spare-dynamic-tags=count" This option specifies the number of empty slots to leave in the -\&.dynamic section of \s-1ELF\s0 shared objects. Empty slots may be needed by +\&.dynamic section of ELF shared objects. Empty slots may be needed by post processing tools, such as the prelinker. The default is 5. -.IP "\fB\-\-split\-by\-file[=\fR\fIsize\fR\fB]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-split\-by\-file[=\fR\fIsize\fR\fB]\fR 4 .IX Item "--split-by-file[=size]" Similar to \fB\-\-split\-by\-reloc\fR but creates a new output section for each input file when \fIsize\fR is reached. \fIsize\fR defaults to a size of 1 if not given. -.IP "\fB\-\-split\-by\-reloc[=\fR\fIcount\fR\fB]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-split\-by\-reloc[=\fR\fIcount\fR\fB]\fR 4 .IX Item "--split-by-reloc[=count]" Tries to creates extra sections in the output file so that no single output section in the file contains more than \fIcount\fR relocations. This is useful when generating huge relocatable files for downloading into -certain real time kernels with the \s-1COFF\s0 object file format; since \s-1COFF\s0 +certain real time kernels with the COFF object file format; since COFF cannot represent more than 65535 relocations in a single section. Note that this will fail to work with object file formats which do not support arbitrary sections. The linker will not split up individual input sections for redistribution, so if a single input section contains more than \fIcount\fR relocations one output section will contain that many relocations. \fIcount\fR defaults to a value of 32768. -.IP "\fB\-\-stats\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-stats\fR 4 .IX Item "--stats" Compute and display statistics about the operation of the linker, such as execution time and memory usage. -.IP "\fB\-\-sysroot=\fR\fIdirectory\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sysroot=\fR\fIdirectory\fR 4 .IX Item "--sysroot=directory" Use \fIdirectory\fR as the location of the sysroot, overriding the configure-time default. This option is only supported by linkers that were configured using \fB\-\-with\-sysroot\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-task\-link\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-task\-link\fR 4 .IX Item "--task-link" -This is used by \s-1COFF/PE\s0 based targets to create a task-linked object +This is used by COFF/PE based targets to create a task-linked object file where all of the global symbols have been converted to statics. -.IP "\fB\-\-traditional\-format\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-traditional\-format\fR 4 .IX Item "--traditional-format" For some targets, the output of \fBld\fR is different in some ways from the output of some existing linker. This switch requests \fBld\fR to @@ -2297,7 +2342,7 @@ full debugging information by over 30 percent. Unfortunately, the SunOS \&\f(CW\*(C`dbx\*(C'\fR program can not read the resulting program (\f(CW\*(C`gdb\*(C'\fR has no trouble). The \fB\-\-traditional\-format\fR switch tells \fBld\fR to not combine duplicate entries. -.IP "\fB\-\-section\-start=\fR\fIsectionname\fR\fB=\fR\fIorg\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-section\-start=\fR\fIsectionname\fR\fB=\fR\fIorg\fR 4 .IX Item "--section-start=sectionname=org" Locate a section in the output file at the absolute address given by \fIorg\fR. You may use this option as many @@ -2308,45 +2353,45 @@ for compatibility with other linkers, you may omit the leading \&\fB0x\fR usually associated with hexadecimal values. \fINote:\fR there should be no white space between \fIsectionname\fR, the equals sign ("\fB=\fR"), and \fIorg\fR. -.IP "\fB\-Tbss=\fR\fIorg\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-Tbss=\fR\fIorg\fR 4 .IX Item "-Tbss=org" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-Tdata=\fR\fIorg\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-Tdata=\fR\fIorg\fR 4 .IX Item "-Tdata=org" -.IP "\fB\-Ttext=\fR\fIorg\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-Ttext=\fR\fIorg\fR 4 .IX Item "-Ttext=org" .PD Same as \fB\-\-section\-start\fR, with \f(CW\*(C`.bss\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`.data\*(C'\fR or \&\f(CW\*(C`.text\*(C'\fR as the \fIsectionname\fR. -.IP "\fB\-Ttext\-segment=\fR\fIorg\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-Ttext\-segment=\fR\fIorg\fR 4 .IX Item "-Ttext-segment=org" -When creating an \s-1ELF\s0 executable, it will set the address of the first +When creating an ELF executable, it will set the address of the first byte of the text segment. -.IP "\fB\-Trodata\-segment=\fR\fIorg\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-Trodata\-segment=\fR\fIorg\fR 4 .IX Item "-Trodata-segment=org" -When creating an \s-1ELF\s0 executable or shared object for a target where +When creating an ELF executable or shared object for a target where the read-only data is in its own segment separate from the executable text, it will set the address of the first byte of the read-only data segment. -.IP "\fB\-Tldata\-segment=\fR\fIorg\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-Tldata\-segment=\fR\fIorg\fR 4 .IX Item "-Tldata-segment=org" -When creating an \s-1ELF\s0 executable or shared object for x86\-64 medium memory +When creating an ELF executable or shared object for x86\-64 medium memory model, it will set the address of the first byte of the ldata segment. -.IP "\fB\-\-unresolved\-symbols=\fR\fImethod\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-unresolved\-symbols=\fR\fImethod\fR 4 .IX Item "--unresolved-symbols=method" Determine how to handle unresolved symbols. There are four possible values for \fBmethod\fR: .RS 4 -.IP "\fBignore-all\fR" 4 +.IP \fBignore-all\fR 4 .IX Item "ignore-all" Do not report any unresolved symbols. -.IP "\fBreport-all\fR" 4 +.IP \fBreport-all\fR 4 .IX Item "report-all" Report all unresolved symbols. This is the default. -.IP "\fBignore-in-object-files\fR" 4 +.IP \fBignore-in-object-files\fR 4 .IX Item "ignore-in-object-files" Report unresolved symbols that are contained in shared libraries, but ignore them if they come from regular object files. -.IP "\fBignore-in-shared-libs\fR" 4 +.IP \fBignore-in-shared-libs\fR 4 .IX Item "ignore-in-shared-libs" Report unresolved symbols that come from regular object files, but ignore them if they come from shared libraries. This can be useful @@ -2363,26 +2408,26 @@ Normally the linker will generate an error message for each reported unresolved symbol but the option \fB\-\-warn\-unresolved\-symbols\fR can change this to a warning. .RE -.IP "\fB\-\-dll\-verbose\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dll\-verbose\fR 4 .IX Item "--dll-verbose" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-verbose[=\fR\fI\s-1NUMBER\s0\fR\fB]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-verbose[=\fR\fINUMBER\fR\fB]\fR 4 .IX Item "--verbose[=NUMBER]" .PD Display the version number for \fBld\fR and list the linker emulations supported. Display which input files can and cannot be opened. Display -the linker script being used by the linker. If the optional \fI\s-1NUMBER\s0\fR +the linker script being used by the linker. If the optional \fINUMBER\fR argument > 1, plugin symbol status will also be displayed. -.IP "\fB\-\-version\-script=\fR\fIversion-scriptfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\-script=\fR\fIversion-scriptfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--version-script=version-scriptfile" Specify the name of a version script to the linker. This is typically used when creating shared libraries to specify additional information about the version hierarchy for the library being created. This option -is only fully supported on \s-1ELF\s0 platforms which support shared libraries; -see \fB\s-1VERSION\s0\fR. It is partially supported on \s-1PE\s0 platforms, which can +is only fully supported on ELF platforms which support shared libraries; +see \fBVERSION\fR. It is partially supported on PE platforms, which can use version scripts to filter symbol visibility in auto-export mode: any symbols marked \fBlocal\fR in the version script will not be exported. -.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-common\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-warn\-common\fR 4 .IX Item "--warn-common" Warn when a common symbol is combined with another common symbol or with a symbol definition. Unix linkers allow this somewhat sloppy practice, @@ -2418,7 +2463,7 @@ Each warning consists of a pair of lines: the first describes the symbol just encountered, and the second describes the previous symbol encountered with the same name. One or both of the two symbols will be a common symbol. -.IP "1." 4 +.IP 1. 4 Turning a common symbol into a reference, because there is already a definition for the symbol. .Sp @@ -2427,7 +2472,7 @@ definition for the symbol. \& overridden by definition \& <file>(<section>): warning: defined here .Ve -.IP "2." 4 +.IP 2. 4 Turning a common symbol into a reference, because a later definition for the symbol is encountered. This is the same as the previous case, except that the symbols are encountered in a different order. @@ -2437,7 +2482,7 @@ except that the symbols are encountered in a different order. \& overriding common \& <file>(<section>): warning: common is here .Ve -.IP "3." 4 +.IP 3. 4 Merging a common symbol with a previous same-sized common symbol. .Sp .Vb 3 @@ -2445,7 +2490,7 @@ Merging a common symbol with a previous same-sized common symbol. \& of \`<symbol>\*(Aq \& <file>(<section>): warning: previous common is here .Ve -.IP "4." 4 +.IP 4. 4 Merging a common symbol with a previous larger common symbol. .Sp .Vb 3 @@ -2453,7 +2498,7 @@ Merging a common symbol with a previous larger common symbol. \& overridden by larger common \& <file>(<section>): warning: larger common is here .Ve -.IP "5." 4 +.IP 5. 4 Merging a common symbol with a previous smaller common symbol. This is the same as the previous case, except that the symbols are encountered in a different order. @@ -2466,39 +2511,67 @@ encountered in a different order. .RE .RS 4 .RE -.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-constructors\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-warn\-constructors\fR 4 .IX Item "--warn-constructors" Warn if any global constructors are used. This is only useful for a few -object file formats. For formats like \s-1COFF\s0 or \s-1ELF,\s0 the linker can not +object file formats. For formats like COFF or ELF, the linker can not detect the use of global constructors. -.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-execstack\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-warn\-execstack\fR 4 .IX Item "--warn-execstack" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-warn\-execstack\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-warn\-execstack\-objects\fR 4 +.IX Item "--warn-execstack-objects" +.IP \fB\-\-no\-warn\-execstack\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-warn-execstack" .PD -On \s-1ELF\s0 platforms this option controls how the linker generates warning -messages when it creates an output file with an executable stack. By -default the linker will not warn if the \fB\-z execstack\fR command -line option has been used, but this behaviour can be overridden by the -\&\fB\-\-warn\-execstack\fR option. +On ELF platforms the linker may generate warning messages if it is +asked to create an output file that contains an executable stack. +There are three possible states: +.RS 4 +.IP 1. 4 +Do not generate any warnings. +.IP 2. 4 +Always generate warnings, even if the executable stack is requested +via the \fB\-z execstack\fR command line option. +.IP 3. 4 +Only generate a warning if an object file requests an executable +stack, but not if the \fB\-z execstack\fR option is used. +.RE +.RS 4 .Sp -On the other hand the linker will normally warn if the stack is made -executable because one or more of the input files need an execuable -stack and neither of the \fB\-z execstack\fR or \fB\-z -noexecstack\fR command line options have been specified. This warning -can be disabled via the \fB\-\-no\-warn\-execstack\fR option. +The default state depends upon how the linker was configured when it +was built. The \fB\-\-no\-warn\-execstack\fR option always puts the +linker into the no-warnings state. The \fB\-\-warn\-execstack\fR +option puts the linker into the warn-always state. The +\&\fB\-\-warn\-execstack\-objects\fR option puts the linker into the +warn-for-object-files-only state. .Sp -Note: \s-1ELF\s0 format input files specify that they need an executable +Note: ELF format input files can specify that they need an executable stack by having a \fI.note.GNU\-stack\fR section with the executable bit set in its section flags. They can specify that they do not need -an executable stack by having that section, but without the executable -flag bit set. If an input file does not have a \fI.note.GNU\-stack\fR -section present then the default behaviour is target specific. For -some targets, then absence of such a section implies that an -executable stack \fIis\fR required. This is often a problem for hand -crafted assembler files. -.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-multiple\-gp\fR" 4 +an executable stack by having the same section, but without the +executable flag bit set. If an input file does not have a +\&\fI.note.GNU\-stack\fR section then the default behaviour is target +specific. For some targets, then absence of such a section implies +that an executable stack \fIis\fR required. This is often a problem +for hand crafted assembler files. +.RE +.IP \fB\-\-error\-execstack\fR 4 +.IX Item "--error-execstack" +.PD 0 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-error\-execstack\fR 4 +.IX Item "--no-error-execstack" +.PD +If the linker is going to generate a warning message about an +executable stack then the \fB\-\-error\-execstack\fR option will +instead change that warning into an error. Note \- this option does +not change the linker's execstack warning generation state. Use +\&\fB\-\-warn\-execstack\fR or \fB\-\-warn\-execstack\-objects\fR to set +a specific warning state. +.Sp +The \fB\-\-no\-error\-execstack\fR option will restore the default +behaviour of generating warning messages. +.IP \fB\-\-warn\-multiple\-gp\fR 4 .IX Item "--warn-multiple-gp" Warn if multiple global pointer values are required in the output file. This is only meaningful for certain processors, such as the Alpha. @@ -2511,14 +2584,14 @@ bits), this limits the maximum size of the constant pool. Thus, in large programs, it is often necessary to use multiple global pointer values in order to be able to address all possible constants. This option causes a warning to be issued whenever this case occurs. -.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-once\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-warn\-once\fR 4 .IX Item "--warn-once" Only warn once for each undefined symbol, rather than once per module which refers to it. -.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-rwx\-segments\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-warn\-rwx\-segments\fR 4 .IX Item "--warn-rwx-segments" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-warn\-rwx\-segments\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-warn\-rwx\-segments\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-warn-rwx-segments" .PD Warn if the linker creates a loadable, non-zero sized segment that has @@ -2531,30 +2604,46 @@ not it has the read and/or write flags set. These warnings are enabled by default. They can be disabled via the \&\fB\-\-no\-warn\-rwx\-segments\fR option and re-enabled via the \&\fB\-\-warn\-rwx\-segments\fR option. -.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-section\-align\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-error\-rwx\-segments\fR 4 +.IX Item "--error-rwx-segments" +.PD 0 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-error\-rwx\-segments\fR 4 +.IX Item "--no-error-rwx-segments" +.PD +If the linker is going to generate a warning message about an +executable, writeable segment, or an executable TLS segment, then the +\&\fB\-\-error\-rwx\-segments\fR option will turn this warning into an +error instead. The \fB\-\-no\-error\-rwx\-segments\fR option will +restore the default behaviour of just generating a warning message. +.Sp +Note \- the \fB\-\-error\-rwx\-segments\fR option does not by itself +turn on warnings about these segments. These warnings are either +enabled by default, if the linker was configured that way, or via the +\&\fB\-\-warn\-rwx\-segments\fR command line option. +.IP \fB\-\-warn\-section\-align\fR 4 .IX Item "--warn-section-align" Warn if the address of an output section is changed because of alignment. Typically, the alignment will be set by an input section. The address will only be changed if it not explicitly specified; that is, if the \f(CW\*(C`SECTIONS\*(C'\fR command does not specify a start address for the section. -.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-textrel\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-warn\-textrel\fR 4 .IX Item "--warn-textrel" -Warn if the linker adds \s-1DT_TEXTREL\s0 to a position-independent executable +Warn if the linker adds DT_TEXTREL to a position-independent executable or shared object. -.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-alternate\-em\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-warn\-alternate\-em\fR 4 .IX Item "--warn-alternate-em" -Warn if an object has alternate \s-1ELF\s0 machine code. -.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-unresolved\-symbols\fR" 4 +Warn if an object has alternate ELF machine code. +.IP \fB\-\-warn\-unresolved\-symbols\fR 4 .IX Item "--warn-unresolved-symbols" If the linker is going to report an unresolved symbol (see the option \&\fB\-\-unresolved\-symbols\fR) it will normally generate an error. This option makes it generate a warning instead. -.IP "\fB\-\-error\-unresolved\-symbols\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-error\-unresolved\-symbols\fR 4 .IX Item "--error-unresolved-symbols" This restores the linker's default behaviour of generating errors when it is reporting unresolved symbols. -.IP "\fB\-\-whole\-archive\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-whole\-archive\fR 4 .IX Item "--whole-archive" For each archive mentioned on the command line after the \&\fB\-\-whole\-archive\fR option, include every object file in the archive @@ -2568,17 +2657,17 @@ about this option, so you have to use \fB\-Wl,\-whole\-archive\fR. Second, don't forget to use \fB\-Wl,\-no\-whole\-archive\fR after your list of archives, because gcc will add its own list of archives to your link and you may not want this flag to affect those as well. -.IP "\fB\-\-wrap=\fR\fIsymbol\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-wrap=\fR\fIsymbol\fR 4 .IX Item "--wrap=symbol" Use a wrapper function for \fIsymbol\fR. Any undefined reference to -\&\fIsymbol\fR will be resolved to \f(CW\*(C`_\|_wrap_\f(CIsymbol\f(CW\*(C'\fR. Any -undefined reference to \f(CW\*(C`_\|_real_\f(CIsymbol\f(CW\*(C'\fR will be resolved to +\&\fIsymbol\fR will be resolved to \f(CW\*(C`_\|_wrap_\fR\f(CIsymbol\fR\f(CW\*(C'\fR. Any +undefined reference to \f(CW\*(C`_\|_real_\fR\f(CIsymbol\fR\f(CW\*(C'\fR will be resolved to \&\fIsymbol\fR. .Sp This can be used to provide a wrapper for a system function. The -wrapper function should be called \f(CW\*(C`_\|_wrap_\f(CIsymbol\f(CW\*(C'\fR. If it +wrapper function should be called \f(CW\*(C`_\|_wrap_\fR\f(CIsymbol\fR\f(CW\*(C'\fR. If it wishes to call the system function, it should call -\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_real_\f(CIsymbol\f(CW\*(C'\fR. +\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_real_\fR\f(CIsymbol\fR\f(CW\*(C'\fR. .Sp Here is a trivial example: .Sp @@ -2604,7 +2693,7 @@ call before the linker has a chance to wrap it to \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR. .Sp Only undefined references are replaced by the linker. So, translation unit internal references to \fIsymbol\fR are not resolved to -\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_wrap_\f(CIsymbol\f(CW\*(C'\fR. In the next example, the call to \f(CW\*(C`f\*(C'\fR in +\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_wrap_\fR\f(CIsymbol\fR\f(CW\*(C'\fR. In the next example, the call to \f(CW\*(C`f\*(C'\fR in \&\f(CW\*(C`g\*(C'\fR is not resolved to \f(CW\*(C`_\|_wrap_f\*(C'\fR. .Sp .Vb 5 @@ -2620,76 +2709,76 @@ internal references to \fIsymbol\fR are not resolved to \& return f(); \& } .Ve -.IP "\fB\-\-eh\-frame\-hdr\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-eh\-frame\-hdr\fR 4 .IX Item "--eh-frame-hdr" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-eh\-frame\-hdr\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-eh\-frame\-hdr\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-eh-frame-hdr" .PD Request (\fB\-\-eh\-frame\-hdr\fR) or suppress (\fB\-\-no\-eh\-frame\-hdr\fR) the creation of \f(CW\*(C`.eh_frame_hdr\*(C'\fR -section and \s-1ELF\s0 \f(CW\*(C`PT_GNU_EH_FRAME\*(C'\fR segment header. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-ld\-generated\-unwind\-info\fR" 4 +section and ELF \f(CW\*(C`PT_GNU_EH_FRAME\*(C'\fR segment header. +.IP \fB\-\-no\-ld\-generated\-unwind\-info\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-ld-generated-unwind-info" Request creation of \f(CW\*(C`.eh_frame\*(C'\fR unwind info for linker -generated code sections like \s-1PLT.\s0 This option is on by default +generated code sections like PLT. This option is on by default if linker generated unwind info is supported. This option also -controls the generation of \f(CW\*(C`.sframe\*(C'\fR unwind info for linker -generated code sections like \s-1PLT.\s0 -.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-new\-dtags\fR" 4 +controls the generation of \f(CW\*(C`.sframe\*(C'\fR stack trace info for linker +generated code sections like PLT. +.IP \fB\-\-enable\-new\-dtags\fR 4 .IX Item "--enable-new-dtags" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-new\-dtags\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disable\-new\-dtags\fR 4 .IX Item "--disable-new-dtags" .PD -This linker can create the new dynamic tags in \s-1ELF.\s0 But the older \s-1ELF\s0 +This linker can create the new dynamic tags in ELF. But the older ELF systems may not understand them. If you specify \&\fB\-\-enable\-new\-dtags\fR, the new dynamic tags will be created as needed and older dynamic tags will be omitted. If you specify \fB\-\-disable\-new\-dtags\fR, no new dynamic tags will be created. By default, the new dynamic tags are not created. Note that -those options are only available for \s-1ELF\s0 systems. -.IP "\fB\-\-hash\-size=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4 +those options are only available for ELF systems. +.IP \fB\-\-hash\-size=\fR\fInumber\fR 4 .IX Item "--hash-size=number" Set the default size of the linker's hash tables to a prime number close to \fInumber\fR. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the linker to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the linker's memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory requirements at the expense of speed. -.IP "\fB\-\-hash\-style=\fR\fIstyle\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-hash\-style=\fR\fIstyle\fR 4 .IX Item "--hash-style=style" Set the type of linker's hash table(s). \fIstyle\fR can be either -\&\f(CW\*(C`sysv\*(C'\fR for classic \s-1ELF\s0 \f(CW\*(C`.hash\*(C'\fR section, \f(CW\*(C`gnu\*(C'\fR for -new style \s-1GNU\s0 \f(CW\*(C`.gnu.hash\*(C'\fR section or \f(CW\*(C`both\*(C'\fR for both -the classic \s-1ELF\s0 \f(CW\*(C`.hash\*(C'\fR and new style \s-1GNU\s0 \f(CW\*(C`.gnu.hash\*(C'\fR +\&\f(CW\*(C`sysv\*(C'\fR for classic ELF \f(CW\*(C`.hash\*(C'\fR section, \f(CW\*(C`gnu\*(C'\fR for +new style GNU \f(CW\*(C`.gnu.hash\*(C'\fR section or \f(CW\*(C`both\*(C'\fR for both +the classic ELF \f(CW\*(C`.hash\*(C'\fR and new style GNU \f(CW\*(C`.gnu.hash\*(C'\fR hash tables. The default depends upon how the linker was configured, but for most Linux based systems it will be \f(CW\*(C`both\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=none\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=none\fR 4 .IX Item "--compress-debug-sections=none" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\fR 4 .IX Item "--compress-debug-sections=zlib" -.IP "\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\-gnu\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\-gnu\fR 4 .IX Item "--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu" -.IP "\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\-gabi\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\-gabi\fR 4 .IX Item "--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi" -.IP "\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zstd\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zstd\fR 4 .IX Item "--compress-debug-sections=zstd" .PD -On \s-1ELF\s0 platforms, these options control how \s-1DWARF\s0 debug sections are +On ELF platforms, these options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed using zlib. .Sp -\&\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=none\fR doesn't compress \s-1DWARF\s0 debug +\&\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=none\fR doesn't compress DWARF debug sections. \fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\-gnu\fR compresses -\&\s-1DWARF\s0 debug sections and renames them to begin with \fB.zdebug\fR +DWARF debug sections and renames them to begin with \fB.zdebug\fR instead of \fB.debug\fR. \fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\-gabi\fR -also compresses \s-1DWARF\s0 debug sections, but rather than renaming them it -sets the \s-1SHF_COMPRESSED\s0 flag in the sections' headers. +also compresses DWARF debug sections, but rather than renaming them it +sets the SHF_COMPRESSED flag in the sections' headers. .Sp The \fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\fR option is an alias for \&\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\-gabi\fR. .Sp -\&\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zstd\fR compresses \s-1DWARF\s0 debug sections using +\&\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zstd\fR compresses DWARF debug sections using zstd. .Sp Note that this option overrides any compression in input debug @@ -2701,7 +2790,7 @@ The default compression behaviour varies depending upon the target involved and the configure options used to build the toolchain. The default can be determined by examining the output from the linker's \&\fB\-\-help\fR option. -.IP "\fB\-\-reduce\-memory\-overheads\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-reduce\-memory\-overheads\fR 4 .IX Item "--reduce-memory-overheads" This option reduces memory requirements at ld runtime, at the expense of linking speed. This was introduced to select the old O(n^2) algorithm @@ -2715,24 +2804,24 @@ has been used. .Sp The \fB\-\-reduce\-memory\-overheads\fR switch may be also be used to enable other tradeoffs in future versions of the linker. -.IP "\fB\-\-max\-cache\-size=\fR\fIsize\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-max\-cache\-size=\fR\fIsize\fR 4 .IX Item "--max-cache-size=size" \&\fBld\fR normally caches the relocation information and symbol tables of input files in memory with the unlimited size. This option sets the maximum cache size to \fIsize\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-build\-id\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-build\-id\fR 4 .IX Item "--build-id" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-build\-id=\fR\fIstyle\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-build\-id=\fR\fIstyle\fR 4 .IX Item "--build-id=style" .PD -Request the creation of a \f(CW\*(C`.note.gnu.build\-id\*(C'\fR \s-1ELF\s0 note section -or a \f(CW\*(C`.buildid\*(C'\fR \s-1COFF\s0 section. The contents of the note are +Request the creation of a \f(CW\*(C`.note.gnu.build\-id\*(C'\fR ELF note section +or a \f(CW\*(C`.buildid\*(C'\fR COFF section. The contents of the note are unique bits identifying this linked file. \fIstyle\fR can be \&\f(CW\*(C`uuid\*(C'\fR to use 128 random bits, \f(CW\*(C`sha1\*(C'\fR to use a 160\-bit -\&\s-1SHA1\s0 hash on the normative parts of the output contents, -\&\f(CW\*(C`md5\*(C'\fR to use a 128\-bit \s-1MD5\s0 hash on the normative parts of -the output contents, or \f(CW\*(C`0x\f(CIhexstring\f(CW\*(C'\fR to use a chosen bit +SHA1 hash on the normative parts of the output contents, +\&\f(CW\*(C`md5\*(C'\fR to use a 128\-bit MD5 hash on the normative parts of +the output contents, or \f(CW\*(C`0x\fR\f(CIhexstring\fR\f(CW\*(C'\fR to use a chosen bit string specified as an even number of hexadecimal digits (\f(CW\*(C`\-\*(C'\fR and \&\f(CW\*(C`:\*(C'\fR characters between digit pairs are ignored). If \fIstyle\fR is omitted, \f(CW\*(C`sha1\*(C'\fR is used. @@ -2741,25 +2830,25 @@ The \f(CW\*(C`md5\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`sha1\*(C'\fR styles produces an identifi that is always the same in an identical output file, but will be unique among all nonidentical output files. It is not intended to be compared as a checksum for the file's contents. A linked -file may be changed later by other tools, but the build \s-1ID\s0 bit +file may be changed later by other tools, but the build ID bit string identifying the original linked file does not change. .Sp Passing \f(CW\*(C`none\*(C'\fR for \fIstyle\fR disables the setting from any \&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-build\-id\*(C'\fR options earlier on the command line. -.IP "\fB\-\-package\-metadata=\fR\fI\s-1JSON\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-package\-metadata=\fR\fIJSON\fR 4 .IX Item "--package-metadata=JSON" -Request the creation of a \f(CW\*(C`.note.package\*(C'\fR \s-1ELF\s0 note section. The -contents of the note are in \s-1JSON\s0 format, as per the package metadata +Request the creation of a \f(CW\*(C`.note.package\*(C'\fR ELF note section. The +contents of the note are in JSON format, as per the package metadata specification. For more information see: https://systemd.io/ELF_PACKAGE_METADATA/ -If the \s-1JSON\s0 argument is missing/empty then this will disable the +If the JSON argument is missing/empty then this will disable the creation of the metadata note, if one had been enabled by an earlier -occurrence of the \-\-package\-metdata option. -If the linker has been built with libjansson, then the \s-1JSON\s0 string +occurrence of the \-\-package\-metadata option. +If the linker has been built with libjansson, then the JSON string will be validated. .PP -The i386 \s-1PE\s0 linker supports the \fB\-shared\fR option, which causes -the output to be a dynamically linked library (\s-1DLL\s0) instead of a +The i386 PE linker supports the \fB\-shared\fR option, which causes +the output to be a dynamically linked library (DLL) instead of a normal executable. You should name the output \f(CW\*(C`*.dll\*(C'\fR when you use this option. In addition, the linker fully supports the standard \&\f(CW\*(C`*.def\*(C'\fR files, which may be specified on the linker command line @@ -2767,58 +2856,58 @@ like an object file (in fact, it should precede archives it exports symbols from, to ensure that they get linked in, just like a normal object file). .PP -In addition to the options common to all targets, the i386 \s-1PE\s0 linker +In addition to the options common to all targets, the i386 PE linker support additional command-line options that are specific to the i386 -\&\s-1PE\s0 target. Options that take values may be separated from their +PE target. Options that take values may be separated from their values by either a space or an equals sign. -.IP "\fB\-\-add\-stdcall\-alias\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-add\-stdcall\-alias\fR 4 .IX Item "--add-stdcall-alias" If given, symbols with a stdcall suffix (@\fInn\fR) will be exported as-is and also with the suffix stripped. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] .IP "\fB\-\-base\-file\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "--base-file file" Use \fIfile\fR as the name of a file in which to save the base addresses of all the relocations needed for generating DLLs with \&\fIdlltool\fR. -[This is an i386 \s-1PE\s0 specific option] -.IP "\fB\-\-dll\fR" 4 +[This is an i386 PE specific option] +.IP \fB\-\-dll\fR 4 .IX Item "--dll" -Create a \s-1DLL\s0 instead of a regular executable. You may also use +Create a DLL instead of a regular executable. You may also use \&\fB\-shared\fR or specify a \f(CW\*(C`LIBRARY\*(C'\fR in a given \f(CW\*(C`.def\*(C'\fR file. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] -.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-long\-section\-names\fR" 4 +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] +.IP \fB\-\-enable\-long\-section\-names\fR 4 .IX Item "--enable-long-section-names" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-long\-section\-names\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disable\-long\-section\-names\fR 4 .IX Item "--disable-long-section-names" .PD -The \s-1PE\s0 variants of the \s-1COFF\s0 object format add an extension that permits +The PE variants of the COFF object format add an extension that permits the use of section names longer than eight characters, the normal limit -for \s-1COFF.\s0 By default, these names are only allowed in object files, as -fully-linked executable images do not carry the \s-1COFF\s0 string table required -to support the longer names. As a \s-1GNU\s0 extension, it is possible to +for COFF. By default, these names are only allowed in object files, as +fully-linked executable images do not carry the COFF string table required +to support the longer names. As a GNU extension, it is possible to allow their use in executable images as well, or to (probably pointlessly!) disallow it in object files, by using these two options. Executable images generated with these long section names are slightly non-standard, carrying as they do a string table, and may generate confusing output when examined with non-GNU PE-aware tools, such as file viewers and dumpers. However, -\&\s-1GDB\s0 relies on the use of \s-1PE\s0 long section names to find Dwarf\-2 debug +GDB relies on the use of PE long section names to find Dwarf\-2 debug information sections in an executable image at runtime, and so if neither option is specified on the command-line, \fBld\fR will enable long section names, overriding the default and technically correct behaviour, when it finds the presence of debug information while linking an executable image and not stripping symbols. -[This option is valid for all \s-1PE\s0 targeted ports of the linker] -.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-stdcall\-fixup\fR" 4 +[This option is valid for all PE targeted ports of the linker] +.IP \fB\-\-enable\-stdcall\-fixup\fR 4 .IX Item "--enable-stdcall-fixup" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-stdcall\-fixup\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disable\-stdcall\-fixup\fR 4 .IX Item "--disable-stdcall-fixup" .PD If the link finds a symbol that it cannot resolve, it will attempt to -do \*(L"fuzzy linking\*(R" by looking for another defined symbol that differs +do "fuzzy linking" by looking for another defined symbol that differs only in the format of the symbol name (cdecl vs stdcall) and will resolve that symbol by linking to the match. For example, the undefined symbol \f(CW\*(C`_foo\*(C'\fR might be linked to the function @@ -2830,33 +2919,33 @@ to be usable. If you specify \fB\-\-enable\-stdcall\-fixup\fR, this feature is fully enabled and warnings are not printed. If you specify \&\fB\-\-disable\-stdcall\-fixup\fR, this feature is disabled and such mismatches are considered to be errors. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] -.IP "\fB\-\-leading\-underscore\fR" 4 +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] +.IP \fB\-\-leading\-underscore\fR 4 .IX Item "--leading-underscore" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-leading\-underscore\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-leading\-underscore\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-leading-underscore" .PD For most targets default symbol-prefix is an underscore and is defined in target's description. By this option it is possible to disable/enable the default underscore symbol-prefix. -.IP "\fB\-\-export\-all\-symbols\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-export\-all\-symbols\fR 4 .IX Item "--export-all-symbols" -If given, all global symbols in the objects used to build a \s-1DLL\s0 will -be exported by the \s-1DLL.\s0 Note that this is the default if there +If given, all global symbols in the objects used to build a DLL will +be exported by the DLL. Note that this is the default if there otherwise wouldn't be any exported symbols. When symbols are -explicitly exported via \s-1DEF\s0 files or implicitly exported via function +explicitly exported via DEF files or implicitly exported via function attributes, the default is to not export anything else unless this option is given. Note that the symbols \f(CW\*(C`DllMain@12\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`DllEntryPoint@0\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`DllMainCRTStartup@12\*(C'\fR, and \&\f(CW\*(C`impure_ptr\*(C'\fR will not be automatically exported. Also, symbols imported from other DLLs will not be -re-exported, nor will symbols specifying the \s-1DLL\s0's internal layout +re-exported, nor will symbols specifying the DLL's internal layout such as those beginning with \f(CW\*(C`_head_\*(C'\fR or ending with \&\f(CW\*(C`_iname\*(C'\fR. In addition, no symbols from \f(CW\*(C`libgcc\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`libstd++\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`libmingw32\*(C'\fR, or \f(CW\*(C`crtX.o\*(C'\fR will be exported. Symbols whose names begin with \f(CW\*(C`_\|_rtti_\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`_\|_builtin_\*(C'\fR will -not be exported, to help with \*(C+ DLLs. Finally, there is an +not be exported, to help with C++ DLLs. Finally, there is an extensive list of cygwin-private symbols that are not exported (obviously, this applies on when building DLLs for cygwin targets). These cygwin-excludes are: \f(CW\*(C`_cygwin_dll_entry@12\*(C'\fR, @@ -2864,22 +2953,22 @@ These cygwin-excludes are: \f(CW\*(C`_cygwin_dll_entry@12\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`_fmode\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_impure_ptr\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`cygwin_attach_dll\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`cygwin_premain0\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`cygwin_premain1\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`cygwin_premain2\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`cygwin_premain3\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`environ\*(C'\fR. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] .IP "\fB\-\-exclude\-symbols\fR \fIsymbol\fR\fB,\fR\fIsymbol\fR\fB,...\fR" 4 .IX Item "--exclude-symbols symbol,symbol,..." Specifies a list of symbols which should not be automatically exported. The symbol names may be delimited by commas or colons. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] -.IP "\fB\-\-exclude\-all\-symbols\fR" 4 +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] +.IP \fB\-\-exclude\-all\-symbols\fR 4 .IX Item "--exclude-all-symbols" Specifies no symbols should be automatically exported. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] -.IP "\fB\-\-file\-alignment\fR" 4 +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] +.IP \fB\-\-file\-alignment\fR 4 .IX Item "--file-alignment" Specify the file alignment. Sections in the file will always begin at file offsets which are multiples of this number. This defaults to 512. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] .IP "\fB\-\-heap\fR \fIreserve\fR" 4 .IX Item "--heap reserve" .PD 0 @@ -2889,7 +2978,7 @@ file offsets which are multiples of this number. This defaults to Specify the number of bytes of memory to reserve (and optionally commit) to be used as heap for this program. The default is 1MB reserved, 4K committed. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] .IP "\fB\-\-image\-base\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4 .IX Item "--image-base value" Use \fIvalue\fR as the base address of your program or dll. This is @@ -2898,92 +2987,92 @@ is loaded. To reduce the need to relocate and improve performance of your dlls, each should have a unique base address and not overlap any other dlls. The default is 0x400000 for executables, and 0x10000000 for dlls. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] -.IP "\fB\-\-kill\-at\fR" 4 +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] +.IP \fB\-\-kill\-at\fR 4 .IX Item "--kill-at" If given, the stdcall suffixes (@\fInn\fR) will be stripped from symbols before they are exported. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] -.IP "\fB\-\-large\-address\-aware\fR" 4 +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] +.IP \fB\-\-large\-address\-aware\fR 4 .IX Item "--large-address-aware" -If given, the appropriate bit in the \*(L"Characteristics\*(R" field of the \s-1COFF\s0 +If given, the appropriate bit in the "Characteristics" field of the COFF header is set to indicate that this executable supports virtual addresses greater than 2 gigabytes. This should be used in conjunction with the /3GB -or /USERVA=\fIvalue\fR megabytes switch in the \*(L"[operating systems]\*(R" -section of the \s-1BOOT.INI.\s0 Otherwise, this bit has no effect. -[This option is specific to \s-1PE\s0 targeted ports of the linker] -.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-large\-address\-aware\fR" 4 +or /USERVA=\fIvalue\fR megabytes switch in the "[operating systems]" +section of the BOOT.INI. Otherwise, this bit has no effect. +[This option is specific to PE targeted ports of the linker] +.IP \fB\-\-disable\-large\-address\-aware\fR 4 .IX Item "--disable-large-address-aware" Reverts the effect of a previous \fB\-\-large\-address\-aware\fR option. This is useful if \fB\-\-large\-address\-aware\fR is always set by the compiler driver (e.g. Cygwin gcc) and the executable does not support virtual addresses greater than 2 gigabytes. -[This option is specific to \s-1PE\s0 targeted ports of the linker] +[This option is specific to PE targeted ports of the linker] .IP "\fB\-\-major\-image\-version\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4 .IX Item "--major-image-version value" -Sets the major number of the \*(L"image version\*(R". Defaults to 1. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] +Sets the major number of the "image version". Defaults to 1. +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] .IP "\fB\-\-major\-os\-version\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4 .IX Item "--major-os-version value" -Sets the major number of the \*(L"os version\*(R". Defaults to 4. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] +Sets the major number of the "os version". Defaults to 4. +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] .IP "\fB\-\-major\-subsystem\-version\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4 .IX Item "--major-subsystem-version value" -Sets the major number of the \*(L"subsystem version\*(R". Defaults to 4. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] +Sets the major number of the "subsystem version". Defaults to 4. +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] .IP "\fB\-\-minor\-image\-version\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4 .IX Item "--minor-image-version value" -Sets the minor number of the \*(L"image version\*(R". Defaults to 0. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] +Sets the minor number of the "image version". Defaults to 0. +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] .IP "\fB\-\-minor\-os\-version\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4 .IX Item "--minor-os-version value" -Sets the minor number of the \*(L"os version\*(R". Defaults to 0. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] +Sets the minor number of the "os version". Defaults to 0. +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] .IP "\fB\-\-minor\-subsystem\-version\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4 .IX Item "--minor-subsystem-version value" -Sets the minor number of the \*(L"subsystem version\*(R". Defaults to 0. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] +Sets the minor number of the "subsystem version". Defaults to 0. +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] .IP "\fB\-\-output\-def\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "--output-def file" -The linker will create the file \fIfile\fR which will contain a \s-1DEF\s0 -file corresponding to the \s-1DLL\s0 the linker is generating. This \s-1DEF\s0 file +The linker will create the file \fIfile\fR which will contain a DEF +file corresponding to the DLL the linker is generating. This DEF file (which should be called \f(CW\*(C`*.def\*(C'\fR) may be used to create an import library with \f(CW\*(C`dlltool\*(C'\fR or may be used as a reference to automatically or implicitly exported symbols. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] -.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-auto\-image\-base\fR" 4 +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] +.IP \fB\-\-enable\-auto\-image\-base\fR 4 .IX Item "--enable-auto-image-base" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-auto\-image\-base=\fR\fIvalue\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-enable\-auto\-image\-base=\fR\fIvalue\fR 4 .IX Item "--enable-auto-image-base=value" .PD Automatically choose the image base for DLLs, optionally starting with base \&\fIvalue\fR, unless one is specified using the \f(CW\*(C`\-\-image\-base\*(C'\fR argument. By using a hash generated from the dllname to create unique image bases -for each \s-1DLL,\s0 in-memory collisions and relocations which can delay program +for each DLL, in-memory collisions and relocations which can delay program execution are avoided. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] -.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-auto\-image\-base\fR" 4 +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] +.IP \fB\-\-disable\-auto\-image\-base\fR 4 .IX Item "--disable-auto-image-base" Do not automatically generate a unique image base. If there is no user-specified image base (\f(CW\*(C`\-\-image\-base\*(C'\fR) then use the platform default. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] .IP "\fB\-\-dll\-search\-prefix\fR \fIstring\fR" 4 .IX Item "--dll-search-prefix string" When linking dynamically to a dll without an import library, search for \f(CW\*(C`<string><basename>.dll\*(C'\fR in preference to \&\f(CW\*(C`lib<basename>.dll\*(C'\fR. This behaviour allows easy distinction -between DLLs built for the various \*(L"subplatforms\*(R": native, cygwin, +between DLLs built for the various "subplatforms": native, cygwin, uwin, pw, etc. For instance, cygwin DLLs typically use \&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-dll\-search\-prefix=cyg\*(C'\fR. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] -.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-auto\-import\fR" 4 +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] +.IP \fB\-\-enable\-auto\-import\fR 4 .IX Item "--enable-auto-import" Do sophisticated linking of \f(CW\*(C`_symbol\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`_\|_imp_\|_symbol\*(C'\fR for -\&\s-1DATA\s0 imports from DLLs, thus making it possible to bypass the dllimport +DATA imports from DLLs, thus making it possible to bypass the dllimport mechanism on the user side and to reference unmangled symbol names. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] .Sp The following remarks pertain to the original implementation of the feature and are obsolete nowadays for Cygwin and MinGW targets. @@ -2998,7 +3087,7 @@ placed into the .data section instead. This is in order to work around a problem with consts that is described here: http://www.cygwin.com/ml/cygwin/2004\-09/msg01101.html .Sp -Using 'auto\-import' generally will 'just work' \*(-- but sometimes you may +Using 'auto\-import' generally will 'just work' \-\- but sometimes you may see this message: .Sp "variable '<var>' can't be auto-imported. Please read the @@ -3007,8 +3096,8 @@ documentation for ld's \f(CW\*(C`\-\-enable\-auto\-import\*(C'\fR for details." This message occurs when some (sub)expression accesses an address ultimately given by the sum of two constants (Win32 import tables only allow one). Instances where this may occur include accesses to member -fields of struct variables imported from a \s-1DLL,\s0 as well as using a -constant index into an array variable imported from a \s-1DLL.\s0 Any +fields of struct variables imported from a DLL, as well as using a +constant index into an array variable imported from a DLL. Any multiword variable (arrays, structs, long long, etc) may trigger this error condition. However, regardless of the exact data type of the offending exported variable, ld will always detect it, issue @@ -3021,7 +3110,7 @@ One way is to use \-\-enable\-runtime\-pseudo\-reloc switch. This leaves the tas of adjusting references in your client code for runtime environment, so this method works only when runtime environment supports this feature. .Sp -A second solution is to force one of the 'constants' to be a variable \*(-- +A second solution is to force one of the 'constants' to be a variable \-\- that is, unknown and un-optimizable at compile time. For arrays, there are two possibilities: a) make the indexee (the array's address) a variable, or b) make the 'constant' index a variable. Thus: @@ -3061,7 +3150,7 @@ A third method of dealing with this difficulty is to abandon \&'auto\-import' for the offending symbol and mark it with \&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_declspec(dllimport)\*(C'\fR. However, in practice that requires using compile-time #defines to indicate whether you are -building a \s-1DLL,\s0 building client code that will link to the \s-1DLL,\s0 or +building a DLL, building client code that will link to the DLL, or merely building/linking to a static library. In making the choice between the various methods of resolving the 'direct address with constant offset' problem, you should consider typical real-world usage: @@ -3115,31 +3204,31 @@ A fourth way to avoid this problem is to re-code your library to use a functional interface rather than a data interface for the offending variables (e.g. \fBset_foo()\fR and \fBget_foo()\fR accessor functions). -.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-auto\-import\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disable\-auto\-import\fR 4 .IX Item "--disable-auto-import" Do not attempt to do sophisticated linking of \f(CW\*(C`_symbol\*(C'\fR to -\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_imp_\|_symbol\*(C'\fR for \s-1DATA\s0 imports from DLLs. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] -.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-runtime\-pseudo\-reloc\fR" 4 +\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_imp_\|_symbol\*(C'\fR for DATA imports from DLLs. +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] +.IP \fB\-\-enable\-runtime\-pseudo\-reloc\fR 4 .IX Item "--enable-runtime-pseudo-reloc" If your code contains expressions described in \-\-enable\-auto\-import section, -that is, \s-1DATA\s0 imports from \s-1DLL\s0 with non-zero offset, this switch will create +that is, DATA imports from DLL with non-zero offset, this switch will create a vector of 'runtime pseudo relocations' which can be used by runtime environment to adjust references to such data in your client code. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] -.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-runtime\-pseudo\-reloc\fR" 4 +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] +.IP \fB\-\-disable\-runtime\-pseudo\-reloc\fR 4 .IX Item "--disable-runtime-pseudo-reloc" -Do not create pseudo relocations for non-zero offset \s-1DATA\s0 imports from DLLs. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] -.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-extra\-pe\-debug\fR" 4 +Do not create pseudo relocations for non-zero offset DATA imports from DLLs. +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] +.IP \fB\-\-enable\-extra\-pe\-debug\fR 4 .IX Item "--enable-extra-pe-debug" Show additional debug info related to auto-import symbol thunking. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] -.IP "\fB\-\-section\-alignment\fR" 4 +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] +.IP \fB\-\-section\-alignment\fR 4 .IX Item "--section-alignment" Sets the section alignment. Sections in memory will always begin at addresses which are a multiple of this number. Defaults to 0x1000. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] .IP "\fB\-\-stack\fR \fIreserve\fR" 4 .IX Item "--stack reserve" .PD 0 @@ -3149,7 +3238,7 @@ addresses which are a multiple of this number. Defaults to 0x1000. Specify the number of bytes of memory to reserve (and optionally commit) to be used as stack for this program. The default is 2MB reserved, 4K committed. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] .IP "\fB\-\-subsystem\fR \fIwhich\fR" 4 .IX Item "--subsystem which" .PD 0 @@ -3163,93 +3252,93 @@ legal values for \fIwhich\fR are \f(CW\*(C`native\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`windows\*(C \&\f(CW\*(C`console\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`posix\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`xbox\*(C'\fR. You may optionally set the subsystem version also. Numeric values are also accepted for \&\fIwhich\fR. -[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker] +[This option is specific to the i386 PE targeted port of the linker] .Sp The following options set flags in the \f(CW\*(C`DllCharacteristics\*(C'\fR field -of the \s-1PE\s0 file header: -[These options are specific to \s-1PE\s0 targeted ports of the linker] -.IP "\fB\-\-high\-entropy\-va\fR" 4 +of the PE file header: +[These options are specific to PE targeted ports of the linker] +.IP \fB\-\-high\-entropy\-va\fR 4 .IX Item "--high-entropy-va" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-high\-entropy\-va\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disable\-high\-entropy\-va\fR 4 .IX Item "--disable-high-entropy-va" .PD Image is compatible with 64\-bit address space layout randomization -(\s-1ASLR\s0). This option is enabled by default for 64\-bit \s-1PE\s0 images. +(ASLR). This option is enabled by default for 64\-bit PE images. .Sp This option also implies \fB\-\-dynamicbase\fR and \&\fB\-\-enable\-reloc\-section\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-dynamicbase\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dynamicbase\fR 4 .IX Item "--dynamicbase" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-dynamicbase\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disable\-dynamicbase\fR 4 .IX Item "--disable-dynamicbase" .PD The image base address may be relocated using address space layout -randomization (\s-1ASLR\s0). This feature was introduced with \s-1MS\s0 Windows -Vista for i386 \s-1PE\s0 targets. This option is enabled by default but +randomization (ASLR). This feature was introduced with MS Windows +Vista for i386 PE targets. This option is enabled by default but can be disabled via the \fB\-\-disable\-dynamicbase\fR option. This option also implies \fB\-\-enable\-reloc\-section\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-forceinteg\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-forceinteg\fR 4 .IX Item "--forceinteg" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-forceinteg\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disable\-forceinteg\fR 4 .IX Item "--disable-forceinteg" .PD Code integrity checks are enforced. This option is disabled by default. -.IP "\fB\-\-nxcompat\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-nxcompat\fR 4 .IX Item "--nxcompat" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-nxcompat\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disable\-nxcompat\fR 4 .IX Item "--disable-nxcompat" .PD The image is compatible with the Data Execution Prevention. -This feature was introduced with \s-1MS\s0 Windows \s-1XP SP2\s0 for i386 \s-1PE\s0 +This feature was introduced with MS Windows XP SP2 for i386 PE targets. The option is enabled by default. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-isolation\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-isolation\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-isolation" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-no\-isolation\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disable\-no\-isolation\fR 4 .IX Item "--disable-no-isolation" .PD Although the image understands isolation, do not isolate the image. This option is disabled by default. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-seh\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-seh\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-seh" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-no\-seh\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disable\-no\-seh\fR 4 .IX Item "--disable-no-seh" .PD -The image does not use \s-1SEH.\s0 No \s-1SE\s0 handler may be called from +The image does not use SEH. No SE handler may be called from this image. This option is disabled by default. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-bind\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-bind\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-bind" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-no\-bind\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disable\-no\-bind\fR 4 .IX Item "--disable-no-bind" .PD Do not bind this image. This option is disabled by default. -.IP "\fB\-\-wdmdriver\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-wdmdriver\fR 4 .IX Item "--wdmdriver" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-wdmdriver\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disable\-wdmdriver\fR 4 .IX Item "--disable-wdmdriver" .PD -The driver uses the \s-1MS\s0 Windows Driver Model. This option is disabled +The driver uses the MS Windows Driver Model. This option is disabled by default. -.IP "\fB\-\-tsaware\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-tsaware\fR 4 .IX Item "--tsaware" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-tsaware\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disable\-tsaware\fR 4 .IX Item "--disable-tsaware" .PD The image is Terminal Server aware. This option is disabled by default. -.IP "\fB\-\-insert\-timestamp\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-insert\-timestamp\fR 4 .IX Item "--insert-timestamp" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-insert\-timestamp\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-insert\-timestamp\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-insert-timestamp" .PD Insert a real timestamp into the image. This is the default behaviour @@ -3260,41 +3349,46 @@ same sources are linked. The option \fB\-\-no\-insert\-timestamp\fR can be used to insert a zero value for the timestamp, this ensuring that binaries produced from identical sources will compare identically. -.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-reloc\-section\fR" 4 +.Sp +If \fB\-\-insert\-timestamp\fR is active then the time inserted is +either the time that the linking takes place or, if the +\&\f(CW\*(C`SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH\*(C'\fR environment variable is defined, the number +of seconds since Unix epoch as specified by that variable. +.IP \fB\-\-enable\-reloc\-section\fR 4 .IX Item "--enable-reloc-section" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-reloc\-section\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disable\-reloc\-section\fR 4 .IX Item "--disable-reloc-section" .PD Create the base relocation table, which is necessary if the image -is loaded at a different image base than specified in the \s-1PE\s0 header. +is loaded at a different image base than specified in the PE header. This option is enabled by default. .PP -The C6X uClinux target uses a binary format called \s-1DSBT\s0 to support shared +The C6X uClinux target uses a binary format called DSBT to support shared libraries. Each shared library in the system needs to have a unique index; all executables use an index of 0. .IP "\fB\-\-dsbt\-size\fR \fIsize\fR" 4 .IX Item "--dsbt-size size" -This option sets the number of entries in the \s-1DSBT\s0 of the current executable +This option sets the number of entries in the DSBT of the current executable or shared library to \fIsize\fR. The default is to create a table with 64 entries. .IP "\fB\-\-dsbt\-index\fR \fIindex\fR" 4 .IX Item "--dsbt-index index" -This option sets the \s-1DSBT\s0 index of the current executable or shared library +This option sets the DSBT index of the current executable or shared library to \fIindex\fR. The default is 0, which is appropriate for generating -executables. If a shared library is generated with a \s-1DSBT\s0 index of 0, the +executables. If a shared library is generated with a DSBT index of 0, the \&\f(CW\*(C`R_C6000_DSBT_INDEX\*(C'\fR relocs are copied into the output file. .Sp The \fB\-\-no\-merge\-exidx\-entries\fR switch disables the merging of adjacent exidx entries in frame unwind info. -.IP "\fB\-\-branch\-stub\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-branch\-stub\fR 4 .IX Item "--branch-stub" This option enables linker branch relaxation by inserting branch stub sections when needed to extend the range of branches. This option is usually not required since C\-SKY supports branch and call instructions that can access the full memory range and branch relaxation is normally handled by the compiler or assembler. -.IP "\fB\-\-stub\-group\-size=\fR\fIN\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-stub\-group\-size=\fR\fIN\fR 4 .IX Item "--stub-group-size=N" This option allows finer control of linker branch stub creation. It sets the maximum size of a group of input sections that can @@ -3306,7 +3400,7 @@ linker should choose suitable defaults. .PP The 68HC11 and 68HC12 linkers support specific options to control the memory bank switching mapping and trampoline code generation. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-trampoline\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-trampoline\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-trampoline" This option disables the generation of trampoline. By default a trampoline is generated for each far function which is called using a \f(CW\*(C`jsr\*(C'\fR @@ -3314,57 +3408,57 @@ instruction (this happens when a pointer to a far function is taken). .IP "\fB\-\-bank\-window\fR \fIname\fR" 4 .IX Item "--bank-window name" This option indicates to the linker the name of the memory region in -the \fB\s-1MEMORY\s0\fR specification that describes the memory bank window. +the \fBMEMORY\fR specification that describes the memory bank window. The definition of such region is then used by the linker to compute paging and addresses within the memory window. .PP -The following options are supported to control handling of \s-1GOT\s0 generation +The following options are supported to control handling of GOT generation when linking for 68K targets. -.IP "\fB\-\-got=\fR\fItype\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-got=\fR\fItype\fR 4 .IX Item "--got=type" -This option tells the linker which \s-1GOT\s0 generation scheme to use. +This option tells the linker which GOT generation scheme to use. \&\fItype\fR should be one of \fBsingle\fR, \fBnegative\fR, \&\fBmultigot\fR or \fBtarget\fR. For more information refer to the Info entry for \fIld\fR. .PP The following options are supported to control microMIPS instruction -generation and branch relocation checks for \s-1ISA\s0 mode transitions when -linking for \s-1MIPS\s0 targets. -.IP "\fB\-\-insn32\fR" 4 +generation and branch relocation checks for ISA mode transitions when +linking for MIPS targets. +.IP \fB\-\-insn32\fR 4 .IX Item "--insn32" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-insn32\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-insn32\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-insn32" .PD These options control the choice of microMIPS instructions used in code -generated by the linker, such as that in the \s-1PLT\s0 or lazy binding stubs, +generated by the linker, such as that in the PLT or lazy binding stubs, or in relaxation. If \fB\-\-insn32\fR is used, then the linker only uses 32\-bit instruction encodings. By default or if \fB\-\-no\-insn32\fR is used, all instruction encodings are used, including 16\-bit ones where possible. -.IP "\fB\-\-ignore\-branch\-isa\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ignore\-branch\-isa\fR 4 .IX Item "--ignore-branch-isa" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-ignore\-branch\-isa\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-ignore\-branch\-isa\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-ignore-branch-isa" .PD -These options control branch relocation checks for invalid \s-1ISA\s0 mode +These options control branch relocation checks for invalid ISA mode transitions. If \fB\-\-ignore\-branch\-isa\fR is used, then the linker -accepts any branch relocations and any \s-1ISA\s0 mode transition required +accepts any branch relocations and any ISA mode transition required is lost in relocation calculation, except for some cases of \f(CW\*(C`BAL\*(C'\fR instructions which meet relaxation conditions and are converted to equivalent \f(CW\*(C`JALX\*(C'\fR instructions as the associated relocation is calculated. By default or if \fB\-\-no\-ignore\-branch\-isa\fR is used -a check is made causing the loss of an \s-1ISA\s0 mode transition to produce +a check is made causing the loss of an ISA mode transition to produce an error. -.IP "\fB\-\-compact\-branches\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-compact\-branches\fR 4 .IX Item "--compact-branches" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-compact\-branches\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-compact\-branches\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-compact-branches" .PD These options control the generation of compact instructions by the linker -in the \s-1PLT\s0 entries for \s-1MIPS R6.\s0 +in the PLT entries for MIPS R6. .PP For the pdp11\-aout target, three variants of the output format can be produced as selected by the following options. The default variant @@ -3372,23 +3466,23 @@ for pdp11\-aout is the \fB\-\-omagic\fR option, whereas for other targets \fB\-\-nmagic\fR is the default. The \fB\-\-imagic\fR option is defined only for the pdp11\-aout target, while the others are described here as they apply to the pdp11\-aout target. -.IP "\fB\-N\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-N\fR 4 .IX Item "-N" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-omagic\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-omagic\fR 4 .IX Item "--omagic" .PD Mark the output as \f(CW\*(C`OMAGIC\*(C'\fR (0407) in the \fIa.out\fR header to indicate that the text segment is not to be write-protected and shared. Since the text and data sections are both readable and writable, the data section is allocated immediately contiguous after -the text segment. This is the oldest format for \s-1PDP11\s0 executable -programs and is the default for \fBld\fR on \s-1PDP11\s0 Unix systems +the text segment. This is the oldest format for PDP11 executable +programs and is the default for \fBld\fR on PDP11 Unix systems from the beginning through 2.11BSD. -.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-n\fR 4 .IX Item "-n" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-nmagic\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-nmagic\fR 4 .IX Item "--nmagic" .PD Mark the output as \f(CW\*(C`NMAGIC\*(C'\fR (0410) in the \fIa.out\fR header to @@ -3397,27 +3491,27 @@ be read-only and shareable among all processes executing the same file. This involves moving the data areas up to the first possible 8K byte page boundary following the end of the text. This option creates a \fIpure executable\fR format. -.IP "\fB\-z\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-z\fR 4 .IX Item "-z" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-imagic\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-imagic\fR 4 .IX Item "--imagic" .PD Mark the output as \f(CW\*(C`IMAGIC\*(C'\fR (0411) in the \fIa.out\fR header to indicate that when the output file is executed, the program text and data areas will be loaded into separate address spaces using the split instruction and data space feature of the memory management unit in -larger models of the \s-1PDP11.\s0 This doubles the address space available +larger models of the PDP11. This doubles the address space available to the program. The text segment is again pure, write-protected, and shareable. The only difference in the output format between this option and the others, besides the magic number, is that both the text and data sections start at location 0. The \fB\-z\fR option selected this format in 2.11BSD. This option creates a \fIseparate executable\fR format. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-omagic\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-omagic\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-omagic" Equivalent to \fB\-\-nmagic\fR for pdp11\-aout. -.SH "ENVIRONMENT" +.SH ENVIRONMENT .IX Header "ENVIRONMENT" You can change the behaviour of \fBld\fR with the environment variables \&\f(CW\*(C`GNUTARGET\*(C'\fR, @@ -3425,14 +3519,14 @@ You can change the behaviour of \fBld\fR with the environment variables .PP \&\f(CW\*(C`GNUTARGET\*(C'\fR determines the input-file object format if you don't use \fB\-b\fR (or its synonym \fB\-\-format\fR). Its value should be one -of the \s-1BFD\s0 names for an input format. If there is no +of the BFD names for an input format. If there is no \&\f(CW\*(C`GNUTARGET\*(C'\fR in the environment, \fBld\fR uses the natural format -of the target. If \f(CW\*(C`GNUTARGET\*(C'\fR is set to \f(CW\*(C`default\*(C'\fR then \s-1BFD\s0 +of the target. If \f(CW\*(C`GNUTARGET\*(C'\fR is set to \f(CW\*(C`default\*(C'\fR then BFD attempts to discover the input format by examining binary input files; this method often succeeds, but there are potential ambiguities, since there is no method of ensuring that the magic number used to specify object-file formats is unique. However, the configuration procedure for -\&\s-1BFD\s0 on each system places the conventional format for that system first +BFD on each system places the conventional format for that system first in the search-list, so ambiguities are resolved in favor of convention. .PP \&\f(CW\*(C`LDEMULATION\*(C'\fR determines the default emulation if you don't use the @@ -3454,13 +3548,13 @@ options. \&\fBar\fR\|(1), \fBnm\fR\|(1), \fBobjcopy\fR\|(1), \fBobjdump\fR\|(1), \fBreadelf\fR\|(1) and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR and \&\fIld\fR. -.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright (c) 1991\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright (c) 1991\-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document -under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the -section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R". +section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/less.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/less.1 index 2b887320..ef0967a2 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/less.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/less.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ '\" t -.TH LESS 1 "Version 643: 12 Feb 2024" +.TH LESS 1 "Version 654: 12 May 2024" .SH NAME -less \- opposite of more +less \- display the contents of a file in a terminal .SH SYNOPSIS .B "less \-?" .br @@ -27,10 +27,8 @@ less \- opposite of more .B Less is a program similar to .BR more (1), -but which allows backward movement -in the file as well as forward movement. -Also, -.B less +but it has many more features. +.B Less does not have to read the entire input file before starting, so with large input files it starts up faster than text editors like .BR vi (1). @@ -253,6 +251,9 @@ That is, if the search reaches the end of the current file without finding a match, the search continues from the first line of the current file up to the line where it started. If the \(haW modifier is set, the \(haE modifier is ignored. +.IP "\(haL" +The next character is taken literally; that is, it becomes part of the pattern +even if it is one of the above search modifier characters. .RE .IP ?pattern Search backward in the file for the N-th line containing the pattern. @@ -376,6 +377,12 @@ Go to the next tag, if there were more than one matches for the current tag. See the \-t option for more details about tags. .IP "T" Go to the previous tag, if there were more than one matches for the current tag. +.IP "\(haO\(haN or \(haOn" +Search forward in the file for the N-th next OSC 8 hyperlink. +.IP "\(haO\(haP or \(haOp" +Search backward in the file for the N-th previous OSC 8 hyperlink. +.IP "\(haO\(haL or \(haOl" +Jump to the currently selected OSC 8 hyperlink. .IP "= or \(haG or :f" Prints some information about the file being viewed, including its name @@ -443,7 +450,7 @@ Exits .BR less . .PP The following -six +seven commands may or may not be valid, depending on your particular installation. . .IP v @@ -459,9 +466,11 @@ current file. A pound sign (#) is replaced by the name of the previously examined file. "!!" repeats the last shell command. "!" with no shell command simply invokes a shell. +If a \(haP (CONTROL-P) is entered immediately after the !, +no "done" message is printed after the shell command is executed. On Unix systems, the shell is taken from the environment variable SHELL, or defaults to "sh". -On MS-DOS and OS/2 systems, the shell is the normal command processor. +On MS-DOS, Windows, and OS/2 systems, the shell is the normal command processor. .IP "# shell-command" Similar to the "!" command, except that the command is expanded in the same way as prompt strings. @@ -475,9 +484,74 @@ The entire current screen is included, regardless of whether the marked position is before or after the current screen. <m> may also be \(ha or $ to indicate beginning or end of file respectively. If <m> is \&.\& or newline, the current screen is piped. +If a \(haP (CONTROL-P) is entered immediately after the mark letter, +no "done" message is printed after the shell command is executed. .IP "s filename" Save the input to a file. This works only if the input is a pipe, not an ordinary file. +.IP "\(haO\(haO" +.RS +Run a shell command to open the URI in the current OSC 8 hyperlink, +selected by a previous \(haO\(haN or \(haO\(haP command. +To find the shell command, +the environment variable named "LESS_OSC8_xxx" is read, +where "xxx" is the scheme from the URI (the part before the first colon), +or is empty if there is no colon in the URI. +The value of the environment variable is then expanded in the same way as +prompt strings (in particular, any instance of "%o" is replaced with the URI) +to produce an OSC 8 "handler" shell command. +The standard output from the handler is an "opener" shell command +which is then executed to open the URI. +.PP +There are two special cases: +.RS +.IP 1. +If the URI begins with "#", the remainder of the URI is taken to be +the value of the id parameter in another OSC 8 link in the same file, +and \(haO\(haO will simply jump to that link. +.IP 2. +If the opener begins with the characters ":e" followed by +whitespace and a filename, +then instead of running the opener as a shell command, +the specified filename is opened in the current instance of +.BR less . +.RE +.PP +In a simple case where the opener accepts the complete URI +as a command line parameter, the handler may be as simple as +.nf +.sp +echo mybrowser '%o' +.sp +.fi +In other cases, the URI may need to be modified, so the handler +may have to do some manipulation of the %o value. +.PP +If the LESS_OSC8_xxx variable is not set, the variable LESS_OSC8_ANY is tried. +If neither LESS_OSC8_xxx nor LESS_OSC8_ANY is set, +links using the "xxx" scheme cannot be opened. +However, there are default handlers for the +schemes "man" (used when LESS_OSC8_man is not set) +and "file" (used when LESS_OSC8_file is not set), +which should work on systems which provide the +.BR sed (1) +command and a shell with syntax compatible with the Bourne shell +.BR sh (1). +If you use LESS_OSC8_ANY to override LESS_OSC8_file, you must +set LESS_OSC8_file to "-" to indicate that the default value +should not be used, and likewise for LESS_OSC8_man. +.PP +The URI passed to an OSC8 handler via %o is guaranteed not to contain any single quote +or double quote characters, but it may contain any other shell metacharacters +such as semicolons, dollar signs, ampersands, etc. +The handler should take care to appropriately quote parameters in the opener command, +to prevent execution of unintended shell commands in the case of opening +a URI which contains shell metacharacters. +Also, since the handler command is expanded like a command prompt, +any metacharacters interpreted by prompt expansion +(such as percent, dot, colon, backslash, etc.) must be escaped with a backslash +(see the PROMPTS section for details). +.RE .IP "\(haX" When the "Waiting for data" message is displayed, such as while in the F command, pressing \(haX @@ -530,8 +604,9 @@ or if you use .sp LESS="\-options"; export LESS .sp -On MS-DOS, you don't need the quotes, but you should replace any -percent signs in the options string by double percent signs. +On MS-DOS and Windows, you don't need the quotes, but you should +be careful that any percent signs in the options string are not +interpreted as an environment variable expansion. .sp The environment variable is parsed before the command line, so command line options override the LESS environment variable. @@ -543,7 +618,7 @@ Some options like \-k or \-D require a string to follow the option letter. The string for that option is considered to end when a dollar sign ($) is found. For example, you can set two \-D options like this: .sp -LESS="Dn9.1$Ds4.1" +LESS="Dnwb$Dsbw" .sp If the \-\-use-backslash option appears earlier in the options, then a dollar sign or backslash may be included literally in an option string @@ -637,6 +712,8 @@ Prompts. The rscroll character. .IP "S" Search results. +.IP "W" +The highlight enabled via the \-w option. .IP "1-5" The text in a search result which matches the first through fifth parenthesized sub-pattern. @@ -644,8 +721,6 @@ Sub-pattern coloring works only if .B less is built with one of the regular expression libraries .BR posix ", " pcre ", or " pcre2 . -.IP "W" -The highlight enabled via the \-w option. .IP "d" Bold text. .IP "k" @@ -655,7 +730,7 @@ Standout text. .IP "u" Underlined text. .RE - + .RS The uppercase letters and digits can be used only when the \-\-use-color option is enabled. When text color is specified by both an uppercase letter and a lowercase letter, @@ -663,9 +738,11 @@ the uppercase letter takes precedence. For example, error messages are normally displayed as standout text. So if both "s" and "E" are given a color, the "E" color applies to error messages, and the "s" color applies to other standout text. -The "d" and "u" letters refer to bold and underline text formed by -overstriking with backspaces (see the \-U option), -not to text using ANSI escape sequences with the \-R option. +The lowercase letters refer to bold and underline text formed by +overstriking with backspaces (see the \-U option) and to non-content +text (such as line numbers and prompts), +but not to text formatted using ANSI escape sequences with the \-R option +(but see the note below for different behavior on Windows and MS-DOS). .PP A lowercase letter may be followed by a + to indicate that the normal format change and the specified color should both be used. @@ -675,7 +752,7 @@ But \-Du+g displays underlined text as both green and in underlined format. .PP \fIcolor\fP is either a 4-bit color string or an 8-bit color string: .PP -A 4-bit color string is zero, one or two characters, where +A 4-bit color string is one or two characters, where the first character specifies the foreground color and the second specifies the background color as follows: .IP "b" @@ -707,26 +784,62 @@ where the first integer specifies the foreground color and the second specifies the background color. Each integer is a value between 0 and 255 inclusive which selects a "CSI 38;5" color value (see -.br .nh -https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ANSI_escape_code#SGR) +https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ANSI_escape_code#SGR). .hy If either integer is a "-" or is omitted, the corresponding color is set to that of normal text. -On MS-DOS versions of -.BR less , -8-bit color is not supported; instead, decimal values are interpreted as 4-bit -CHAR_INFO.Attributes values +.PP +A 4-bit or 8-bit color string may be followed by one or more of the +following characters to set text attributes in addition to the color. +.IP "s or ~" +Standout (reverse video) +.IP "u or _" +Underline +.IP "d or *" +Bold +.IP "l or &" +Blinking +.PP +On MS-DOS and Windows, the \-\-color option behaves +differently from what is described above in these ways: +.IP \(bu +The bold (d and *) and blinking (l and &) text attributes +at the end of a color string are not supported. +.IP \(bu +Lowercase color selector letters refer to text formatted by ANSI +escape sequences with \-R, +in addition to overstruck and non-content text (but see \-Da). +.IP \(bu +For historical reasons, when a lowercase color selector letter +is followed by a numeric color value, +the number is not interpreted as an "CSI 38;5" color value as described above, +but instead as a 4-bit +.nh +CHAR_INFO.Attributes +.hy +value, between 0 and 15 inclusive (see -.br .nh -https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/console/char-info-str). +https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/console/char-info-str). .hy -.PP -On MS-DOS only, the \-Da option may be used to specify strict parsing of -ANSI color (SGR) sequences when the \-R option is used. -Without this option, sequences that change text attributes -(bold, underline, etc.) may clear the text color. + +To avoid confusion, it is recommended that the equivalent letters rather than numbers +be used after a lowercase color selector on MS-DOS/Windows. +.IP \(bu +Numeric color values ("CSI 38;5" color) following an uppercase color selector letter +are not supported on systems earlier than Windows 10. +.IP \(bu +Only a limited set of ANSI escape sequences to set color in the content work correctly. +4-bit color sequences work, but "CSI 38;5" color sequences do not. +.IP \(bu +The \-Da option makes the behavior of \-\-color +more similar to its behavior on non-MS-DOS/Windows systems by (1) +making lowercase color selector letters not affect text formatted +with ANSI escape sequences, and (2) +allowing "CSI 38;5" color sequences in the content +work by passing them to the terminal (only on Windows 10 and later; on +earlier Windows systems, such sequences do not work regardless of the setting of \-Da). .RE .IP "\-e or \-\-quit-at-eof" Causes @@ -797,6 +910,13 @@ of the screen, starting with a decimal point: \&.5 is in the middle of the screen, \&.3 is three tenths down from the first line, and so on. If the line is specified as a fraction, the actual line number is recalculated if the terminal window is resized. +If the \-\-header option is used and the target line specified by \-j +would be obscured by the header, the target line is moved to the first +line after the header. +While the \-\-header option is active, the \-S option is ignored, +and lines longer than the screen width are truncated. +.RS +.PP If any form of the \-j option is used, repeated forward searches (invoked with "n" or "N") begin at the line immediately after the target line, @@ -807,6 +927,7 @@ fourth line on the screen, so forward searches begin at the fifth line on the screen. However nonrepeated searches (invoked with "/" or "?") always begin at the start or end of the current screen respectively. +.RE .IP "\-J or \-\-status-column" Displays a status column at the left edge of the screen. The character displayed in the status column may be one of: @@ -840,6 +961,7 @@ if a lesskey file is found in a standard place (see KEY BINDINGS), it is also used as a .B lesskey file. +Note the warning under "\-\-lesskey-content" below. .IP "\-\-lesskey-src=\fIfilename\fP" Causes .B less @@ -865,6 +987,26 @@ Newer versions of read the .I "lesskey source" file directly and ignore the binary file if the source file exists. +Note the warning under "\-\-lesskey-content" below. +.IP "\-\-lesskey-content=\fItext\fP" +Causes less to interpret the specified text as the contents of a +.BR lesskey (1) +source file. +In the text, +.B lesskey +lines may be separated by either newlines as usual, or by semicolons. +A literal semicolon may be represented by a backslash followed by a semicolon. +.sp +Warning: certain environment variables such as +LESS, LESSSECURE, LESSCHARSET and others, +which are used early in startup, +cannot be set in a file specified by a command line option +(\-\-lesskey, \-\-lesskey-src or \-\-lesskey-content). When using a +.B lesskey +file to set environment variables, it is safer to use the +default lesskey file, or to specify the file using the +LESSKEYIN or LESSKEY_CONTENT environment variables rather than using +a command line option. .IP "\-K or \-\-quit-on-intr" Causes .B less @@ -1186,25 +1328,32 @@ If the reopen succeeds and the file is a different file from the original with the same name as the original (now renamed) file), .B less will display the contents of that new file. -.IP "\-\-header=\fIN[,M]\fP" +.IP "\-\-header=\fIL\fP,\fIC\fP,\fIN\fP" +.RS Sets the number of header lines and columns displayed on the screen. -The value may be of the form "N,M" where N and M are integers, -to set the header lines to N and the header columns to M, -or it may be a single integer "N" which sets the header lines to N -and the header columns to zero, -or it may be ",M" which sets the header columns to M and the -header lines to zero. -When N is nonzero, the first N lines at the top -of the screen are replaced with the first N lines of the file, +The number of header lines is set to \fIL\fP. +if \fIL\fP is 0, header lines are disabled. +If \fIL\fP is empty or missing, the number of header lines is unchanged. +The number of header columns is set to \fIC\fP. +if \fIC\fP is 0, header columns are disabled. +If \fIC\fP is empty or missing, the number of header columns is unchanged. +The first header line is set to line number \fIN\fP in the file. +If \fIN\fP is empty or missing, it is taken to be +the number of the line currently displayed in the first line of the screen +(if the \-\-header command has been issued from within +.BR less ")," +or 1 (if the \-\-header option has been given on the command line). +The special form "\-\-header=\-" disables header lines and header columns, +and is equivalent to "\-\-header=0,0". +.PP +When \fIL\fP is nonzero, the first \fIL\fP lines at the top +of the screen are replaced with the \fIL\fP lines of the file beginning at line \fIN\fP, regardless of what part of the file are being viewed. -When M is nonzero, the characters displayed at the -beginning of each line are replaced with the first M characters of the line, +When header lines are displayed, any file contents before the header line cannot be viewed. +When \fIC\fP is nonzero, the first \fIC\fP characters displayed at the +beginning of each line are replaced with the first \fIC\fP characters of the line, even if the rest of the line is scrolled horizontally. -If either N or M is zero, -.B less -stops displaying header lines or columns, respectively. -(Note that it may be necessary to change the setting of the \-j option -to ensure that the target line is not obscured by the header line(s).) +.RE .IP "\-\-incsearch" Subsequent search commands will be "incremental"; that is, .B less @@ -1221,6 +1370,21 @@ to specify a control character. Sets the minimum width of the line number field when the \-N option is in effect to \fIn\fP characters. The default is 7. +.IP "\-\-match-shift=\fIn\fP" +When \-S is in effect, if a search match is not visible +because it is shifted to the left or right of the currently +visible screen, the text will horizontally shift +to ensure that the search match is visible. +This option selects the column in which the first character +of the search match will be placed after the shift. +In other words, there will be \fIn\fP characters visible +to the left of the search match. + +Alternately, the number may be specified as a fraction of the width +of the screen, starting with a decimal point: \&.5 is half of the +screen width, \&.3 is three tenths of the screen width, and so on. +If the number is specified as a fraction, the actual number of +scroll positions is recalculated if the terminal window is resized. .IP "\-\-modelines=\fIn\fP" .RS Before displaying a file, @@ -1252,8 +1416,12 @@ See the \-\-tabs description for acceptable values of \fIn\fP. Enables mouse input: scrolling the mouse wheel down moves forward in the file, scrolling the mouse wheel up moves backwards in the file, -and clicking the mouse sets the "#" mark to the line -where the mouse is clicked. +left-click sets the "#" mark to the line where the mouse is clicked, +and right-click (or any other) returns to the "#" mark position. +If a left-click is performed with the mouse cursor on an OSC 8 hyperlink, +the hyperlink is selected as if by the \(haO\(haN command. +If a left-click is performed with the mouse cursor on an OSC 8 hyperlink +which is already selected, the hyperlink is opened as if by the \(haO\(haO command. The number of lines to scroll when the wheel is moved can be set by the \-\-wheel-lines option. Mouse input works only on terminals which support X11 mouse reporting, @@ -1276,6 +1444,10 @@ Normally, a string may appear multiple times. .IP "\-\-no-number-headers" Header lines (defined via the \-\-header option) are not assigned line numbers. Line number 1 is assigned to the first line after any header lines. +.IP "\-\-no-search-header-lines" +Searches do not include header lines, but still include header columns. +.IP "\-\-no-search-header-columns" +Searches do not include header columns, but still include header lines. .IP "\-\-no-search-headers" Searches do not include header lines or header columns. .IP "\-\-no-vbell" @@ -1363,9 +1535,7 @@ This allows a dollar sign to be included in option strings. Enables colored text in various places. The \-D option can be used to change the colors. Colored text works only if the terminal supports -ANSI color escape sequences (as defined in ECMA-48 SGR; -see -.br +ANSI color escape sequences (as defined in .nh https://www.ecma-international.org/publications-and-standards/standards/ecma-48). .hy @@ -1449,7 +1619,7 @@ If it matches more than one filename, the first match is entered into the command line. Repeated TABs will cycle thru the other matching filenames. If the completed filename is a directory, a "/" is appended to the filename. -(On MS-DOS systems, a "\e" is appended.) +(On MS-DOS and Windows systems, a "\e" is appended.) The environment variable LESSSEPARATOR can be used to specify a different character to append to a directory name. .IP "BACKTAB [ ESC-TAB ]" @@ -1458,7 +1628,7 @@ Like, TAB, but cycles in the reverse direction thru the matching filenames. Complete the partial filename to the left of the cursor. If it matches more than one filename, all matches are entered into the command line (if they fit). -.IP "\(haU (Unix and OS/2) or ESC (MS-DOS)" +.IP "\(haU (Unix and OS/2) or ESC (MS-DOS and Windows)" Delete the entire command line, or cancel the command if the command line is empty. If you have changed your line-kill character in Unix to something @@ -1741,7 +1911,7 @@ Selects the UTF-8 encoding of the ISO 10646 character set. UTF-8 is special in that it supports multi-byte characters in the input file. It is the only character set that supports multi-byte characters. .IP windows -Selects a character set appropriate for Microsoft Windows (cp 1251). +Selects a character set appropriate for Microsoft Windows (cp 1252). .PP In rare cases, it may be desired to tailor .B less @@ -1794,7 +1964,7 @@ variables. .PP Finally, if the .I setlocale -interface is also not available, the default character set is latin1. +interface is also not available, the default character set is utf-8. .PP Control and binary characters are displayed in standout (reverse video). Each such character is displayed in caret notation if possible @@ -1924,6 +2094,10 @@ The line to be used is determined by the \fIX\fP, as with the %b option. Replaced by the line number of the last line in the input file. .IP "%m" Replaced by the total number of input files. +.IP "%o" +Replaced by the URI of the currently selected OSC 8 hyperlink, +or a question mark if no hyperlink is selected. +This is used by OSC 8 handlers as explained in the \(haO\(haO command description. .IP "%p\fIX\fP" Replaced by the percent into the current input file, based on byte offsets. The line used is determined by the \fIX\fP as with the %b option. @@ -2015,7 +2189,7 @@ Notice how each question mark has a matching period, and how the % after the %pt is included literally by escaping it with a backslash. .sp -?n?f%f\ .?m(%T %i of %m)\ ..?e(END)\ ?x-\ Next\e:\ %x..%t"; +?n?f%f\ .?m(%T %i of %m)\ ..?e(END)\ ?x-\ Next\e:\ %x..%t .sp This prints the filename if this is the first prompt in a file, followed by the "file N of N" message if there is more @@ -2063,33 +2237,53 @@ changed to modify this default. When the environment variable LESSSECURE is set to 1, .B less runs in a "secure" mode. -This means these features are disabled: -.RS -.IP "!" -the shell command -.IP "#" -the pshell command -.IP "|" -the pipe command -.IP ":e" -the examine command. -.IP "v" -the editing command -.IP "s \-o" -log files -.IP "\-k" -use of lesskey files -.IP "\-t" -use of tags files -.IP -metacharacters in filenames, such as * -.IP -filename completion (TAB, \(haL) -.IP +In this mode, these features are disabled: +.IP "edit" 10 +the edit command (v) +.IP "examine" +the examine command (:e) +.IP "glob" +metacharacters such as * in filenames, +.br +and filename completion (TAB, \(haL) +.IP "history" history file -.RE +.IP "lesskey" +use of lesskey files (-k and \-\-lesskey-src) +.IP "lessopen" +input preprocessor (LESSOPEN environment variable) +.IP "logfile" +log files (s and \-o) +.IP "osc8" +opening OSC 8 links (\(haO\(haO) +.IP "pipe" +the pipe command (|) +.IP "shell" +the shell and pshell commands (! and #) +.IP "stop" +stopping +.B less +via a SIGSTOP signal +.IP "tags" +use of tags files (-t) +.PP +The LESSSECURE_ALLOW environment variable can be set to a comma-separated list +of names of features which are selectively enabled when LESSSECURE is set. +Each feature name is the first word in each line in the above list. +A feature name may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unambiguous. +For example, if +.nh +LESSSECURE=1 +.hy +and +.nh +LESSSECURE_ALLOW=hist,edit +.hy +were set, all of the above features would be disabled +except for history files and the edit command. .PP Less can also be compiled to be permanently in "secure" mode. +In that case, the LESSSECURE and LESSSECURE_ALLOW variables are ignored. . .SH "COMPATIBILITY WITH MORE" If the environment variable LESS_IS_MORE is set to 1, @@ -2210,6 +2404,8 @@ file. Name of the default .I "lesskey binary" file. (Not used if "$LESSKEYIN" exists.) +.IP LESSKEY_CONTENT +The value is parsed as if it were the parameter of a \-\-lesskey-content option. .IP LESSKEYIN_SYSTEM Name of the default system-wide .I "lesskey source" @@ -2230,6 +2426,9 @@ Command line to invoke the (optional) input-preprocessor. .IP LESSSECURE Runs less in "secure" mode. See discussion under SECURITY. +.IP LESSSECURE_ALLOW +Enables individual features which are normally disabled by LESSSECURE. +See discussion under SECURITY. .IP LESSSEPARATOR String to be appended to a directory name in filename completion. .IP LESSUTFBINFMT @@ -2264,9 +2463,22 @@ The default is 4000 (4 seconds). Emulate the .BR more (1) command. +.IP LESS_OSC8_xxx +Where "xxx" is a URI scheme such as "http" or "file", +sets an OSC 8 handler for opening OSC 8 links containing a URI with that scheme. +.IP LESS_OSC8_ANY +Sets an OSC 8 handler for opening OSC 8 links for which there is +no specific LESS_OSC8_xxx handler set for the "xxx" scheme. .IP LESS_TERMCAP_xx Where "xx" is any two characters, overrides the definition of the termcap "xx" capability for the terminal. +.IP LESS_UNSUPPORT +A space-separated list of command line options. +These options will be ignored (with no error message) if they appear +on the command line or in the LESS environment variable. +Options listed in LESS_UNSUPPORT can still be changed by the \- and \-\- commands. +Each option in LESS_UNSUPPORT is a dash followed by a single character +option letter, or two dashes followed by a long option name. .IP LINES Sets the number of lines on the screen. Takes precedence over the number of lines specified by the TERM variable. @@ -2280,7 +2492,7 @@ automatically when running in .BR more "-compatible mode." .IP PATH User's search path (used to find a lesskey file -on MS-DOS and OS/2 systems). +on MS-DOS, Windows, and OS/2 systems). .IP SHELL The shell used to execute the !\& command, as well as to expand filenames. .IP TERM @@ -2303,7 +2515,7 @@ Possible location of the history file; see the description of the LESSHISTFILE e .BR lessecho (1) . .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright (C) 1984-2023 Mark Nudelman +Copyright (C) 1984-2024 Mark Nudelman .PP less is part of the GNU project and is free software. You can redistribute it and/or modify it @@ -2328,8 +2540,13 @@ See the GNU General Public License for more details. . Mark Nudelman .br -Report bugs at https://github.com/gwsw/less/issues. +Report bugs at +.nh +https://github.com/gwsw/less/issues. +.hy .br For more information, see the less homepage at .br -https://greenwoodsoftware.com/less +.nh +https://greenwoodsoftware.com/less. +.hy diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/lessecho.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/lessecho.1 index 2b6b35bb..ff634b61 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/lessecho.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/lessecho.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH LESSECHO 1 "Version 643: 12 Feb 2024" +.TH LESSECHO 1 "Version 654: 12 May 2024" .SH NAME lessecho \- expand metacharacters .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -9,6 +9,10 @@ lessecho \- expand metacharacters is a program that simply echos its arguments on standard output. But any metacharacter in the output is preceded by an "escape" character, which by default is a backslash. +.B lessecho +is invoked internally by +.BR less , +and is not intended to be used directly by humans. .SH OPTIONS A summary of options is included below. .TP diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/lesskey.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/lesskey.1 index 21905b2d..1fa8ce70 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/lesskey.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/lesskey.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH LESSKEY 1 "Version 643: 12 Feb 2024" +.TH LESSKEY 1 "Version 654: 12 May 2024" .SH NAME lesskey \- customize key bindings for less .SH "SYNOPSIS (deprecated)" @@ -122,14 +122,15 @@ For example, see the "{" and ":t" commands in the example below. The extra string has a special meaning for the "quit" action: when .B less -quits, the first character of the extra string is used as its exit status. +quits, the ASCII value of the first character of the extra string +is used as its exit status. . .SH EXAMPLE The following input file describes the set of default command keys used by .BR less . Documentation on each command can be found in the -.less +.B less man page, under the key sequence which invokes the command. .sp .RS 5m @@ -181,8 +182,6 @@ g goto-line \ee< goto-line p percent % percent -\ee[ left-scroll -\ee] right-scroll \ee( left-scroll \ee) right-scroll \ekl left-scroll @@ -213,11 +212,16 @@ n repeat-search \een repeat-search-all N reverse-search \eeN reverse-search-all +^O^N osc8-forw-search +^On osc8-forw-search +^O^P osc8-back-search +^Op osc8-back-search +^O^O osc8-open & filter m set-mark M set-mark-bottom \eem clear-mark -' goto-mark +\&' goto-mark ^X^X goto-mark E examine :e examine @@ -367,6 +371,24 @@ it should be appended to the end of the preceding line. (It cannot be added to the beginning of the += string because space after the equals sign is ignored, as noted above.) . +.sp +In the string after the = sign, a substring of the form ${NAME} +is replaced with the value of the environment variable "NAME". +The value of the variable may come from either the system environment, +an earlier lesskey file, or an earlier definition in the current lesskey file. +Simple text replacements can be performed by using +the syntax ${NAME/STRING/REPL}. +This replaces all instances of "STRING" in the named +environment variable with the text "REPL". +STRING is matched using a simple text comparison; +no metacharacters are supported. +An instance of slash or right curly bracket in STRING or REPL +must be escaped by preceding it with \fItwo\fP backslashes. +If REPL is an empty string, all instances of STRING are removed. +A slash immediately before the right curly bracket may be omitted. +Multiple replacements may be performed by using +the syntax ${NAME/STRING1/REPL1/STRING2/REPL2} and so on. +. .SH CONDITIONAL CONFIGURATION If a line begins with #version followed by a relational operator and a version number, the remainder of the line is parsed if and only if the running version of @@ -410,7 +432,7 @@ In those older versions, all #version lines are ignored. . .SH EXAMPLE The following input file sets the \-i and \-S options when -.less +.B less is run and, on version 595 and higher, adds a \-\-color option. .sp .nf @@ -430,7 +452,7 @@ which start with a NUL character (0). This NUL character should be represented as \e340 in a lesskey file. . .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright (C) 1984-2023 Mark Nudelman +Copyright (C) 1984-2024 Mark Nudelman .PP less is part of the GNU project and is free software. You can redistribute it and/or modify it diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/libnetcfg.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/libnetcfg.1 index bdb4cf1b..50c622d6 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/libnetcfg.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/libnetcfg.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "LIBNETCFG 1" -.TH LIBNETCFG 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH LIBNETCFG 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/link.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/link.1 index c2a111e8..06c6083c 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/link.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/link.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH LINK "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH LINK "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME link \- call the link function to create a link to a file .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ln.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ln.1 index a8b90c7d..b9a574e9 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ln.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ln.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH LN "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH LN "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME ln \- make links between files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/localectl.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/localectl.1 index f4bdf58c..bab6fb0e 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/localectl.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/localectl.1 @@ -319,6 +319,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -330,6 +336,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/loginctl.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/loginctl.1 index 1670c1ba..b0987542 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/loginctl.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/loginctl.1 @@ -515,6 +515,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -526,6 +532,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/logname.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/logname.1 index 2a972d2c..e32d4297 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/logname.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/logname.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH LOGNAME "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH LOGNAME "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME logname \- print user\'s login name .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ls.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ls.1 index aa7bcea1..7d676136 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ls.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ls.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH LS "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH LS "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME ls \- list directory contents .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ do not list implied entries ending with ~ .TP \fB\-c\fR with \fB\-lt\fR: sort by, and show, ctime (time of last -modification of file status information); +change of file status information); with \fB\-l\fR: show ctime and sort by name; otherwise: sort by ctime, newest first .TP @@ -168,9 +168,10 @@ sort by WORD instead of name: none (\fB\-U\fR), size (\fB\-S\fR), time (\fB\-t\fR), version (\fB\-v\fR), extension (\fB\-X\fR), width .TP \fB\-\-time\fR=\fI\,WORD\/\fR -change the default of using modification times; +select which timestamp used to display or sort; access time (\fB\-u\fR): atime, access, use; -change time (\fB\-c\fR): ctime, status; +metadata change time (\fB\-c\fR): ctime, status; +modified time (default): mtime, modification; birth time: birth, creation; .IP with \fB\-l\fR, WORD determines which time to show; @@ -221,7 +222,7 @@ display this help and exit output version information and exit .PP The SIZE argument is an integer and optional unit (example: 10K is 10*1024). -Units are K,M,G,T,P,E,Z,Y (powers of 1024) or KB,MB,... (powers of 1000). +Units are K,M,G,T,P,E,Z,Y,R,Q (powers of 1024) or KB,MB,... (powers of 1000). Binary prefixes can be used, too: KiB=K, MiB=M, and so on. .PP The TIME_STYLE argument can be full\-iso, long\-iso, iso, locale, or +FORMAT. @@ -253,7 +254,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/machinectl.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/machinectl.1 index 0fdde67e..af1ac2b0 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/machinectl.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/machinectl.1 @@ -1016,13 +1016,13 @@ to open a shell in it\&. .\} .nf # machinectl pull\-raw \-\-verify=no \e - https://download\&.fedoraproject\&.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/38/Cloud/x86_64/images/Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-38\-1\&.6\&.x86_64\&.raw\&.xz \e - Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-38\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 -# systemd\-nspawn \-M Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-38\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 + https://download\&.fedoraproject\&.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/40/Cloud/x86_64/images/Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-40\-1\&.6\&.x86_64\&.raw\&.xz \e + Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-40\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 +# systemd\-nspawn \-M Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-40\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 # passwd # exit -# machinectl start Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-38\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 -# machinectl login Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-38\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 +# machinectl start Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-40\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 +# machinectl login Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-40\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 .fi .if n \{\ .RE @@ -1201,6 +1201,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -1212,6 +1218,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/md5sum.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/md5sum.1 index 282a88d6..57a23e25 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/md5sum.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/md5sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH MD5SUM "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH MD5SUM "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME md5sum \- compute and check MD5 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/midi2abc.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/midi2abc.1 index bf06f385..1f3a329d 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/midi2abc.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/midi2abc.1 @@ -172,23 +172,6 @@ the given string. .B -origin \fistring\fP Adds an O: field with the given string. .TP -.B -stats -Extracts the characteristics of the given midi file. They include -ntrks - the number of tracks, ppqn - pulses per quarter note, -timesig - time signature, keysig - key signature, program - mapping -between channel number and midi program, npulses - length of the -midi file in pulses, tempocmd - number of times the tempo has -been specified, pitchbends - number of pitchbends, pitchbendin - -number of pitchbends in each of the channels, programcmd - number of -times the midi program has been revised, progs and progsact - the -programs used and the number of pulses these programs used, drums - -the drum numbers that were used, drumhits - the number of times -each of those drums were hit, pitches - the number of times the -11 pitch classes (C C# etc...) were activated and a few other -complex variables. These characteristics are used in other -applications such as midiexplorer. More details are available -in the file midi2abc-stats.txt included in the doc/ folder -of the abcmidi distribution package. .SS FEATURES diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/midistats.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/midistats.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..478707f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/midistats.1 @@ -0,0 +1,370 @@ +.TH MIDISTATS 1 "18 March 2024" +.SH NAME +\fBmidistats\fP \- program to summarize the statistical properties of a midi file +.SH SYNOPSIS +This is a long manual because the program extracts many different parameters +from the midi file depending upon the options selected. This manual +attempts to describe these parameters and how they are computed. +These parameters are formatted in a way so they can be read by other +applications such midiexplorer.tcl, runstats.tcl, and numerous Python +scripts. + +Many of the options were designed specifically for analyzing the +percussion track of the midi file. They are described in a separate +section below (Other options). + + +.SH DESCRIPTION +If you run midistats without any options other than the name of +the midi input file, it will produce a table of values described +here. Each line of output starts with the name of the variable or +variable array and the associated values. +.PP +ntrks indicates the number of tracks in the midi file. +.PP +ppqn the number of midi pulses per quarter note. +.PP +keysig the key signature, followed by a major/minor flag, the number +of sharps (positive) or flats (negative) in the key, and the beat number +where the key signature was found. +.PP +trk is followed by the track number for which the following information +applies. +.PP +program is followed by the channel number and the General Midi Program +number. +.PP +trkinfo is an array of 19 numbers which indicates the statistical properties +of the track of interest. The following data is given: +the channel number, +the first program assigned to this channel, +the number of notes for this channel counting any chords as one note, +the total number of notes for this for this channel, +the sum of the MIDI pitches for all the notes, +the sum of the note durations in MIDI pulse units, +the number of control parameter messages, +the number of pressure messages. +the number of distinct rhythm patterns for each channel +the number of pulses the channel was inactive +the minimum pitch value +the maximum pitch value +the minimum note length in pulses +the maximum note length in pulses +the number of gaps in the channel +the entropy of the pitch class histogram for that channel +the number of notes whose pitch were the same as the previous note +the number of notes whose pitch changed by less than 4 semitones +the number of notes whose pitch changed by 4 or more semitones +(In event of a chords the maximum pitches are compared.) +.PP +After processing all the individual tracks, the following information +applies to the entire midi file. +.PP +npulses is the length of the longest midi track in midi pulse units +.PP +tempocmds specifies the number of times the tempo is changed in this +file. +.PP +pitchbends specifies the total number of pitchbends in this file. +.PP +pitchbendin c n specifies the number of pitchbends n in channel c +.PP +progs is a list of all the midi programs addressed +.PP +progsact the amount of activity for each of the above midi programs. +The activity is the sum of the note durations in midi pulse units. +.PP +progcolor: is a 17 dimensional vector where each component maps into +a specific group of MIDI programs. Some of these groups are, keyboard +instruments, brass instruments, wind instruments, and etc. More information +can be found in the midiexplorer documentation. +.PP +drums is a list of all the percussion instruments (channel 9) that were +used. +.PP +drumhits indicates the number of notes for each of the above percussion +instruments. +.PP +pitches is a histogram for the 11 pitch classes (C, C#, D ...B) +that occur in the midi file. +.PP +key indicates the key of the music, the number of sharps (positive) or +flats (negative) in the key signature, and a measure of the confidence +in this key signature. The key was estimated from the above pitch histogram +by convolving with Craig Sapp's model. The peak of rmaj or rmin (below) +indicates the key. A correlation less than 0.4 indicates that the pitch +histogram does not follow the histogram of a major or minor scale. +(It may be the result of a mixture of two key signatures.) +.PP +rmaj the cross correlation coefficients with Craig Sapp's major key model +for each of the 11 keys (C, C#, D, ...,B). +.PP +rmaj the cross correlation coefficients with Craig Sapp's minor key model +for each of the 11 keys (C, C#, D, ...,B). +.PP +pitchact is a similar histogram but is weighted by the length of +the notes. +.PP +chanvol indicates the value of the control volume commands in the +midi file for each of the 16 channels. The maximum value is 127. +It scales the loudness of the notes (velocity) by its value. +.PP +chnact returns the amount of note activity in each channel. +.PP +trkact returns the number of notes in each track. +.PP +totalrhythmpatterns is the total number of bar rhythm patterns for +all channels except the percussion channel. +.PP +collisions. Midistats counts the bar rhythm patterns using a hashing +function. Presently collisions are ignored so occasionally two +distinct rhythm patterns are counted as one. +.PP +Midistats prints a number of arrays which may be useful in +determining where the music in the track is a melody line or +chordal rhythmic support. These arrays indicate the properties +for each of the 16 channels. (The percussion channel 9 contains +zeros.) In the case same channel occurs in several tracks, these +numbers are the totals for all track containing that channel. +Here is a description of these properties. +.PP +programs: channel to midi program mapping +.PP +cnotes: the total number of notes in each channel +.PP +nnotes: the number of notes in each channel not including +those playing in the same time interval. +.br +nzeros: the number of notes whose previous note was the same pitch +.br +nsteps: the number of notes whose pitch difference with the previous +note was less than 4 semitones. +.br +njumps: the number of notes whose pitch difference with the previous +note was 4 or more semitones. +.br +rpats: the number of rhythmpatterns for each channels. This is a +duplication of data printed previously. +.br +pavg: the average pitch of all the notes for each channel. +.br +spread: the percentage of the track that each channel is active. +.PP +If some of the channels appear in more than one track, then +some of the above values may be incorrect. +.PP +In addition the midistats may return other codes that describe +other characteristics. They include + +unquantized - the note onsets are not quantized +.br +triplets - 3 notes played in the time of 2 notes are present +.br +qnotes - the rhythm is basically simple +.br +clean_quantization - the note onsets are quantized into 1/4, 1/8, 1/16 time units. +.br +dithered_quantization - small variations in the quantized note onsets. +.br +Lyrics - lyrics are present in the meta data +.br +programcmd - there may be multiple program changes in a midi channel + + + +.SH Other options + +It is recommended that you only select one of the options +described here as the program was not designed to handle a +multiple number of options. + +.PP +If you run midistats with the -CSV option, it will return the +results in a form of comma separated values that can be loaded +into a Python panda dataframe. Each line refers to one of the +16 midi channels. The following Python 3 code illustrates +how you would load the midistats output into a dataframe. + +.br +import pandas as pd +.br +import io +.br +import subprocess +.br +cmd = ("midistats", "-CSV" , inputmidifilepath) +.br +process = subprocess.Popen(cmd, stdout=subprocess.PIPE) +.br +csv = io.StringIO(process.stdout.read().decode()) +.br +df = pd.read_csv(csv) + +where inputmidifilepath is the path to the midi file that +you are using. (eg. 'clean_midi/Zero/Chi sei.mid') + +.PP +The MIDI file devotes channel 9 to the percussion instruments +and over 60 percussion instruments are defined in the MIDI +standard. Though there is a lot of diversity in the percussion +track, for most MIDI files only the first 10 or so percussion +instruments are important in defining the character of the track. The +program Midiexplorer has various tools for exposing the percussion +channel which are described in the documentation. The goal +here is to find the essential characteristics of the percussion +track which distinguishes the MIDI files. This is attempted +in the program midistats. Here is a short description. + + +.br + +A number of experimental tools for analyzing the percussion channel +(track) were introduced into midistats and are accessible through +the runtime arguments. When these tools are used in a script which +runs through a collection of midi files, you can build a database +of percussion descriptors. + +.SH OPTIONS +.PP +-corestats +.br +outputs a line with 5 numbers separated by tabs. eg +.br +1 8 384 4057 375 +.br +It returns the number of tracks, the number of channels, the +number of divisions per quarter note beat (ppqn), +the number of note onsets in the midi file, and the maximum +number of quarter note beats in midi file. + + +.PP +-pulseanalysis +.br +counts the number of note onsets as a function of its onset time +relative to a beat, grouping them into 12 intervals and returns +the result as a discrete probability density function. Generally, +the distribution consists of a couple of peaks corresponding +to quarter notes or eigth notes. If the distribution is flat, +it indicates that the times of the note occurrences have not been +quantized into beats and fractions. Here is a sample output. +.br +0.349,0.000,0.000,0.160,0.000,0.000,0.298,0.000,0.000,0.191,0.000,0.000 + +.PP +-panal +.br +Counts the number of note onsets for each percussion instrument. The first +number is the code (pitch) of the instrument, the second number is the +number of occurrences. eg. +.br +35 337 37 16 38 432 39 208 40 231 42 1088 46 384 49 42 54 1104 57 5 70 1040 85 16 + +.PP +-ppatfor n +.br +where n is the code number of the percussion instrument. Each beat +is represented by a 4 bit number where the position of the on-bit +indicates the time in the beat when the drum onset occurs. The bits +are ordered from left to right (higher order bits to lower order +bits). This is the order of bits that you would expect in a +time series. +Thus 0 indicates that there was no note onset in that beat, 1 indicates +a note onset at the end of the beat, 4 indicates a note onset +in the middle of the beat, and etc. The function returns a string +of numbers ranging from 0 to 7 indicating the presence of note onsets +for the selected percussion instrument for the sequence of beats +in the midi file. Here is a truncated sample of the output. +.br + +0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 4 1 0 0 4 1 0 0 4 1 0 0 4 1 0 0 4 1 0 0 4 1 4 4 0 +1 0 0 0 1 0 5 0 1 0 5 0 1 0 5 0 1 0 5 0 1 0 5 0 1 0 5 0 1 0 5 0 1 0 0 0 +1 0 5 0 1 0 5 0 1 etc. + +.br +One can see a repeating 4 beat pattern. + +.PP +-ppat +.br +midistats attempts to find two percussion instruments in the midi file +which come closest to acting as the bass drum and snare drum. +If it is unsuccessful, it returns a message of its failue. Otherwise, +encodes the position of these drum onsets in a 8 bit byte for each +quarter note beat in the midi file. The lower (right) 4 bits encode the +bass drum and the higher (left) 4 bits encode the snare drum in the +same manner as described above for -ppatfor. +.br +0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 33 145 33 145 33 145 33 145 33 145 33 145 33 145 +.br +33 145 33 145 33 145 33 145 33 145 33 145 33 145 33 145 33 145 33 145 +.br +33 145 33 145 33 145 33 145 33 145 33 and etc. + + +.PP +-ppathist +.br +computes and displays the histogram of the values that would appear +when running the -ppat. eg. +.br +bass 35 337 +.br +snare 38 432 +.br +1 (0.1) 64 32 (2.0) 8 33 (2.1) 136 144 (9.0) 8 145 (9.1) 136 +.br +The bass percussion code, the number of onsets, and the snare +percussion code and the number of onsets are given in the +first two lines. In the next line the number of occurrences of +each value in the -ppat listing is given. The number in parentheses +splits the two 4-bit values with a period. Thus 33 = (2*16 + 1). + +.PP +-pitchclass +.br +Returns the pitch class distribution for the entire midi file. + +.PP +-nseqfor n +.br +Note sequence for channel n. This option produces a string of bytes +indicating the presence of a note in a time unit corresponding to +an eigth note. Thus each quarter note beat is represented by two +bytes. The pitch class is represented by the line number on the +staff, where 0 is C. Thus the notes on a scale are represented +by 7 numbers, and sharps and flats are ignored. The line number is +then converted to a bit position in the byte, so that the pitch +classes are represented by the numbers 1,2,4,8, and etc. A chord +of consisting of two note onsets would set two of the corresponding +bits. If we were to represent the full chromatic scale consisting +of 12 pitches, then we would require two-byte integers or +twice of much memory. +.br +Though the pitch resolution is not sufficient to distinguish +major or minor chords, it should be sufficient to be identify some +repeating patterns. +.PP +-nseq +.br +Same as above except it is applied to all channels except the +percussion channel. +.br +.PP +-nseqtokens +Returns the number of distinct sequence elements for each channel. +The channel number and number of distinct elements separated by +a comma is returned in a tab separated list for all active channels +except the percussion channel. Here is an example. +.br +2,3 3,4 4,11 5,6 6,3 7,3 8,6 9,3 11,2 12,1 +.br + +-ver (version number) + + +.SH AUTHOR +Seymour Shlien <fy733@ncf.ca> + + + diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/mkdir.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/mkdir.1 index 33d51d23..9c1d199e 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/mkdir.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/mkdir.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH MKDIR "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH MKDIR "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME mkdir \- make directories .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/mkfifo.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/mkfifo.1 index 9398e9b5..30f53725 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/mkfifo.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/mkfifo.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH MKFIFO "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH MKFIFO "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME mkfifo \- make FIFOs (named pipes) .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/mknod.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/mknod.1 index c9974d3e..172842da 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/mknod.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/mknod.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH MKNOD "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH MKNOD "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME mknod \- make block or character special files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/mktemp.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/mktemp.1 index d2f0a4d0..eca42ac4 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/mktemp.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/mktemp.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH MKTEMP "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH MKTEMP "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME mktemp \- create a temporary file or directory .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgattrib.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgattrib.1 index 7534f56e..86fa7bb9 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgattrib.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgattrib.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGATTRIB "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGATTRIB "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgattrib \- attribute matching and manipulation on message catalog .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Written by Bruno Haible. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2001\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgcat.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgcat.1 index 2e7dd946..777261b9 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgcat.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgcat.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGCAT "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGCAT "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgcat \- combines several message catalogs .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ Written by Bruno Haible. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2001\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgcmp.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgcmp.1 index e7b2ff84..d46d6b86 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgcmp.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgcmp.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGCMP "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGCMP "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgcmp \- compare message catalog and template .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Written by Peter Miller. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 1995\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgcomm.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgcomm.1 index 22ec988c..2953274b 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgcomm.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgcomm.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGCOMM "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGCOMM "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgcomm \- match two message catalogs .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ Written by Peter Miller. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 1995\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgconv.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgconv.1 index 344cf5a9..f51df90b 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgconv.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgconv.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGCONV "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGCONV "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgconv \- character set conversion for message catalog .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Written by Bruno Haible. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2001\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgen.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgen.1 index 3977fd50..9450beaa 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgen.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgen.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGEN "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGEN "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgen \- create English message catalog .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Written by Bruno Haible. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2001\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgexec.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgexec.1 index 714abc6c..c07367a4 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgexec.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgexec.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGEXEC "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGEXEC "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgexec \- process translations of message catalog .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Written by Bruno Haible. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2001\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgfilter.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgfilter.1 index 30f816ac..869a82c5 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgfilter.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgfilter.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGFILTER "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGFILTER "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgfilter \- edit translations of message catalog .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Written by Bruno Haible. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2001\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgfmt.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgfmt.1 index 512875c8..8844bbe2 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgfmt.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgfmt.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGFMT "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGFMT "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgfmt \- compile message catalog to binary format .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -171,6 +171,13 @@ menu items use fuzzy entries in output .SS "Output details:" .TP +\fB\-\-no\-convert\fR +don't convert the messages to UTF\-8 encoding +.TP +\fB\-\-no\-redundancy\fR +don't pre\-expand ISO C 99 <inttypes.h> +format string directive macros +.TP \fB\-a\fR, \fB\-\-alignment\fR=\fI\,NUMBER\/\fR align strings to NUMBER bytes (default: 1) .TP @@ -199,7 +206,7 @@ Written by Ulrich Drepper. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 1995\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msggrep.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msggrep.1 index e26985c3..87ca3250 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msggrep.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msggrep.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGGREP "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGGREP "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msggrep \- pattern matching on message catalog .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ Written by Bruno Haible. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2001\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msginit.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msginit.1 index 1c33bcda..8e80e9d2 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msginit.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msginit.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGINIT "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGINIT "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msginit \- initialize a message catalog .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Written by Bruno Haible. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2001\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgmerge.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgmerge.1 index f2a6e4e9..afd8adbb 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgmerge.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgmerge.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGMERGE "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGMERGE "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgmerge \- merge message catalog and template .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ Written by Peter Miller. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 1995\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgunfmt.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgunfmt.1 index 4ed8bc40..5bca3278 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgunfmt.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msgunfmt.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGUNFMT "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGUNFMT "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgunfmt \- uncompile message catalog from binary format .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Written by Ulrich Drepper. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 1995\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msguniq.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msguniq.1 index fa67a704..84a1949f 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msguniq.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/msguniq.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGUNIQ "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGUNIQ "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msguniq \- unify duplicate translations in message catalog .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Written by Bruno Haible. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2001\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/mv.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/mv.1 index 35f24d77..21d2e4c4 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/mv.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/mv.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH MV "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH MV "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME mv \- move (rename) files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -24,6 +24,9 @@ make a backup of each existing destination file \fB\-b\fR like \fB\-\-backup\fR but does not accept an argument .TP +\fB\-\-debug\fR +explain how a file is copied. Implies \fB\-v\fR +.TP \fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-force\fR do not prompt before overwriting .TP @@ -35,6 +38,9 @@ do not overwrite an existing file .PP If you specify more than one of \fB\-i\fR, \fB\-f\fR, \fB\-n\fR, only the final one takes effect. .TP +\fB\-\-no\-copy\fR +do not copy if renaming fails +.TP \fB\-\-strip\-trailing\-slashes\fR remove any trailing slashes from each SOURCE argument @@ -48,10 +54,12 @@ move all SOURCE arguments into DIRECTORY \fB\-T\fR, \fB\-\-no\-target\-directory\fR treat DEST as a normal file .TP -\fB\-u\fR, \fB\-\-update\fR -move only when the SOURCE file is newer -than the destination file or when the -destination file is missing +\fB\-\-update\fR[=\fI\,UPDATE\/\fR] +control which existing files are updated; +UPDATE={all,none,older(default)}. See below +.TP +\fB\-u\fR +equivalent to \fB\-\-update\fR[=\fI\,older\/\fR] .TP \fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR explain what is being done @@ -66,6 +74,14 @@ display this help and exit \fB\-\-version\fR output version information and exit .PP +UPDATE controls which existing files in the destination are replaced. +\&'all' is the default operation when an \fB\-\-update\fR option is not specified, +and results in all existing files in the destination being replaced. +\&'none' is similar to the \fB\-\-no\-clobber\fR option, in that no files in the +destination are replaced, but also skipped files do not induce a failure. +\&'older' is the default operation when \fB\-\-update\fR is specified, and results +in files being replaced if they're older than the corresponding source file. +.PP The backup suffix is '~', unless set with \fB\-\-suffix\fR or SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX. The version control method may be selected via the \fB\-\-backup\fR option or through the VERSION_CONTROL environment variable. Here are the values: @@ -88,7 +104,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ngettext.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ngettext.1 index 72df2ab5..ab31d199 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ngettext.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ngettext.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH NGETTEXT "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-runtime 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH NGETTEXT "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-runtime 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME ngettext \- translate message and choose plural form .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Written by Ulrich Drepper. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995\-1997, 2000\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 1995\-1997, 2000\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/nice.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/nice.1 index 441e5004..2aa8a46b 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/nice.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/nice.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH NICE "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH NICE "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME nice \- run a program with modified scheduling priority .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -26,6 +26,19 @@ output version information and exit NOTE: your shell may have its own version of nice, which usually supersedes the version described here. Please refer to your shell's documentation for details about the options it supports. +.SS "Exit status:" +.TP +125 +if the nice command itself fails +.TP +126 +if COMMAND is found but cannot be invoked +.TP +127 +if COMMAND cannot be found +.TP +\- +the exit status of COMMAND otherwise .SH AUTHOR Written by David MacKenzie. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" @@ -33,7 +46,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/nl.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/nl.1 index f521427a..9da16e82 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/nl.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/nl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH NL "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH NL "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME nl \- number lines of files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/nm.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/nm.1 index 7dd0843c..d4692d01 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/nm.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/nm.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,79 +52,17 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "NM 1" -.TH NM 1 "2023-06-27" "binutils-2.40" "GNU Development Tools" +.TH NM 1 2024-04-08 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME nm \- list symbols from object files -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" nm [\fB\-A\fR|\fB\-o\fR|\fB\-\-print\-file\-name\fR] [\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-\-debug\-syms\fR] @@ -150,7 +72,7 @@ nm [\fB\-A\fR|\fB\-o\fR|\fB\-\-print\-file\-name\fR] [\fB\-f\fR\fIformat\fR|\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIformat\fR] [\fB\-g\fR|\fB\-\-extern\-only\fR] [\fB\-h\fR|\fB\-\-help\fR] - [\fB\-\-ifunc\-chars=\fR\fI\s-1CHARS\s0\fR] + [\fB\-\-ifunc\-chars=\fR\fICHARS\fR] [\fB\-j\fR|\fB\-\-format=just\-symbols\fR] [\fB\-l\fR|\fB\-\-line\-numbers\fR] [\fB\-\-inlines\fR] [\fB\-n\fR|\fB\-v\fR|\fB\-\-numeric\-sort\fR] @@ -176,17 +98,17 @@ nm [\fB\-A\fR|\fB\-o\fR|\fB\-\-print\-file\-name\fR] [\fB\-\-with\-symbol\-versions\fR] [\fB\-\-without\-symbol\-versions\fR] [\fIobjfile\fR...] -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" -\&\s-1GNU\s0 \fBnm\fR lists the symbols from object files \fIobjfile\fR.... +GNU \fBnm\fR lists the symbols from object files \fIobjfile\fR.... If no object files are listed as arguments, \fBnm\fR assumes the file \&\fIa.out\fR. .PP For each symbol, \fBnm\fR shows: -.IP "\(bu" 4 +.IP \(bu 4 The symbol value, in the radix selected by options (see below), or hexadecimal by default. -.IP "\(bu" 4 +.IP \(bu 4 The symbol type. At least the following types are used; others are, as well, depending on the object file format. If lowercase, the symbol is usually local; if uppercase, the symbol is global (external). There @@ -194,27 +116,27 @@ are however a few lowercase symbols that are shown for special global symbols (\f(CW\*(C`u\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`v\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`w\*(C'\fR). .RS 4 .ie n .IP """A""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWA\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWA\fR 4 .IX Item "A" The symbol's value is absolute, and will not be changed by further linking. .ie n .IP """B""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWB\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWB\fR 4 .IX Item "B" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """b""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWb\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWb\fR 4 .IX Item "b" .PD -The symbol is in the \s-1BSS\s0 data section. This section typically +The symbol is in the BSS data section. This section typically contains zero-initialized or uninitialized data, although the exact behavior is system dependent. .ie n .IP """C""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWC\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWC\fR 4 .IX Item "C" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """c""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWc\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWc\fR 4 .IX Item "c" .PD The symbol is common. Common symbols are uninitialized data. When @@ -224,105 +146,105 @@ references. The lower case \fIc\fR character is used when the symbol is in a special section for small commons. .ie n .IP """D""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWD\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWD\fR 4 .IX Item "D" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """d""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWd\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWd\fR 4 .IX Item "d" .PD The symbol is in the initialized data section. .ie n .IP """G""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWG\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWG\fR 4 .IX Item "G" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """g""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWg\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWg\fR 4 .IX Item "g" .PD The symbol is in an initialized data section for small objects. Some object file formats permit more efficient access to small data objects, such as a global int variable as opposed to a large global array. .ie n .IP """i""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWi\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWi\fR 4 .IX Item "i" -For \s-1PE\s0 format files this indicates that the symbol is in a section +For PE format files this indicates that the symbol is in a section specific to the implementation of DLLs. .Sp -For \s-1ELF\s0 format files this indicates that the symbol is an indirect -function. This is a \s-1GNU\s0 extension to the standard set of \s-1ELF\s0 symbol +For ELF format files this indicates that the symbol is an indirect +function. This is a GNU extension to the standard set of ELF symbol types. It indicates a symbol which if referenced by a relocation does not evaluate to its address, but instead must be invoked at runtime. The runtime execution will then return the value to be used in the relocation. .Sp -Note \- the actual symbols display for \s-1GNU\s0 indirect symbols is +Note \- the actual symbols display for GNU indirect symbols is controlled by the \fB\-\-ifunc\-chars\fR command line option. If this option has been provided then the first character in the string will be used for global indirect function symbols. If the string contains a second character then that will be used for local indirect function symbols. .ie n .IP """I""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWI\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWI\fR 4 .IX Item "I" The symbol is an indirect reference to another symbol. .ie n .IP """N""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWN\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWN\fR 4 .IX Item "N" The symbol is a debugging symbol. .ie n .IP """n""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWn\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWn\fR 4 .IX Item "n" -The symbol is in the read-only data section. +The symbol is in a non-data, non-code, non-debug read-only section. .ie n .IP """p""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWp\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWp\fR 4 .IX Item "p" The symbol is in a stack unwind section. .ie n .IP """R""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWR\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWR\fR 4 .IX Item "R" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """r""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWr\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWr\fR 4 .IX Item "r" .PD The symbol is in a read only data section. .ie n .IP """S""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWS\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWS\fR 4 .IX Item "S" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """s""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWs\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWs\fR 4 .IX Item "s" .PD The symbol is in an uninitialized or zero-initialized data section for small objects. .ie n .IP """T""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWT\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWT\fR 4 .IX Item "T" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """t""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWt\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWt\fR 4 .IX Item "t" .PD The symbol is in the text (code) section. .ie n .IP """U""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWU\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWU\fR 4 .IX Item "U" The symbol is undefined. .ie n .IP """u""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWu\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWu\fR 4 .IX Item "u" -The symbol is a unique global symbol. This is a \s-1GNU\s0 extension to the -standard set of \s-1ELF\s0 symbol bindings. For such a symbol the dynamic linker +The symbol is a unique global symbol. This is a GNU extension to the +standard set of ELF symbol bindings. For such a symbol the dynamic linker will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this name and type in use. .ie n .IP """V""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWV\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWV\fR 4 .IX Item "V" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """v""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWv\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWv\fR 4 .IX Item "v" .PD The symbol is a weak object. When a weak defined symbol is linked with @@ -331,11 +253,11 @@ When a weak undefined symbol is linked and the symbol is not defined, the value of the weak symbol becomes zero with no error. On some systems, uppercase indicates that a default value has been specified. .ie n .IP """W""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWW\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWW\fR 4 .IX Item "W" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """w""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWw\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWw\fR 4 .IX Item "w" .PD The symbol is a weak symbol that has not been specifically tagged as a @@ -346,19 +268,19 @@ the value of the symbol is determined in a system-specific manner without error. On some systems, uppercase indicates that a default value has been specified. .ie n .IP """\-""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW\-\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW\-\fR 4 .IX Item "-" The symbol is a stabs symbol in an a.out object file. In this case, the next values printed are the stabs other field, the stabs desc field, and the stab type. Stabs symbols are used to hold debugging information. .ie n .IP """?""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW?\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW?\fR 4 .IX Item "?" The symbol type is unknown, or object file format specific. .RE .RS 4 .RE -.IP "\(bu" 4 +.IP \(bu 4 The symbol name. If a symbol has version information associated with it, then the version information is displayed as well. If the versioned symbol is undefined or hidden from linker, the version string is displayed @@ -366,54 +288,54 @@ as a suffix to the symbol name, preceded by an @ character. For example \&\fBfoo@VER_1\fR. If the version is the default version to be used when resolving unversioned references to the symbol, then it is displayed as a suffix preceded by two @ characters. For example \fBfoo@@VER_2\fR. -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are equivalent. -.IP "\fB\-A\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-A\fR 4 .IX Item "-A" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-o\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-o\fR 4 .IX Item "-o" -.IP "\fB\-\-print\-file\-name\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-print\-file\-name\fR 4 .IX Item "--print-file-name" .PD Precede each symbol by the name of the input file (or archive member) in which it was found, rather than identifying the input file once only, before all of its symbols. -.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-a\fR 4 .IX Item "-a" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-debug\-syms\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-debug\-syms\fR 4 .IX Item "--debug-syms" .PD Display all symbols, even debugger-only symbols; normally these are not listed. -.IP "\fB\-B\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-B\fR 4 .IX Item "-B" -The same as \fB\-\-format=bsd\fR (for compatibility with the \s-1MIPS\s0 \fBnm\fR). -.IP "\fB\-C\fR" 4 +The same as \fB\-\-format=bsd\fR (for compatibility with the MIPS \fBnm\fR). +.IP \fB\-C\fR 4 .IX Item "-C" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-demangle[=\fR\fIstyle\fR\fB]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-demangle[=\fR\fIstyle\fR\fB]\fR 4 .IX Item "--demangle[=style]" .PD Decode (\fIdemangle\fR) low-level symbol names into user-level names. Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this -makes \*(C+ function names readable. Different compilers have different +makes C++ function names readable. Different compilers have different mangling styles. The optional demangling style argument can be used to choose an appropriate demangling style for your compiler. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-demangle\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-demangle\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-demangle" Do not demangle low-level symbol names. This is the default. -.IP "\fB\-\-recurse\-limit\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-recurse\-limit\fR 4 .IX Item "--recurse-limit" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-recurse\-limit\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-recurse\-limit\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-recurse-limit" -.IP "\fB\-\-recursion\-limit\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-recursion\-limit\fR 4 .IX Item "--recursion-limit" -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-recursion\-limit\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-recursion\-limit\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-recursion-limit" .PD Enables or disables a limit on the amount of recursion performed @@ -427,10 +349,10 @@ The default is for this limit to be enabled, but disabling it may be necessary in order to demangle truly complicated names. Note however that if the recursion limit is disabled then stack exhaustion is possible and any bug reports about such an event will be rejected. -.IP "\fB\-D\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-D\fR 4 .IX Item "-D" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dynamic\fR 4 .IX Item "--dynamic" .PD Display the dynamic symbols rather than the normal symbols. This is @@ -439,43 +361,43 @@ libraries. .IP "\fB\-f\fR \fIformat\fR" 4 .IX Item "-f format" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIformat\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-format=\fR\fIformat\fR 4 .IX Item "--format=format" .PD Use the output format \fIformat\fR, which can be \f(CW\*(C`bsd\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`sysv\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`posix\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`just\-symbols\*(C'\fR. The default is \f(CW\*(C`bsd\*(C'\fR. Only the first character of \fIformat\fR is significant; it can be either upper or lower case. -.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-g\fR 4 .IX Item "-g" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-extern\-only\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-extern\-only\fR 4 .IX Item "--extern-only" .PD Display only external symbols. -.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-h\fR 4 .IX Item "-h" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" .PD Show a summary of the options to \fBnm\fR and exit. -.IP "\fB\-\-ifunc\-chars=\fR\fI\s-1CHARS\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ifunc\-chars=\fR\fICHARS\fR 4 .IX Item "--ifunc-chars=CHARS" -When display \s-1GNU\s0 indirect function symbols \fBnm\fR will default +When display GNU indirect function symbols \fBnm\fR will default to using the \f(CW\*(C`i\*(C'\fR character for both local indirect functions and global indirect functions. The \fB\-\-ifunc\-chars\fR option allows the user to specify a string containing one or two characters. The first character will be used for global indirect function symbols and the second character, if present, will be used for local indirect function symbols. -.IP "\fBj\fR" 4 +.IP \fBj\fR 4 .IX Item "j" The same as \fB\-\-format=just\-symbols\fR. -.IP "\fB\-l\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-l\fR 4 .IX Item "-l" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-line\-numbers\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-line\-numbers\fR 4 .IX Item "--line-numbers" .PD For each symbol, use debugging information to try to find a filename and @@ -483,7 +405,7 @@ line number. For a defined symbol, look for the line number of the address of the symbol. For an undefined symbol, look for the line number of a relocation entry which refers to the symbol. If line number information can be found, print it after the other symbol information. -.IP "\fB\-\-inlines\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-inlines\fR 4 .IX Item "--inlines" When option \fB\-l\fR is active, if the address belongs to a function that was inlined, then this option causes the source @@ -492,54 +414,54 @@ function to be printed as well. For example, if \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR inlines \&\f(CW\*(C`callee1\*(C'\fR which inlines \f(CW\*(C`callee2\*(C'\fR, and address is from \&\f(CW\*(C`callee2\*(C'\fR, the source information for \f(CW\*(C`callee1\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR will also be printed. -.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-n\fR 4 .IX Item "-n" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-v\fR 4 .IX Item "-v" -.IP "\fB\-\-numeric\-sort\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-numeric\-sort\fR 4 .IX Item "--numeric-sort" .PD Sort symbols numerically by their addresses, rather than alphabetically by their names. -.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-p\fR 4 .IX Item "-p" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-sort\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-sort\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-sort" .PD Do not bother to sort the symbols in any order; print them in the order encountered. -.IP "\fB\-P\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-P\fR 4 .IX Item "-P" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-portability\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-portability\fR 4 .IX Item "--portability" .PD -Use the \s-1POSIX.2\s0 standard output format instead of the default format. +Use the POSIX.2 standard output format instead of the default format. Equivalent to \fB\-f posix\fR. -.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-r\fR 4 .IX Item "-r" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-reverse\-sort\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-reverse\-sort\fR 4 .IX Item "--reverse-sort" .PD Reverse the order of the sort (whether numeric or alphabetic); let the last come first. -.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-S\fR 4 .IX Item "-S" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-print\-size\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-print\-size\fR 4 .IX Item "--print-size" .PD Print both value and size of defined symbols for the \f(CW\*(C`bsd\*(C'\fR output style. This option has no effect for object formats that do not record symbol sizes, unless \fB\-\-size\-sort\fR is also used in which case a calculated size is displayed. -.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-s\fR 4 .IX Item "-s" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-print\-armap\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-print\-armap\fR 4 .IX Item "--print-armap" .PD When listing symbols from archive members, include the index: a mapping @@ -548,40 +470,40 @@ contain definitions for which names. .IP "\fB\-t\fR \fIradix\fR" 4 .IX Item "-t radix" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fIradix\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-radix=\fR\fIradix\fR 4 .IX Item "--radix=radix" .PD Use \fIradix\fR as the radix for printing the symbol values. It must be \&\fBd\fR for decimal, \fBo\fR for octal, or \fBx\fR for hexadecimal. -.IP "\fB\-u\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-u\fR 4 .IX Item "-u" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-undefined\-only\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-undefined\-only\fR 4 .IX Item "--undefined-only" .PD Display only undefined symbols (those external to each object file). By default both defined and undefined symbols are displayed. -.IP "\fB\-U\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-U\fR 4 .IX Item "-U" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-defined\-only\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-defined\-only\fR 4 .IX Item "--defined-only" .PD Display only defined symbols for each object file. By default both defined and undefined symbols are displayed. -.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-V\fR 4 .IX Item "-V" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" .PD Show the version number of \fBnm\fR and exit. -.IP "\fB\-X\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-X\fR 4 .IX Item "-X" -This option is ignored for compatibility with the \s-1AIX\s0 version of +This option is ignored for compatibility with the AIX version of \&\fBnm\fR. It takes one parameter which must be the string -\&\fB32_64\fR. The default mode of \s-1AIX\s0 \fBnm\fR corresponds -to \fB\-X 32\fR, which is not supported by \s-1GNU\s0 \fBnm\fR. +\&\fB32_64\fR. The default mode of AIX \fBnm\fR corresponds +to \fB\-X 32\fR, which is not supported by GNU \fBnm\fR. .IP "\fB\-\-plugin\fR \fIname\fR" 4 .IX Item "--plugin name" Load the plugin called \fIname\fR to add support for extra target @@ -596,15 +518,15 @@ plugin that claims the object in question is used. Please note that this plugin search directory is \fInot\fR the one used by \fBld\fR's \fB\-plugin\fR option. In order to make \&\fBnm\fR use the linker plugin it must be copied into the -\&\fI${libdir}/bfd\-plugins\fR directory. For \s-1GCC\s0 based compilations +\&\fI${libdir}/bfd\-plugins\fR directory. For GCC based compilations the linker plugin is called \fIliblto_plugin.so.0.0.0\fR. For Clang -based compilations it is called \fILLVMgold.so\fR. The \s-1GCC\s0 plugin +based compilations it is called \fILLVMgold.so\fR. The GCC plugin is always backwards compatible with earlier versions, so it is sufficient to just copy the newest one. -.IP "\fB\-\-size\-sort\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-size\-sort\fR 4 .IX Item "--size-sort" -Sort symbols by size. For \s-1ELF\s0 objects symbol sizes are read from the -\&\s-1ELF,\s0 for other object types the symbol sizes are computed as the +Sort symbols by size. For ELF objects symbol sizes are read from the +ELF, for other object types the symbol sizes are computed as the difference between the value of the symbol and the value of the symbol with the next higher value. If the \f(CW\*(C`bsd\*(C'\fR output format is used the size of the symbol is printed, rather than the value, and @@ -612,21 +534,21 @@ the size of the symbol is printed, rather than the value, and .Sp Note \- this option does not work if \fB\-\-undefined\-only\fR has been enabled as undefined symbols have no size. -.IP "\fB\-\-special\-syms\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-special\-syms\fR 4 .IX Item "--special-syms" Display symbols which have a target-specific special meaning. These symbols are usually used by the target for some special processing and are not normally helpful when included in the normal symbol lists. -For example for \s-1ARM\s0 targets this option would skip the mapping symbols -used to mark transitions between \s-1ARM\s0 code, \s-1THUMB\s0 code and data. -.IP "\fB\-\-synthetic\fR" 4 +For example for ARM targets this option would skip the mapping symbols +used to mark transitions between ARM code, THUMB code and data. +.IP \fB\-\-synthetic\fR 4 .IX Item "--synthetic" Include synthetic symbols in the output. These are special symbols created by the linker for various purposes. They are not shown by default since they are not part of the binary's original source code. -.IP "\fB\-\-unicode=\fR\fI[default|invalid|locale|escape|hex|highlight]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-unicode=\fR\fI[default|invalid|locale|escape|hex|highlight]\fR 4 .IX Item "--unicode=[default|invalid|locale|escape|hex|highlight]" -Controls the display of \s-1UTF\-8\s0 encoded multibyte characters in strings. +Controls the display of UTF\-8 encoded multibyte characters in strings. The default (\fB\-\-unicode=default\fR) is to give them no special treatment. The \fB\-\-unicode=locale\fR option displays the sequence in the current locale, which may or may not support them. The options @@ -638,17 +560,17 @@ The \fB\-\-unicode=escape\fR option displays them as escape sequences them as escape sequences highlighted in red (if supported by the output device). The colouring is intended to draw attention to the presence of unicode sequences where they might not be expected. -.IP "\fB\-W\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-W\fR 4 .IX Item "-W" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-weak\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-weak\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-weak" .PD Do not display weak symbols. -.IP "\fB\-\-with\-symbol\-versions\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-with\-symbol\-versions\fR 4 .IX Item "--with-symbol-versions" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-without\-symbol\-versions\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-without\-symbol\-versions\fR 4 .IX Item "--without-symbol-versions" .PD Enables or disables the display of symbol version information. The @@ -658,10 +580,10 @@ the default version to be used when resolving unversioned references to the symbol then it is displayed as a suffix preceded by two @ characters. For example \fBfoo@@VER_2\fR. By default, symbol version information is displayed. -.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR 4 .IX Item "--target=bfdname" Specify an object code format other than your system's default format. -.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB@\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "@file" Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR @@ -677,13 +599,13 @@ with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional .SH "SEE ALSO" .IX Header "SEE ALSO" \&\fBar\fR\|(1), \fBobjdump\fR\|(1), \fBranlib\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR. -.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright (c) 1991\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright (c) 1991\-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document -under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the -section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R". +section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/nohup.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/nohup.1 index a2049ab5..69792645 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/nohup.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/nohup.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH NOHUP "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH NOHUP "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME nohup \- run a command immune to hangups, with output to a non-tty .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -28,6 +28,19 @@ To save output to FILE, use 'nohup COMMAND > FILE'. NOTE: your shell may have its own version of nohup, which usually supersedes the version described here. Please refer to your shell's documentation for details about the options it supports. +.SS "Exit status:" +.TP +125 +if the nohup command itself fails +.TP +126 +if COMMAND is found but cannot be invoked +.TP +127 +if COMMAND cannot be found +.TP +\- +the exit status of COMMAND otherwise .SH AUTHOR Written by Jim Meyering. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" @@ -35,7 +48,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/nproc.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/nproc.1 index 0d9cc810..91945058 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/nproc.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/nproc.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH NPROC "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH NPROC "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME nproc \- print the number of processing units available .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/numfmt.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/numfmt.1 index 0a8613ef..785dcffc 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/numfmt.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/numfmt.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH NUMFMT "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH NUMFMT "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME numfmt \- Convert numbers from/to human-readable strings .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/objcopy.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/objcopy.1 index 63e6bc68..089cfa72 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/objcopy.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/objcopy.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,79 +52,17 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OBJCOPY 1" -.TH OBJCOPY 1 "2023-06-27" "binutils-2.40" "GNU Development Tools" +.TH OBJCOPY 1 2024-04-08 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME objcopy \- copy and translate object files -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" objcopy [\fB\-F\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] [\fB\-I\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-input\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] @@ -170,6 +92,7 @@ objcopy [\fB\-F\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] [\fB\-R\fR \fIsectionpattern\fR|\fB\-\-remove\-section=\fR\fIsectionpattern\fR] [\fB\-\-keep\-section=\fR\fIsectionpattern\fR] [\fB\-\-remove\-relocations=\fR\fIsectionpattern\fR] + [\fB\-\-strip\-section\-headers\fR] [\fB\-p\fR|\fB\-\-preserve\-dates\fR] [\fB\-D\fR|\fB\-\-enable\-deterministic\-archives\fR] [\fB\-U\fR|\fB\-\-disable\-deterministic\-archives\fR] @@ -217,10 +140,10 @@ objcopy [\fB\-F\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] [\fB\-\-pure\fR] [\fB\-\-impure\fR] [\fB\-\-file\-alignment=\fR\fInum\fR] - [\fB\-\-heap=\fR\fIsize\fR] + [\fB\-\-heap=\fR\fIreserve\fR[,\fIcommit\fR]] [\fB\-\-image\-base=\fR\fIaddress\fR] [\fB\-\-section\-alignment=\fR\fInum\fR] - [\fB\-\-stack=\fR\fIsize\fR] + [\fB\-\-stack=\fR\fIreserve\fR[,\fIcommit\fR]] [\fB\-\-subsystem=\fR\fIwhich\fR:\fImajor\fR.\fIminor\fR] [\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections\fR] [\fB\-\-decompress\-debug\-sections\fR] @@ -232,10 +155,10 @@ objcopy [\fB\-F\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR] [\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-\-info\fR] \fIinfile\fR [\fIoutfile\fR] -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" -The \s-1GNU\s0 \fBobjcopy\fR utility copies the contents of an object -file to another. \fBobjcopy\fR uses the \s-1GNU BFD\s0 Library to +The GNU \fBobjcopy\fR utility copies the contents of an object +file to another. \fBobjcopy\fR uses the GNU BFD Library to read and write the object files. It can write the destination object file in a format different from that of the source object file. The exact behavior of \fBobjcopy\fR is controlled by command-line options. @@ -244,8 +167,8 @@ between any two formats. However, copying a relocatable object file between any two formats may not work as expected. .PP \&\fBobjcopy\fR creates temporary files to do its translations and -deletes them afterward. \fBobjcopy\fR uses \s-1BFD\s0 to do all its -translation work; it has access to all the formats described in \s-1BFD\s0 +deletes them afterward. \fBobjcopy\fR uses BFD to do all its +translation work; it has access to all the formats described in BFD and thus is able to recognize most formats without being told explicitly. .PP @@ -269,12 +192,12 @@ files. If the input format has an endianness (some formats do not), \&\fBobjcopy\fR can only copy the inputs into file formats that have the same endianness or which have no endianness (e.g., \fBsrec\fR). (However, see the \fB\-\-reverse\-bytes\fR option.) -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" -.IP "\fIinfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fIinfile\fR 4 .IX Item "infile" .PD 0 -.IP "\fIoutfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fIoutfile\fR 4 .IX Item "outfile" .PD The input and output files, respectively. @@ -284,7 +207,7 @@ the name of \fIinfile\fR. .IP "\fB\-I\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4 .IX Item "-I bfdname" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-input\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-input\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR 4 .IX Item "--input-target=bfdname" .PD Consider the source file's object format to be \fIbfdname\fR, rather than @@ -292,14 +215,14 @@ attempting to deduce it. .IP "\fB\-O\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4 .IX Item "-O bfdname" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-output\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-output\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR 4 .IX Item "--output-target=bfdname" .PD Write the output file using the object format \fIbfdname\fR. .IP "\fB\-F\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4 .IX Item "-F bfdname" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR 4 .IX Item "--target=bfdname" .PD Use \fIbfdname\fR as the object format for both the input and the output @@ -308,7 +231,7 @@ translation. .IP "\fB\-B\fR \fIbfdarch\fR" 4 .IX Item "-B bfdarch" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-binary\-architecture=\fR\fIbfdarch\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-binary\-architecture=\fR\fIbfdarch\fR 4 .IX Item "--binary-architecture=bfdarch" .PD Useful when transforming a architecture-less input file into an object file. @@ -322,7 +245,7 @@ an object file and then access it in your code using these symbols. .IP "\fB\-j\fR \fIsectionpattern\fR" 4 .IX Item "-j sectionpattern" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-only\-section=\fR\fIsectionpattern\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-only\-section=\fR\fIsectionpattern\fR 4 .IX Item "--only-section=sectionpattern" .PD Copy only the indicated sections from the input file to the output file. @@ -344,7 +267,7 @@ will copy all sectinos matching '.text.*' but not the section .IP "\fB\-R\fR \fIsectionpattern\fR" 4 .IX Item "-R sectionpattern" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-remove\-section=\fR\fIsectionpattern\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-remove\-section=\fR\fIsectionpattern\fR 4 .IX Item "--remove-section=sectionpattern" .PD Remove any section matching \fIsectionpattern\fR from the output file. @@ -365,11 +288,11 @@ would otherwise remove it. For example: .Sp will remove all sections matching the pattern '.text.*', but will not remove the section '.text.foo'. -.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-section=\fR\fIsectionpattern\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-keep\-section=\fR\fIsectionpattern\fR 4 .IX Item "--keep-section=sectionpattern" When removing sections from the output file, keep sections that match \&\fIsectionpattern\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-remove\-relocations=\fR\fIsectionpattern\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-remove\-relocations=\fR\fIsectionpattern\fR 4 .IX Item "--remove-relocations=sectionpattern" Remove non-dynamic relocations from the output file for any section matching \fIsectionpattern\fR. This option may be given more than @@ -400,22 +323,26 @@ For example: will remove all relocations for sections matching the pattern \&'.text.*', but will not remove relocations for the section \&'.text.foo'. -.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-strip\-section\-headers\fR 4 +.IX Item "--strip-section-headers" +Strip section header This option is specific to ELF files. +Implies \fB\-\-strip\-all\fR and \fB\-\-merge\-notes\fR. +.IP \fB\-S\fR 4 .IX Item "-S" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-all\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-strip\-all\fR 4 .IX Item "--strip-all" .PD Do not copy relocation and symbol information from the source file. Also deletes debug sections. -.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-g\fR 4 .IX Item "-g" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR 4 .IX Item "--strip-debug" .PD Do not copy debugging symbols or sections from the source file. -.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\fR 4 .IX Item "--strip-unneeded" Remove all symbols that are not needed for relocation processing in addition to debugging symbols and sections stripped by @@ -423,7 +350,7 @@ addition to debugging symbols and sections stripped by .IP "\fB\-K\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4 .IX Item "-K symbolname" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR 4 .IX Item "--keep-symbol=symbolname" .PD When stripping symbols, keep symbol \fIsymbolname\fR even if it would @@ -431,19 +358,19 @@ normally be stripped. This option may be given more than once. .IP "\fB\-N\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4 .IX Item "-N symbolname" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR 4 .IX Item "--strip-symbol=symbolname" .PD Do not copy symbol \fIsymbolname\fR from the source file. This option may be given more than once. -.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR 4 .IX Item "--strip-unneeded-symbol=symbolname" Do not copy symbol \fIsymbolname\fR from the source file unless it is needed by a relocation. This option may be given more than once. .IP "\fB\-G\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4 .IX Item "-G symbolname" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR 4 .IX Item "--keep-global-symbol=symbolname" .PD Keep only symbol \fIsymbolname\fR global. Make all other symbols local @@ -451,15 +378,15 @@ to the file, so that they are not visible externally. This option may be given more than once. Note: this option cannot be used in conjunction with the \fB\-\-globalize\-symbol\fR or \&\fB\-\-globalize\-symbols\fR options. -.IP "\fB\-\-localize\-hidden\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-localize\-hidden\fR 4 .IX Item "--localize-hidden" -In an \s-1ELF\s0 object, mark all symbols that have hidden or internal visibility +In an ELF object, mark all symbols that have hidden or internal visibility as local. This option applies on top of symbol-specific localization options such as \fB\-L\fR. .IP "\fB\-L\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4 .IX Item "-L symbolname" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-localize\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-localize\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR 4 .IX Item "--localize-symbol=symbolname" .PD Convert a global or weak symbol called \fIsymbolname\fR into a local @@ -468,20 +395,20 @@ given more than once. Note \- unique symbols are not converted. .IP "\fB\-W\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4 .IX Item "-W symbolname" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-weaken\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-weaken\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR 4 .IX Item "--weaken-symbol=symbolname" .PD Make symbol \fIsymbolname\fR weak. This option may be given more than once. -.IP "\fB\-\-globalize\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-globalize\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR 4 .IX Item "--globalize-symbol=symbolname" Give symbol \fIsymbolname\fR global scoping so that it is visible outside of the file in which it is defined. This option may be given more than once. Note: this option cannot be used in conjunction with the \fB\-G\fR or \fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbol\fR options. -.IP "\fB\-w\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-w\fR 4 .IX Item "-w" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-wildcard\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-wildcard\fR 4 .IX Item "--wildcard" .PD Permit regular expressions in \fIsymbolname\fRs used in other command @@ -495,19 +422,19 @@ For example: \& \-w \-W !foo \-W fo* .Ve .Sp -would cause objcopy to weaken all symbols that start with \*(L"fo\*(R" -except for the symbol \*(L"foo\*(R". -.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4 +would cause objcopy to weaken all symbols that start with "fo" +except for the symbol "foo". +.IP \fB\-x\fR 4 .IX Item "-x" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-discard\-all\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-discard\-all\fR 4 .IX Item "--discard-all" .PD Do not copy non-global symbols from the source file. -.IP "\fB\-X\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-X\fR 4 .IX Item "-X" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR 4 .IX Item "--discard-locals" .PD Do not copy compiler-generated local symbols. @@ -515,7 +442,7 @@ Do not copy compiler-generated local symbols. .IP "\fB\-b\fR \fIbyte\fR" 4 .IX Item "-b byte" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-byte=\fR\fIbyte\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-byte=\fR\fIbyte\fR 4 .IX Item "--byte=byte" .PD If interleaving has been enabled via the \fB\-\-interleave\fR option @@ -525,7 +452,7 @@ then start the range of bytes to keep at the \fIbyte\fRth byte. .IP "\fB\-i [\fR\fIbreadth\fR\fB]\fR" 4 .IX Item "-i [breadth]" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-interleave[=\fR\fIbreadth\fR\fB]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-interleave[=\fR\fIbreadth\fR\fB]\fR 4 .IX Item "--interleave[=breadth]" .PD Only copy a range out of every \fIbreadth\fR bytes. (Header data is @@ -533,7 +460,7 @@ not affected). Select which byte in the range begins the copy with the \fB\-\-byte\fR option. Select the width of the range with the \&\fB\-\-interleave\-width\fR option. .Sp -This option is useful for creating files to program \s-1ROM.\s0 It is +This option is useful for creating files to program ROM. It is typically used with an \f(CW\*(C`srec\*(C'\fR output target. Note that \&\fBobjcopy\fR will complain if you do not specify the \&\fB\-\-byte\fR option as well. @@ -541,7 +468,7 @@ typically used with an \f(CW\*(C`srec\*(C'\fR output target. Note that The default interleave breadth is 4, so with \fB\-\-byte\fR set to 0, \&\fBobjcopy\fR would copy the first byte out of every four bytes from the input to the output. -.IP "\fB\-\-interleave\-width=\fR\fIwidth\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-interleave\-width=\fR\fIwidth\fR 4 .IX Item "--interleave-width=width" When used with the \fB\-\-interleave\fR option, copy \fIwidth\fR bytes at a time. The start of the range of bytes to be copied is set @@ -557,18 +484,23 @@ in a 32\-bit bus by passing \fB\-b 0 \-i 4 \-\-interleave\-width=2\fR and \fB\-b 2 \-i 4 \-\-interleave\-width=2\fR to two \fBobjcopy\fR commands. If the input was '12345678' then the outputs would be \&'1256' and '3478' respectively. -.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-p\fR 4 .IX Item "-p" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-preserve\-dates\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-preserve\-dates\fR 4 .IX Item "--preserve-dates" .PD Set the access and modification dates of the output file to be the same as those of the input file. -.IP "\fB\-D\fR" 4 +.Sp +This option also copies the date stored in a PE format file's header, +unless the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable is defined. If it +is defined then this variable will be used as the date stored in the +header, interpreted as the number of seconds since the Unix epoch. +.IP \fB\-D\fR 4 .IX Item "-D" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-deterministic\-archives\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-enable\-deterministic\-archives\fR 4 .IX Item "--enable-deterministic-archives" .PD Operate in \fIdeterministic\fR mode. When copying archive members @@ -578,20 +510,20 @@ and use consistent file modes for all files. If \fIbinutils\fR was configured with \&\fB\-\-enable\-deterministic\-archives\fR, then this mode is on by default. It can be disabled with the \fB\-U\fR option, below. -.IP "\fB\-U\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-U\fR 4 .IX Item "-U" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-deterministic\-archives\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disable\-deterministic\-archives\fR 4 .IX Item "--disable-deterministic-archives" .PD Do \fInot\fR operate in \fIdeterministic\fR mode. This is the inverse of the \fB\-D\fR option, above: when copying archive members -and writing the archive index, use their actual \s-1UID, GID,\s0 timestamp, +and writing the archive index, use their actual UID, GID, timestamp, and file mode values. .Sp This is the default unless \fIbinutils\fR was configured with \&\fB\-\-enable\-deterministic\-archives\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-debugging\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-debugging\fR 4 .IX Item "--debugging" Convert debugging information, if possible. This is not the default because only certain debugging formats are supported, and the @@ -599,7 +531,7 @@ conversion process can be time consuming. .IP "\fB\-\-gap\-fill\fR \fIval\fR" 4 .IX Item "--gap-fill val" Fill gaps between sections with \fIval\fR. This operation applies to -the \fIload address\fR (\s-1LMA\s0) of the sections. It is done by increasing +the \fIload address\fR (LMA) of the sections. It is done by increasing the size of the section with the lower address, and filling in the extra space created with \fIval\fR. .IP "\fB\-\-pad\-to\fR \fIaddress\fR" 4 @@ -627,7 +559,7 @@ address. .IP "\fB\-\-adjust\-vma\fR \fIincr\fR" 4 .IX Item "--adjust-vma incr" .PD -Change the \s-1VMA\s0 and \s-1LMA\s0 addresses of all sections, as well as the start +Change the VMA and LMA addresses of all sections, as well as the start address, by adding \fIincr\fR. Some object file formats do not permit section addresses to be changed arbitrarily. Note that this does not relocate the sections; if the program expects sections to be loaded at a @@ -639,7 +571,7 @@ that they are loaded at a different address, the program may fail. .IP "\fB\-\-adjust\-section\-vma\fR \fIsectionpattern\fR\fB{=,+,\-}\fR\fIval\fR" 4 .IX Item "--adjust-section-vma sectionpattern{=,+,-}val" .PD -Set or change both the \s-1VMA\s0 address and the \s-1LMA\s0 address of any section +Set or change both the VMA address and the LMA address of any section matching \fIsectionpattern\fR. If \fB=\fR is used, the section address is set to \fIval\fR. Otherwise, \fIval\fR is added to or subtracted from the section address. See the comments under @@ -648,12 +580,12 @@ match any sections in the input file, a warning will be issued, unless \&\fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR is used. .IP "\fB\-\-change\-section\-lma\fR \fIsectionpattern\fR\fB{=,+,\-}\fR\fIval\fR" 4 .IX Item "--change-section-lma sectionpattern{=,+,-}val" -Set or change the \s-1LMA\s0 address of any sections matching -\&\fIsectionpattern\fR. The \s-1LMA\s0 address is the address where the +Set or change the LMA address of any sections matching +\&\fIsectionpattern\fR. The LMA address is the address where the section will be loaded into memory at program load time. Normally -this is the same as the \s-1VMA\s0 address, which is the address of the +this is the same as the VMA address, which is the address of the section at program run time, but on some systems, especially those -where a program is held in \s-1ROM,\s0 the two can be different. If \fB=\fR +where a program is held in ROM, the two can be different. If \fB=\fR is used, the section address is set to \fIval\fR. Otherwise, \&\fIval\fR is added to or subtracted from the section address. See the comments under \fB\-\-change\-addresses\fR, above. If @@ -661,31 +593,31 @@ comments under \fB\-\-change\-addresses\fR, above. If warning will be issued, unless \fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR is used. .IP "\fB\-\-change\-section\-vma\fR \fIsectionpattern\fR\fB{=,+,\-}\fR\fIval\fR" 4 .IX Item "--change-section-vma sectionpattern{=,+,-}val" -Set or change the \s-1VMA\s0 address of any section matching -\&\fIsectionpattern\fR. The \s-1VMA\s0 address is the address where the +Set or change the VMA address of any section matching +\&\fIsectionpattern\fR. The VMA address is the address where the section will be located once the program has started executing. -Normally this is the same as the \s-1LMA\s0 address, which is the address +Normally this is the same as the LMA address, which is the address where the section will be loaded into memory, but on some systems, -especially those where a program is held in \s-1ROM,\s0 the two can be +especially those where a program is held in ROM, the two can be different. If \fB=\fR is used, the section address is set to \&\fIval\fR. Otherwise, \fIval\fR is added to or subtracted from the section address. See the comments under \fB\-\-change\-addresses\fR, above. If \fIsectionpattern\fR does not match any sections in the input file, a warning will be issued, unless \&\fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR is used. -.IP "\fB\-\-change\-warnings\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-change\-warnings\fR 4 .IX Item "--change-warnings" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-adjust\-warnings\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-adjust\-warnings\fR 4 .IX Item "--adjust-warnings" .PD If \fB\-\-change\-section\-address\fR or \fB\-\-change\-section\-lma\fR or \&\fB\-\-change\-section\-vma\fR is used, and the section pattern does not match any sections, issue a warning. This is the default. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-change-warnings" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-adjust\-warnings\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-adjust\-warnings\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-adjust-warnings" .PD Do not issue a warning if \fB\-\-change\-section\-address\fR or @@ -697,13 +629,14 @@ Set the flags for any sections matching \fIsectionpattern\fR. The \&\fIflags\fR argument is a comma separated string of flag names. The recognized names are \fBalloc\fR, \fBcontents\fR, \fBload\fR, \&\fBnoload\fR, \fBreadonly\fR, \fBcode\fR, \fBdata\fR, \fBrom\fR, -\&\fBexclude\fR, \fBshare\fR, and \fBdebug\fR. You can set the -\&\fBcontents\fR flag for a section which does not have contents, but it -is not meaningful to clear the \fBcontents\fR flag of a section which -does have contents\*(--just remove the section instead. Not all flags are -meaningful for all object file formats. In particular the -\&\fBshare\fR flag is only meaningful for \s-1COFF\s0 format files and not for -\&\s-1ELF\s0 format files. +\&\fBexclude\fR, \fBshare\fR, \fBdebug\fR, and \fBlarge\fR. +You can set the \fBcontents\fR flag for a section which does not have +contents, but it is not meaningful to clear the \fBcontents\fR flag of a +section which does have contents\-\-just remove the section instead. Not all +flags are meaningful for all object file formats. In particular the +\&\fBshare\fR flag is only meaningful for COFF format files and not for ELF +format files. The ELF x86\-64 specific flag \fBlarge\fR corresponds to +SHF_X86_64_LARGE. .IP "\fB\-\-set\-section\-alignment\fR \fIsectionpattern\fR\fB=\fR\fIalign\fR" 4 .IX Item "--set-section-alignment sectionpattern=align" Set the alignment for any sections matching \fIsectionpattern\fR. @@ -731,7 +664,7 @@ be specified more than once. Replace the existing contents of a section named \fIsectionname\fR with the contents of file \fIfilename\fR. The size of the section will be adjusted to the size of the file. The section flags for -\&\fIsectionname\fR will be unchanged. For \s-1ELF\s0 format files the section +\&\fIsectionname\fR will be unchanged. For ELF format files the section to segment mapping will also remain unchanged, something which is not possible using \fB\-\-remove\-section\fR followed by \&\fB\-\-add\-section\fR. The option can be specified more than once. @@ -745,7 +678,7 @@ command line. In this case, pass the original section name to .IX Item "--add-symbol name=[section:]value[,flags]" Add a new symbol named \fIname\fR while copying the file. This option may be specified multiple times. If the \fIsection\fR is given, the symbol will be -associated with and relative to that section, otherwise it will be an \s-1ABS\s0 +associated with and relative to that section, otherwise it will be an ABS symbol. Specifying an undefined section will result in a fatal error. There is no check for the value, it will be taken as specified. Symbol flags can be specified and not all flags will be meaningful for all object file @@ -760,7 +693,7 @@ changing the section's flags to \fIflags\fR in the process. This has the advantage over using a linker script to perform the rename in that the output stays as an object file and does not become a linked executable. This option accepts the same set of flags as the -\&\fB\-\-sect\-section\-flags\fR option. +\&\fB\-\-set\-section\-flags\fR option. .Sp This option is particularly helpful when the input format is binary, since this will always create a section called .data. If for example, @@ -784,7 +717,7 @@ The \fBenable\fR option will only emit long section names if any are present in the inputs; this is mostly the same as \fBkeep\fR, but it is left undefined whether the \fBenable\fR option might force the creation of an empty string table in the output file. -.IP "\fB\-\-change\-leading\-char\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-change\-leading\-char\fR 4 .IX Item "--change-leading-char" Some object file formats use special characters at the start of symbols. The most common such character is underscore, which compilers @@ -794,7 +727,7 @@ object file formats. If the object file formats use the same leading character, this option has no effect. Otherwise, it will add a character, or remove a character, or change a character, as appropriate. -.IP "\fB\-\-remove\-leading\-char\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-remove\-leading\-char\fR 4 .IX Item "--remove-leading-char" If the first character of a global symbol is a special symbol leading character used by the object file format, remove the character. The @@ -805,17 +738,17 @@ different conventions for symbol names. This is different from \&\fB\-\-change\-leading\-char\fR because it always changes the symbol name when appropriate, regardless of the object file format of the output file. -.IP "\fB\-\-reverse\-bytes=\fR\fInum\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-reverse\-bytes=\fR\fInum\fR 4 .IX Item "--reverse-bytes=num" Reverse the bytes in a section with output contents. A section length must be evenly divisible by the value given in order for the swap to be able to take place. Reversing takes place before the interleaving is performed. .Sp -This option is used typically in generating \s-1ROM\s0 images for problematic +This option is used typically in generating ROM images for problematic target systems. For example, on some target boards, the 32\-bit words fetched from 8\-bit ROMs are re-assembled in little-endian byte order -regardless of the \s-1CPU\s0 byte order. Depending on the programming model, the -endianness of the \s-1ROM\s0 may need to be modified. +regardless of the CPU byte order. Depending on the programming model, the +endianness of the ROM may need to be modified. .Sp Consider a simple file with a section containing the following eight bytes: \f(CW12345678\fR. @@ -829,12 +762,12 @@ output file would be ordered \f(CW43218765\fR. By using \fB\-\-reverse\-bytes=2\fR for the above example, followed by \&\fB\-\-reverse\-bytes=4\fR on the output file, the bytes in the second output file would be ordered \f(CW34127856\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-srec\-len=\fR\fIival\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-srec\-len=\fR\fIival\fR 4 .IX Item "--srec-len=ival" Meaningful only for srec output. Set the maximum length of the Srecords being produced to \fIival\fR. This length covers both address, data and crc fields. -.IP "\fB\-\-srec\-forceS3\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-srec\-forceS3\fR 4 .IX Item "--srec-forceS3" Meaningful only for srec output. Avoid generation of S1/S2 records, creating S3\-only record format. @@ -843,49 +776,49 @@ creating S3\-only record format. Change the name of a symbol \fIold\fR, to \fInew\fR. This can be useful when one is trying link two things together for which you have no source, and there are name collisions. -.IP "\fB\-\-redefine\-syms=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-redefine\-syms=\fR\fIfilename\fR 4 .IX Item "--redefine-syms=filename" Apply \fB\-\-redefine\-sym\fR to each symbol pair "\fIold\fR \fInew\fR" listed in the file \fIfilename\fR. \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one symbol pair per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character. This option may be given more than once. -.IP "\fB\-\-weaken\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-weaken\fR 4 .IX Item "--weaken" Change all global symbols in the file to be weak. This can be useful when building an object which will be linked against other objects using the \fB\-R\fR option to the linker. This option is only effective when using an object file format which supports weak symbols. -.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-keep\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR 4 .IX Item "--keep-symbols=filename" Apply \fB\-\-keep\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in the file \&\fIfilename\fR. \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one symbol name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character. This option may be given more than once. -.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-strip\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR 4 .IX Item "--strip-symbols=filename" Apply \fB\-\-strip\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in the file \&\fIfilename\fR. \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one symbol name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character. This option may be given more than once. -.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR 4 .IX Item "--strip-unneeded-symbols=filename" Apply \fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in the file \fIfilename\fR. \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one symbol name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character. This option may be given more than once. -.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR 4 .IX Item "--keep-global-symbols=filename" Apply \fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in the file \fIfilename\fR. \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one symbol name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character. This option may be given more than once. -.IP "\fB\-\-localize\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-localize\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR 4 .IX Item "--localize-symbols=filename" Apply \fB\-\-localize\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in the file \&\fIfilename\fR. \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one symbol name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character. This option may be given more than once. -.IP "\fB\-\-globalize\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-globalize\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR 4 .IX Item "--globalize-symbols=filename" Apply \fB\-\-globalize\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in the file \&\fIfilename\fR. \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one symbol @@ -893,48 +826,48 @@ name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character. This option may be given more than once. Note: this option cannot be used in conjunction with the \fB\-G\fR or \fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbol\fR options. -.IP "\fB\-\-weaken\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-weaken\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR 4 .IX Item "--weaken-symbols=filename" Apply \fB\-\-weaken\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in the file \&\fIfilename\fR. \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one symbol name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character. This option may be given more than once. -.IP "\fB\-\-alt\-machine\-code=\fR\fIindex\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-alt\-machine\-code=\fR\fIindex\fR 4 .IX Item "--alt-machine-code=index" If the output architecture has alternate machine codes, use the \&\fIindex\fRth code instead of the default one. This is useful in case a machine is assigned an official code and the tool-chain adopts the new code, but other applications still depend on the original code -being used. For \s-1ELF\s0 based architectures if the \fIindex\fR +being used. For ELF based architectures if the \fIindex\fR alternative does not exist then the value is treated as an absolute -number to be stored in the e_machine field of the \s-1ELF\s0 header. -.IP "\fB\-\-writable\-text\fR" 4 +number to be stored in the e_machine field of the ELF header. +.IP \fB\-\-writable\-text\fR 4 .IX Item "--writable-text" Mark the output text as writable. This option isn't meaningful for all object file formats. -.IP "\fB\-\-readonly\-text\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-readonly\-text\fR 4 .IX Item "--readonly-text" Make the output text write protected. This option isn't meaningful for all object file formats. -.IP "\fB\-\-pure\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-pure\fR 4 .IX Item "--pure" Mark the output file as demand paged. This option isn't meaningful for all object file formats. -.IP "\fB\-\-impure\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-impure\fR 4 .IX Item "--impure" Mark the output file as impure. This option isn't meaningful for all object file formats. -.IP "\fB\-\-prefix\-symbols=\fR\fIstring\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-prefix\-symbols=\fR\fIstring\fR 4 .IX Item "--prefix-symbols=string" Prefix all symbols in the output file with \fIstring\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-prefix\-sections=\fR\fIstring\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-prefix\-sections=\fR\fIstring\fR 4 .IX Item "--prefix-sections=string" Prefix all section names in the output file with \fIstring\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-prefix\-alloc\-sections=\fR\fIstring\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-prefix\-alloc\-sections=\fR\fIstring\fR 4 .IX Item "--prefix-alloc-sections=string" Prefix all the names of all allocated sections in the output file with \&\fIstring\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=\fR\fIpath-to-file\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=\fR\fIpath-to-file\fR 4 .IX Item "--add-gnu-debuglink=path-to-file" Creates a .gnu_debuglink section which contains a reference to \&\fIpath-to-file\fR and adds it to the output file. Note: the file at @@ -978,21 +911,21 @@ As long as the debug info file has been installed into one of these locations before the debugger is run everything should work correctly. .RE -.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-section\-symbils\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-keep\-section\-symbils\fR 4 .IX Item "--keep-section-symbils" When stripping a file, perhaps with \fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR or \&\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\fR, retain any symbols specifying section names, which would otherwise get stripped. -.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-file\-symbols\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-keep\-file\-symbols\fR 4 .IX Item "--keep-file-symbols" When stripping a file, perhaps with \fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR or \&\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\fR, retain any symbols specifying source file names, which would otherwise get stripped. -.IP "\fB\-\-only\-keep\-debug\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-only\-keep\-debug\fR 4 .IX Item "--only-keep-debug" Strip a file, removing contents of any sections that would not be stripped by \fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR and leaving the debugging sections -intact. In \s-1ELF\s0 files, this preserves all note sections in the output. +intact. In ELF files, this preserves all note sections in the output. .Sp Note \- the section headers of the stripped sections are preserved, including their sizes, but the contents of the section are discarded. @@ -1002,7 +935,7 @@ been relocated to a different address space. .Sp The intention is that this option will be used in conjunction with \&\fB\-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink\fR to create a two part executable. One a -stripped binary which will occupy less space in \s-1RAM\s0 and in a +stripped binary which will occupy less space in RAM and in a distribution and the second a debugging information file which is only needed if debugging abilities are required. The suggested procedure to create these files is as follows: @@ -1055,9 +988,9 @@ currently only supports the presence of one filename containing debugging information, not multiple filenames on a one-per-object-file basis. .RE -.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-dwo\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-strip\-dwo\fR 4 .IX Item "--strip-dwo" -Remove the contents of all \s-1DWARF\s0 .dwo sections, leaving the +Remove the contents of all DWARF .dwo sections, leaving the remaining debugging sections and all symbols intact. This option is intended for use by the compiler as part of the \fB\-gsplit\-dwarf\fR option, which splits debug information @@ -1066,16 +999,16 @@ generates all debug information in the same file, then uses the \fB\-\-extract\-dwo\fR option to copy the .dwo sections to the .dwo file, then the \fB\-\-strip\-dwo\fR option to remove those sections from the original .o file. -.IP "\fB\-\-extract\-dwo\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-extract\-dwo\fR 4 .IX Item "--extract-dwo" -Extract the contents of all \s-1DWARF\s0 .dwo sections. See the +Extract the contents of all DWARF .dwo sections. See the \&\fB\-\-strip\-dwo\fR option for more information. .IP "\fB\-\-file\-alignment\fR \fInum\fR" 4 .IX Item "--file-alignment num" Specify the file alignment. Sections in the file will always begin at file offsets which are multiples of this number. This defaults to 512. -[This option is specific to \s-1PE\s0 targets.] +[This option is specific to PE targets.] .IP "\fB\-\-heap\fR \fIreserve\fR" 4 .IX Item "--heap reserve" .PD 0 @@ -1084,7 +1017,7 @@ file offsets which are multiples of this number. This defaults to .PD Specify the number of bytes of memory to reserve (and optionally commit) to be used as heap for this program. -[This option is specific to \s-1PE\s0 targets.] +[This option is specific to PE targets.] .IP "\fB\-\-image\-base\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4 .IX Item "--image-base value" Use \fIvalue\fR as the base address of your program or dll. This is @@ -1093,13 +1026,13 @@ is loaded. To reduce the need to relocate and improve performance of your dlls, each should have a unique base address and not overlap any other dlls. The default is 0x400000 for executables, and 0x10000000 for dlls. -[This option is specific to \s-1PE\s0 targets.] +[This option is specific to PE targets.] .IP "\fB\-\-section\-alignment\fR \fInum\fR" 4 .IX Item "--section-alignment num" -Sets the section alignment field in the \s-1PE\s0 header. Sections in memory +Sets the section alignment field in the PE header. Sections in memory will always begin at addresses which are a multiple of this number. Defaults to 0x1000. -[This option is specific to \s-1PE\s0 targets.] +[This option is specific to PE targets.] .IP "\fB\-\-stack\fR \fIreserve\fR" 4 .IX Item "--stack reserve" .PD 0 @@ -1108,7 +1041,7 @@ Defaults to 0x1000. .PD Specify the number of bytes of memory to reserve (and optionally commit) to be used as stack for this program. -[This option is specific to \s-1PE\s0 targets.] +[This option is specific to PE targets.] .IP "\fB\-\-subsystem\fR \fIwhich\fR" 4 .IX Item "--subsystem which" .PD 0 @@ -1123,8 +1056,8 @@ legal values for \fIwhich\fR are \f(CW\*(C`native\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`windows\*(C \&\f(CW\*(C`efi\-rtd\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`sal\-rtd\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`xbox\*(C'\fR. You may optionally set the subsystem version also. Numeric values are also accepted for \&\fIwhich\fR. -[This option is specific to \s-1PE\s0 targets.] -.IP "\fB\-\-extract\-symbol\fR" 4 +[This option is specific to PE targets.] +.IP \fB\-\-extract\-symbol\fR 4 .IX Item "--extract-symbol" Keep the file's section flags and symbols but remove all section data. Specifically, the option: @@ -1144,85 +1077,85 @@ This option is used to build a \fI.sym\fR file for a VxWorks kernel. It can also be a useful way of reducing the size of a \fB\-\-just\-symbols\fR linker input file. .RE -.IP "\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections\fR 4 .IX Item "--compress-debug-sections" -Compress \s-1DWARF\s0 debug sections using zlib with \s-1SHF_COMPRESSED\s0 from the -\&\s-1ELF ABI.\s0 Note \- if compression would actually make a section +Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the +ELF ABI. Note \- if compression would actually make a section \&\fIlarger\fR, then it is not compressed. -.IP "\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=none\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=none\fR 4 .IX Item "--compress-debug-sections=none" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\fR 4 .IX Item "--compress-debug-sections=zlib" -.IP "\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\-gnu\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\-gnu\fR 4 .IX Item "--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu" -.IP "\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\-gabi\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\-gabi\fR 4 .IX Item "--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi" -.IP "\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zstd\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zstd\fR 4 .IX Item "--compress-debug-sections=zstd" .PD -For \s-1ELF\s0 files, these options control how \s-1DWARF\s0 debug sections are +For ELF files, these options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed. \fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=none\fR is equivalent to \fB\-\-decompress\-debug\-sections\fR. \&\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\fR and \&\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\-gabi\fR are equivalent to \&\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections\fR. -\&\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\-gnu\fR compresses \s-1DWARF\s0 debug sections +\&\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zlib\-gnu\fR compresses DWARF debug sections using the obsoleted zlib-gnu format. The debug sections are renamed to begin with \fB.zdebug\fR. -\&\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zstd\fR compresses \s-1DWARF\s0 debug +\&\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections=zstd\fR compresses DWARF debug sections using zstd. Note \- if compression would actually make a section \&\fIlarger\fR, then it is not compressed nor renamed. -.IP "\fB\-\-decompress\-debug\-sections\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-decompress\-debug\-sections\fR 4 .IX Item "--decompress-debug-sections" -Decompress \s-1DWARF\s0 debug sections. For a \fB.zdebug\fR section, the original +Decompress DWARF debug sections. For a \fB.zdebug\fR section, the original name is restored. -.IP "\fB\-\-elf\-stt\-common=yes\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-elf\-stt\-common=yes\fR 4 .IX Item "--elf-stt-common=yes" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-elf\-stt\-common=no\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-elf\-stt\-common=no\fR 4 .IX Item "--elf-stt-common=no" .PD -For \s-1ELF\s0 files, these options control whether common symbols should be +For ELF files, these options control whether common symbols should be converted to the \f(CW\*(C`STT_COMMON\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`STT_OBJECT\*(C'\fR type. \&\fB\-\-elf\-stt\-common=yes\fR converts common symbol type to \&\f(CW\*(C`STT_COMMON\*(C'\fR. \fB\-\-elf\-stt\-common=no\fR converts common symbol type to \f(CW\*(C`STT_OBJECT\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-merge\-notes\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-merge\-notes\fR 4 .IX Item "--merge-notes" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-merge\-notes\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-merge\-notes\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-merge-notes" .PD -For \s-1ELF\s0 files, attempt (or do not attempt) to reduce the size of any -\&\s-1SHT_NOTE\s0 type sections by removing duplicate notes. -.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4 +For ELF files, attempt (or do not attempt) to reduce the size of any +SHT_NOTE type sections by removing duplicate notes. +.IP \fB\-V\fR 4 .IX Item "-V" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" .PD Show the version number of \fBobjcopy\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-verilog\-data\-width=\fR\fIbytes\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-verilog\-data\-width=\fR\fIbytes\fR 4 .IX Item "--verilog-data-width=bytes" For Verilog output, this options controls the number of bytes converted for each output data element. The input target controls the endianness of the conversion. -.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-v\fR 4 .IX Item "-v" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-verbose\fR 4 .IX Item "--verbose" .PD Verbose output: list all object files modified. In the case of archives, \fBobjcopy \-V\fR lists all members of the archive. -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" Show a summary of the options to \fBobjcopy\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-info\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-info\fR 4 .IX Item "--info" Display a list showing all architectures and object formats available. -.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB@\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "@file" Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR @@ -1238,13 +1171,13 @@ with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional .SH "SEE ALSO" .IX Header "SEE ALSO" \&\fBld\fR\|(1), \fBobjdump\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR. -.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright (c) 1991\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright (c) 1991\-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document -under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the -section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R". +section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/objdump.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/objdump.1 index bd133124..ccfc0abe 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/objdump.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/objdump.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,79 +52,17 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OBJDUMP 1" -.TH OBJDUMP 1 "2023-06-27" "binutils-2.40" "GNU Development Tools" +.TH OBJDUMP 1 2024-04-08 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME objdump \- display information from object files -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" objdump [\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-\-archive\-headers\fR] [\fB\-b\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] @@ -167,6 +89,7 @@ objdump [\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-\-archive\-headers\fR] [\fB\-r\fR|\fB\-\-reloc\fR] [\fB\-R\fR|\fB\-\-dynamic\-reloc\fR] [\fB\-s\fR|\fB\-\-full\-contents\fR] + [\fB\-Z\fR|\fB\-\-decompress\fR] [\fB\-W[lLiaprmfFsoORtUuTgAck]\fR| \fB\-\-dwarf\fR[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames\-interp,=str,=str\-offsets,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges,=gdb_index,=addr,=cu_index,=links]] [\fB\-WK\fR|\fB\-\-dwarf=follow\-links\fR] @@ -202,7 +125,7 @@ objdump [\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-\-archive\-headers\fR] [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR] [\fB\-H\fR|\fB\-\-help\fR] \fIobjfile\fR... -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" \&\fBobjdump\fR displays information about one or more object files. The options control what particular information to display. This @@ -213,22 +136,22 @@ program to compile and work. \&\fIobjfile\fR... are the object files to be examined. When you specify archives, \fBobjdump\fR shows information on each of the member object files. -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are equivalent. At least one option from the list \&\fB\-a,\-d,\-D,\-e,\-f,\-g,\-G,\-h,\-H,\-p,\-P,\-r,\-R,\-s,\-S,\-t,\-T,\-V,\-x\fR must be given. -.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-a\fR 4 .IX Item "-a" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-archive\-header\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-archive\-header\fR 4 .IX Item "--archive-header" .PD If any of the \fIobjfile\fR files are archives, display the archive header information (in a format similar to \fBls \-l\fR). Besides the information you could list with \fBar tv\fR, \fBobjdump \-a\fR shows the object file format of each archive member. -.IP "\fB\-\-adjust\-vma=\fR\fIoffset\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-adjust\-vma=\fR\fIoffset\fR 4 .IX Item "--adjust-vma=offset" When dumping information, first add \fIoffset\fR to all the section addresses. This is useful if the section addresses do not correspond to @@ -238,7 +161,7 @@ such as a.out. .IP "\fB\-b\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4 .IX Item "-b bfdname" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR 4 .IX Item "--target=bfdname" .PD Specify that the object-code format for the object files is @@ -252,28 +175,28 @@ For example, .Ve .Sp displays summary information from the section headers (\fB\-h\fR) of -\&\fIfu.o\fR, which is explicitly identified (\fB\-m\fR) as a \s-1VAX\s0 object +\&\fIfu.o\fR, which is explicitly identified (\fB\-m\fR) as a VAX object file in the format produced by Oasys compilers. You can list the formats available with the \fB\-i\fR option. -.IP "\fB\-C\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-C\fR 4 .IX Item "-C" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-demangle[=\fR\fIstyle\fR\fB]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-demangle[=\fR\fIstyle\fR\fB]\fR 4 .IX Item "--demangle[=style]" .PD Decode (\fIdemangle\fR) low-level symbol names into user-level names. Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this -makes \*(C+ function names readable. Different compilers have different +makes C++ function names readable. Different compilers have different mangling styles. The optional demangling style argument can be used to choose an appropriate demangling style for your compiler. -.IP "\fB\-\-recurse\-limit\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-recurse\-limit\fR 4 .IX Item "--recurse-limit" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-recurse\-limit\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-recurse\-limit\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-recurse-limit" -.IP "\fB\-\-recursion\-limit\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-recursion\-limit\fR 4 .IX Item "--recursion-limit" -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-recursion\-limit\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-recursion\-limit\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-recursion-limit" .PD Enables or disables a limit on the amount of recursion performed @@ -287,31 +210,31 @@ The default is for this limit to be enabled, but disabling it may be necessary in order to demangle truly complicated names. Note however that if the recursion limit is disabled then stack exhaustion is possible and any bug reports about such an event will be rejected. -.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-g\fR 4 .IX Item "-g" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-debugging\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-debugging\fR 4 .IX Item "--debugging" .PD -Display debugging information. This attempts to parse \s-1STABS\s0 +Display debugging information. This attempts to parse STABS debugging format information stored in the file and print it out using -a C like syntax. If no \s-1STABS\s0 debugging was found this option -falls back on the \fB\-W\fR option to print any \s-1DWARF\s0 information in +a C like syntax. If no STABS debugging was found this option +falls back on the \fB\-W\fR option to print any DWARF information in the file. -.IP "\fB\-e\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-e\fR 4 .IX Item "-e" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-debugging\-tags\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-debugging\-tags\fR 4 .IX Item "--debugging-tags" .PD Like \fB\-g\fR, but the information is generated in a format compatible with ctags tool. -.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-d\fR 4 .IX Item "-d" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-disassemble\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disassemble\fR 4 .IX Item "--disassemble" -.IP "\fB\-\-disassemble=\fR\fIsymbol\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disassemble=\fR\fIsymbol\fR 4 .IX Item "--disassemble=symbol" .PD Display the assembler mnemonics for the machine instructions from the @@ -326,14 +249,15 @@ then nothing will be displayed. Note if the \fB\-\-dwarf=follow\-links\fR option is enabled then any symbol tables in linked debug info files will be read in and used when disassembling. -.IP "\fB\-D\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-D\fR 4 .IX Item "-D" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-disassemble\-all\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disassemble\-all\fR 4 .IX Item "--disassemble-all" .PD -Like \fB\-d\fR, but disassemble the contents of all sections, not just -those expected to contain instructions. +Like \fB\-d\fR, but disassemble the contents of all non-empty +non-bss sections, not just those expected to contain instructions. +\&\fB\-j\fR may be used to select specific sections. .Sp This option also has a subtle effect on the disassembly of instructions in code sections. When option \fB\-d\fR is in effect @@ -344,45 +268,45 @@ this assumption is supressed. This means that it is possible for the output of \fB\-d\fR and \fB\-D\fR to differ if, for example, data is stored in code sections. .Sp -If the target is an \s-1ARM\s0 architecture this switch also has the effect +If the target is an ARM architecture this switch also has the effect of forcing the disassembler to decode pieces of data found in code sections as if they were instructions. .Sp Note if the \fB\-\-dwarf=follow\-links\fR option is enabled then any symbol tables in linked debug info files will be read in and used when disassembling. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-addresses\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-addresses\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-addresses" When disassembling, don't print addresses on each line or for symbols and relocation offsets. In combination with \fB\-\-no\-show\-raw\-insn\fR this may be useful for comparing compiler output. -.IP "\fB\-\-prefix\-addresses\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-prefix\-addresses\fR 4 .IX Item "--prefix-addresses" When disassembling, print the complete address on each line. This is the older disassembly format. -.IP "\fB\-EB\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-EB\fR 4 .IX Item "-EB" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-EL\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-EL\fR 4 .IX Item "-EL" -.IP "\fB\-\-endian={big|little}\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-endian={big|little}\fR 4 .IX Item "--endian={big|little}" .PD Specify the endianness of the object files. This only affects disassembly. This can be useful when disassembling a file format which does not describe endianness information, such as S\-records. -.IP "\fB\-f\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-f\fR 4 .IX Item "-f" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-file\-headers\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-file\-headers\fR 4 .IX Item "--file-headers" .PD Display summary information from the overall header of each of the \fIobjfile\fR files. -.IP "\fB\-F\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-F\fR 4 .IX Item "-F" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-file\-offsets\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-file\-offsets\fR 4 .IX Item "--file-offsets" .PD When disassembling sections, whenever a symbol is displayed, also @@ -391,17 +315,17 @@ dumped. If zeroes are being skipped, then when disassembly resumes, tell the user how many zeroes were skipped and the file offset of the location from where the disassembly resumes. When dumping sections, display the file offset of the location from where the dump starts. -.IP "\fB\-\-file\-start\-context\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-file\-start\-context\fR 4 .IX Item "--file-start-context" Specify that when displaying interlisted source code/disassembly (assumes \fB\-S\fR) from a file that has not yet been displayed, extend the context to the start of the file. -.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-h\fR 4 .IX Item "-h" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-section\-headers\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-section\-headers\fR 4 .IX Item "--section-headers" -.IP "\fB\-\-headers\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-headers\fR 4 .IX Item "--headers" .PD Display summary information from the section headers of the @@ -417,20 +341,20 @@ Instead, it shows the usual addresses, which are implicit for the target. .Sp Note, in some cases it is possible for a section to have both the -\&\s-1READONLY\s0 and the \s-1NOREAD\s0 attributes set. In such cases the \s-1NOREAD\s0 +READONLY and the NOREAD attributes set. In such cases the NOREAD attribute takes precedence, but \fBobjdump\fR will report both since the exact setting of the flag bits might be important. -.IP "\fB\-H\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-H\fR 4 .IX Item "-H" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" .PD Print a summary of the options to \fBobjdump\fR and exit. -.IP "\fB\-i\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-i\fR 4 .IX Item "-i" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-info\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-info\fR 4 .IX Item "--info" .PD Display a list showing all architectures and object formats available @@ -438,24 +362,25 @@ for specification with \fB\-b\fR or \fB\-m\fR. .IP "\fB\-j\fR \fIname\fR" 4 .IX Item "-j name" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-section=\fR\fIname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-section=\fR\fIname\fR 4 .IX Item "--section=name" .PD -Display information only for section \fIname\fR. -.IP "\fB\-L\fR" 4 +Display information for section \fIname\fR. This option may be +specified multiple times. +.IP \fB\-L\fR 4 .IX Item "-L" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-process\-links\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-process\-links\fR 4 .IX Item "--process-links" .PD Display the contents of non-debug sections found in separate debuginfo files that are linked to the main file. This option automatically implies the \fB\-WK\fR option, and only sections requested by other command line options will be displayed. -.IP "\fB\-l\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-l\fR 4 .IX Item "-l" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-line\-numbers\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-line\-numbers\fR 4 .IX Item "--line-numbers" .PD Label the display (using debugging information) with the filename and @@ -464,7 +389,7 @@ Only useful with \fB\-d\fR, \fB\-D\fR, or \fB\-r\fR. .IP "\fB\-m\fR \fImachine\fR" 4 .IX Item "-m machine" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-architecture=\fR\fImachine\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-architecture=\fR\fImachine\fR 4 .IX Item "--architecture=machine" .PD Specify the architecture to use when disassembling object files. This @@ -478,7 +403,7 @@ name and a machine name, separated by a colon. For example \&\fBfoo\fR architecture. This can be helpful if objdump has been configured to support multiple architectures. .Sp -If the target is an \s-1ARM\s0 architecture then this switch has an +If the target is an ARM architecture then this switch has an additional effect. It restricts the disassembly to only those instructions supported by the architecture specified by \fImachine\fR. If it is necessary to use this switch because the input file does not @@ -487,7 +412,7 @@ disassemble all the instructions use \fB\-marm\fR. .IP "\fB\-M\fR \fIoptions\fR" 4 .IX Item "-M options" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-disassembler\-options=\fR\fIoptions\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disassembler\-options=\fR\fIoptions\fR 4 .IX Item "--disassembler-options=options" .PD Pass target specific information to the disassembler. Only supported on @@ -495,42 +420,42 @@ some targets. If it is necessary to specify more than one disassembler option then multiple \fB\-M\fR options can be used or can be placed together into a comma separated list. .Sp -For \s-1ARC,\s0 \fBdsp\fR controls the printing of \s-1DSP\s0 instructions, -\&\fBspfp\fR selects the printing of \s-1FPX\s0 single precision \s-1FP\s0 -instructions, \fBdpfp\fR selects the printing of \s-1FPX\s0 double -precision \s-1FP\s0 instructions, \fBquarkse_em\fR selects the printing of +For ARC, \fBdsp\fR controls the printing of DSP instructions, +\&\fBspfp\fR selects the printing of FPX single precision FP +instructions, \fBdpfp\fR selects the printing of FPX double +precision FP instructions, \fBquarkse_em\fR selects the printing of special QuarkSE-EM instructions, \fBfpuda\fR selects the printing of double precision assist instructions, \fBfpus\fR selects the -printing of \s-1FPU\s0 single precision \s-1FP\s0 instructions, while \fBfpud\fR -selects the printing of \s-1FPU\s0 double precision \s-1FP\s0 instructions. +printing of FPU single precision FP instructions, while \fBfpud\fR +selects the printing of FPU double precision FP instructions. Additionally, one can choose to have all the immediates printed in hexadecimal using \fBhex\fR. By default, the short immediates are printed using the decimal representation, while the long immediate values are printed as hexadecimal. .Sp -\&\fBcpu=...\fR allows one to enforce a particular \s-1ISA\s0 when disassembling -instructions, overriding the \fB\-m\fR value or whatever is in the \s-1ELF\s0 file. -This might be useful to select \s-1ARC EM\s0 or \s-1HS ISA,\s0 because architecture is same -for those and disassembler relies on private \s-1ELF\s0 header data to decide if code -is for \s-1EM\s0 or \s-1HS.\s0 This option might be specified multiple times \- only the +\&\fBcpu=...\fR allows one to enforce a particular ISA when disassembling +instructions, overriding the \fB\-m\fR value or whatever is in the ELF file. +This might be useful to select ARC EM or HS ISA, because architecture is same +for those and disassembler relies on private ELF header data to decide if code +is for EM or HS. This option might be specified multiple times \- only the latest value will be used. Valid values are same as for the assembler \&\fB\-mcpu=...\fR option. .Sp -If the target is an \s-1ARM\s0 architecture then this switch can be used to +If the target is an ARM architecture then this switch can be used to select which register name set is used during disassembler. Specifying \&\fB\-M reg-names-std\fR (the default) will select the register names as -used in \s-1ARM\s0's instruction set documentation, but with register 13 called +used in ARM's instruction set documentation, but with register 13 called \&'sp', register 14 called 'lr' and register 15 called 'pc'. Specifying -\&\fB\-M reg-names-apcs\fR will select the name set used by the \s-1ARM\s0 +\&\fB\-M reg-names-apcs\fR will select the name set used by the ARM Procedure Call Standard, whilst specifying \fB\-M reg-names-raw\fR will just use \fBr\fR followed by the register number. .Sp -There are also two variants on the \s-1APCS\s0 register naming scheme enabled +There are also two variants on the APCS register naming scheme enabled by \fB\-M reg-names-atpcs\fR and \fB\-M reg-names-special-atpcs\fR which use the ARM/Thumb Procedure Call Standard naming conventions. (Either with the normal register names or the special register names). .Sp -This option can also be used for \s-1ARM\s0 architectures to force the +This option can also be used for ARM architectures to force the disassembler to interpret all instructions as Thumb instructions by using the switch \fB\-\-disassembler\-options=force\-thumb\fR. This can be useful when attempting to disassemble thumb code produced by other @@ -545,70 +470,70 @@ For the x86, some of the options duplicate functions of the \fB\-m\fR switch, but allow finer grained control. .RS 4 .ie n .IP """x86\-64""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWx86\-64\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWx86\-64\fR 4 .IX Item "x86-64" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """i386""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWi386\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWi386\fR 4 .IX Item "i386" .ie n .IP """i8086""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWi8086\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWi8086\fR 4 .IX Item "i8086" .PD Select disassembly for the given architecture. .ie n .IP """intel""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWintel\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWintel\fR 4 .IX Item "intel" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """att""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWatt\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWatt\fR 4 .IX Item "att" .PD -Select between intel syntax mode and \s-1AT&T\s0 syntax mode. +Select between intel syntax mode and AT&T syntax mode. .ie n .IP """amd64""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWamd64\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWamd64\fR 4 .IX Item "amd64" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """intel64""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWintel64\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWintel64\fR 4 .IX Item "intel64" .PD -Select between \s-1AMD64 ISA\s0 and Intel64 \s-1ISA.\s0 +Select between AMD64 ISA and Intel64 ISA. .ie n .IP """intel\-mnemonic""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWintel\-mnemonic\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWintel\-mnemonic\fR 4 .IX Item "intel-mnemonic" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """att\-mnemonic""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWatt\-mnemonic\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWatt\-mnemonic\fR 4 .IX Item "att-mnemonic" .PD -Select between intel mnemonic mode and \s-1AT&T\s0 mnemonic mode. +Select between intel mnemonic mode and AT&T mnemonic mode. Note: \f(CW\*(C`intel\-mnemonic\*(C'\fR implies \f(CW\*(C`intel\*(C'\fR and \&\f(CW\*(C`att\-mnemonic\*(C'\fR implies \f(CW\*(C`att\*(C'\fR. .ie n .IP """addr64""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWaddr64\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWaddr64\fR 4 .IX Item "addr64" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """addr32""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWaddr32\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWaddr32\fR 4 .IX Item "addr32" .ie n .IP """addr16""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWaddr16\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWaddr16\fR 4 .IX Item "addr16" .ie n .IP """data32""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWdata32\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWdata32\fR 4 .IX Item "data32" .ie n .IP """data16""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWdata16\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWdata16\fR 4 .IX Item "data16" .PD Specify the default address size and operand size. These five options will be overridden if \f(CW\*(C`x86\-64\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`i386\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`i8086\*(C'\fR appear later in the option string. .ie n .IP """suffix""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWsuffix\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWsuffix\fR 4 .IX Item "suffix" -When in \s-1AT&T\s0 mode and also for a limited set of instructions when in Intel +When in AT&T mode and also for a limited set of instructions when in Intel mode, instructs the disassembler to print a mnemonic suffix even when the suffix could be inferred by the operands or, for certain instructions, the execution mode's defaults. @@ -619,7 +544,7 @@ For PowerPC, the \fB\-M\fR argument \fBraw\fR selects disasssembly of hardware insns rather than aliases. For example, you will see \f(CW\*(C`rlwinm\*(C'\fR rather than \f(CW\*(C`clrlwi\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`addi\*(C'\fR rather than \f(CW\*(C`li\*(C'\fR. All of the \fB\-m\fR arguments for -\&\fBgas\fR that select a \s-1CPU\s0 are supported. These are: +\&\fBgas\fR that select a CPU are supported. These are: \&\fB403\fR, \fB405\fR, \fB440\fR, \fB464\fR, \fB476\fR, \&\fB601\fR, \fB603\fR, \fB604\fR, \fB620\fR, \fB7400\fR, \&\fB7410\fR, \fB7450\fR, \fB7455\fR, \fB750cl\fR, @@ -633,95 +558,95 @@ rather than \f(CW\*(C`li\*(C'\fR. All of the \fB\-m\fR arguments for \&\fBpwr\fR, \fBpwr2\fR, \fBpwr4\fR, \fBpwr5\fR, \fBpwr5x\fR, \&\fBpwr6\fR, \fBpwr7\fR, \fBpwr8\fR, \fBpwr9\fR, \fBpwr10\fR, \&\fBpwrx\fR, \fBtitan\fR, \fBvle\fR, and \fBfuture\fR. -\&\fB32\fR and \fB64\fR modify the default or a prior \s-1CPU\s0 +\&\fB32\fR and \fB64\fR modify the default or a prior CPU selection, disabling and enabling 64\-bit insns respectively. In addition, \fBaltivec\fR, \fBany\fR, \fBlsp\fR, \fBhtm\fR, \&\fBvsx\fR, \fBspe\fR and \fBspe2\fR add capabilities to a -previous \fIor later\fR \s-1CPU\s0 selection. +previous \fIor later\fR CPU selection. \&\fBany\fR will disassemble any opcode known to binutils, but in cases where an opcode has two different meanings or different arguments, you may not see the disassembly you expect. -If you disassemble without giving a \s-1CPU\s0 selection, a default will be -chosen from information gleaned by \s-1BFD\s0 from the object files headers, +If you disassemble without giving a CPU selection, a default will be +chosen from information gleaned by BFD from the object files headers, but the result again may not be as you expect. .Sp -For \s-1MIPS,\s0 this option controls the printing of instruction mnemonic +For MIPS, this option controls the printing of instruction mnemonic names and register names in disassembled instructions. Multiple selections from the following may be specified as a comma separated string, and invalid options are ignored: .ie n .IP """no\-aliases""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWno\-aliases\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWno\-aliases\fR 4 .IX Item "no-aliases" Print the 'raw' instruction mnemonic instead of some pseudo instruction mnemonic. I.e., print 'daddu' or 'or' instead of 'move', \&'sll' instead of 'nop', etc. .ie n .IP """msa""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWmsa\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWmsa\fR 4 .IX Item "msa" -Disassemble \s-1MSA\s0 instructions. +Disassemble MSA instructions. .ie n .IP """virt""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWvirt\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWvirt\fR 4 .IX Item "virt" -Disassemble the virtualization \s-1ASE\s0 instructions. +Disassemble the virtualization ASE instructions. .ie n .IP """xpa""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWxpa\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWxpa\fR 4 .IX Item "xpa" -Disassemble the eXtended Physical Address (\s-1XPA\s0) \s-1ASE\s0 instructions. -.ie n .IP """gpr\-names=\fIABI\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWgpr\-names=\f(CIABI\f(CW\fR" 4 +Disassemble the eXtended Physical Address (XPA) ASE instructions. +.ie n .IP """gpr\-names=\fIABI\fR""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWgpr\-names=\fR\f(CIABI\fR\f(CW\fR 4 .IX Item "gpr-names=ABI" -Print \s-1GPR\s0 (general-purpose register) names as appropriate -for the specified \s-1ABI.\s0 By default, \s-1GPR\s0 names are selected according to -the \s-1ABI\s0 of the binary being disassembled. -.ie n .IP """fpr\-names=\fIABI\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWfpr\-names=\f(CIABI\f(CW\fR" 4 +Print GPR (general-purpose register) names as appropriate +for the specified ABI. By default, GPR names are selected according to +the ABI of the binary being disassembled. +.ie n .IP """fpr\-names=\fIABI\fR""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWfpr\-names=\fR\f(CIABI\fR\f(CW\fR 4 .IX Item "fpr-names=ABI" -Print \s-1FPR\s0 (floating-point register) names as -appropriate for the specified \s-1ABI.\s0 By default, \s-1FPR\s0 numbers are printed +Print FPR (floating-point register) names as +appropriate for the specified ABI. By default, FPR numbers are printed rather than names. -.ie n .IP """cp0\-names=\fIARCH\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWcp0\-names=\f(CIARCH\f(CW\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP """cp0\-names=\fIARCH\fR""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWcp0\-names=\fR\f(CIARCH\fR\f(CW\fR 4 .IX Item "cp0-names=ARCH" -Print \s-1CP0\s0 (system control coprocessor; coprocessor 0) register names -as appropriate for the \s-1CPU\s0 or architecture specified by -\&\fI\s-1ARCH\s0\fR. By default, \s-1CP0\s0 register names are selected according to -the architecture and \s-1CPU\s0 of the binary being disassembled. -.ie n .IP """hwr\-names=\fIARCH\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWhwr\-names=\f(CIARCH\f(CW\fR" 4 +Print CP0 (system control coprocessor; coprocessor 0) register names +as appropriate for the CPU or architecture specified by +\&\fIARCH\fR. By default, CP0 register names are selected according to +the architecture and CPU of the binary being disassembled. +.ie n .IP """hwr\-names=\fIARCH\fR""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWhwr\-names=\fR\f(CIARCH\fR\f(CW\fR 4 .IX Item "hwr-names=ARCH" -Print \s-1HWR\s0 (hardware register, used by the \f(CW\*(C`rdhwr\*(C'\fR instruction) names -as appropriate for the \s-1CPU\s0 or architecture specified by -\&\fI\s-1ARCH\s0\fR. By default, \s-1HWR\s0 names are selected according to -the architecture and \s-1CPU\s0 of the binary being disassembled. -.ie n .IP """reg\-names=\fIABI\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWreg\-names=\f(CIABI\f(CW\fR" 4 +Print HWR (hardware register, used by the \f(CW\*(C`rdhwr\*(C'\fR instruction) names +as appropriate for the CPU or architecture specified by +\&\fIARCH\fR. By default, HWR names are selected according to +the architecture and CPU of the binary being disassembled. +.ie n .IP """reg\-names=\fIABI\fR""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWreg\-names=\fR\f(CIABI\fR\f(CW\fR 4 .IX Item "reg-names=ABI" -Print \s-1GPR\s0 and \s-1FPR\s0 names as appropriate for the selected \s-1ABI.\s0 -.ie n .IP """reg\-names=\fIARCH\fP""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWreg\-names=\f(CIARCH\f(CW\fR" 4 +Print GPR and FPR names as appropriate for the selected ABI. +.ie n .IP """reg\-names=\fIARCH\fR""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWreg\-names=\fR\f(CIARCH\fR\f(CW\fR 4 .IX Item "reg-names=ARCH" -Print CPU-specific register names (\s-1CP0\s0 register and \s-1HWR\s0 names) -as appropriate for the selected \s-1CPU\s0 or architecture. +Print CPU-specific register names (CP0 register and HWR names) +as appropriate for the selected CPU or architecture. .RE .RS 4 .Sp -For any of the options listed above, \fI\s-1ABI\s0\fR or -\&\fI\s-1ARCH\s0\fR may be specified as \fBnumeric\fR to have numbers printed +For any of the options listed above, \fIABI\fR or +\&\fIARCH\fR may be specified as \fBnumeric\fR to have numbers printed rather than names, for the selected types of registers. -You can list the available values of \fI\s-1ABI\s0\fR and \fI\s-1ARCH\s0\fR using +You can list the available values of \fIABI\fR and \fIARCH\fR using the \fB\-\-help\fR option. .Sp -For \s-1VAX,\s0 you can specify function entry addresses with \fB\-M +For VAX, you can specify function entry addresses with \fB\-M entry:0xf00ba\fR. You can use this multiple times to properly -disassemble \s-1VAX\s0 binary files that don't contain symbol tables (like -\&\s-1ROM\s0 dumps). In these cases, the function entry mask would otherwise -be decoded as \s-1VAX\s0 instructions, which would probably lead the rest +disassemble VAX binary files that don't contain symbol tables (like +ROM dumps). In these cases, the function entry mask would otherwise +be decoded as VAX instructions, which would probably lead the rest of the function being wrongly disassembled. .RE -.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-p\fR 4 .IX Item "-p" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-private\-headers\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-private\-headers\fR 4 .IX Item "--private-headers" .PD Print information that is specific to the object file format. The exact @@ -730,72 +655,84 @@ object file formats, no additional information is printed. .IP "\fB\-P\fR \fIoptions\fR" 4 .IX Item "-P options" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-private=\fR\fIoptions\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-private=\fR\fIoptions\fR 4 .IX Item "--private=options" .PD Print information that is specific to the object file format. The argument \fIoptions\fR is a comma separated list that depends on the format (the lists of options is displayed with the help). .Sp -For \s-1XCOFF,\s0 the available options are: +For XCOFF, the available options are: .RS 4 .ie n .IP """header""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWheader\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWheader\fR 4 .IX Item "header" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """aout""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWaout\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWaout\fR 4 .IX Item "aout" .ie n .IP """sections""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWsections\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWsections\fR 4 .IX Item "sections" .ie n .IP """syms""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWsyms\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWsyms\fR 4 .IX Item "syms" .ie n .IP """relocs""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWrelocs\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWrelocs\fR 4 .IX Item "relocs" .ie n .IP """lineno,""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWlineno,\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWlineno,\fR 4 .IX Item "lineno," .ie n .IP """loader""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWloader\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWloader\fR 4 .IX Item "loader" .ie n .IP """except""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWexcept\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWexcept\fR 4 .IX Item "except" .ie n .IP """typchk""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWtypchk\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWtypchk\fR 4 .IX Item "typchk" .ie n .IP """traceback""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWtraceback\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWtraceback\fR 4 .IX Item "traceback" .ie n .IP """toc""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWtoc\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWtoc\fR 4 .IX Item "toc" .ie n .IP """ldinfo""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWldinfo\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWldinfo\fR 4 .IX Item "ldinfo" .RE .RS 4 .PD .Sp -Not all object formats support this option. In particular the \s-1ELF\s0 +For PE, the available options are: +.ie n .IP """header""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWheader\fR 4 +.IX Item "header" +.PD 0 +.ie n .IP """sections""" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWsections\fR 4 +.IX Item "sections" +.RE +.RS 4 +.PD +.Sp +Not all object formats support this option. In particular the ELF format does not use it. .RE -.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-r\fR 4 .IX Item "-r" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-reloc\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-reloc\fR 4 .IX Item "--reloc" .PD Print the relocation entries of the file. If used with \fB\-d\fR or \&\fB\-D\fR, the relocations are printed interspersed with the disassembly. -.IP "\fB\-R\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-R\fR 4 .IX Item "-R" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\-reloc\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dynamic\-reloc\fR 4 .IX Item "--dynamic-reloc" .PD Print the dynamic relocation entries of the file. This is only @@ -803,57 +740,61 @@ meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain types of shared libraries. As for \fB\-r\fR, if used with \fB\-d\fR or \&\fB\-D\fR, the relocations are printed interspersed with the disassembly. -.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-s\fR 4 .IX Item "-s" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-full\-contents\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-full\-contents\fR 4 .IX Item "--full-contents" .PD -Display the full contents of any sections requested. By default all -non-empty sections are displayed. -.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4 +Display the full contents of sections, often used in combination with +\&\fB\-j\fR to request specific sections. By default all non-empty +non-bss sections are displayed. By default any compressed section +will be displayed in its compressed form. In order to see the +contents in a decompressed form add the \fB\-Z\fR option to the +command line. +.IP \fB\-S\fR 4 .IX Item "-S" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-source\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-source\fR 4 .IX Item "--source" .PD Display source code intermixed with disassembly, if possible. Implies \&\fB\-d\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-show\-all\-symbols\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-show\-all\-symbols\fR 4 .IX Item "--show-all-symbols" When disassembling, show all the symbols that match a given address, not just the first one. -.IP "\fB\-\-source\-comment[=\fR\fItxt\fR\fB]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-source\-comment[=\fR\fItxt\fR\fB]\fR 4 .IX Item "--source-comment[=txt]" Like the \fB\-S\fR option, but all source code lines are displayed with a prefix of \fItxt\fR. Typically \fItxt\fR will be a comment string which can be used to distinguish the assembler code from the source code. If \fItxt\fR is not provided then a default string of -\&\fI\*(L"# \*(R"\fR (hash followed by a space), will be used. -.IP "\fB\-\-prefix=\fR\fIprefix\fR" 4 +\&\fI"# "\fR (hash followed by a space), will be used. +.IP \fB\-\-prefix=\fR\fIprefix\fR 4 .IX Item "--prefix=prefix" Specify \fIprefix\fR to add to the absolute paths when used with \&\fB\-S\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-prefix\-strip=\fR\fIlevel\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-prefix\-strip=\fR\fIlevel\fR 4 .IX Item "--prefix-strip=level" Indicate how many initial directory names to strip off the hardwired absolute paths. It has no effect without \fB\-\-prefix=\fR\fIprefix\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-show\-raw\-insn\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-show\-raw\-insn\fR 4 .IX Item "--show-raw-insn" When disassembling instructions, print the instruction in hex as well as in symbolic form. This is the default except when \&\fB\-\-prefix\-addresses\fR is used. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-show\-raw\-insn\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-show\-raw\-insn\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-show-raw-insn" When disassembling instructions, do not print the instruction bytes. This is the default when \fB\-\-prefix\-addresses\fR is used. -.IP "\fB\-\-insn\-width=\fR\fIwidth\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-insn\-width=\fR\fIwidth\fR 4 .IX Item "--insn-width=width" Display \fIwidth\fR bytes on a single line when disassembling instructions. -.IP "\fB\-\-visualize\-jumps[=color|=extended\-color|=off]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-visualize\-jumps[=color|=extended\-color|=off]\fR 4 .IX Item "--visualize-jumps[=color|=extended-color|=off]" -Visualize jumps that stay inside a function by drawing \s-1ASCII\s0 art between +Visualize jumps that stay inside a function by drawing ASCII art between the start and target addresses. The optional \fB=color\fR argument adds color to the output using simple terminal colors. Alternatively the \fB=extended\-color\fR argument will add color using 8bit @@ -862,14 +803,14 @@ colors, but these might not work on all terminals. If it is necessary to disable the \fBvisualize-jumps\fR option after it has previously been enabled then use \&\fBvisualize\-jumps=off\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-disassembler\-color=off\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disassembler\-color=off\fR 4 .IX Item "--disassembler-color=off" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-disassembler\-color=terminal\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disassembler\-color=terminal\fR 4 .IX Item "--disassembler-color=terminal" -.IP "\fB\-\-disassembler\-color=on|color|colour\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disassembler\-color=on|color|colour\fR 4 .IX Item "--disassembler-color=on|color|colour" -.IP "\fB\-\-disassembler\-color=extened|extended\-color|extened\-colour\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disassembler\-color=extened|extended\-color|extened\-colour\fR 4 .IX Item "--disassembler-color=extened|extended-color|extened-colour" .PD Enables or disables the use of colored syntax highlighting in @@ -888,13 +829,13 @@ argument, but it uses 8\-bit colors. These may not work on all terminals. .Sp The \fBoff\fR argument disables colored disassembly. -.IP "\fB\-W[lLiaprmfFsoORtUuTgAckK]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-W[lLiaprmfFsoORtUuTgAckK]\fR 4 .IX Item "-W[lLiaprmfFsoORtUuTgAckK]" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-dwarf[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames\-interp,=str,=str\-offsets,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges,=gdb_index,=addr,=cu_index,=links,=follow\-links]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dwarf[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames\-interp,=str,=str\-offsets,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges,=gdb_index,=addr,=cu_index,=links,=follow\-links]\fR 4 .IX Item "--dwarf[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames-interp,=str,=str-offsets,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges,=gdb_index,=addr,=cu_index,=links,=follow-links]" .PD -Displays the contents of the \s-1DWARF\s0 debug sections in the file, if any +Displays the contents of the DWARF debug sections in the file, if any are present. Compressed debug sections are automatically decompressed (temporarily) before they are displayed. If one or more of the optional letters or words follows the switch then only those type(s) @@ -902,78 +843,78 @@ of data will be dumped. The letters and words refer to the following information: .RS 4 .ie n .IP """a""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWa\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWa\fR 4 .IX Item "a" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=abbrev""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=abbrev\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=abbrev\fR 4 .IX Item "=abbrev" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.debug_abbrev\fR section. .ie n .IP """A""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWA\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWA\fR 4 .IX Item "A" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=addr""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=addr\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=addr\fR 4 .IX Item "=addr" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.debug_addr\fR section. .ie n .IP """c""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWc\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWc\fR 4 .IX Item "c" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=cu_index""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=cu_index\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=cu_index\fR 4 .IX Item "=cu_index" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.debug_cu_index\fR and/or \&\fB.debug_tu_index\fR sections. .ie n .IP """f""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWf\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWf\fR 4 .IX Item "f" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=frames""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=frames\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=frames\fR 4 .IX Item "=frames" .PD Display the raw contents of a \fB.debug_frame\fR section. .ie n .IP """F""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWF\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWF\fR 4 .IX Item "F" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=frames\-interp""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=frames\-interp\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=frames\-interp\fR 4 .IX Item "=frames-interp" .PD Display the interpreted contents of a \fB.debug_frame\fR section. .ie n .IP """g""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWg\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWg\fR 4 .IX Item "g" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=gdb_index""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=gdb_index\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=gdb_index\fR 4 .IX Item "=gdb_index" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.gdb_index\fR and/or \&\fB.debug_names\fR sections. .ie n .IP """i""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWi\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWi\fR 4 .IX Item "i" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=info""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=info\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=info\fR 4 .IX Item "=info" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.debug_info\fR section. Note: the output from this option can also be restricted by the use of the \&\fB\-\-dwarf\-depth\fR and \fB\-\-dwarf\-start\fR options. .ie n .IP """k""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWk\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWk\fR 4 .IX Item "k" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=links""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=links\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=links\fR 4 .IX Item "=links" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.gnu_debuglink\fR, @@ -982,11 +923,11 @@ them are present. Also displays any links to separate dwarf object files (dwo), if they are specified by the DW_AT_GNU_dwo_name or DW_AT_dwo_name attributes in the \fB.debug_info\fR section. .ie n .IP """K""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWK\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWK\fR 4 .IX Item "K" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=follow\-links""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=follow\-links\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=follow\-links\fR 4 .IX Item "=follow-links" .PD Display the contents of any selected debug sections that are found in @@ -994,7 +935,7 @@ linked, separate debug info file(s). This can result in multiple versions of the same debug section being displayed if it exists in more than one file. .Sp -In addition, when displaying \s-1DWARF\s0 attributes, if a form is found that +In addition, when displaying DWARF attributes, if a form is found that references the separate debug info file, then the referenced contents will also be displayed. .Sp @@ -1007,160 +948,160 @@ used then the default is to enable the following of debug links. .Sp Note \- if support for the debuginfod protocol was enabled when the binutils were built then this option will also include an attempt to -contact any debuginfod servers mentioned in the \fI\s-1DEBUGINFOD_URLS\s0\fR +contact any debuginfod servers mentioned in the \fIDEBUGINFOD_URLS\fR environment variable. This could take some time to resolve. This behaviour can be disabled via the \fB=do\-not\-use\-debuginfod\fR debug option. .ie n .IP """N""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWN\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWN\fR 4 .IX Item "N" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=no\-follow\-links""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=no\-follow\-links\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=no\-follow\-links\fR 4 .IX Item "=no-follow-links" .PD Disables the following of links to separate debug info files. .ie n .IP """D""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWD\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWD\fR 4 .IX Item "D" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=use\-debuginfod""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=use\-debuginfod\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=use\-debuginfod\fR 4 .IX Item "=use-debuginfod" .PD Enables contacting debuginfod servers if there is a need to follow debug links. This is the default behaviour. .ie n .IP """E""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWE\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWE\fR 4 .IX Item "E" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=do\-not\-use\-debuginfod""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=do\-not\-use\-debuginfod\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=do\-not\-use\-debuginfod\fR 4 .IX Item "=do-not-use-debuginfod" .PD Disables contacting debuginfod servers when there is a need to follow debug links. .ie n .IP """l""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWl\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWl\fR 4 .IX Item "l" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=rawline""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=rawline\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=rawline\fR 4 .IX Item "=rawline" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.debug_line\fR section in a raw format. .ie n .IP """L""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWL\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWL\fR 4 .IX Item "L" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=decodedline""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=decodedline\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=decodedline\fR 4 .IX Item "=decodedline" .PD Displays the interpreted contents of the \fB.debug_line\fR section. .ie n .IP """m""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWm\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWm\fR 4 .IX Item "m" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=macro""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=macro\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=macro\fR 4 .IX Item "=macro" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.debug_macro\fR and/or \&\fB.debug_macinfo\fR sections. .ie n .IP """o""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWo\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWo\fR 4 .IX Item "o" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=loc""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=loc\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=loc\fR 4 .IX Item "=loc" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.debug_loc\fR and/or \&\fB.debug_loclists\fR sections. .ie n .IP """O""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWO\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWO\fR 4 .IX Item "O" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=str\-offsets""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=str\-offsets\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=str\-offsets\fR 4 .IX Item "=str-offsets" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.debug_str_offsets\fR section. .ie n .IP """p""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWp\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWp\fR 4 .IX Item "p" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=pubnames""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=pubnames\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=pubnames\fR 4 .IX Item "=pubnames" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.debug_pubnames\fR and/or \&\fB.debug_gnu_pubnames\fR sections. .ie n .IP """r""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWr\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWr\fR 4 .IX Item "r" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=aranges""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=aranges\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=aranges\fR 4 .IX Item "=aranges" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.debug_aranges\fR section. .ie n .IP """R""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWR\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWR\fR 4 .IX Item "R" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=Ranges""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=Ranges\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=Ranges\fR 4 .IX Item "=Ranges" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.debug_ranges\fR and/or \&\fB.debug_rnglists\fR sections. .ie n .IP """s""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWs\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWs\fR 4 .IX Item "s" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=str""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=str\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=str\fR 4 .IX Item "=str" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.debug_str\fR, \fB.debug_line_str\fR and/or \fB.debug_str_offsets\fR sections. .ie n .IP """t""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWt\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWt\fR 4 .IX Item "t" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=pubtype""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=pubtype\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=pubtype\fR 4 .IX Item "=pubtype" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.debug_pubtypes\fR and/or \&\fB.debug_gnu_pubtypes\fR sections. .ie n .IP """T""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWT\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWT\fR 4 .IX Item "T" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=trace_aranges""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=trace_aranges\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=trace_aranges\fR 4 .IX Item "=trace_aranges" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.trace_aranges\fR section. .ie n .IP """u""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWu\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWu\fR 4 .IX Item "u" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=trace_abbrev""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=trace_abbrev\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=trace_abbrev\fR 4 .IX Item "=trace_abbrev" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.trace_abbrev\fR section. .ie n .IP """U""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWU\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWU\fR 4 .IX Item "U" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=trace_info""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=trace_info\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=trace_info\fR 4 .IX Item "=trace_info" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.trace_info\fR section. @@ -1171,7 +1112,7 @@ Note: displaying the contents of \fB.debug_static_funcs\fR, \&\fB.debug_static_vars\fR and \fBdebug_weaknames\fR sections is not currently supported. .RE -.IP "\fB\-\-dwarf\-depth=\fR\fIn\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dwarf\-depth=\fR\fIn\fR 4 .IX Item "--dwarf-depth=n" Limit the dump of the \f(CW\*(C`.debug_info\*(C'\fR section to \fIn\fR children. This is only useful with \fB\-\-debug\-dump=info\fR. The default is @@ -1180,68 +1121,68 @@ effect. .Sp With a non-zero value for \fIn\fR, DIEs at or deeper than \fIn\fR levels will not be printed. The range for \fIn\fR is zero-based. -.IP "\fB\-\-dwarf\-start=\fR\fIn\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dwarf\-start=\fR\fIn\fR 4 .IX Item "--dwarf-start=n" -Print only DIEs beginning with the \s-1DIE\s0 numbered \fIn\fR. This is only +Print only DIEs beginning with the DIE numbered \fIn\fR. This is only useful with \fB\-\-debug\-dump=info\fR. .Sp If specified, this option will suppress printing of any header -information and all DIEs before the \s-1DIE\s0 numbered \fIn\fR. Only -siblings and children of the specified \s-1DIE\s0 will be printed. +information and all DIEs before the DIE numbered \fIn\fR. Only +siblings and children of the specified DIE will be printed. .Sp This can be used in conjunction with \fB\-\-dwarf\-depth\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-dwarf\-check\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dwarf\-check\fR 4 .IX Item "--dwarf-check" Enable additional checks for consistency of Dwarf information. -.IP "\fB\-\-ctf[=\fR\fIsection\fR\fB]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ctf[=\fR\fIsection\fR\fB]\fR 4 .IX Item "--ctf[=section]" -Display the contents of the specified \s-1CTF\s0 section. \s-1CTF\s0 sections themselves +Display the contents of the specified CTF section. CTF sections themselves contain many subsections, all of which are displayed in order. .Sp By default, display the name of the section named \fI.ctf\fR, which is the name emitted by \fBld\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-ctf\-parent=\fR\fImember\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ctf\-parent=\fR\fImember\fR 4 .IX Item "--ctf-parent=member" -If the \s-1CTF\s0 section contains ambiguously-defined types, it will consist -of an archive of many \s-1CTF\s0 dictionaries, all inheriting from one +If the CTF section contains ambiguously-defined types, it will consist +of an archive of many CTF dictionaries, all inheriting from one dictionary containing unambiguous types. This member is by default named \fI.ctf\fR, like the section containing it, but it is possible to change this name using the \f(CW\*(C`ctf_link_set_memb_name_changer\*(C'\fR -function at link time. When looking at \s-1CTF\s0 archives that have been +function at link time. When looking at CTF archives that have been created by a linker that uses the name changer to rename the parent archive member, \fB\-\-ctf\-parent\fR can be used to specify the name used for the parent. -.IP "\fB\-\-sframe[=\fR\fIsection\fR\fB]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sframe[=\fR\fIsection\fR\fB]\fR 4 .IX Item "--sframe[=section]" Display the contents of the specified SFrame section. .Sp By default, display the name of the section named \fI.sframe\fR, which is the name emitted by \fBld\fR. -.IP "\fB\-G\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-G\fR 4 .IX Item "-G" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-stabs\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-stabs\fR 4 .IX Item "--stabs" .PD Display the full contents of any sections requested. Display the contents of the .stab and .stab.index and .stab.excl sections from an -\&\s-1ELF\s0 file. This is only useful on systems (such as Solaris 2.0) in which -\&\f(CW\*(C`.stab\*(C'\fR debugging symbol-table entries are carried in an \s-1ELF\s0 +ELF file. This is only useful on systems (such as Solaris 2.0) in which +\&\f(CW\*(C`.stab\*(C'\fR debugging symbol-table entries are carried in an ELF section. In most other file formats, debugging symbol-table entries are interleaved with linkage symbols, and are visible in the \fB\-\-syms\fR output. -.IP "\fB\-\-start\-address=\fR\fIaddress\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-start\-address=\fR\fIaddress\fR 4 .IX Item "--start-address=address" Start displaying data at the specified address. This affects the output of the \fB\-d\fR, \fB\-r\fR and \fB\-s\fR options. -.IP "\fB\-\-stop\-address=\fR\fIaddress\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-stop\-address=\fR\fIaddress\fR 4 .IX Item "--stop-address=address" Stop displaying data at the specified address. This affects the output of the \fB\-d\fR, \fB\-r\fR and \fB\-s\fR options. -.IP "\fB\-t\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-t\fR 4 .IX Item "-t" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-syms\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-syms\fR 4 .IX Item "--syms" .PD Print the symbol table entries of the file. @@ -1262,7 +1203,7 @@ symbol's type, the \fIscl\fR number is the symbol's storage class and the \fInx\fR value is the number of auxiliary entries associated with the symbol. The last two fields are the symbol's value and its name. .Sp -The other common output format, usually seen with \s-1ELF\s0 based files, +The other common output format, usually seen with ELF based files, looks like this: .Sp .Vb 2 @@ -1285,17 +1226,17 @@ the symbol's name is displayed. The flag characters are divided into 7 groups as follows: .RS 4 .ie n .IP """l""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWl\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWl\fR 4 .IX Item "l" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """g""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWg\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWg\fR 4 .IX Item "g" .ie n .IP """u""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWu\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWu\fR 4 .IX Item "u" .ie n .IP """!""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW!\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW!\fR 4 .IX Item "!" .PD The symbol is a local (l), global (g), unique global (u), neither @@ -1303,53 +1244,53 @@ global nor local (a space) or both global and local (!). A symbol can be neither local or global for a variety of reasons, e.g., because it is used for debugging, but it is probably an indication of a bug if it is ever both local and global. Unique global symbols are -a \s-1GNU\s0 extension to the standard set of \s-1ELF\s0 symbol bindings. For such +a GNU extension to the standard set of ELF symbol bindings. For such a symbol the dynamic linker will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this name and type in use. .ie n .IP """w""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWw\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWw\fR 4 .IX Item "w" The symbol is weak (w) or strong (a space). .ie n .IP """C""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWC\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWC\fR 4 .IX Item "C" The symbol denotes a constructor (C) or an ordinary symbol (a space). .ie n .IP """W""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWW\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWW\fR 4 .IX Item "W" The symbol is a warning (W) or a normal symbol (a space). A warning symbol's name is a message to be displayed if the symbol following the warning symbol is ever referenced. .ie n .IP """I""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWI\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWI\fR 4 .IX Item "I" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """i""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWi\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWi\fR 4 .IX Item "i" .PD The symbol is an indirect reference to another symbol (I), a function to be evaluated during reloc processing (i) or a normal symbol (a space). .ie n .IP """d""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWd\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWd\fR 4 .IX Item "d" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """D""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWD\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWD\fR 4 .IX Item "D" .PD The symbol is a debugging symbol (d) or a dynamic symbol (D) or a normal symbol (a space). .ie n .IP """F""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWF\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWF\fR 4 .IX Item "F" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """f""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWf\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWf\fR 4 .IX Item "f" .ie n .IP """O""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWO\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWO\fR 4 .IX Item "O" .PD The symbol is the name of a function (F) or a file (f) or an object @@ -1357,10 +1298,10 @@ The symbol is the name of a function (F) or a file (f) or an object .RE .RS 4 .RE -.IP "\fB\-T\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-T\fR 4 .IX Item "-T" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\-syms\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dynamic\-syms\fR 4 .IX Item "--dynamic-syms" .PD Print the dynamic symbol table entries of the file. This is only @@ -1374,7 +1315,7 @@ name, giving the version information associated with the symbol. If the version is the default version to be used when resolving unversioned references to the symbol then it's displayed as is, otherwise it's put into parentheses. -.IP "\fB\-\-special\-syms\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-special\-syms\fR 4 .IX Item "--special-syms" When displaying symbols include those which the target considers to be special in some way and which would not normally be of interest to the @@ -1382,10 +1323,10 @@ user. .IP "\fB\-U\fR \fI[d|i|l|e|x|h]\fR" 4 .IX Item "-U [d|i|l|e|x|h]" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-unicode=\fR\fI[default|invalid|locale|escape|hex|highlight]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-unicode=\fR\fI[default|invalid|locale|escape|hex|highlight]\fR 4 .IX Item "--unicode=[default|invalid|locale|escape|hex|highlight]" .PD -Controls the display of \s-1UTF\-8\s0 encoded multibyte characters in strings. +Controls the display of UTF\-8 encoded multibyte characters in strings. The default (\fB\-\-unicode=default\fR) is to give them no special treatment. The \fB\-\-unicode=locale\fR option displays the sequence in the current locale, which may or may not support them. The options @@ -1397,40 +1338,49 @@ The \fB\-\-unicode=escape\fR option displays them as escape sequences them as escape sequences highlighted in red (if supported by the output device). The colouring is intended to draw attention to the presence of unicode sequences where they might not be expected. -.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-V\fR 4 .IX Item "-V" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" .PD Print the version number of \fBobjdump\fR and exit. -.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-x\fR 4 .IX Item "-x" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-all\-headers\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-all\-headers\fR 4 .IX Item "--all-headers" .PD Display all available header information, including the symbol table and relocation entries. Using \fB\-x\fR is equivalent to specifying all of \&\fB\-a \-f \-h \-p \-r \-t\fR. -.IP "\fB\-w\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-w\fR 4 .IX Item "-w" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-wide\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-wide\fR 4 .IX Item "--wide" .PD Format some lines for output devices that have more than 80 columns. Also do not truncate symbol names when they are displayed. -.IP "\fB\-z\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-z\fR 4 .IX Item "-z" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-disassemble\-zeroes\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disassemble\-zeroes\fR 4 .IX Item "--disassemble-zeroes" .PD Normally the disassembly output will skip blocks of zeroes. This option directs the disassembler to disassemble those blocks, just like any other data. -.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-Z\fR 4 +.IX Item "-Z" +.PD 0 +.IP \fB\-\-decompress\fR 4 +.IX Item "--decompress" +.PD +The \fB\-Z\fR option is meant to be used in conunction with the +\&\fB\-s\fR option. It instructs \fBobjdump\fR to decompress any +compressed sections before displaying their contents. +.IP \fB@\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "@file" Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR @@ -1446,13 +1396,13 @@ with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional .SH "SEE ALSO" .IX Header "SEE ALSO" \&\fBnm\fR\|(1), \fBreadelf\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR. -.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright (c) 1991\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright (c) 1991\-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document -under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the -section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R". +section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/od.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/od.1 index 741b43cf..34971206 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/od.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/od.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH OD "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH OD "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME od \- dump files in octal and other formats .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -43,8 +43,8 @@ skip BYTES input bytes first limit dump to BYTES input bytes .TP \fB\-S\fR BYTES, \fB\-\-strings\fR[=\fI\,BYTES\/\fR] -output strings of at least BYTES graphic chars; -3 is implied when BYTES is not specified +show only NUL terminated strings +of at least BYTES (3) printable characters .TP \fB\-t\fR, \fB\-\-format\fR=\fI\,TYPE\/\fR select output format or formats @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ MB M 1024*1024 .PP -and so on for G, T, P, E, Z, Y. +and so on for G, T, P, E, Z, Y, R, Q. Binary prefixes can be used, too: KiB=K, MiB=M, and so on. .SH EXAMPLES .TP @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/paste.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/paste.1 index 4934cec4..88dd09fc 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/paste.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/paste.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PASTE "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH PASTE "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME paste \- merge lines of files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pathchk.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pathchk.1 index 158dad68..92d723b5 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pathchk.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pathchk.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PATHCHK "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH PATHCHK "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME pathchk \- check whether file names are valid or portable .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ pathchk \- check whether file names are valid or portable .SH DESCRIPTION .\" Add any additional description here .PP -Diagnose invalid or unportable file names. +Diagnose invalid or non\-portable file names. .TP \fB\-p\fR check for most POSIX systems @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pdf2dsc.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pdf2dsc.1 index ff73bf90..851540c3 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pdf2dsc.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pdf2dsc.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PDF2DSC 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PDF2DSC 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME pdf2dsc \- generate a PostScript page list of a PDF document .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -28,6 +28,6 @@ Ghostscript since release 3.53. .SH SEE ALSO gs(1), ghostview(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Yves Arrouye <yves.arrouye@usa.net> and Russell Lang gsview at ghostgum.com.au diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pdf2ps.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pdf2ps.1 index b81c5710..d70f3d42 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pdf2ps.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pdf2ps.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PDF2PS 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PDF2PS 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME pdf2ps \- Ghostscript PDF to PostScript translator .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ LanguageLevel 3 in the output. Run "\fBgs -h\fR" to find the location of Ghostscript documentation on your system, from which you can get more details. .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perlapi.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perlapi.1 index 309a8313..3350748d 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perlapi.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perlapi.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLAPI 1" -.TH PERLAPI 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLAPI 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perlbug.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perlbug.1 index 2999f89a..a29cd8a0 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perlbug.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perlbug.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLBUG 1" -.TH PERLBUG 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLBUG 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perlintern.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perlintern.1 index 38f268a8..a57d8238 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perlintern.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perlintern.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLINTERN 1" -.TH PERLINTERN 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLINTERN 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perlmodlib.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perlmodlib.1 index d83803d8..789dfe7b 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perlmodlib.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perlmodlib.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLMODLIB 1" -.TH PERLMODLIB 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLMODLIB 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perlthanks.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perlthanks.1 index 2999f89a..a29cd8a0 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perlthanks.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perlthanks.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLBUG 1" -.TH PERLBUG 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLBUG 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perltoc.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perltoc.1 index 3b6d3319..6cf51dc7 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perltoc.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perltoc.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLTOC 1" -.TH PERLTOC 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLTOC 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perluniprops.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perluniprops.1 index 5fa553c8..5d700243 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perluniprops.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/perluniprops.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLUNIPROPS 1" -.TH PERLUNIPROPS 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLUNIPROPS 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pf2afm.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pf2afm.1 index d0b07708..376bc249 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pf2afm.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pf2afm.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PF2AFM 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PF2AFM 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME pf2afm \- Make an AFM file from Postscript (PFB/PFA/PFM) font files using ghostscript .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ gs(1) .br pf2afm.ps in the Ghostscript lib directory. .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pfbtopfa.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pfbtopfa.1 index 9b01b0d2..4e2843d2 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pfbtopfa.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pfbtopfa.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PFBTOPFA 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PFBTOPFA 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME pfbtopfa \- Convert Postscript .pfb fonts to .pfa format using ghostscript .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ to convert a .pfb file into a .pfa file. .SH SEE ALSO gs(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/piconv.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/piconv.1 index e0160cc7..791cb16f 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/piconv.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/piconv.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PICONV 1" -.TH PICONV 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PICONV 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pinky.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pinky.1 index 23250838..4cca56d7 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pinky.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pinky.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PINKY "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH PINKY "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME pinky \- lightweight finger .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pl2pm.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pl2pm.1 index 4793bc97..e31dd80a 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pl2pm.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pl2pm.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PL2PM 1" -.TH PL2PM 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PL2PM 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pod2html.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pod2html.1 index 7c420f4f..93c80b37 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pod2html.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pod2html.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "POD2HTML 1" -.TH POD2HTML 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH POD2HTML 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pod2man.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pod2man.1 index 85da7a6b..00d298c5 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pod2man.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pod2man.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "POD2MAN 1" -.TH POD2MAN 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH POD2MAN 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pod2text.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pod2text.1 index e286ccf8..91476c9a 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pod2text.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pod2text.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "POD2TEXT 1" -.TH POD2TEXT 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH POD2TEXT 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pod2usage.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pod2usage.1 index 6c095656..6ecb6b61 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pod2usage.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pod2usage.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "POD2USAGE 1" -.TH POD2USAGE 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH POD2USAGE 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/podchecker.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/podchecker.1 index 0a2c5d08..2d3f8377 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/podchecker.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/podchecker.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PODCHECKER 1" -.TH PODCHECKER 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PODCHECKER 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/portablectl.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/portablectl.1 index 4dba78bb..661e0a00 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/portablectl.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/portablectl.1 @@ -38,10 +38,10 @@ or \fIRootImage=\fR assignments (in case of service units) pointing to the image file or directory, ensuring the services will run within the file system context of the image\&. .PP -Portable service images are an efficient way to bundle multiple related services and other units together, and transfer them as a whole between systems\&. When these images are attached the local system the contained units may run in most ways like regular system\-provided units, either with full privileges or inside strict sandboxing, depending on the selected configuration\&. For more details, see +Portable service images are an efficient way to bundle multiple related services and other units together, and transfer them as a whole between systems\&. When these images are attached to the local system, the contained units may run in most ways like regular system\-provided units, either with full privileges or inside strict sandboxing, depending on the selected configuration\&. For more details, see \m[blue]\fBPortable Services Documentation\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2\&. .PP -Specifically portable service images may be of the following kind: +Portable service images may be of the following kinds: .sp .RS 4 .ie n \{\ @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ for the \fIExtensionImages=\fR directive and for the \fBsystemd-sysext\fR(8) -and\&. +and \fBsystemd-confext\fR(8) tools\&. The images must contain an extension\-release @@ -721,6 +721,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -732,6 +738,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pr.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pr.1 index 56e3fd5d..2ccdbbaa 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pr.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pr.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PR "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH PR "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME pr \- convert text files for printing .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/printafm.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/printafm.1 index 83b04307..75efd383 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/printafm.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/printafm.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PRINTAFM 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PRINTAFM 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME printafm \- Print the metrics from a Postscript font in AFM format using ghostscript .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Output goes to stdout. .SH SEE ALSO gs(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/printenv.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/printenv.1 index caf7ffc4..b9ce876d 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/printenv.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/printenv.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PRINTENV "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH PRINTENV "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME printenv \- print all or part of environment .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/printf.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/printf.1 index 041eae60..f73d1c3b 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/printf.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/printf.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PRINTF "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH PRINTF "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME printf \- format and print data .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/prove.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/prove.1 index 77b3587b..a19e8672 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/prove.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/prove.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PROVE 1" -.TH PROVE 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PROVE 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ps2ascii.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ps2ascii.1 index e36de044..818e1f4e 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ps2ascii.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ps2ascii.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PS2ASCII 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PS2ASCII 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME ps2ascii \- Ghostscript translator from PostScript or PDF to ASCII .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ system, from which you can get more details. .SH SEE ALSO pstotext(1), http://www.research.digital.com/SRC/virtualpaper/pstotext.html .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ps2epsi.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ps2epsi.1 index 4911c9de..c0509763 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ps2epsi.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ps2epsi.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PS2EPSI 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PS2EPSI 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME ps2epsi \- generate conforming Encapsulated PostScript .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ ps2epsi.ps>the Ghostscript program which does the work .SH SEE ALSO gs (1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. However, the content may be obsolete, or inconsistent with ps2epsi.txt. .SH AUTHOR George Cameron diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ps2pdf.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ps2pdf.1 index c8288b6e..88b00649 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ps2pdf.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ps2pdf.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PS2PDF 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PS2PDF 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME ps2pdf \- Convert PostScript to PDF using ghostscript .br @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ VectorDevices.htm in the Ghostscript documentation See http://bugs.ghostscript.com/ and the Usenet news group comp.lang.postscript. .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ps2pdfwr.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ps2pdfwr.1 index cfd2a8e8..4781e544 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ps2pdfwr.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ps2pdfwr.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PS2PDFWR 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PS2PDFWR 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME ps2pdfwr \- Convert PostScript to PDF without specifying CompatibilityLevel, using ghostscript .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ scripts all invoke this one with the addition of the respective compatibility le .SH SEE ALSO gs(1), ps2pdf(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ps2ps.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ps2ps.1 index 884aa021..3d57f4ef 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ps2ps.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ps2ps.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PS2PS 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PS2PS 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME ps2ps, eps2eps \- Ghostscript PostScript "distiller" .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ system, from which you can get more details. .SH SEE ALSO ps2pdf(1), ps2ascii(1), ps2epsi(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/psbook.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/psbook.1 index 98dab2ed..b7a50398 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/psbook.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/psbook.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.13. -.TH PSBOOK "1" "October 2021" "psbook 2.07" "User Commands" +.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.1. +.TH PSBOOK "1" "February 2023" "psbook 2.10" "User Commands" .SH NAME psbook - rearrange pages in a PostScript document into signatures .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -20,12 +20,12 @@ don't show page numbers being output \fB\-\-help\fR display this help and exit .TP -\fB\-\-version\fR +\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR display version information and exit .PP -.B Psbook +.B psbook uses -.B Pstops +.B pstops to rearrange pages from a PostScript document into \[oq]signatures\[cq] for printing books or booklets, creating a new PostScript file. The signature size is the number of sides which will be folded and bound @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ writing an input or output file. .SH AUTHOR Written by Angus J. C. Duggan and Reuben Thomas. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2016\-2021. +Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2016\-2022. Released under the GPL version 3, or (at your option) any later version. .SH TRADEMARKS .B PostScript diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/psjoin.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/psjoin.1 index c4cfc549..22ae1d22 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/psjoin.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/psjoin.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.13. -.TH PSJOIN "1" "October 2021" "psjoin 2.07" "User Commands" +.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.1. +.TH PSJOIN "1" "February 2023" "psjoin 2.10" "User Commands" .SH NAME psjoin - concatenate PostScript documents .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ do not strip prolog or trailer from input files \fB\-\-help\fR display this help and exit .TP -\fB\-\-version\fR +\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR display version information and exit .SS "Exit status:" .TP @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Written by Angus J. C. Duggan and Reuben Thomas. .SH COPYRIGHT Copyright \(co Tom Sato 2002\-2003. .br -Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2013\-2020. +Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2013\-2023. Released under the GPL version 3, or (at your option) any later version. .SH TRADEMARKS .B PostScript diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/psnup.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/psnup.1 index 64c23f80..586ae35a 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/psnup.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/psnup.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.13. -.TH PSNUP "1" "October 2021" "psnup 2.07" "User Commands" +.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.1. +.TH PSNUP "1" "February 2023" "psnup 2.10" "User Commands" .SH NAME psnup - put multiple pages of a PostScript document on to one page .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ don't show page numbers being output \fB\-\-help\fR display this help and exit .TP -\fB\-\-version\fR +\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR display version information and exit .PP psnup aborts with an error if it cannot arrange the input pages so as to @@ -65,9 +65,9 @@ The input paper size defaults to the output paper size. In row\-major order (the default), adjacent pages are placed in rows across the paper; in column\-major order, they are placed in columns down the page. .PP -.B Psnup +.B psnup uses -.B Pstops +.B pstops to impose multiple logical pages on to each physical sheet of paper. .PP Paper sizes can be given either as a name (see @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ on the second output page. .SH AUTHOR Written by Angus J. C. Duggan and Reuben Thomas. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2016\-2021. +Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2016\-2022. Released under the GPL version 3, or (at your option) any later version. .SH TRADEMARKS .B PostScript diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/psresize.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/psresize.1 index 030eae69..e48cb599 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/psresize.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/psresize.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.13. -.TH PSRESIZE "1" "October 2021" "psresize 2.07" "User Commands" +.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.1. +.TH PSRESIZE "1" "February 2023" "psresize 2.10" "User Commands" .SH NAME psresize - change the page size of a PostScript document .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -20,12 +20,12 @@ don't show page numbers being output \fB\-\-help\fR display this help and exit .TP -\fB\-\-version\fR +\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR display version information and exit .PP -.B Psresize +.B psresize uses -.B Psnup +.B psnup to change the page size of a document, scaling and centering it appropriately. See .BR psutils (1) @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ psresize -PA4 -pletter in.ps out.ps .SH AUTHOR Written by Angus J. C. Duggan and Reuben Thomas. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2016\-2021. +Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2016\-2022. Released under the GPL version 3, or (at your option) any later version. .SH TRADEMARKS .B PostScript diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/psselect.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/psselect.1 index c1ad868b..785d83ad 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/psselect.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/psselect.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.13. -.TH PSSELECT "1" "October 2021" "psselect 2.07" "User Commands" +.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.1. +.TH PSSELECT "1" "February 2023" "psselect 2.10" "User Commands" .SH NAME psselect - select pages from a PostScript document .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -26,14 +26,14 @@ don't show page numbers being output \fB\-\-help\fR display this help and exit .TP -\fB\-\-version\fR +\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR display version information and exit .PP PAGES is a comma\-separated list of pages and page ranges; see pstops(1) for more details. -.B Psselect +.B psselect calls -.B Pstops +.B pstops to do the rearrangement. .SS "Exit status:" .TP @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ writing an input or output file. .SH AUTHOR Written by Angus J. C. Duggan and Reuben Thomas. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2016\-2021. +Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2016\-2022. Released under the GPL version 3, or (at your option) any later version. .SH TRADEMARKS .B PostScript diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pstops.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pstops.1 index be9ce8b6..db3dae68 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pstops.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pstops.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.13. -.TH PSTOPS "1" "October 2021" "pstops 2.07" "User Commands" +.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.1. +.TH PSTOPS "1" "February 2023" "pstops 2.10" "User Commands" .SH NAME pstops - rearrange pages of a PostScript document .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ don't show page numbers being output \fB\-\-help\fR display this help and exit .TP -\fB\-\-version\fR +\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR display version information and exit .PP PAGES is a comma\-separated list of pages and page ranges. @@ -72,8 +72,8 @@ Page numbers refer to the pages as they occur in the file, starting at one. The actual page number in the document may be different. .PP -PAGESPECS is a list of page specifications [default is "0", which -selects each page in its normal order]. +SPECS is a list of page specifications [default is "0", which selects +each page in its normal order]. .PP Pagespecs have the following syntax: .RS @@ -200,10 +200,10 @@ for the reverse sides (or join them with a comma for duplex printing). .SH AUTHOR Written by Angus J. C. Duggan and Reuben Thomas. .SH BUGS -.B Pstops +.B pstops does not accept all DSC comments. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2017\-2020. +Copyright \(co Reuben Thomas 2017\-2023. Released under the GPL version 3, or (at your option) any later version. .SH TRADEMARKS .B PostScript diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ptar.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ptar.1 index 52d8d05d..17c2a39f 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ptar.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ptar.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PTAR 1" -.TH PTAR 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PTAR 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ptardiff.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ptardiff.1 index c8fd57cd..846f93d5 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ptardiff.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ptardiff.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PTARDIFF 1" -.TH PTARDIFF 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PTARDIFF 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ptargrep.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ptargrep.1 index 90a4f441..0dce5b6c 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ptargrep.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ptargrep.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PTARGREP 1" -.TH PTARGREP 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PTARGREP 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ptx.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ptx.1 index e099bce7..76c3ac24 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ptx.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ptx.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PTX "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH PTX "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME ptx \- produce a permuted index of file contents .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pwd.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pwd.1 index ffe5ef20..a2e1cbfe 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pwd.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/pwd.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PWD "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH PWD "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME pwd \- print name of current/working directory .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ranlib.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ranlib.1 index 7a711d6a..10222e5d 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ranlib.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ranlib.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,82 +52,20 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "RANLIB 1" -.TH RANLIB 1 "2023-06-27" "binutils-2.40" "GNU Development Tools" +.TH RANLIB 1 2024-04-08 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME ranlib \- generate an index to an archive -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" ranlib [\fB\-\-plugin\fR \fIname\fR] [\fB\-DhHvVt\fR] \fIarchive\fR -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" \&\fBranlib\fR generates an index to the contents of an archive and stores it in the archive. The index lists each symbol defined by a @@ -155,51 +77,51 @@ An archive with such an index speeds up linking to the library and allows routines in the library to call each other without regard to their placement in the archive. .PP -The \s-1GNU\s0 \fBranlib\fR program is another form of \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR; running +The GNU \fBranlib\fR program is another form of GNU \fBar\fR; running \&\fBranlib\fR is completely equivalent to executing \fBar \-s\fR. -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" -.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-h\fR 4 .IX Item "-h" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-H\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-H\fR 4 .IX Item "-H" -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" .PD Show usage information for \fBranlib\fR. -.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-v\fR 4 .IX Item "-v" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-V\fR 4 .IX Item "-V" -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" .PD Show the version number of \fBranlib\fR. -.IP "\fB\-D\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-D\fR 4 .IX Item "-D" Operate in \fIdeterministic\fR mode. The symbol map archive member's -header will show zero for the \s-1UID, GID,\s0 and timestamp. When this +header will show zero for the UID, GID, and timestamp. When this option is used, multiple runs will produce identical output files. .Sp If \fIbinutils\fR was configured with \&\fB\-\-enable\-deterministic\-archives\fR, then this mode is on by default. It can be disabled with the \fB\-U\fR option, described below. -.IP "\fB\-t\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-t\fR 4 .IX Item "-t" Update the timestamp of the symbol map of an archive. -.IP "\fB\-U\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-U\fR 4 .IX Item "-U" Do \fInot\fR operate in \fIdeterministic\fR mode. This is the inverse of the \fB\-D\fR option, above: the archive index will get -actual \s-1UID, GID,\s0 timestamp, and file mode values. +actual UID, GID, timestamp, and file mode values. .Sp If \fIbinutils\fR was configured \fIwithout\fR \&\fB\-\-enable\-deterministic\-archives\fR, then this mode is on by default. -.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB@\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "@file" Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR @@ -215,13 +137,13 @@ with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional .SH "SEE ALSO" .IX Header "SEE ALSO" \&\fBar\fR\|(1), \fBnm\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR. -.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright (c) 1991\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright (c) 1991\-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document -under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the -section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R". +section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/readelf.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/readelf.1 index 3a2b694c..433fded9 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/readelf.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/readelf.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,79 +52,17 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "READELF 1" -.TH READELF 1 "2023-06-27" "binutils-2.40" "GNU Development Tools" +.TH READELF 1 2024-04-08 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME readelf \- display information about ELF files -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" readelf [\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-\-all\fR] [\fB\-h\fR|\fB\-\-file\-header\fR] @@ -156,6 +78,7 @@ readelf [\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-\-all\fR] [\fB\-\-quiet\fR] [\fB\-\-recurse\-limit\fR|\fB\-\-no\-recurse\-limit\fR] [\fB\-U\fR \fImethod\fR|\fB\-\-unicode=\fR\fImethod\fR] + [\fB\-X\fR|\fB\-\-extra\-sym\-info\fR|\fB\-\-no\-extra\-sym\-info\fR] [\fB\-n\fR|\fB\-\-notes\fR] [\fB\-r\fR|\fB\-\-relocs\fR] [\fB\-u\fR|\fB\-\-unwind\fR] @@ -189,27 +112,27 @@ readelf [\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-\-all\fR] [\fB\-T\fR|\fB\-\-silent\-truncation\fR] [\fB\-H\fR|\fB\-\-help\fR] \fIelffile\fR... -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" -\&\fBreadelf\fR displays information about one or more \s-1ELF\s0 format object +\&\fBreadelf\fR displays information about one or more ELF format object files. The options control what particular information to display. .PP \&\fIelffile\fR... are the object files to be examined. 32\-bit and -64\-bit \s-1ELF\s0 files are supported, as are archives containing \s-1ELF\s0 files. +64\-bit ELF files are supported, as are archives containing ELF files. .PP This program performs a similar function to \fBobjdump\fR but it -goes into more detail and it exists independently of the \s-1BFD\s0 -library, so if there is a bug in \s-1BFD\s0 then readelf will not be +goes into more detail and it exists independently of the BFD +library, so if there is a bug in BFD then readelf will not be affected. -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are equivalent. At least one option besides \fB\-v\fR or \fB\-H\fR must be given. -.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-a\fR 4 .IX Item "-a" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-all\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-all\fR 4 .IX Item "--all" .PD Equivalent to specifying \fB\-\-file\-header\fR, @@ -221,58 +144,58 @@ Equivalent to specifying \fB\-\-file\-header\fR, Note \- this option does not enable \fB\-\-use\-dynamic\fR itself, so if that option is not present on the command line then dynamic symbols and dynamic relocs will not be displayed. -.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-h\fR 4 .IX Item "-h" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-file\-header\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-file\-header\fR 4 .IX Item "--file-header" .PD -Displays the information contained in the \s-1ELF\s0 header at the start of the +Displays the information contained in the ELF header at the start of the file. -.IP "\fB\-l\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-l\fR 4 .IX Item "-l" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-program\-headers\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-program\-headers\fR 4 .IX Item "--program-headers" -.IP "\fB\-\-segments\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-segments\fR 4 .IX Item "--segments" .PD Displays the information contained in the file's segment headers, if it has any. -.IP "\fB\-\-quiet\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-quiet\fR 4 .IX Item "--quiet" -Suppress \*(L"no symbols\*(R" diagnostic. -.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4 +Suppress "no symbols" diagnostic. +.IP \fB\-S\fR 4 .IX Item "-S" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-sections\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sections\fR 4 .IX Item "--sections" -.IP "\fB\-\-section\-headers\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-section\-headers\fR 4 .IX Item "--section-headers" .PD Displays the information contained in the file's section headers, if it has any. -.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-g\fR 4 .IX Item "-g" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-section\-groups\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-section\-groups\fR 4 .IX Item "--section-groups" .PD Displays the information contained in the file's section groups, if it has any. -.IP "\fB\-t\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-t\fR 4 .IX Item "-t" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-section\-details\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-section\-details\fR 4 .IX Item "--section-details" .PD Displays the detailed section information. Implies \fB\-S\fR. -.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-s\fR 4 .IX Item "-s" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-symbols\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-symbols\fR 4 .IX Item "--symbols" -.IP "\fB\-\-syms\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-syms\fR 4 .IX Item "--syms" .PD Displays the entries in symbol table section of the file, if it has one. @@ -283,15 +206,15 @@ symbol name, preceded by an @ character. For example when resolving unversioned references to the symbol then it is displayed as a suffix preceded by two @ characters. For example \&\fBfoo@@VER_2\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-dyn\-syms\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dyn\-syms\fR 4 .IX Item "--dyn-syms" Displays the entries in dynamic symbol table section of the file, if it has one. The output format is the same as the format used by the \&\fB\-\-syms\fR option. -.IP "\fB\-\-lto\-syms\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-lto\-syms\fR 4 .IX Item "--lto-syms" -Displays the contents of any \s-1LTO\s0 symbol tables in the file. -.IP "\fB\-\-sym\-base=[0|8|10|16]\fR" 4 +Displays the contents of any LTO symbol tables in the file. +.IP \fB\-\-sym\-base=[0|8|10|16]\fR 4 .IX Item "--sym-base=[0|8|10|16]" Forces the size field of the symbol table to use the given base. Any unrecognized options will be treated as \fB0\fR. \fB\-\-sym\-base=0\fR @@ -302,28 +225,28 @@ will be used with a 0x prefix. \&\fB\-\-sym\-base=10\fR will always give the symbol sizes in decimal. \&\fB\-\-sym\-base=16\fR will always give the symbol sizes in hexadecimal with a 0x prefix. -.IP "\fB\-C\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-C\fR 4 .IX Item "-C" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-demangle[=\fR\fIstyle\fR\fB]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-demangle[=\fR\fIstyle\fR\fB]\fR 4 .IX Item "--demangle[=style]" .PD Decode (\fIdemangle\fR) low-level symbol names into user-level names. -This makes \*(C+ function names readable. Different compilers have +This makes C++ function names readable. Different compilers have different mangling styles. The optional demangling style argument can be used to choose an appropriate demangling style for your compiler. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-demangle\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-demangle\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-demangle" Do not demangle low-level symbol names. This is the default. -.IP "\fB\-\-recurse\-limit\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-recurse\-limit\fR 4 .IX Item "--recurse-limit" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-recurse\-limit\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-recurse\-limit\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-recurse-limit" -.IP "\fB\-\-recursion\-limit\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-recursion\-limit\fR 4 .IX Item "--recursion-limit" -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-recursion\-limit\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-recursion\-limit\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-recursion-limit" .PD Enables or disables a limit on the amount of recursion performed @@ -340,13 +263,13 @@ possible and any bug reports about such an event will be rejected. .IP "\fB\-U\fR \fI[d|i|l|e|x|h]\fR" 4 .IX Item "-U [d|i|l|e|x|h]" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-unicode=[default|invalid|locale|escape|hex|highlight]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-unicode=[default|invalid|locale|escape|hex|highlight]\fR 4 .IX Item "--unicode=[default|invalid|locale|escape|hex|highlight]" .PD Controls the display of non-ASCII characters in identifier names. The default (\fB\-\-unicode=locale\fR or \fB\-\-unicode=default\fR) is to treat them as multibyte characters and display them in the current -locale. All other versions of this option treat the bytes as \s-1UTF\-8\s0 +locale. All other versions of this option treat the bytes as UTF\-8 encoded values and attempt to interpret them. If they cannot be interpreted or if the \fB\-\-unicode=invalid\fR option is used then they are displayed as a sequence of hex bytes, encloses in curly @@ -362,67 +285,84 @@ unicode escape sequences but it will also highlighted them in red, assuming that colouring is supported by the output device. The colouring is intended to draw attention to the presence of unicode sequences when they might not be expected. -.IP "\fB\-e\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-X\fR 4 +.IX Item "-X" +.PD 0 +.IP \fB\-\-extra\-sym\-info\fR 4 +.IX Item "--extra-sym-info" +.PD +When displaying details of symbols, include extra information not +normally presented. Currently this just adds the name of the section +referenced by the symbol's index field, if there is one. In the +future more information may be displayed when this option is enabled. +.Sp +Enabling this option effectively enables the \fB\-\-wide\fR option as +well, at least when displaying symbol information. +.IP \fB\-\-no\-extra\-sym\-info\fR 4 +.IX Item "--no-extra-sym-info" +Disables the effect of the \fB\-\-extra\-sym\-info\fR option. This +is the default. +.IP \fB\-e\fR 4 .IX Item "-e" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-headers\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-headers\fR 4 .IX Item "--headers" .PD Display all the headers in the file. Equivalent to \fB\-h \-l \-S\fR. -.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-n\fR 4 .IX Item "-n" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-notes\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-notes\fR 4 .IX Item "--notes" .PD -Displays the contents of the \s-1NOTE\s0 segments and/or sections, if any. -.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4 +Displays the contents of the NOTE segments and/or sections, if any. +.IP \fB\-r\fR 4 .IX Item "-r" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-relocs\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-relocs\fR 4 .IX Item "--relocs" .PD Displays the contents of the file's relocation section, if it has one. -.IP "\fB\-u\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-u\fR 4 .IX Item "-u" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-unwind\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-unwind\fR 4 .IX Item "--unwind" .PD Displays the contents of the file's unwind section, if it has one. Only -the unwind sections for \s-1IA64 ELF\s0 files, as well as \s-1ARM\s0 unwind tables +the unwind sections for IA64 ELF files, as well as ARM unwind tables (\f(CW\*(C`.ARM.exidx\*(C'\fR / \f(CW\*(C`.ARM.extab\*(C'\fR) are currently supported. If support is not yet implemented for your architecture you could try dumping the contents of the \fI.eh_frames\fR section using the \&\fB\-\-debug\-dump=frames\fR or \fB\-\-debug\-dump=frames\-interp\fR options. -.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-d\fR 4 .IX Item "-d" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dynamic\fR 4 .IX Item "--dynamic" .PD Displays the contents of the file's dynamic section, if it has one. -.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-V\fR 4 .IX Item "-V" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-version\-info\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\-info\fR 4 .IX Item "--version-info" .PD Displays the contents of the version sections in the file, it they exist. -.IP "\fB\-A\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-A\fR 4 .IX Item "-A" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-arch\-specific\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-arch\-specific\fR 4 .IX Item "--arch-specific" .PD Displays architecture-specific information in the file, if there is any. -.IP "\fB\-D\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-D\fR 4 .IX Item "-D" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-use\-dynamic\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-use\-dynamic\fR 4 .IX Item "--use-dynamic" .PD When displaying symbols, this option makes \fBreadelf\fR use the @@ -431,12 +371,12 @@ symbol table sections. .Sp When displaying relocations, this option makes \fBreadelf\fR display the dynamic relocations rather than the static relocations. -.IP "\fB\-L\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-L\fR 4 .IX Item "-L" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-lint\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-lint\fR 4 .IX Item "--lint" -.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-checks\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-enable\-checks\fR 4 .IX Item "--enable-checks" .PD Displays warning messages about possible problems with the file(s) @@ -473,31 +413,31 @@ before they are displayed. Displays the contents of the indicated section as printable strings. A number identifies a particular section by index in the section table; any other string identifies all sections with that name in the object file. -.IP "\fB\-z\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-z\fR 4 .IX Item "-z" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-decompress\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-decompress\fR 4 .IX Item "--decompress" .PD Requests that the section(s) being dumped by \fBx\fR, \fBR\fR or \&\fBp\fR options are decompressed before being displayed. If the section(s) are not compressed then they are displayed as is. -.IP "\fB\-c\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-c\fR 4 .IX Item "-c" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-archive\-index\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-archive\-index\fR 4 .IX Item "--archive-index" .PD Displays the file symbol index information contained in the header part of binary archives. Performs the same function as the \fBt\fR -command to \fBar\fR, but without using the \s-1BFD\s0 library. -.IP "\fB\-w[lLiaprmfFsOoRtUuTgAckK]\fR" 4 +command to \fBar\fR, but without using the BFD library. +.IP \fB\-w[lLiaprmfFsOoRtUuTgAckK]\fR 4 .IX Item "-w[lLiaprmfFsOoRtUuTgAckK]" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-debug\-dump[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames\-interp,=str,=str\-offsets,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges,=gdb_index,=addr,=cu_index,=links,=follow\-links]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-debug\-dump[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames\-interp,=str,=str\-offsets,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges,=gdb_index,=addr,=cu_index,=links,=follow\-links]\fR 4 .IX Item "--debug-dump[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames-interp,=str,=str-offsets,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges,=gdb_index,=addr,=cu_index,=links,=follow-links]" .PD -Displays the contents of the \s-1DWARF\s0 debug sections in the file, if any +Displays the contents of the DWARF debug sections in the file, if any are present. Compressed debug sections are automatically decompressed (temporarily) before they are displayed. If one or more of the optional letters or words follows the switch then only those type(s) @@ -505,78 +445,78 @@ of data will be dumped. The letters and words refer to the following information: .RS 4 .ie n .IP """a""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWa\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWa\fR 4 .IX Item "a" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=abbrev""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=abbrev\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=abbrev\fR 4 .IX Item "=abbrev" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.debug_abbrev\fR section. .ie n .IP """A""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWA\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWA\fR 4 .IX Item "A" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=addr""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=addr\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=addr\fR 4 .IX Item "=addr" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.debug_addr\fR section. .ie n .IP """c""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWc\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWc\fR 4 .IX Item "c" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=cu_index""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=cu_index\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=cu_index\fR 4 .IX Item "=cu_index" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.debug_cu_index\fR and/or \&\fB.debug_tu_index\fR sections. .ie n .IP """f""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWf\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWf\fR 4 .IX Item "f" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=frames""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=frames\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=frames\fR 4 .IX Item "=frames" .PD Display the raw contents of a \fB.debug_frame\fR section. .ie n .IP """F""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWF\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWF\fR 4 .IX Item "F" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=frames\-interp""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=frames\-interp\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=frames\-interp\fR 4 .IX Item "=frames-interp" .PD Display the interpreted contents of a \fB.debug_frame\fR section. .ie n .IP """g""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWg\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWg\fR 4 .IX Item "g" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=gdb_index""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=gdb_index\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=gdb_index\fR 4 .IX Item "=gdb_index" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.gdb_index\fR and/or \&\fB.debug_names\fR sections. .ie n .IP """i""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWi\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWi\fR 4 .IX Item "i" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=info""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=info\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=info\fR 4 .IX Item "=info" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.debug_info\fR section. Note: the output from this option can also be restricted by the use of the \&\fB\-\-dwarf\-depth\fR and \fB\-\-dwarf\-start\fR options. .ie n .IP """k""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWk\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWk\fR 4 .IX Item "k" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=links""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=links\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=links\fR 4 .IX Item "=links" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.gnu_debuglink\fR, @@ -585,11 +525,11 @@ them are present. Also displays any links to separate dwarf object files (dwo), if they are specified by the DW_AT_GNU_dwo_name or DW_AT_dwo_name attributes in the \fB.debug_info\fR section. .ie n .IP """K""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWK\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWK\fR 4 .IX Item "K" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=follow\-links""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=follow\-links\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=follow\-links\fR 4 .IX Item "=follow-links" .PD Display the contents of any selected debug sections that are found in @@ -597,7 +537,7 @@ linked, separate debug info file(s). This can result in multiple versions of the same debug section being displayed if it exists in more than one file. .Sp -In addition, when displaying \s-1DWARF\s0 attributes, if a form is found that +In addition, when displaying DWARF attributes, if a form is found that references the separate debug info file, then the referenced contents will also be displayed. .Sp @@ -610,160 +550,160 @@ used then the default is to enable the following of debug links. .Sp Note \- if support for the debuginfod protocol was enabled when the binutils were built then this option will also include an attempt to -contact any debuginfod servers mentioned in the \fI\s-1DEBUGINFOD_URLS\s0\fR +contact any debuginfod servers mentioned in the \fIDEBUGINFOD_URLS\fR environment variable. This could take some time to resolve. This behaviour can be disabled via the \fB=do\-not\-use\-debuginfod\fR debug option. .ie n .IP """N""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWN\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWN\fR 4 .IX Item "N" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=no\-follow\-links""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=no\-follow\-links\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=no\-follow\-links\fR 4 .IX Item "=no-follow-links" .PD Disables the following of links to separate debug info files. .ie n .IP """D""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWD\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWD\fR 4 .IX Item "D" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=use\-debuginfod""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=use\-debuginfod\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=use\-debuginfod\fR 4 .IX Item "=use-debuginfod" .PD Enables contacting debuginfod servers if there is a need to follow debug links. This is the default behaviour. .ie n .IP """E""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWE\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWE\fR 4 .IX Item "E" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=do\-not\-use\-debuginfod""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=do\-not\-use\-debuginfod\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=do\-not\-use\-debuginfod\fR 4 .IX Item "=do-not-use-debuginfod" .PD Disables contacting debuginfod servers when there is a need to follow debug links. .ie n .IP """l""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWl\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWl\fR 4 .IX Item "l" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=rawline""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=rawline\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=rawline\fR 4 .IX Item "=rawline" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.debug_line\fR section in a raw format. .ie n .IP """L""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWL\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWL\fR 4 .IX Item "L" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=decodedline""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=decodedline\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=decodedline\fR 4 .IX Item "=decodedline" .PD Displays the interpreted contents of the \fB.debug_line\fR section. .ie n .IP """m""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWm\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWm\fR 4 .IX Item "m" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=macro""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=macro\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=macro\fR 4 .IX Item "=macro" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.debug_macro\fR and/or \&\fB.debug_macinfo\fR sections. .ie n .IP """o""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWo\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWo\fR 4 .IX Item "o" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=loc""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=loc\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=loc\fR 4 .IX Item "=loc" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.debug_loc\fR and/or \&\fB.debug_loclists\fR sections. .ie n .IP """O""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWO\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWO\fR 4 .IX Item "O" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=str\-offsets""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=str\-offsets\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=str\-offsets\fR 4 .IX Item "=str-offsets" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.debug_str_offsets\fR section. .ie n .IP """p""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWp\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWp\fR 4 .IX Item "p" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=pubnames""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=pubnames\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=pubnames\fR 4 .IX Item "=pubnames" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.debug_pubnames\fR and/or \&\fB.debug_gnu_pubnames\fR sections. .ie n .IP """r""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWr\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWr\fR 4 .IX Item "r" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=aranges""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=aranges\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=aranges\fR 4 .IX Item "=aranges" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.debug_aranges\fR section. .ie n .IP """R""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWR\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWR\fR 4 .IX Item "R" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=Ranges""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=Ranges\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=Ranges\fR 4 .IX Item "=Ranges" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.debug_ranges\fR and/or \&\fB.debug_rnglists\fR sections. .ie n .IP """s""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWs\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWs\fR 4 .IX Item "s" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=str""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=str\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=str\fR 4 .IX Item "=str" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.debug_str\fR, \fB.debug_line_str\fR and/or \fB.debug_str_offsets\fR sections. .ie n .IP """t""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWt\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWt\fR 4 .IX Item "t" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=pubtype""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=pubtype\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=pubtype\fR 4 .IX Item "=pubtype" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.debug_pubtypes\fR and/or \&\fB.debug_gnu_pubtypes\fR sections. .ie n .IP """T""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWT\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWT\fR 4 .IX Item "T" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=trace_aranges""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=trace_aranges\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=trace_aranges\fR 4 .IX Item "=trace_aranges" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.trace_aranges\fR section. .ie n .IP """u""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWu\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWu\fR 4 .IX Item "u" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=trace_abbrev""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=trace_abbrev\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=trace_abbrev\fR 4 .IX Item "=trace_abbrev" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.trace_abbrev\fR section. .ie n .IP """U""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWU\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWU\fR 4 .IX Item "U" .PD 0 .ie n .IP """=trace_info""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW=trace_info\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CW=trace_info\fR 4 .IX Item "=trace_info" .PD Displays the contents of the \fB.trace_info\fR section. @@ -774,7 +714,7 @@ Note: displaying the contents of \fB.debug_static_funcs\fR, \&\fB.debug_static_vars\fR and \fBdebug_weaknames\fR sections is not currently supported. .RE -.IP "\fB\-\-dwarf\-depth=\fR\fIn\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dwarf\-depth=\fR\fIn\fR 4 .IX Item "--dwarf-depth=n" Limit the dump of the \f(CW\*(C`.debug_info\*(C'\fR section to \fIn\fR children. This is only useful with \fB\-\-debug\-dump=info\fR. The default is @@ -783,86 +723,86 @@ effect. .Sp With a non-zero value for \fIn\fR, DIEs at or deeper than \fIn\fR levels will not be printed. The range for \fIn\fR is zero-based. -.IP "\fB\-\-dwarf\-start=\fR\fIn\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dwarf\-start=\fR\fIn\fR 4 .IX Item "--dwarf-start=n" -Print only DIEs beginning with the \s-1DIE\s0 numbered \fIn\fR. This is only +Print only DIEs beginning with the DIE numbered \fIn\fR. This is only useful with \fB\-\-debug\-dump=info\fR. .Sp If specified, this option will suppress printing of any header -information and all DIEs before the \s-1DIE\s0 numbered \fIn\fR. Only -siblings and children of the specified \s-1DIE\s0 will be printed. +information and all DIEs before the DIE numbered \fIn\fR. Only +siblings and children of the specified DIE will be printed. .Sp This can be used in conjunction with \fB\-\-dwarf\-depth\fR. -.IP "\fB\-P\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-P\fR 4 .IX Item "-P" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-process\-links\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-process\-links\fR 4 .IX Item "--process-links" .PD Display the contents of non-debug sections found in separate debuginfo files that are linked to the main file. This option automatically implies the \fB\-wK\fR option, and only sections requested by other command line options will be displayed. -.IP "\fB\-\-ctf[=\fR\fIsection\fR\fB]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ctf[=\fR\fIsection\fR\fB]\fR 4 .IX Item "--ctf[=section]" -Display the contents of the specified \s-1CTF\s0 section. \s-1CTF\s0 sections themselves +Display the contents of the specified CTF section. CTF sections themselves contain many subsections, all of which are displayed in order. .Sp By default, display the name of the section named \fI.ctf\fR, which is the name emitted by \fBld\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-ctf\-parent=\fR\fImember\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ctf\-parent=\fR\fImember\fR 4 .IX Item "--ctf-parent=member" -If the \s-1CTF\s0 section contains ambiguously-defined types, it will consist -of an archive of many \s-1CTF\s0 dictionaries, all inheriting from one +If the CTF section contains ambiguously-defined types, it will consist +of an archive of many CTF dictionaries, all inheriting from one dictionary containing unambiguous types. This member is by default named \fI.ctf\fR, like the section containing it, but it is possible to change this name using the \f(CW\*(C`ctf_link_set_memb_name_changer\*(C'\fR -function at link time. When looking at \s-1CTF\s0 archives that have been +function at link time. When looking at CTF archives that have been created by a linker that uses the name changer to rename the parent archive member, \fB\-\-ctf\-parent\fR can be used to specify the name used for the parent. -.IP "\fB\-\-ctf\-symbols=\fR\fIsection\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ctf\-symbols=\fR\fIsection\fR 4 .IX Item "--ctf-symbols=section" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-ctf\-strings=\fR\fIsection\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ctf\-strings=\fR\fIsection\fR 4 .IX Item "--ctf-strings=section" .PD -Specify the name of another section from which the \s-1CTF\s0 file can inherit +Specify the name of another section from which the CTF file can inherit strings and symbols. By default, the \f(CW\*(C`.symtab\*(C'\fR and its linked string table are used. .Sp If either of \fB\-\-ctf\-symbols\fR or \fB\-\-ctf\-strings\fR is specified, the other must be specified as well. -.IP "\fB\-I\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-I\fR 4 .IX Item "-I" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-histogram\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-histogram\fR 4 .IX Item "--histogram" .PD Display a histogram of bucket list lengths when displaying the contents of the symbol tables. -.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-v\fR 4 .IX Item "-v" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" .PD Display the version number of readelf. -.IP "\fB\-W\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-W\fR 4 .IX Item "-W" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-wide\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-wide\fR 4 .IX Item "--wide" .PD Don't break output lines to fit into 80 columns. By default \&\fBreadelf\fR breaks section header and segment listing lines for -64\-bit \s-1ELF\s0 files, so that they fit into 80 columns. This option causes +64\-bit ELF files, so that they fit into 80 columns. This option causes \&\fBreadelf\fR to print each section header resp. each segment one a single line, which is far more readable on terminals wider than 80 columns. -.IP "\fB\-T\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-T\fR 4 .IX Item "-T" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-silent\-truncation\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-silent\-truncation\fR 4 .IX Item "--silent-truncation" .PD Normally when readelf is displaying a symbol name, and it has to @@ -871,14 +811,14 @@ suffix of \f(CW\*(C`[...]\*(C'\fR to the name. This command line option disables this behaviour, allowing 5 more characters of the name to be displayed and restoring the old behaviour of readelf (prior to release 2.35). -.IP "\fB\-H\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-H\fR 4 .IX Item "-H" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" .PD Display the command-line options understood by \fBreadelf\fR. -.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB@\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "@file" Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR @@ -894,13 +834,13 @@ with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional .SH "SEE ALSO" .IX Header "SEE ALSO" \&\fBobjdump\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR. -.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright (c) 1991\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright (c) 1991\-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document -under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the -section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R". +section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/readlink.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/readlink.1 index 7954297f..5ed05fbd 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/readlink.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/readlink.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH READLINK "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH READLINK "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME readlink \- print resolved symbolic links or canonical file names .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/realpath.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/realpath.1 index d32a09f5..152955fd 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/realpath.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/realpath.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH REALPATH "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH REALPATH "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME realpath \- print the resolved path .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/recode-sr-latin.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/recode-sr-latin.1 index 3a6a9ae6..560dbe8e 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/recode-sr-latin.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/recode-sr-latin.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH RECODE-SR-LATIN "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH RECODE-SR-LATIN "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME recode-sr-latin \- convert Serbian text from Cyrillic to Latin script .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Written by Danilo Segan and Bruno Haible. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2006\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2006\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/rm.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/rm.1 index 4e016c62..97788d53 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/rm.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/rm.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH RM "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH RM "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME rm \- remove files or directories .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/rmdir.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/rmdir.1 index f56f6335..2b1722ba 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/rmdir.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/rmdir.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH RMDIR "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH RMDIR "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME rmdir \- remove empty directories .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -11,12 +11,11 @@ rmdir \- remove empty directories Remove the DIRECTORY(ies), if they are empty. .TP \fB\-\-ignore\-fail\-on\-non\-empty\fR -ignore each failure that is solely because a directory -is non\-empty +ignore each failure to remove a non\-empty directory .TP \fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-parents\fR -remove DIRECTORY and its ancestors; e.g., 'rmdir \fB\-p\fR a/b/c' -is similar to 'rmdir a/b/c a/b a' +remove DIRECTORY and its ancestors; +e.g., 'rmdir \fB\-p\fR a/b' is similar to 'rmdir a/b a' .TP \fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR output a diagnostic for every directory processed @@ -33,7 +32,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/rsync-ssl.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/rsync-ssl.1 index c7f5ad1b..1f12489f 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/rsync-ssl.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/rsync-ssl.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "rsync-ssl" "1" "20 Oct 2022" "rsync-ssl from rsync 3.2.7" "User Commands" +.TH "rsync-ssl" "1" "6 Apr 2024" "rsync-ssl from rsync 3.3.0" "User Commands" .\" prefix=/usr .P .SH "NAME" @@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ rsync-ssl [--type=SSL_TYPE] RSYNC_ARGS .fi .P The online version of this manpage (that includes cross-linking of topics) -is available at https://download.samba.org/pub/rsync/rsync-ssl.1. +is available at +.UR https://download.samba.org/pub/rsync/rsync-ssl.1 +.UE . .P .SH "DESCRIPTION" .P @@ -122,18 +124,23 @@ exported RSYNC_SSL_TYPE environment variable to make its use the default. .P .SH "BUGS" .P -Please report bugs! See the web site at https://rsync.samba.org/. +Please report bugs! See the web site at +.UR https://rsync.samba.org/ +.UE . .P .SH "VERSION" .P -This manpage is current for version 3.2.7 of rsync. +This manpage is current for version 3.3.0 of rsync. .P .SH "CREDITS" .P Rsync is distributed under the GNU General Public License. See the file COPYING for details. .P -A web site is available at https://rsync.samba.org/. The site includes an +A web site is available at +.UR https://rsync.samba.org/ +.UE . +The site includes an FAQ-O-Matic which may cover questions unanswered by this manual page. .P .SH "AUTHOR" @@ -141,4 +148,5 @@ FAQ-O-Matic which may cover questions unanswered by this manual page. This manpage was written by Wayne Davison. .P Mailing lists for support and development are available at -https://lists.samba.org/. +.UR https://lists.samba.org/ +.UE . diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/rsync.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/rsync.1 index 0dcb1a6e..49efe449 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/rsync.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/rsync.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "rsync" "1" "20 Oct 2022" "rsync 3.2.7" "User Commands" +.TH "rsync" "1" "6 Apr 2024" "rsync 3.3.0" "User Commands" .\" prefix=/usr .P .SH "NAME" @@ -30,7 +30,9 @@ Usages with just one SRC arg and no DEST arg will list the source files instead of copying. .P The online version of this manpage (that includes cross-linking of topics) -is available at https://download.samba.org/pub/rsync/rsync.1. +is available at +.UR https://download.samba.org/pub/rsync/rsync.1 +.UE . .P .SH "DESCRIPTION" .P @@ -306,7 +308,7 @@ to be copied to different destination directories using more than one copy. .P While a copy of a case-ignoring filesystem to a case-ignoring filesystem can work out fairly well, if no \fB\-\-delete-during\fP or \fB\-\-delete-before\fP option is -active, rsync can potentially update an existing file on the receiveing side +active, rsync can potentially update an existing file on the receiving side without noticing that the upper-/lower-case of the filename should be changed to match the sender. .P @@ -1739,7 +1741,9 @@ mounted to avoid updating the atime on read access even without the O_NOATIME flag being set. .IP "\fB\-\-crtimes\fP, \fB\-N,\fP" This tells rsync to set the create times (newness) of the destination -files to the same value as the source files. +files to the same value as the source files. Your OS & filesystem must +support the setting of arbitrary creation (birth) times for this option +to be supported. .IP "\fB\-\-omit-dir-times\fP, \fB\-O\fP" This tells rsync to omit directories when it is preserving modification, access, and create times. If NFS is sharing the directories on the receiving @@ -2164,7 +2168,8 @@ memory. It is a sanity-check value for each individual allocation. See the \fB\-\-max-size\fP option for a description of how SIZE can be specified. The default suffix if none is given is bytes. .IP -Beginning in 3.2.3, a value of 0 specifies no limit. +Beginning in 3.2.7, a value of 0 is an easy way to specify SIZE_MAX (the +largest limit possible). .IP You can set a default value using the environment variable \fBRSYNC_MAX_ALLOC\fP using the same SIZE values as supported by this @@ -5011,11 +5016,13 @@ File permissions, devices, etc. are transferred as native numerical values. .IP o See also the comments on the \fB\-\-delete\fP option. .P -Please report bugs! See the web site at https://rsync.samba.org/. +Please report bugs! See the web site at +.UR https://rsync.samba.org/ +.UE . .P .SH "VERSION" .P -This manpage is current for version 3.2.7 of rsync. +This manpage is current for version 3.3.0 of rsync. .P .SH "INTERNAL OPTIONS" .P @@ -5031,14 +5038,22 @@ that can be used with a restricted ssh login. Rsync is distributed under the GNU General Public License. See the file COPYING for details. .P -An rsync web site is available at https://rsync.samba.org/. The site +An rsync web site is available at +.UR https://rsync.samba.org/ +.UE . +The site includes an FAQ-O-Matic which may cover questions unanswered by this manual page. .P -The rsync github project is https://github.com/WayneD/rsync. +The rsync github project is +.UR https://github.com/WayneD/rsync +.UE . .P We would be delighted to hear from you if you like this program. Please -contact the mailing-list at rsync@lists.samba.org. +contact the mailing-list at +.UR mailto:rsync@lists.samba.org +rsync@lists.samba.org +.UE . .P This program uses the excellent zlib compression library written by Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler. @@ -5059,4 +5074,5 @@ people have later contributed to it. It is currently maintained by Wayne Davison. .P Mailing lists for support and development are available at -https://lists.samba.org/. +.UR https://lists.samba.org/ +.UE . diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/runcon.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/runcon.1 index f05aeac8..8380026e 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/runcon.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/runcon.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH RUNCON "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH RUNCON "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME runcon \- run command with specified security context .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -49,6 +49,19 @@ display this help and exit .TP \fB\-\-version\fR output version information and exit +.SS "Exit status:" +.TP +125 +if the runcon command itself fails +.TP +126 +if COMMAND is found but cannot be invoked +.TP +127 +if COMMAND cannot be found +.TP +\- +the exit status of COMMAND otherwise .SH AUTHOR Written by Russell Coker. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" @@ -56,7 +69,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/scanimage.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/scanimage.1 index 32319e34..82fd53af 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/scanimage.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/scanimage.1 @@ -4,36 +4,32 @@ scanimage \- scan an image .SH SYNOPSIS .B scanimage -.RB [ \-d | \-\-device\-name +.RB [ \-d .IR dev ] -.RB [ \-\-format -.IR format ] -.RB [ \-i | \-\-icc\-profile +.RB [ \-\-format\fI=output-format ] +.RB [ \-i .IR profile ] -.RB [ \-L | \-\-list\-devices ] -.RB [ \-f | \-\-formatted\-device\-list -.IR format ] -.RB [ \-b | \-\-batch +.RB [ \-L ] +.RB [ \-f +.IR device-format ] +.RB [ \-b .RI [ format ]] -.RB [ \-\-batch\-start -.IR start ] -.RB [ \-\-batch\-count -.IR count ] -.RB [ \-\-batch\-increment -.IR increment ] +.RB [ \-\-batch\-start\fI=start ] +.RB [ \-\-batch\-count\fI=count ] +.RB [ \-\-batch\-increment\fI=increment ] .RB [ \-\-batch\-double ] .RB [ \-\-accept\-md5\-only ] -.RB [ \-p | \-\-progress ] -.RB [ \-o | \-\-output-file +.RB [ \-p] +.RB [ \-o .IR path ] -.RB [ \-n | \-\-dont\-scan ] -.RB [ \-T | \-\-test ] -.RB [ \-A | \-\-all-options ] -.RB [ \-h | \-\-help ] -.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ] -.RB [ \-B | \-\-buffer-size -.RI [= size ]] -.RB [ \-V | \-\-version ] +.RB [ \-n ] +.RB [ \-T ] +.RB [ \-A ] +.RB [ \-h ] +.RB [ \-v ] +.RB [ \-B +.RI size ] +.RB [ \-V ] .RI [ device\-specific\-options ] .SH DESCRIPTION .B scanimage @@ -96,9 +92,9 @@ control of the backend code. .PP Parameters are separated by a blank from single-character options (e.g. -.BI "\-d " epson ) +.BI "\-d " epson \fR) and by a "=" from multi-character options (e.g. -.BR \-\-device\-name =\fIepson\FR ). +.BR \-\-device\-name =\fIepson \fR). .TP .BR \-d "\fI dev\fR, " \-\-device\-name =\fIdev\fR @@ -117,12 +113,12 @@ If this variable is not set, will attempt to open the first available device. .TP -.BR \-\-format =\fIformat\fR +.BR \-\-format =\fIoutput-format\fR selects how image data is written to standard output or the file specified by the .B \-\-output\-file option. -.I format +.I output-format can be .BR pnm , .BR tiff , @@ -150,8 +146,8 @@ by its full device name. You may need to consult your system administrator to find out the names of such devices. .TP -.BR \-f "\fI format\fR, " \-\-formatted\-device\-list =\fIformat\fR -works similar to +.BR \-f "\fI format\fR, " \-\-formatted\-device\-list =\fIdevice-format\fR +works similarly to .BR \-\-list\-devices , but requires a format string. .B scanimage @@ -232,7 +228,7 @@ is a specific command provided to aid this. .B \-\-batch\-double will automatically set the increment to 2. Equivalent to -.BR \-\-batch\-increment =2 +.BR \-\-batch\-increment =2. .TP .B \-\-batch\-prompt @@ -301,17 +297,15 @@ standard output and no scan will be performed. .TP .BR \-v ", " \-\-verbose increases the verbosity of the output of -.B scanimage. +.BR scanimage . The option may be specified repeatedly, each time increasing the verbosity level. .TP -.BR \-B " [\fIsize\fR], " \-\-buffer\-size =[\fIsize\fR] -changes input buffer size from the default of 32KB to -.I size -KB. If +.BR \-B " [\fIsize\fR], " \-\-buffer\-size =\fIsize +changes input buffer size from the default of 1MB to .I size -is not specified then the buffer is set to 1 MB. +KB. .TP .BR \-V ", " \-\-version @@ -325,7 +319,7 @@ loads. If more information about the version numbers of the backends are necessary, the .B DEBUG variable for the dll layer can be used. Example: -.I "SANE_DEBUG_DLL=3 scanimage \-L" . +.IR "SANE_DEBUG_DLL=3 scanimage \-L" . .PP As you might imagine, much of the power of .B scanimage @@ -507,8 +501,8 @@ to 127 characters. .BR sane (7), .BR gamma4scanimage (1), .BR xscanimage (1), -.BR xcam (1) , -.BR xsane (1) , +.BR xcam (1), +.BR xsane (1), .BR scanadf (1), .BR sane\-dll (5), .BR sane\-net (5), diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sed.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sed.1 index 4af94ce0..9c248ef2 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sed.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sed.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SED "1" "November 2022" "GNU sed 4.9" "User Commands" +.TH SED "1" "April 2024" "GNU sed 4.9" "User Commands" .SH NAME sed \- stream editor for filtering and transforming text .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/seq.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/seq.1 index 09ff9127..f9f65c57 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/seq.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/seq.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SEQ "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH SEQ "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME seq \- print a sequence of numbers .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sha1sum.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sha1sum.1 index 9209d6a3..d399b146 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sha1sum.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sha1sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHA1SUM "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH SHA1SUM "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME sha1sum \- compute and check SHA1 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sha224sum.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sha224sum.1 index 3b6a4d74..3c0afe1e 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sha224sum.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sha224sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHA224SUM "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH SHA224SUM "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME sha224sum \- compute and check SHA224 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sha256sum.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sha256sum.1 index 27720419..0c846c16 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sha256sum.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sha256sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHA256SUM "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH SHA256SUM "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME sha256sum \- compute and check SHA256 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sha384sum.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sha384sum.1 index 03c38db4..d3f6c5e2 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sha384sum.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sha384sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHA384SUM "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH SHA384SUM "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME sha384sum \- compute and check SHA384 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sha512sum.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sha512sum.1 index 6e69d2ee..c1a00e93 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sha512sum.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sha512sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHA512SUM "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH SHA512SUM "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME sha512sum \- compute and check SHA512 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/shasum.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/shasum.1 index e47a9f8b..4d795e01 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/shasum.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/shasum.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "SHASUM 1" -.TH SHASUM 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH SHASUM 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/shred.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/shred.1 index 1ac0d992..11cf5502 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/shred.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/shred.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHRED "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH SHRED "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME shred \- overwrite a file to hide its contents, and optionally delete it .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/shuf.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/shuf.1 index 6593cd4b..42ed5998 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/shuf.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/shuf.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHUF "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH SHUF "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME shuf \- generate random permutations .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/size.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/size.1 index c6e64760..ce90a97d 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/size.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/size.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,79 +52,17 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "SIZE 1" -.TH SIZE 1 "2023-06-27" "binutils-2.40" "GNU Development Tools" +.TH SIZE 1 2024-04-08 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME size \- list section sizes and total size of binary files -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" size [\fB\-A\fR|\fB\-B\fR|\fB\-G\fR|\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIcompatibility\fR] [\fB\-\-help\fR] @@ -150,33 +72,33 @@ size [\fB\-A\fR|\fB\-B\fR|\fB\-G\fR|\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIcompatibility\fR] [\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR] [\fB\-f\fR] [\fIobjfile\fR...] -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" -The \s-1GNU\s0 \fBsize\fR utility lists the section sizes and the total +The GNU \fBsize\fR utility lists the section sizes and the total size for each of the binary files \fIobjfile\fR on its argument list. By default, one line of output is generated for each file or each module if the file is an archive. .PP \&\fIobjfile\fR... are the files to be examined. If none are specified, the file \f(CW\*(C`a.out\*(C'\fR will be used instead. -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" The command-line options have the following meanings: -.IP "\fB\-A\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-A\fR 4 .IX Item "-A" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-B\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-B\fR 4 .IX Item "-B" -.IP "\fB\-G\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-G\fR 4 .IX Item "-G" -.IP "\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIcompatibility\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-format=\fR\fIcompatibility\fR 4 .IX Item "--format=compatibility" .PD -Using one of these options, you can choose whether the output from \s-1GNU\s0 +Using one of these options, you can choose whether the output from GNU \&\fBsize\fR resembles output from System V \fBsize\fR (using \fB\-A\fR, or \fB\-\-format=sysv\fR), or Berkeley \fBsize\fR (using \fB\-B\fR, or \&\fB\-\-format=berkeley\fR). The default is the one-line format similar to -Berkeley's. Alternatively, you can choose the \s-1GNU\s0 format output +Berkeley's. Alternatively, you can choose the GNU format output (using \fB\-G\fR, or \fB\-\-format=gnu\fR), this is similar to Berkeley's output format, but sizes are counted differently. .Sp @@ -195,11 +117,11 @@ column, not in the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR column, the \f(CW\*(C`dec\*(C'\fR and columns both display the sum of the \f(CW\*(C`text\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR, and \&\f(CW\*(C`bss\*(C'\fR columns in decimal and hexadecimal respectively. .Sp -The \s-1GNU\s0 format counts read only data in the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR column, not +The GNU format counts read only data in the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR column, not the \f(CW\*(C`text\*(C'\fR column, and only displays the sum of the \f(CW\*(C`text\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`bss\*(C'\fR columns once, in the \f(CW\*(C`total\*(C'\fR column. The \fB\-\-radix\fR option can be used to change the number base for -all columns. Here is the same data displayed with \s-1GNU\s0 conventions: +all columns. Here is the same data displayed with GNU conventions: .Sp .Vb 4 \& $ size \-\-format=GNU ranlib size @@ -227,25 +149,25 @@ This is the same data, but displayed closer to System V conventions: \& .bss 11888 385024 \& Total 388688 .Ve -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-h\fR 4 .IX Item "-h" -.IP "\fB\-H\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-H\fR 4 .IX Item "-H" -.IP "\fB\-?\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-?\fR 4 .IX Item "-?" .PD Show a summary of acceptable arguments and options. -.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-d\fR 4 .IX Item "-d" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-o\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-o\fR 4 .IX Item "-o" -.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-x\fR 4 .IX Item "-x" -.IP "\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-radix=\fR\fInumber\fR 4 .IX Item "--radix=number" .PD Using one of these options, you can control whether the size of each @@ -255,36 +177,36 @@ section is given in decimal (\fB\-d\fR, or \fB\-\-radix=10\fR); octal values (8, 10, 16) are supported. The total size is always given in two radices; decimal and hexadecimal for \fB\-d\fR or \fB\-x\fR output, or octal and hexadecimal if you're using \fB\-o\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-common\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-common\fR 4 .IX Item "--common" Print total size of common symbols in each file. When using Berkeley -or \s-1GNU\s0 format these are included in the bss size. -.IP "\fB\-t\fR" 4 +or GNU format these are included in the bss size. +.IP \fB\-t\fR 4 .IX Item "-t" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-totals\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-totals\fR 4 .IX Item "--totals" .PD -Show totals of all objects listed (Berkeley or \s-1GNU\s0 format mode only). -.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4 +Show totals of all objects listed (Berkeley or GNU format mode only). +.IP \fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR 4 .IX Item "--target=bfdname" Specify that the object-code format for \fIobjfile\fR is \&\fIbfdname\fR. This option may not be necessary; \fBsize\fR can automatically recognize many formats. -.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-v\fR 4 .IX Item "-v" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-V\fR 4 .IX Item "-V" -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" .PD Display the version number of \fBsize\fR. -.IP "\fB\-f\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-f\fR 4 .IX Item "-f" Ignored. This option is used by other versions of the \fBsize\fR -program, but it is not supported by the \s-1GNU\s0 Binutils version. -.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +program, but it is not supported by the GNU Binutils version. +.IP \fB@\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "@file" Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR @@ -300,13 +222,13 @@ with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional .SH "SEE ALSO" .IX Header "SEE ALSO" \&\fBar\fR\|(1), \fBobjdump\fR\|(1), \fBreadelf\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR. -.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright (c) 1991\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright (c) 1991\-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document -under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the -section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R". +section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sleep.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sleep.1 index 9dd032e7..3cfa44fc 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sleep.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sleep.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SLEEP "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH SLEEP "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME sleep \- delay for a specified amount of time .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sort.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sort.1 index b5ec4766..01d3e996 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sort.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sort.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SORT "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH SORT "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME sort \- sort lines of text files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ which override global ordering options for that key. If no key is given, use the entire line as the key. Use \fB\-\-debug\fR to diagnose incorrect key usage. .PP SIZE may be followed by the following multiplicative suffixes: -% 1% of memory, b 1, K 1024 (default), and so on for M, G, T, P, E, Z, Y. +% 1% of memory, b 1, K 1024 (default), and so on for M, G, T, P, E, Z, Y, R, Q. .PP *** WARNING *** The locale specified by the environment affects sort order. @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/splain.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/splain.1 index 709d5726..70080570 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/splain.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/splain.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "SPLAIN 1" -.TH SPLAIN 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH SPLAIN 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/split.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/split.1 index f905c471..f5b71f6f 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/split.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/split.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SPLIT "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH SPLIT "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME split \- split a file into pieces .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ display this help and exit output version information and exit .PP The SIZE argument is an integer and optional unit (example: 10K is 10*1024). -Units are K,M,G,T,P,E,Z,Y (powers of 1024) or KB,MB,... (powers of 1000). +Units are K,M,G,T,P,E,Z,Y,R,Q (powers of 1024) or KB,MB,... (powers of 1000). Binary prefixes can be used, too: KiB=K, MiB=M, and so on. .SS "CHUNKS may be:" .TP @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/stat.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/stat.1 index d2c0f090..f61dde60 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/stat.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/stat.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH STAT "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH STAT "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME stat \- display file or file system status .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/stdbuf.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/stdbuf.1 index 8f39212c..e781ed1b 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/stdbuf.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/stdbuf.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH STDBUF "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH STDBUF "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME stdbuf \- Run COMMAND, with modified buffering operations for its standard streams. @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ This option is invalid with standard input. If MODE is '0' the corresponding stream will be unbuffered. .PP Otherwise MODE is a number which may be followed by one of the following: -KB 1000, K 1024, MB 1000*1000, M 1024*1024, and so on for G, T, P, E, Z, Y. +KB 1000, K 1024, MB 1000*1000, M 1024*1024, and so on for G,T,P,E,Z,Y,R,Q. Binary prefixes can be used, too: KiB=K, MiB=M, and so on. In this case the corresponding stream will be fully buffered with the buffer size set to MODE bytes. @@ -43,6 +43,19 @@ NOTE: If COMMAND adjusts the buffering of its standard streams ('tee' does for example) then that will override corresponding changes by 'stdbuf'. Also some filters (like 'dd' and 'cat' etc.) don't use streams for I/O, and are thus unaffected by 'stdbuf' settings. +.SS "Exit status:" +.TP +125 +if the stdbuf command itself fails +.TP +126 +if COMMAND is found but cannot be invoked +.TP +127 +if COMMAND cannot be found +.TP +\- +the exit status of COMMAND otherwise .SH EXAMPLES .B tail -f access.log | stdbuf -oL cut -d \(aq \(aq -f1 | uniq .br @@ -57,7 +70,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/streamzip.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/streamzip.1 index fed69aa1..09bcb037 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/streamzip.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/streamzip.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "STREAMZIP 1" -.TH STREAMZIP 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH STREAMZIP 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/strings.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/strings.1 index 44aadf6a..14f60695 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/strings.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/strings.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,79 +52,17 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "STRINGS 1" -.TH STRINGS 1 "2023-06-27" "binutils-2.40" "GNU Development Tools" +.TH STRINGS 1 2024-04-08 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME strings \- print the sequences of printable characters in files -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" strings [\fB\-afovV\fR] [\fB\-\fR\fImin-len\fR] [\fB\-n\fR \fImin-len\fR] [\fB\-\-bytes=\fR\fImin-len\fR] @@ -152,9 +74,9 @@ strings [\fB\-afovV\fR] [\fB\-\fR\fImin-len\fR] [\fB\-w\fR] [\fB\-\-include\-all\-whitespace\fR] [\fB\-s\fR] [\fB\-\-output\-separator\fR \fIsep_string\fR] [\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-\-version\fR] \fIfile\fR... -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" -For each \fIfile\fR given, \s-1GNU\s0 \fBstrings\fR prints the +For each \fIfile\fR given, GNU \fBstrings\fR prints the printable character sequences that are at least 4 characters long (or the number given with the options below) and are followed by an unprintable character. @@ -172,14 +94,14 @@ the presence of any \fB\-d\fR option. .PP \&\fBstrings\fR is mainly useful for determining the contents of non-text files. -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" -.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-a\fR 4 .IX Item "-a" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-all\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-all\fR 4 .IX Item "--all" -.IP "\fB\-\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\fR 4 .IX Item "-" .PD Scan the whole file, regardless of what sections it contains or @@ -191,35 +113,35 @@ The \fB\-\fR option is position dependent and forces strings to perform full scans of any file that is mentioned after the \fB\-\fR on the command line, even if the \fB\-d\fR option has been specified. -.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-d\fR 4 .IX Item "-d" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-data\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-data\fR 4 .IX Item "--data" .PD Only print strings from initialized, loaded data sections in the file. This may reduce the amount of garbage in the output, but it also exposes the strings program to any security flaws that may be -present in the \s-1BFD\s0 library used to scan and load sections. Strings +present in the BFD library used to scan and load sections. Strings can be configured so that this option is the default behaviour. In -such cases the \fB\-a\fR option can be used to avoid using the \s-1BFD\s0 +such cases the \fB\-a\fR option can be used to avoid using the BFD library and instead just print all of the strings found in the file. -.IP "\fB\-f\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-f\fR 4 .IX Item "-f" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-print\-file\-name\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-print\-file\-name\fR 4 .IX Item "--print-file-name" .PD Print the name of the file before each string. -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" Print a summary of the program usage on the standard output and exit. -.IP "\fB\-\fR\fImin-len\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\fR\fImin-len\fR 4 .IX Item "-min-len" .PD 0 .IP "\fB\-n\fR \fImin-len\fR" 4 .IX Item "-n min-len" -.IP "\fB\-\-bytes=\fR\fImin-len\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-bytes=\fR\fImin-len\fR 4 .IX Item "--bytes=min-len" .PD Print sequences of displayable characters that are at least @@ -229,7 +151,7 @@ non-displayable characters depends upon the setting of the \&\fB\-e\fR and \fB\-U\fR options. Sequences are always terminated at control characters such as new-line and carriage-return, but not the tab character. -.IP "\fB\-o\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-o\fR 4 .IX Item "-o" Like \fB\-t o\fR. Some other versions of \fBstrings\fR have \fB\-o\fR act like \fB\-t d\fR instead. Since we can not be compatible with both @@ -237,7 +159,7 @@ ways, we simply chose one. .IP "\fB\-t\fR \fIradix\fR" 4 .IX Item "-t radix" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fIradix\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-radix=\fR\fIradix\fR 4 .IX Item "--radix=radix" .PD Print the offset within the file before each string. The single @@ -246,7 +168,7 @@ octal, \fBx\fR for hexadecimal, or \fBd\fR for decimal. .IP "\fB\-e\fR \fIencoding\fR" 4 .IX Item "-e encoding" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-encoding=\fR\fIencoding\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-encoding=\fR\fIencoding\fR 4 .IX Item "--encoding=encoding" .PD Select the character encoding of the strings that are to be found. @@ -255,14 +177,14 @@ characters (default), \fBS\fR = single\-8\-bit\-byte characters, \fBb\fR = 16\-bit bigendian, \fBl\fR = 16\-bit littleendian, \fBB\fR = 32\-bit bigendian, \fBL\fR = 32\-bit littleendian. Useful for finding wide character strings. (\fBl\fR -and \fBb\fR apply to, for example, Unicode \s-1UTF\-16/UCS\-2\s0 encodings). +and \fBb\fR apply to, for example, Unicode UTF\-16/UCS\-2 encodings). .IP "\fB\-U\fR \fI[d|i|l|e|x|h]\fR" 4 .IX Item "-U [d|i|l|e|x|h]" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-unicode=\fR\fI[default|invalid|locale|escape|hex|highlight]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-unicode=\fR\fI[default|invalid|locale|escape|hex|highlight]\fR 4 .IX Item "--unicode=[default|invalid|locale|escape|hex|highlight]" .PD -Controls the display of \s-1UTF\-8\s0 encoded multibyte characters in strings. +Controls the display of UTF\-8 encoded multibyte characters in strings. The default (\fB\-\-unicode=default\fR) is to give them no special treatment, and instead rely upon the setting of the \&\fB\-\-encoding\fR option. The other values for this option @@ -273,7 +195,7 @@ characters and hence not part of a valid string. All the remaining options treat them as valid string characters. .Sp The \fB\-\-unicode=locale\fR option displays them in the current -locale, which may or may not support \s-1UTF\-8\s0 encoding. The +locale, which may or may not support UTF\-8 encoding. The \&\fB\-\-unicode=hex\fR option displays them as hex byte sequences enclosed between \fI<>\fR characters. The \fB\-\-unicode=escape\fR option displays them as escape sequences (\fI\euxxxx\fR) and the @@ -284,40 +206,40 @@ where they might not be expected. .IP "\fB\-T\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4 .IX Item "-T bfdname" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR 4 .IX Item "--target=bfdname" .PD Specify an object code format other than your system's default format. -.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-v\fR 4 .IX Item "-v" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-V\fR 4 .IX Item "-V" -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" .PD Print the program version number on the standard output and exit. -.IP "\fB\-w\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-w\fR 4 .IX Item "-w" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-include\-all\-whitespace\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-include\-all\-whitespace\fR 4 .IX Item "--include-all-whitespace" .PD By default tab and space characters are included in the strings that are displayed, but other whitespace characters, such a newlines and carriage returns, are not. The \fB\-w\fR option changes this so that all whitespace characters are considered to be part of a string. -.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-s\fR 4 .IX Item "-s" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-output\-separator\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-output\-separator\fR 4 .IX Item "--output-separator" .PD By default, output strings are delimited by a new-line. This option allows you to supply any string to be used as the output record separator. Useful with \-\-include\-all\-whitespace where strings may contain new-lines internally. -.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB@\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "@file" Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR @@ -334,13 +256,13 @@ with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional .IX Header "SEE ALSO" \&\fBar\fR\|(1), \fBnm\fR\|(1), \fBobjdump\fR\|(1), \fBranlib\fR\|(1), \fBreadelf\fR\|(1) and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR. -.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright (c) 1991\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright (c) 1991\-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document -under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the -section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R". +section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/strip.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/strip.1 index 4f45c4fb..197fc8e2 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/strip.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/strip.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,79 +52,17 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "STRIP 1" -.TH STRIP 1 "2023-06-27" "binutils-2.40" "GNU Development Tools" +.TH STRIP 1 2024-04-08 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME strip \- discard symbols and other data from object files -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" strip [\fB\-F\fR \fIbfdname\fR |\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] [\fB\-I\fR \fIbfdname\fR |\fB\-\-input\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] @@ -156,6 +78,7 @@ strip [\fB\-F\fR \fIbfdname\fR |\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] [\fB\-R\fR \fIsectionname\fR |\fB\-\-remove\-section=\fR\fIsectionname\fR] [\fB\-\-keep\-section=\fR\fIsectionpattern\fR] [\fB\-\-remove\-relocations=\fR\fIsectionpattern\fR] + [\fB\-\-strip\-section\-headers\fR] [\fB\-o\fR \fIfile\fR] [\fB\-p\fR|\fB\-\-preserve\-dates\fR] [\fB\-D\fR|\fB\-\-enable\-deterministic\-archives\fR] [\fB\-U\fR|\fB\-\-disable\-deterministic\-archives\fR] @@ -165,34 +88,34 @@ strip [\fB\-F\fR \fIbfdname\fR |\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] [\fB\-v\fR |\fB\-\-verbose\fR] [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR] [\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-\-info\fR] \fIobjfile\fR... -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" -\&\s-1GNU\s0 \fBstrip\fR discards all symbols from object files +GNU \fBstrip\fR discards all symbols from object files \&\fIobjfile\fR. The list of object files may include archives. At least one object file must be given. .PP \&\fBstrip\fR modifies the files named in its argument, rather than writing modified copies under different names. -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" .IP "\fB\-F\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4 .IX Item "-F bfdname" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR 4 .IX Item "--target=bfdname" .PD Treat the original \fIobjfile\fR as a file with the object code format \fIbfdname\fR, and rewrite it in the same format. -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" Show a summary of the options to \fBstrip\fR and exit. -.IP "\fB\-\-info\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-info\fR 4 .IX Item "--info" Display a list showing all architectures and object formats available. .IP "\fB\-I\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4 .IX Item "-I bfdname" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-input\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-input\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR 4 .IX Item "--input-target=bfdname" .PD Treat the original \fIobjfile\fR as a file with the object @@ -200,14 +123,14 @@ code format \fIbfdname\fR. .IP "\fB\-O\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4 .IX Item "-O bfdname" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-output\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-output\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR 4 .IX Item "--output-target=bfdname" .PD Replace \fIobjfile\fR with a file in the output format \fIbfdname\fR. .IP "\fB\-R\fR \fIsectionname\fR" 4 .IX Item "-R sectionname" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-remove\-section=\fR\fIsectionname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-remove\-section=\fR\fIsectionname\fR 4 .IX Item "--remove-section=sectionname" .PD Remove any section named \fIsectionname\fR from the output file, in @@ -228,11 +151,11 @@ would otherwise remove it. For example: .Sp will remove all sections matching the pattern '.text.*', but will not remove the section '.text.foo'. -.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-section=\fR\fIsectionpattern\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-keep\-section=\fR\fIsectionpattern\fR 4 .IX Item "--keep-section=sectionpattern" When removing sections from the output file, keep sections that match \&\fIsectionpattern\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-remove\-relocations=\fR\fIsectionpattern\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-remove\-relocations=\fR\fIsectionpattern\fR 4 .IX Item "--remove-relocations=sectionpattern" Remove relocations from the output file for any section matching \&\fIsectionpattern\fR. This option may be given more than once. Note @@ -260,31 +183,35 @@ For example: will remove all relocations for sections matching the pattern \&'.text.*', but will not remove relocations for the section \&'.text.foo'. -.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-strip\-section\-headers\fR 4 +.IX Item "--strip-section-headers" +Strip section headers. This option is specific to ELF files. Implies +\&\fB\-\-strip\-all\fR and \fB\-\-merge\-notes\fR. +.IP \fB\-s\fR 4 .IX Item "-s" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-all\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-strip\-all\fR 4 .IX Item "--strip-all" .PD Remove all symbols. -.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-g\fR 4 .IX Item "-g" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-S\fR 4 .IX Item "-S" -.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-d\fR 4 .IX Item "-d" -.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR 4 .IX Item "--strip-debug" .PD Remove debugging symbols only. -.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-dwo\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-strip\-dwo\fR 4 .IX Item "--strip-dwo" -Remove the contents of all \s-1DWARF\s0 .dwo sections, leaving the +Remove the contents of all DWARF .dwo sections, leaving the remaining debugging sections and all symbols intact. See the description of this option in the \fBobjcopy\fR section for more information. -.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\fR 4 .IX Item "--strip-unneeded" Remove all symbols that are not needed for relocation processing in addition to debugging symbols and sections stripped by @@ -292,26 +219,26 @@ addition to debugging symbols and sections stripped by .IP "\fB\-K\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4 .IX Item "-K symbolname" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR 4 .IX Item "--keep-symbol=symbolname" .PD When stripping symbols, keep symbol \fIsymbolname\fR even if it would normally be stripped. This option may be given more than once. -.IP "\fB\-M\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-M\fR 4 .IX Item "-M" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-merge\-notes\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-merge\-notes\fR 4 .IX Item "--merge-notes" -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-merge\-notes\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-merge\-notes\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-merge-notes" .PD -For \s-1ELF\s0 files, attempt (or do not attempt) to reduce the size of any -\&\s-1SHT_NOTE\s0 type sections by removing duplicate notes. The default is to -attempt this reduction unless stripping debug or \s-1DWO\s0 information. +For ELF files, attempt (or do not attempt) to reduce the size of any +SHT_NOTE type sections by removing duplicate notes. The default is to +attempt this reduction unless stripping debug or DWO information. .IP "\fB\-N\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4 .IX Item "-N symbolname" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR 4 .IX Item "--strip-symbol=symbolname" .PD Remove symbol \fIsymbolname\fR from the source file. This option may be @@ -322,17 +249,17 @@ given more than once, and may be combined with strip options other than Put the stripped output in \fIfile\fR, rather than replacing the existing file. When this argument is used, only one \fIobjfile\fR argument may be specified. -.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-p\fR 4 .IX Item "-p" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-preserve\-dates\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-preserve\-dates\fR 4 .IX Item "--preserve-dates" .PD Preserve the access and modification dates of the file. -.IP "\fB\-D\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-D\fR 4 .IX Item "-D" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-deterministic\-archives\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-enable\-deterministic\-archives\fR 4 .IX Item "--enable-deterministic-archives" .PD Operate in \fIdeterministic\fR mode. When copying archive members @@ -342,23 +269,23 @@ and use consistent file modes for all files. If \fIbinutils\fR was configured with \&\fB\-\-enable\-deterministic\-archives\fR, then this mode is on by default. It can be disabled with the \fB\-U\fR option, below. -.IP "\fB\-U\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-U\fR 4 .IX Item "-U" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-deterministic\-archives\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-disable\-deterministic\-archives\fR 4 .IX Item "--disable-deterministic-archives" .PD Do \fInot\fR operate in \fIdeterministic\fR mode. This is the inverse of the \fB\-D\fR option, above: when copying archive members -and writing the archive index, use their actual \s-1UID, GID,\s0 timestamp, +and writing the archive index, use their actual UID, GID, timestamp, and file mode values. .Sp This is the default unless \fIbinutils\fR was configured with \&\fB\-\-enable\-deterministic\-archives\fR. -.IP "\fB\-w\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-w\fR 4 .IX Item "-w" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-wildcard\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-wildcard\fR 4 .IX Item "--wildcard" .PD Permit regular expressions in \fIsymbolname\fRs used in other command @@ -373,37 +300,37 @@ For example: .Ve .Sp would cause strip to only keep symbols that start with the letters -\&\*(L"fo\*(R", but to discard the symbol \*(L"foo\*(R". -.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4 +"fo", but to discard the symbol "foo". +.IP \fB\-x\fR 4 .IX Item "-x" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-discard\-all\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-discard\-all\fR 4 .IX Item "--discard-all" .PD Remove non-global symbols. -.IP "\fB\-X\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-X\fR 4 .IX Item "-X" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR 4 .IX Item "--discard-locals" .PD Remove compiler-generated local symbols. (These usually start with \fBL\fR or \fB.\fR.) -.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-section\-symbols\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-keep\-section\-symbols\fR 4 .IX Item "--keep-section-symbols" When stripping a file, perhaps with \fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR or \&\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\fR, retain any symbols specifying section names, which would otherwise get stripped. -.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-file\-symbols\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-keep\-file\-symbols\fR 4 .IX Item "--keep-file-symbols" When stripping a file, perhaps with \fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR or \&\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\fR, retain any symbols specifying source file names, which would otherwise get stripped. -.IP "\fB\-\-only\-keep\-debug\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-only\-keep\-debug\fR 4 .IX Item "--only-keep-debug" Strip a file, emptying the contents of any sections that would not be stripped by \fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR and leaving the debugging sections -intact. In \s-1ELF\s0 files, this preserves all the note sections in the +intact. In ELF files, this preserves all the note sections in the output as well. .Sp Note \- the section headers of the stripped sections are preserved, @@ -414,7 +341,7 @@ been relocated to a different address space. .Sp The intention is that this option will be used in conjunction with \&\fB\-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink\fR to create a two part executable. One a -stripped binary which will occupy less space in \s-1RAM\s0 and in a +stripped binary which will occupy less space in RAM and in a distribution and the second a debugging information file which is only needed if debugging abilities are required. The suggested procedure to create these files is as follows: @@ -467,22 +394,22 @@ currently only supports the presence of one filename containing debugging information, not multiple filenames on a one-per-object-file basis. .RE -.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-V\fR 4 .IX Item "-V" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" .PD Show the version number for \fBstrip\fR. -.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-v\fR 4 .IX Item "-v" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-verbose\fR 4 .IX Item "--verbose" .PD Verbose output: list all object files modified. In the case of archives, \fBstrip \-v\fR lists all members of the archive. -.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB@\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "@file" Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR @@ -498,13 +425,13 @@ with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional .SH "SEE ALSO" .IX Header "SEE ALSO" the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR. -.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright (c) 1991\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright (c) 1991\-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document -under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the -section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R". +section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/stty.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/stty.1 index 5037e0d7..a613c768 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/stty.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/stty.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH STTY "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH STTY "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME stty \- change and print terminal line settings .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sum.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sum.1 index a09bb1e0..c43a0bdf 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sum.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SUM "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH SUM "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME sum \- checksum and count the blocks in a file .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sync.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sync.1 index 19d69a10..3132ec36 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sync.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/sync.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SYNC "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH SYNC "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME sync \- Synchronize cached writes to persistent storage .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemctl.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemctl.1 index e6609537..f5ce9dce 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemctl.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemctl.1 @@ -1299,11 +1299,21 @@ Dump the systemd manager environment block\&. This is the environment block that \fBdash\fR(1) or \fBfish\fR(1)\&. +.sp +Note that this shows the +\fIeffective\fR +block, i\&.e\&. the combination of environment variables configured via configuration files, environment generators and via IPC (i\&.e\&. via the +\fBset\-environment\fR +described below)\&. At the moment a unit process is forked off this combined environment block will be further combined with per\-unit environment variables, which are not visible in this command\&. .RE .PP \fBset\-environment \fR\fB\fIVARIABLE=VALUE\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR .RS 4 -Set one or more systemd manager environment variables, as specified on the command line\&. This command will fail if variable names and values do not conform to the rules listed above\&. +Set one or more service manager environment variables, as specified on the command line\&. This command will fail if variable names and values do not conform to the rules listed above\&. +.sp +Note that this operates on an environment block separate from the environment block configured from service manager configuration and environment generators\&. Whenever a process is invoked the two blocks are combined (also incorporating any per\-service environment variables), and passed to it\&. The +\fBshow\-environment\fR +verb will show the combination of the blocks, see above\&. .sp Added in version 233\&. .RE @@ -1312,6 +1322,10 @@ Added in version 233\&. .RS 4 Unset one or more systemd manager environment variables\&. If only a variable name is specified, it will be removed regardless of its value\&. If a variable and a value are specified, the variable is only removed if it has the specified value\&. .sp +Note that this operates on an environment block separate from the environment block configured from service manager configuration and environment generators\&. Whenever a process is invoked the two blocks are combined (also incorporating any per\-service environment variables), and passed to it\&. The +\fBshow\-environment\fR +verb will show the combination of the blocks, see above\&. Note that this means this command cannot be used to unset environment variables defined in the service manager configuration files or via generators\&. +.sp Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP @@ -2945,6 +2959,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -2956,6 +2976,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemd-analyze.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemd-analyze.1 index ce1a2b09..64133538 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemd-analyze.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemd-analyze.1 @@ -1738,6 +1738,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -1749,6 +1755,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemd-inhibit.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemd-inhibit.1 index 19950530..54834968 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemd-inhibit.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemd-inhibit.1 @@ -257,6 +257,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -268,6 +274,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemd-nspawn.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemd-nspawn.1 index bfd09f6b..c9ee1594 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemd-nspawn.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemd-nspawn.1 @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ to embed a newline, or "\ex00" to embed a \fBNUL\fR -byte)\&. Note that the invoking shell might already apply unescaping once, hence this might require double escaping!\&. +byte)\&. Note that the invoking shell might already apply unescaping once, hence this might require double escaping! .sp The \fBsystemd-sysusers.service\fR(8) @@ -1997,6 +1997,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -2008,6 +2014,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR @@ -2070,9 +2082,9 @@ and other conditions\&. .\} .nf # machinectl pull\-raw \-\-verify=no \e - https://download\&.fedoraproject\&.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/38/Cloud/x86_64/images/Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-38\-1\&.6\&.x86_64\&.raw\&.xz \e - Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-38\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 -# systemd\-nspawn \-M Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-38\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 + https://download\&.fedoraproject\&.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/40/Cloud/x86_64/images/Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-40\-1\&.6\&.x86_64\&.raw\&.xz \e + Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-40\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 +# systemd\-nspawn \-M Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-40\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 .fi .if n \{\ .RE @@ -2088,21 +2100,21 @@ and opens a shell in it\&. .RS 4 .\} .nf -# dnf \-y \-\-releasever=38 \-\-installroot=/var/lib/machines/f38 \e +# dnf \-y \-\-releasever=40 \-\-installroot=/var/lib/machines/f40 \e \-\-repo=fedora \-\-repo=updates \-\-setopt=install_weak_deps=False install \e passwd dnf fedora\-release vim\-minimal util\-linux systemd systemd\-networkd -# systemd\-nspawn \-bD /var/lib/machines/f38 +# systemd\-nspawn \-bD /var/lib/machines/f40 .fi .if n \{\ .RE .\} .PP This installs a minimal Fedora distribution into the directory -/var/lib/machines/f38 +/var/lib/machines/f40 and then boots that OS in a namespace container\&. Because the installation is located underneath the standard /var/lib/machines/ directory, it is also possible to start the machine using -\fBsystemd\-nspawn \-M f38\fR\&. +\fBsystemd\-nspawn \-M f40\fR\&. .PP \fBExample\ \&3.\ \&Spawn a shell in a container of a minimal Debian unstable distribution\fR .sp diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemd-run.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemd-run.1 index b2792c09..1d9c9c86 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemd-run.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemd-run.1 @@ -52,9 +52,10 @@ If a command is run as transient service unit, it will be started and managed by like any other unit\&. It will run in a clean and detached execution environment, with the service manager as its parent process\&. In this mode, \fBsystemd\-run\fR will start the service asynchronously in the background and return after the command has begun execution (unless -\fB\-\-no\-block\fR -or -\fB\-\-wait\fR +\fB\-\-no\-block\fR, +\fB\-\-wait\fR, +\fB\-\-pipe\fR, or +\fB\-\-pty\fR are specified, see below)\&. .PP If a command is run as transient scope unit, it will be executed by @@ -313,6 +314,14 @@ When invoking the command, the transient service connects its standard input, ou \fBsystemd\-run\fR is invoked on, via a pseudo TTY device\&. This allows running programs that expect interactive user input/output as services, such as interactive command shells\&. .sp +This option will result in +\fBsystemd\-run\fR +synchronously waiting for the transient service to terminate, similar to specifying +\fB\-\-wait\fR\&. If specified along with +\fB\-\-wait\fR, +\fBsystemd\-run\fR +won\*(Aqt exit when manually disconnecting from the pseudo TTY device\&. +.sp Note that \fBmachinectl\fR(1)\*(Aqs \fBshell\fR @@ -330,7 +339,9 @@ If specified, standard input, output, and error of the transient service are inh \fBsystemd\-run\fR command itself\&. This allows \fBsystemd\-run\fR -to be used within shell pipelines\&. Note that this mode is not suitable for interactive command shells and similar, as the service process will not become a TTY controller when invoked on a terminal\&. Use +to be used within shell pipelines\&. +.sp +Note that this mode is not suitable for interactive command shells and similar, as the service process will not become a TTY controller when invoked on a terminal\&. Use \fB\-\-pty\fR instead in that case\&. .sp @@ -343,6 +354,11 @@ are used in combination the more appropriate option is automatically determined is used, and otherwise \fB\-\-pipe\fR\&. .sp +This option will result in +\fBsystemd\-run\fR +synchronously waiting for the transient service to terminate, similar to specifying +\fB\-\-wait\fR\&. +.sp When this option is used the original file descriptors \fBsystemd\-run\fR receives are passed to the service processes as\-is\&. If the service runs with different privileges than diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemd-vmspawn.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemd-vmspawn.1 index 85b7c5e0..8bbdc177 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemd-vmspawn.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemd-vmspawn.1 @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ .\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .SH "NAME" -systemd-vmspawn \- Spawn an OS in a virtual machine\&. +systemd-vmspawn \- Spawn an OS in a virtual machine .SH "SYNOPSIS" .HP \w'\fBsystemd\-vmspawn\fR\ 'u \fBsystemd\-vmspawn\fR [OPTIONS...] [ARGS...] @@ -40,6 +40,27 @@ The excess arguments are passed as extra kernel command line arguments using SMB The following options are understood: .SS "Image Options" .PP +\fB\-D\fR, \fB\-\-directory=\fR +.RS 4 +Directory to use as file system root for the virtual machine\&. +.sp +One of either +\fB\-\-directory=\fR +or +\fB\-\-image=\fR +must be specified\&. If neither are specified +\fB\-\-directory=\&.\fR +is assumed\&. +.sp +Note: If mounting a non\-root owned directory you may require +\fB\-\-private\-users=\fR +to map into the user\*(Aqs subuid namespace\&. An example of how to use +\fB/etc/subuid\fR +for this is given later\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP \fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-image=\fR .RS 4 Root file system disk image (or device node) for the virtual machine\&. @@ -137,7 +158,7 @@ to embed a newline, or "\ex00" to embed a \fBNUL\fR -byte)\&. Note that the invoking shell might already apply unescaping once, hence this might require double escaping!\&. +byte)\&. Note that the invoking shell might already apply unescaping once, hence this might require double escaping! .sp Added in version 255\&. .RE @@ -290,6 +311,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -301,6 +328,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemd.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemd.1 index 24ba6297..fe96f7e2 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemd.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/systemd.1 @@ -809,6 +809,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -820,6 +826,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tabs.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tabs.1 index 5e16beee..063355d2 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tabs.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tabs.1 @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: tabs.1,v 1.55 2024/01/20 16:54:03 tom Exp $ -.TH tabs 1 2024-01-20 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: tabs.1,v 1.57 2024/03/16 15:35:01 tom Exp $ +.TH tabs 1 2024-03-16 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tac.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tac.1 index d2da7866..c57bbc73 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tac.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tac.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TAC "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH TAC "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME tac \- concatenate and print files in reverse .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tail.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tail.1 index 849bcf0f..bb92b19b 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tail.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tail.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TAIL "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH TAIL "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME tail \- output the last part of files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ same as \fB\-\-follow\fR=\fI\,name\/\fR \fB\-\-retry\fR .TP \fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-lines\fR=\fI\,[\/\fR+]NUM output the last NUM lines, instead of the last 10; -or use \fB\-n\fR +NUM to output starting with line NUM +or use \fB\-n\fR +NUM to skip NUM\-1 lines at the start .TP \fB\-\-max\-unchanged\-stats\fR=\fI\,N\/\fR with \fB\-\-follow\fR=\fI\,name\/\fR, reopen a FILE which has not @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ output version information and exit .PP NUM may have a multiplier suffix: b 512, kB 1000, K 1024, MB 1000*1000, M 1024*1024, -GB 1000*1000*1000, G 1024*1024*1024, and so on for T, P, E, Z, Y. +GB 1000*1000*1000, G 1024*1024*1024, and so on for T, P, E, Z, Y, R, Q. Binary prefixes can be used, too: KiB=K, MiB=M, and so on. .PP With \fB\-\-follow\fR (\fB\-f\fR), tail defaults to following the file descriptor, which @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tar.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tar.1 index fcbf3457..9c77eb6d 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tar.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tar.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.33. -.TH TAR "1" "January 2024" "tar 1.35" "User Commands" +.TH TAR "1" "April 2024" "tar 1.35" "User Commands" .SH NAME A tar (tape archiver) program. .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tee.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tee.1 index 048c2736..1b9ad935 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tee.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tee.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TEE "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH TEE "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME tee \- read from standard input and write to standard output and files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ append to the given FILEs, do not overwrite ignore interrupt signals .TP \fB\-p\fR -diagnose errors writing to non pipes +operate in a more appropriate MODE with pipes. .TP \fB\-\-output\-error\fR[=\fI\,MODE\/\fR] set behavior on write error. See MODE below @@ -42,6 +42,7 @@ exit\-nopipe exit on error writing to any output not a pipe .PP The default MODE for the \fB\-p\fR option is 'warn\-nopipe'. +With "nopipe" MODEs, exit immediately if all outputs become broken pipes. The default operation when \fB\-\-output\-error\fR is not specified, is to exit immediately on error writing to a pipe, and diagnose errors writing to non pipe outputs. @@ -52,7 +53,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/test.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/test.1 index 47efded5..b5119ce6 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/test.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/test.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TEST "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH TEST "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME test \- check file types and compare values .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tic.1m b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tic.1m index c8d1dddf..9947af3a 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tic.1m +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tic.1m @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2022,2023 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: tic.1m,v 1.106 2023/12/30 21:36:32 tom Exp $ -.TH tic 1M 2023-12-30 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: tic.1m,v 1.108 2024/03/16 15:35:01 tom Exp $ +.TH tic 1M 2024-03-16 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/timedatectl.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/timedatectl.1 index 1a6738e0..971175bb 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/timedatectl.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/timedatectl.1 @@ -390,6 +390,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -401,6 +407,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/timeout.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/timeout.1 index 8edadad5..3141d968 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/timeout.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/timeout.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TIMEOUT "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH TIMEOUT "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME timeout \- run a command with a time limit .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ A duration of 0 disables the associated timeout. Upon timeout, send the TERM signal to COMMAND, if no other SIGNAL specified. The TERM signal kills any process that does not block or catch that signal. It may be necessary to use the KILL signal, since this signal can't be caught. -.SS "EXIT status:" +.SS "Exit status:" .TP 124 if COMMAND times out, and \fB\-\-preserve\-status\fR is not specified @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/toe.1m b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/toe.1m index 6fcbf810..fb12a7dd 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/toe.1m +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/toe.1m @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: toe.1m,v 1.64 2024/01/20 16:51:21 tom Exp $ -.TH toe 1M 2024-01-20 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: toe.1m,v 1.66 2024/03/16 15:35:01 tom Exp $ +.TH toe 1M 2024-03-16 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/touch.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/touch.1 index 8eaf9327..4108f154 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/touch.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/touch.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TOUCH "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH TOUCH "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME touch \- change file timestamps .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tput.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tput.1 index d8e7e460..1b52572d 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tput.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tput.1 @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: tput.1,v 1.105 2024/01/20 19:41:02 tom Exp $ -.TH tput 1 2024-01-20 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: tput.1,v 1.109 2024/03/23 20:42:29 tom Exp $ +.TH tput 1 2024-03-23 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Terminal capabilities are accessed by .PP \fB\%terminfo\fP(5) discusses terminal capabilities at length and presents a complete list of -.I cap-codes. +.IR cap-codes . .PP When retrieving capability values, the result depends upon the capability's type. @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Boolean \fB\%tput\fP sets its exit status to .B 0 if the terminal possesses -.I cap-code, +.IR cap-code , and .B 1 if it does not. @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ see section \*(``EXIT STATUS\*('' below. .SS Operands Generally, an operand is a -.I cap-code, +.IR cap-code , a capability code from the terminal database, or a parameter thereto. Three others are specially recognized by \fB\%tput\fP: @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ Finally, it inspects the environment variables .I LINES and -.I \%COLUMNS, +.IR \%COLUMNS , which may override the terminal size. .PP If the @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ and whether to use \fB\%tparm\fP(3X). .TP .BI \-T\ type indicates the terminal's -.I type. +.IR type . Normally this option is unnecessary, because a default is taken from the .I TERM @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ to port NetBSD's .IR termcap -based .B tput to -.I \%term\%info, +.IR \%term\%info , and modified it to interpret multiple .I cap-codes (and parameters) @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ to but .B \%parm_delete_line to -.I \%term\%info. +.IR \%term\%info . .I termcap uses the code .B DL @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ to but .B \%clr_eos to -.I \%term\%info. +.IR \%term\%info . .I termcap uses the code .B cd @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ A few observations of interest arise from that selection. supports .B clear as it does any other standard -.I cap-code. +.IR cap-code . The others .RB ( init and @@ -693,13 +693,13 @@ X/Open Curses and the terminal capability database. While it is certainly possible to write a .B tput program without using -.I curses, +.IR curses , no system with a .I curses implementation provides a .B tput utility that does not also support standard -.I cap-codes. +.IR cap-codes . .PP X/Open Curses Issue 7 (2009) is the first version to document utilities. However that part of X/Open Curses does not follow existing practice @@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ The various System\ V implementations HP-UX, Solaris) use the same exit statuses as -.I \%ncurses. +.IR \%ncurses . .PP NetBSD .I curses diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tr.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tr.1 index f2534669..f014d355 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tr.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tr.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TR "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH TR "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME tr \- translate or delete characters .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ all hexadecimal digits all characters which are equivalent to CHAR .PP Translation occurs if \fB\-d\fR is not given and both STRING1 and STRING2 appear. -\fB\-t\fR may be used only when translating. ARRAY2 is extended to length of +\fB\-t\fR is only significant when translating. ARRAY2 is extended to length of ARRAY1 by repeating its last character as necessary. Excess characters of ARRAY2 are ignored. Character classes expand in unspecified order; while translating, [:lower:] and [:upper:] may be used in pairs to @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tree.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tree.1 index 1f4f80e3..17ecd32b 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tree.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tree.1 @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ .\" Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA .\" ... -.TH TREE 1 "" "Tree 2.1.0" +.TH TREE 1 "" "Tree 2.1.1" .SH NAME tree \- list contents of directories in a tree-like format. .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ tree \- list contents of directories in a tree-like format. [\fB--charset[\fB=\fP]X\fP] [\fB--timefmt\fP[\fB=\fP]\fIformat\fP] [\fB--fromfile\fP] +[\fB--fromtabfile\fP] [\fB--fflinks\fP] [\fB--info\fP] [\fB--infofile\fP[\fB=\fP]\fIfile\fP] @@ -325,7 +326,7 @@ Turn on ANSI line graphics hack when printing the indentation lines. .TP .B -S Turn on CP437 line graphics (useful when using Linux console mode fonts). This -option is now equivalent to `--charset=IBM437' and may eventually be depreciated. +option is now equivalent to `\fB--charset=IBM437\fP' and may eventually be depreciated. .PP .TP .B -n @@ -392,6 +393,12 @@ simply contain ' -> ' as part of the filename unless the \fB--fflinks\fP option is used. .PP .TP +.B --fromtabfile +Like \fB--fromfile\fP, tree reads a directory tree from a text file where the +files are tab indented in a tree like format to indicate the directory nesting +level. +.PP +.TP .B --fflinks Processes symbolic link information found in a file, as from the output of \fB'tree -fi --noreport'\fP. Only the first occurrence of the string \fB' -> '\fP @@ -415,7 +422,7 @@ Option processing terminator. No further options will be processed after this. .SH .INFO FILES -\fB.info\fP files are similiar to \.gitignore files, if a .info file is found +\fB.info\fP files are similar to \.gitignore files, if a .info file is found while scanning a directory it is read and added to a stack of .info information. Each file is composed of comments (lines starting with hash marks (#),) or wild-card patterns which may match a file relative to the directory diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/true.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/true.1 index de9fa185..3dbe26e2 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/true.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/true.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TRUE "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH TRUE "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME true \- do nothing, successfully .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/truncate.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/truncate.1 index b460f311..1d8f24be 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/truncate.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/truncate.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TRUNCATE "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH TRUNCATE "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME truncate \- shrink or extend the size of a file to the specified size .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ display this help and exit output version information and exit .PP The SIZE argument is an integer and optional unit (example: 10K is 10*1024). -Units are K,M,G,T,P,E,Z,Y (powers of 1024) or KB,MB,... (powers of 1000). +Units are K,M,G,T,P,E,Z,Y,R,Q (powers of 1024) or KB,MB,... (powers of 1000). Binary prefixes can be used, too: KiB=K, MiB=M, and so on. .PP SIZE may also be prefixed by one of the following modifying characters: @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tset.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tset.1 index 88777169..b19e91aa 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tset.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tset.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2022,2023 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: tset.1,v 1.79 2023/12/23 16:20:07 tom Exp $ -.TH tset 1 2023-12-23 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: tset.1,v 1.81 2024/03/16 15:35:01 tom Exp $ +.TH tset 1 2024-03-16 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tsort.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tsort.1 index b40d8445..78d1b1cc 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tsort.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tsort.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TSORT "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH TSORT "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME tsort \- perform topological sort .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tty.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tty.1 index cf5d11af..5ef7e0ac 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tty.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/tty.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TTY "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH TTY "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME tty \- print the file name of the terminal connected to standard input .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ukify.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ukify.1 index 00e7ff62..e4377af7 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ukify.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/ukify.1 @@ -421,8 +421,10 @@ Added in version 253\&. \fISBAT=\fR\fI\fITEXT\fR\fR\fI|\fR\fI\fI@PATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-sbat=\fR\fB\fITEXT\fR\fR\fB|\fR\fB\fI@PATH\fR\fR .RS 4 SBAT metadata associated with the UKI or addon\&. SBAT policies are useful to revoke whole groups of UKIs or addons with a single, static policy update that does not take space in DBX/MOKX\&. If not specified manually, a default metadata entry consisting of -"uki,1,UKI,uki,1,https://www\&.freedesktop\&.org/software/systemd/man/systemd\-stub\&.html" -will be used, to ensure it is always possible to revoke UKIs and addons\&. For more information on SBAT see +"uki,1,UKI,uki,1,https://uapi\-group\&.org/specifications/specs/unified_kernel_image/" +for UKIs and +"uki\-addon,1,UKI Addon,addon,1,https://www\&.freedesktop\&.org/software/systemd/man/latest/systemd\-stub\&.html" +for addons will be used, to ensure it is always possible to revoke them\&. For more information on SBAT see \m[blue]\fBShim documentation\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[2]\d\s+2\&. .sp Added in version 254\&. @@ -495,7 +497,7 @@ $ ukify build \e \-\-initrd=early_cpio \e \-\-initrd=/some/path/initramfs\-6\&.0\&.9\-300\&.fc37\&.x86_64\&.img \e \-\-sbat=\*(Aqsbat,1,SBAT Version,sbat,1,https://github\&.com/rhboot/shim/blob/main/SBAT\&.md - uki\&.author\&.myimage,1,UKI for System,uki\&.author\&.myimage,1,https://www\&.freedesktop\&.org/software/systemd/man/systemd\-stub\&.html\*(Aq \e + uki\&.author\&.myimage,1,UKI for System,uki\&.author\&.myimage,1,https://uapi\-group\&.org/specifications/specs/unified_kernel_image/\*(Aq \e \-\-pcr\-private\-key=pcr\-private\-initrd\-key\&.pem \e \-\-pcr\-public\-key=pcr\-public\-initrd\-key\&.pem \e \-\-phases=\*(Aqenter\-initrd\*(Aq \e @@ -582,7 +584,7 @@ ukify build \e \-\-secureboot\-certificate=sb\&.cert \e \-\-cmdline=\*(Aqdebug\*(Aq \e \-\-sbat=\*(Aqsbat,1,SBAT Version,sbat,1,https://github\&.com/rhboot/shim/blob/main/SBAT\&.md - uki\&.addon\&.author,1,UKI Addon for System,uki\&.addon\&.author,1,https://www\&.freedesktop\&.org/software/systemd/man/systemd\-stub\&.html\*(Aq + uki\-addon\&.author,1,UKI Addon for System,uki\-addon\&.author,1,https://www\&.freedesktop\&.org/software/systemd/man/systemd\-stub\&.html\*(Aq \-\-output=debug\&.cmdline .fi diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/uname.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/uname.1 index 06f4c8a0..3552fe96 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/uname.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/uname.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH UNAME "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH UNAME "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME uname \- print system information .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/unexpand.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/unexpand.1 index 6e62d2fb..21bcfb64 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/unexpand.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/unexpand.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH UNEXPAND "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH UNEXPAND "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME unexpand \- convert spaces to tabs .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/uniq.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/uniq.1 index 32327b02..b24de626 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/uniq.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/uniq.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH UNIQ "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH UNIQ "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME uniq \- report or omit repeated lines .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/unlink.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/unlink.1 index e6479a2e..b7b5490f 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/unlink.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/unlink.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH UNLINK "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH UNLINK "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME unlink \- call the unlink function to remove the specified file .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/unzip.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/unzip.1 index 4d66073c..19c9d86f 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/unzip.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/unzip.1 @@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ invalid options were specified on the command line. .IP 11 no matching files were found. .IP 12 -invalid zip file with overlapped components (possible zip bomb). +invalid zip file with overlapped components (possible zip-bomb). The zip-bomb checks can be disabled by using the UNZIP_DISABLE_ZIPBOMB_DETECTION=TRUE environment variable. .IP 50 the disk is (or was) full during extraction. .IP 51 diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/userdbctl.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/userdbctl.1 index a5445353..d4a0813f 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/userdbctl.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/userdbctl.1 @@ -506,6 +506,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -517,6 +523,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/users.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/users.1 index 86a91d73..c4c3a1e4 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/users.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/users.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH USERS "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH USERS "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME users \- print the user names of users currently logged in to the current host .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/vacation.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/vacation.1 index 158fab1a..1da5c8de 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/vacation.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/vacation.1 @@ -210,6 +210,12 @@ Sendmail(8) includes this ``From'' line automatically. +It also scans the headers for a +``Return-Path:'' +header to determine the sender. +If both are present, the sender from the +``Return-Path:'' +header is used. .PP No message will be sent unless .I login @@ -234,10 +240,18 @@ or ``MAILER-DAEMON'' will be replied to (where these strings are case insensitive) nor is a notification sent if a -``Precedence: bulk'' +``Precedence: bulk'', +``Precedence: list'', or ``Precedence: junk'' line is included in the mail headers. +Likewise, a response will not be sent if the headers contain a +``Auto-Submitted:'' +header with any value except +``no'' +or a +``List-Id:'' +header is found. The people who have sent you messages are maintained as a db(3) or @@ -265,6 +279,15 @@ I am on vacation until July 22. If you have something urgent, please contact Keith Bostic <bostic@CS.Berkeley.EDU>. --eric .fi +.PP +Any occurrence of the string +``$SUBJECT'' +in +.IR .vacation.msg +will be replaced by the first line of the subject of the message +that triggered the +.B vacation +program. .SH FILES .TP 1.8i ~/.vacation.db diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/varlinkctl.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/varlinkctl.1 index 61b4aa3c..15edfba7 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/varlinkctl.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/varlinkctl.1 @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ varlinkctl \- Introspect with and invoke Varlink services .HP \w'\fBvarlinkctl\fR\ 'u \fBvarlinkctl\fR [OPTIONS...] introspect \fIADDRESS\fR \fIINTERFACE\fR .HP \w'\fBvarlinkctl\fR\ 'u -\fBvarlinkctl\fR [OPTIONS...] call \fIADDRESS\fR \fIMETHOD\fR [\fIPARAMETERS\fR] +\fBvarlinkctl\fR [OPTIONS...] call \fIADDRESS\fR \fIMETHOD\fR [\fIARGUMENTS\fR] .HP \w'\fBvarlinkctl\fR\ 'u \fBvarlinkctl\fR [OPTIONS...] validate\-idl [\fIFILE\fR] .SH "DESCRIPTION" @@ -106,21 +106,21 @@ The following commands are understood: .PP \fBinfo\fR \fIADDRESS\fR .RS 4 -Show brief information about the specified service, including vendor name and list of implemented interfaces\&. Expects a service address in the formats described above\&. +Show brief information about the specified service, including vendor name and list of implemented interfaces\&. Expects a service address in one of the formats described above\&. .sp Added in version 255\&. .RE .PP \fBlist\-interfaces\fR \fIADDRESS\fR .RS 4 -Show list of interfaces implemented by the specified service\&. Expects a service address in the formats described above\&. +Show list of interfaces implemented by the specified service\&. Expects a service address in one of the formats described above\&. .sp Added in version 255\&. .RE .PP \fBintrospect\fR \fIADDRESS\fR \fIINTERFACE\fR .RS 4 -Show interface definition of the specified interface provided by the specified service\&. Expects a service address in the formats described above and a Varlink interface name\&. +Show interface definition of the specified interface provided by the specified service\&. Expects a service address in one of the formats described above and a Varlink interface name\&. .sp Added in version 255\&. .RE diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/vdir.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/vdir.1 index d701dc6c..bafd22d8 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/vdir.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/vdir.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH VDIR "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH VDIR "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME vdir \- list directory contents .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ do not list implied entries ending with ~ .TP \fB\-c\fR with \fB\-lt\fR: sort by, and show, ctime (time of last -modification of file status information); +change of file status information); with \fB\-l\fR: show ctime and sort by name; otherwise: sort by ctime, newest first .TP @@ -168,9 +168,10 @@ sort by WORD instead of name: none (\fB\-U\fR), size (\fB\-S\fR), time (\fB\-t\fR), version (\fB\-v\fR), extension (\fB\-X\fR), width .TP \fB\-\-time\fR=\fI\,WORD\/\fR -change the default of using modification times; +select which timestamp used to display or sort; access time (\fB\-u\fR): atime, access, use; -change time (\fB\-c\fR): ctime, status; +metadata change time (\fB\-c\fR): ctime, status; +modified time (default): mtime, modification; birth time: birth, creation; .IP with \fB\-l\fR, WORD determines which time to show; @@ -221,7 +222,7 @@ display this help and exit output version information and exit .PP The SIZE argument is an integer and optional unit (example: 10K is 10*1024). -Units are K,M,G,T,P,E,Z,Y (powers of 1024) or KB,MB,... (powers of 1000). +Units are K,M,G,T,P,E,Z,Y,R,Q (powers of 1024) or KB,MB,... (powers of 1000). Binary prefixes can be used, too: KiB=K, MiB=M, and so on. .PP The TIME_STYLE argument can be full\-iso, long\-iso, iso, locale, or +FORMAT. @@ -253,7 +254,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/wc.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/wc.1 index 7f2d63f7..878255b0 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/wc.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/wc.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH WC "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH WC "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME wc \- print newline, word, and byte counts for each file .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -40,6 +40,10 @@ print the maximum display width \fB\-w\fR, \fB\-\-words\fR print the word counts .TP +\fB\-\-total\fR=\fI\,WHEN\/\fR +when to print a line with total counts; +WHEN can be: auto, always, only, never +.TP \fB\-\-help\fR display this help and exit .TP @@ -52,7 +56,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/who.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/who.1 index d1675b1f..bdf73fea 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/who.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/who.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH WHO "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH WHO "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME who \- show who is logged on .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/whoami.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/whoami.1 index 931d0b88..70dc83f2 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/whoami.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/whoami.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH WHOAMI "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH WHOAMI "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME whoami \- print effective user name .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/whois.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/whois.1 index 580c891f..d6bdc7ea 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/whois.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/whois.1 @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ will be queried. WHOIS Protocol Specification. .P .IR "RIPE Database Query Reference Manual" : -.RI < http://www.ripe.net/data\-tools/support/documentation/ripe\-database\-query\-reference\-manual > +.RI < https://www.ripe.net/data\-tools/support/documentation/ripe\-database\-query\-reference\-manual > .SH BUGS The program may have buffer overflows in the command line parser: be sure to not pass untrusted data to it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/windmc.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/windmc.1 index 9d16ddea..4e82386d 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/windmc.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/windmc.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,101 +52,39 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "WINDMC 1" -.TH WINDMC 1 "2023-06-27" "binutils-2.40" "GNU Development Tools" +.TH WINDMC 1 2024-04-08 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME windmc \- generates Windows message resources -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" windmc [options] input-file -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" \&\fBwindmc\fR reads message definitions from an input file (.mc) and translate them into a set of output files. The output files may be of four kinds: .ie n .IP """h""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWh\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWh\fR 4 .IX Item "h" A C header file containing the message definitions. .ie n .IP """rc""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWrc\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWrc\fR 4 .IX Item "rc" A resource file compilable by the \fBwindres\fR tool. .ie n .IP """bin""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWbin\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWbin\fR 4 .IX Item "bin" One or more binary files containing the resource data for a specific message language. .ie n .IP """dbg""" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CWdbg\fR" 4 +.el .IP \f(CWdbg\fR 4 .IX Item "dbg" A C include file that maps message id's to their symbolic name. .PP @@ -172,36 +94,36 @@ documentation from Microsoft. When \fBwindmc\fR converts from the \f(CW\*(C`mc\*(C'\fR format to the \f(CW\*(C`bin\*(C'\fR format, \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`h\*(C'\fR, and optional \f(CW\*(C`dbg\*(C'\fR it is acting like the Windows Message Compiler. -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" -.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-a\fR 4 .IX Item "-a" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-ascii_in\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ascii_in\fR 4 .IX Item "--ascii_in" .PD -Specifies that the input file specified is \s-1ASCII.\s0 This is the default +Specifies that the input file specified is ASCII. This is the default behaviour. -.IP "\fB\-A\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-A\fR 4 .IX Item "-A" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-ascii_out\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ascii_out\fR 4 .IX Item "--ascii_out" .PD -Specifies that messages in the output \f(CW\*(C`bin\*(C'\fR files should be in \s-1ASCII\s0 +Specifies that messages in the output \f(CW\*(C`bin\*(C'\fR files should be in ASCII format. -.IP "\fB\-b\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-b\fR 4 .IX Item "-b" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-binprefix\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-binprefix\fR 4 .IX Item "--binprefix" .PD Specifies that \f(CW\*(C`bin\*(C'\fR filenames should have to be prefixed by the basename of the source file. -.IP "\fB\-c\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-c\fR 4 .IX Item "-c" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-customflag\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-customflag\fR 4 .IX Item "--customflag" .PD Sets the customer bit in all message id's. @@ -211,12 +133,12 @@ Sets the customer bit in all message id's. .IP "\fB\-\-codepage_in\fR \fIcodepage\fR" 4 .IX Item "--codepage_in codepage" .PD -Sets the default codepage to be used to convert input file to \s-1UTF16.\s0 The +Sets the default codepage to be used to convert input file to UTF16. The default is ocdepage 1252. -.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-d\fR 4 .IX Item "-d" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-decimal_values\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-decimal_values\fR 4 .IX Item "--decimal_values" .PD Outputs the constants in the header file in decimal. Default is using @@ -234,8 +156,8 @@ The extension for the header file. The default is .h extension. .IP "\fB\-\-target\fR \fItarget\fR" 4 .IX Item "--target target" .PD -Specify the \s-1BFD\s0 format to use for a bin file as output. This -is a \s-1BFD\s0 target name; you can use the \fB\-\-help\fR option to see a list +Specify the BFD format to use for a bin file as output. This +is a BFD target name; you can use the \fB\-\-help\fR option to see a list of supported targets. Normally \fBwindmc\fR will use the default format, which is the first one listed by the \fB\-\-help\fR option. .IP "\fB\-h\fR \fIpath\fR" 4 @@ -246,10 +168,10 @@ format, which is the first one listed by the \fB\-\-help\fR option. .PD The target directory of the generated header file. The default is the current directory. -.IP "\fB\-H\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-H\fR 4 .IX Item "-H" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" .PD Displays a list of command-line options and then exits. @@ -261,22 +183,22 @@ Displays a list of command-line options and then exits. .PD Instructs \fBwindmc\fR to generate a warning if the length of any message exceeds the number specified. -.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-n\fR 4 .IX Item "-n" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-nullterminate\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-nullterminate\fR 4 .IX Item "--nullterminate" .PD Terminate message text in \f(CW\*(C`bin\*(C'\fR files by zero. By default they are -terminated by \s-1CR/LF.\s0 -.IP "\fB\-o\fR" 4 +terminated by CR/LF. +.IP \fB\-o\fR 4 .IX Item "-o" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-hresult_use\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-hresult_use\fR 4 .IX Item "--hresult_use" .PD -Not yet implemented. Instructs \f(CW\*(C`windmc\*(C'\fR to generate an \s-1OLE2\s0 header -file, using \s-1HRESULT\s0 definitions. Status codes are used if the flag is not +Not yet implemented. Instructs \f(CW\*(C`windmc\*(C'\fR to generate an OLE2 header +file, using HRESULT definitions. Status codes are used if the flag is not specified. .IP "\fB\-O\fR \fIcodepage\fR" 4 .IX Item "-O codepage" @@ -295,32 +217,32 @@ is ocdepage 1252. The target directory for the generated \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR script and the generated \&\f(CW\*(C`bin\*(C'\fR files that the resource compiler script includes. The default is the current directory. -.IP "\fB\-u\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-u\fR 4 .IX Item "-u" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-unicode_in\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-unicode_in\fR 4 .IX Item "--unicode_in" .PD -Specifies that the input file is \s-1UTF16.\s0 -.IP "\fB\-U\fR" 4 +Specifies that the input file is UTF16. +.IP \fB\-U\fR 4 .IX Item "-U" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-unicode_out\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-unicode_out\fR 4 .IX Item "--unicode_out" .PD -Specifies that messages in the output \f(CW\*(C`bin\*(C'\fR file should be in \s-1UTF16\s0 +Specifies that messages in the output \f(CW\*(C`bin\*(C'\fR file should be in UTF16 format. This is the default behaviour. -.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-v\fR 4 .IX Item "-v" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-verbose\fR 4 .IX Item "--verbose" .PD Enable verbose mode. -.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-V\fR 4 .IX Item "-V" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" .PD Prints the version number for \fBwindmc\fR. @@ -332,7 +254,7 @@ Prints the version number for \fBwindmc\fR. .PD The path of the \f(CW\*(C`dbg\*(C'\fR C include file that maps message id's to the symbolic name. No such file is generated without specifying the switch. -.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB@\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "@file" Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR @@ -348,13 +270,13 @@ with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional .SH "SEE ALSO" .IX Header "SEE ALSO" the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR. -.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright (c) 1991\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright (c) 1991\-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document -under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the -section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R". +section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/xgettext.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/xgettext.1 index 88a3c0e2..4a5d8d87 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/xgettext.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/xgettext.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH XGETTEXT "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH XGETTEXT "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME xgettext \- extract gettext strings from source .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ do not break long message lines, longer than the output page width, into several lines .TP \fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-sort\-output\fR -generate sorted output +generate sorted output (deprecated) .TP \fB\-F\fR, \fB\-\-sort\-by\-file\fR sort output by file location @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ Written by Ulrich Drepper. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 1995\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/xsubpp.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/xsubpp.1 index 344cfdaa..64f46ec5 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/xsubpp.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/xsubpp.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "XSUBPP 1" -.TH XSUBPP 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH XSUBPP 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/yes.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/yes.1 index aa8d0bbf..5aa5392b 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/yes.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/yes.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH YES "1" "April 2022" "GNU coreutils 9.1" "User Commands" +.TH YES "1" "August 2023" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME yes \- output a string repeatedly until killed .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/yum-changelog.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/yum-changelog.1 index c4d3e01e..3f16b428 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/yum-changelog.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/yum-changelog.1 @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]] .\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]] .in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u .. -.TH "YUM-CHANGELOG" "1" "Jan 30, 2024" "4.4.3" "dnf-plugins-core" +.TH "YUM-CHANGELOG" "1" "Apr 13, 2024" "4.6.0" "dnf-plugins-core" .SH NAME yum-changelog \- redirecting to DNF changelog Plugin .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/zipdetails.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/zipdetails.1 index 90bce2d6..981e0dca 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/zipdetails.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/zipdetails.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ZIPDETAILS 1" -.TH ZIPDETAILS 1 2023-12-15 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH ZIPDETAILS 1 2024-04-05 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/zstd.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/zstd.1 index 286c6e3d..2b5a9851 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/zstd.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/zstd.1 @@ -1,388 +1,566 @@ -.TH "ZSTD" "1" "March 2023" "zstd 1.5.5" "User Commands" +. +.TH "ZSTD" "1" "March 2024" "zstd 1.5.6" "User Commands" +. .SH "NAME" \fBzstd\fR \- zstd, zstdmt, unzstd, zstdcat \- Compress or decompress \.zst files +. .SH "SYNOPSIS" -.TS -allbox; -\fBzstd\fR [\fIOPTIONS\fR] [\- \fIINPUT\-FILE\fR] [\-o \fIOUTPUT\-FILE\fR] -.TE +\fBzstd\fR [\fIOPTIONS\fR] [\-|\fIINPUT\-FILE\fR] [\-o \fIOUTPUT\-FILE\fR] +. .P \fBzstdmt\fR is equivalent to \fBzstd \-T0\fR +. .P \fBunzstd\fR is equivalent to \fBzstd \-d\fR +. .P \fBzstdcat\fR is equivalent to \fBzstd \-dcf\fR +. .SH "DESCRIPTION" -\fBzstd\fR is a fast lossless compression algorithm and data compression tool, with command line syntax similar to \fBgzip\fR(1) and \fBxz\fR(1)\. It is based on the \fBLZ77\fR family, with further FSE & huff0 entropy stages\. \fBzstd\fR offers highly configurable compression speed, from fast modes at > 200 MB/s per core, to strong modes with excellent compression ratios\. It also features a very fast decoder, with speeds > 500 MB/s per core\. +\fBzstd\fR is a fast lossless compression algorithm and data compression tool, with command line syntax similar to \fBgzip\fR(1) and \fBxz\fR(1)\. It is based on the \fBLZ77\fR family, with further FSE & huff0 entropy stages\. \fBzstd\fR offers highly configurable compression speed, from fast modes at > 200 MB/s per core, to strong modes with excellent compression ratios\. It also features a very fast decoder, with speeds > 500 MB/s per core, which remains roughly stable at all compression settings\. +. .P -\fBzstd\fR command line syntax is generally similar to gzip, but features the following differences: -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +\fBzstd\fR command line syntax is generally similar to gzip, but features the following few differences: +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 Source files are preserved by default\. It\'s possible to remove them automatically by using the \fB\-\-rm\fR command\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 When compressing a single file, \fBzstd\fR displays progress notifications and result summary by default\. Use \fB\-q\fR to turn them off\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fBzstd\fR displays a short help page when command line is an error\. Use \fB\-q\fR to turn it off\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fBzstd\fR does not accept input from console, though it does accept \fBstdin\fR when it\'s not the console\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fBzstd\fR does not store the input\'s filename or attributes, only its contents\. +. .IP "" 0 +. .P \fBzstd\fR processes each \fIfile\fR according to the selected operation mode\. If no \fIfiles\fR are given or \fIfile\fR is \fB\-\fR, \fBzstd\fR reads from standard input and writes the processed data to standard output\. \fBzstd\fR will refuse to write compressed data to standard output if it is a terminal: it will display an error message and skip the file\. Similarly, \fBzstd\fR will refuse to read compressed data from standard input if it is a terminal\. +. .P Unless \fB\-\-stdout\fR or \fB\-o\fR is specified, \fIfiles\fR are written to a new file whose name is derived from the source \fIfile\fR name: -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 When compressing, the suffix \fB\.zst\fR is appended to the source filename to get the target filename\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 When decompressing, the \fB\.zst\fR suffix is removed from the source filename to get the target filename +. .IP "" 0 +. .SS "Concatenation with \.zst Files" It is possible to concatenate multiple \fB\.zst\fR files\. \fBzstd\fR will decompress such agglomerated file as if it was a single \fB\.zst\fR file\. +. .SH "OPTIONS" +. .SS "Integer Suffixes and Special Values" In most places where an integer argument is expected, an optional suffix is supported to easily indicate large integers\. There must be no space between the integer and the suffix\. +. .TP \fBKiB\fR -Multiply the integer by 1,024 (2\e^10)\. \fBKi\fR, \fBK\fR, and \fBKB\fR are accepted as synonyms for \fBKiB\fR\. +Multiply the integer by 1,024 (2^10)\. \fBKi\fR, \fBK\fR, and \fBKB\fR are accepted as synonyms for \fBKiB\fR\. +. .TP \fBMiB\fR -Multiply the integer by 1,048,576 (2\e^20)\. \fBMi\fR, \fBM\fR, and \fBMB\fR are accepted as synonyms for \fBMiB\fR\. +Multiply the integer by 1,048,576 (2^20)\. \fBMi\fR, \fBM\fR, and \fBMB\fR are accepted as synonyms for \fBMiB\fR\. +. .SS "Operation Mode" If multiple operation mode options are given, the last one takes effect\. +. .TP \fB\-z\fR, \fB\-\-compress\fR Compress\. This is the default operation mode when no operation mode option is specified and no other operation mode is implied from the command name (for example, \fBunzstd\fR implies \fB\-\-decompress\fR)\. +. .TP \fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-decompress\fR, \fB\-\-uncompress\fR Decompress\. +. .TP \fB\-t\fR, \fB\-\-test\fR Test the integrity of compressed \fIfiles\fR\. This option is equivalent to \fB\-\-decompress \-\-stdout > /dev/null\fR, decompressed data is discarded and checksummed for errors\. No files are created or removed\. +. .TP \fB\-b#\fR Benchmark file(s) using compression level \fI#\fR\. See \fIBENCHMARK\fR below for a description of this operation\. +. .TP \fB\-\-train FILES\fR Use \fIFILES\fR as a training set to create a dictionary\. The training set should contain a lot of small files (> 100)\. See \fIDICTIONARY BUILDER\fR below for a description of this operation\. +. .TP \fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-list\fR Display information related to a zstd compressed file, such as size, ratio, and checksum\. Some of these fields may not be available\. This command\'s output can be augmented with the \fB\-v\fR modifier\. +. .SS "Operation Modifiers" -.IP "\[ci]" 4 -\fB\-#\fR: selects \fB#\fR compression level [1\-19] (default: 3) -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 +\fB\-#\fR: selects \fB#\fR compression level [1\-19] (default: 3)\. Higher compression levels \fIgenerally\fR produce higher compression ratio at the expense of speed and memory\. A rough rule of thumb is that compression speed is expected to be divided by 2 every 2 levels\. Technically, each level is mapped to a set of advanced parameters (that can also be modified individually, see below)\. Because the compressor\'s behavior highly depends on the content to compress, there\'s no guarantee of a smooth progression from one level to another\. +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-ultra\fR: unlocks high compression levels 20+ (maximum 22), using a lot more memory\. Note that decompression will also require more memory when using these levels\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-fast[=#]\fR: switch to ultra\-fast compression levels\. If \fB=#\fR is not present, it defaults to \fB1\fR\. The higher the value, the faster the compression speed, at the cost of some compression ratio\. This setting overwrites compression level if one was set previously\. Similarly, if a compression level is set after \fB\-\-fast\fR, it overrides it\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-T#\fR, \fB\-\-threads=#\fR: Compress using \fB#\fR working threads (default: 1)\. If \fB#\fR is 0, attempt to detect and use the number of physical CPU cores\. In all cases, the nb of threads is capped to \fBZSTDMT_NBWORKERS_MAX\fR, which is either 64 in 32\-bit mode, or 256 for 64\-bit environments\. This modifier does nothing if \fBzstd\fR is compiled without multithread support\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-single\-thread\fR: Use a single thread for both I/O and compression\. As compression is serialized with I/O, this can be slightly slower\. Single\-thread mode features significantly lower memory usage, which can be useful for systems with limited amount of memory, such as 32\-bit systems\. +. .IP Note 1: this mode is the only available one when multithread support is disabled\. +. .IP Note 2: this mode is different from \fB\-T1\fR, which spawns 1 compression thread in parallel with I/O\. Final compressed result is also slightly different from \fB\-T1\fR\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-auto\-threads={physical,logical} (default: physical)\fR: When using a default amount of threads via \fB\-T0\fR, choose the default based on the number of detected physical or logical cores\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-adapt[=min=#,max=#]\fR: \fBzstd\fR will dynamically adapt compression level to perceived I/O conditions\. Compression level adaptation can be observed live by using command \fB\-v\fR\. Adaptation can be constrained between supplied \fBmin\fR and \fBmax\fR levels\. The feature works when combined with multi\-threading and \fB\-\-long\fR mode\. It does not work with \fB\-\-single\-thread\fR\. It sets window size to 8 MiB by default (can be changed manually, see \fBwlog\fR)\. Due to the chaotic nature of dynamic adaptation, compressed result is not reproducible\. +. .IP \fINote\fR: at the time of this writing, \fB\-\-adapt\fR can remain stuck at low speed when combined with multiple worker threads (>=2)\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-long[=#]\fR: enables long distance matching with \fB#\fR \fBwindowLog\fR, if \fB#\fR is not present it defaults to \fB27\fR\. This increases the window size (\fBwindowLog\fR) and memory usage for both the compressor and decompressor\. This setting is designed to improve the compression ratio for files with long matches at a large distance\. +. .IP Note: If \fBwindowLog\fR is set to larger than 27, \fB\-\-long=windowLog\fR or \fB\-\-memory=windowSize\fR needs to be passed to the decompressor\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-D DICT\fR: use \fBDICT\fR as Dictionary to compress or decompress FILE(s) -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-patch\-from FILE\fR: Specify the file to be used as a reference point for zstd\'s diff engine\. This is effectively dictionary compression with some convenient parameter selection, namely that \fIwindowSize\fR > \fIsrcSize\fR\. +. .IP Note: cannot use both this and \fB\-D\fR together\. +. .IP Note: \fB\-\-long\fR mode will be automatically activated if \fIchainLog\fR < \fIfileLog\fR (\fIfileLog\fR being the \fIwindowLog\fR required to cover the whole file)\. You can also manually force it\. +. .IP Note: for all levels, you can use \fB\-\-patch\-from\fR in \fB\-\-single\-thread\fR mode to improve compression ratio at the cost of speed\. +. .IP Note: for level 19, you can get increased compression ratio at the cost of speed by specifying \fB\-\-zstd=targetLength=\fR to be something large (i\.e\. 4096), and by setting a large \fB\-\-zstd=chainLog=\fR\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-rsyncable\fR: \fBzstd\fR will periodically synchronize the compression state to make the compressed file more rsync\-friendly\. There is a negligible impact to compression ratio, and a potential impact to compression speed, perceptible at higher speeds, for example when combining \fB\-\-rsyncable\fR with many parallel worker threads\. This feature does not work with \fB\-\-single\-thread\fR\. You probably don\'t want to use it with long range mode, since it will decrease the effectiveness of the synchronization points, but your mileage may vary\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-C\fR, \fB\-\-[no\-]check\fR: add integrity check computed from uncompressed data (default: enabled) -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-[no\-]content\-size\fR: enable / disable whether or not the original size of the file is placed in the header of the compressed file\. The default option is \fB\-\-content\-size\fR (meaning that the original size will be placed in the header)\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-no\-dictID\fR: do not store dictionary ID within frame header (dictionary compression)\. The decoder will have to rely on implicit knowledge about which dictionary to use, it won\'t be able to check if it\'s correct\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-M#\fR, \fB\-\-memory=#\fR: Set a memory usage limit\. By default, \fBzstd\fR uses 128 MiB for decompression as the maximum amount of memory the decompressor is allowed to use, but you can override this manually if need be in either direction (i\.e\. you can increase or decrease it)\. +. .IP This is also used during compression when using with \fB\-\-patch\-from=\fR\. In this case, this parameter overrides that maximum size allowed for a dictionary\. (128 MiB)\. +. .IP Additionally, this can be used to limit memory for dictionary training\. This parameter overrides the default limit of 2 GiB\. zstd will load training samples up to the memory limit and ignore the rest\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-stream\-size=#\fR: Sets the pledged source size of input coming from a stream\. This value must be exact, as it will be included in the produced frame header\. Incorrect stream sizes will cause an error\. This information will be used to better optimize compression parameters, resulting in better and potentially faster compression, especially for smaller source sizes\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-size\-hint=#\fR: When handling input from a stream, \fBzstd\fR must guess how large the source size will be when optimizing compression parameters\. If the stream size is relatively small, this guess may be a poor one, resulting in a higher compression ratio than expected\. This feature allows for controlling the guess when needed\. Exact guesses result in better compression ratios\. Overestimates result in slightly degraded compression ratios, while underestimates may result in significant degradation\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 -\fB\-o FILE\fR: save result into \fBFILE\fR\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 +\fB\-\-target\-compressed\-block\-size=#\fR: Attempt to produce compressed blocks of approximately this size\. This will split larger blocks in order to approach this target\. This feature is notably useful for improved latency, when the receiver can leverage receiving early incomplete data\. This parameter defines a loose target: compressed blocks will target this size "on average", but individual blocks can still be larger or smaller\. Enabling this feature can decrease compression speed by up to ~10% at level 1\. Higher levels will see smaller relative speed regression, becoming invisible at higher settings\. +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-force\fR: disable input and output checks\. Allows overwriting existing files, input from console, output to stdout, operating on links, block devices, etc\. During decompression and when the output destination is stdout, pass\-through unrecognized formats as\-is\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 -\fB\-c\fR, \fB\-\-stdout\fR: write to standard output (even if it is the console); keep original files unchanged\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 +\fB\-c\fR, \fB\-\-stdout\fR: write to standard output (even if it is the console); keep original files (disable \fB\-\-rm\fR)\. +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 +\fB\-o FILE\fR: save result into \fBFILE\fR\. Note that this operation is in conflict with \fB\-c\fR\. If both operations are present on the command line, the last expressed one wins\. +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-[no\-]sparse\fR: enable / disable sparse FS support, to make files with many zeroes smaller on disk\. Creating sparse files may save disk space and speed up decompression by reducing the amount of disk I/O\. default: enabled when output is into a file, and disabled when output is stdout\. This setting overrides default and can force sparse mode over stdout\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-[no\-]pass\-through\fR enable / disable passing through uncompressed files as\-is\. During decompression when pass\-through is enabled, unrecognized formats will be copied as\-is from the input to the output\. By default, pass\-through will occur when the output destination is stdout and the force (\fB\-f\fR) option is set\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-rm\fR: remove source file(s) after successful compression or decompression\. This command is silently ignored if output is \fBstdout\fR\. If used in combination with \fB\-o\fR, triggers a confirmation prompt (which can be silenced with \fB\-f\fR), as this is a destructive operation\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-k\fR, \fB\-\-keep\fR: keep source file(s) after successful compression or decompression\. This is the default behavior\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-r\fR: operate recursively on directories\. It selects all files in the named directory and all its subdirectories\. This can be useful both to reduce command line typing, and to circumvent shell expansion limitations, when there are a lot of files and naming breaks the maximum size of a command line\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-filelist FILE\fR read a list of files to process as content from \fBFILE\fR\. Format is compatible with \fBls\fR output, with one file per line\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-output\-dir\-flat DIR\fR: resulting files are stored into target \fBDIR\fR directory, instead of same directory as origin file\. Be aware that this command can introduce name collision issues, if multiple files, from different directories, end up having the same name\. Collision resolution ensures first file with a given name will be present in \fBDIR\fR, while in combination with \fB\-f\fR, the last file will be present instead\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-output\-dir\-mirror DIR\fR: similar to \fB\-\-output\-dir\-flat\fR, the output files are stored underneath target \fBDIR\fR directory, but this option will replicate input directory hierarchy into output \fBDIR\fR\. +. .IP If input directory contains "\.\.", the files in this directory will be ignored\. If input directory is an absolute directory (i\.e\. "/var/tmp/abc"), it will be stored into the "output\-dir/var/tmp/abc"\. If there are multiple input files or directories, name collision resolution will follow the same rules as \fB\-\-output\-dir\-flat\fR\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-format=FORMAT\fR: compress and decompress in other formats\. If compiled with support, zstd can compress to or decompress from other compression algorithm formats\. Possibly available options are \fBzstd\fR, \fBgzip\fR, \fBxz\fR, \fBlzma\fR, and \fBlz4\fR\. If no such format is provided, \fBzstd\fR is the default\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-h\fR/\fB\-H\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR: display help/long help and exit -.IP "\[ci]" 4 -\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR: display version number and exit\. Advanced: \fB\-vV\fR also displays supported formats\. \fB\-vvV\fR also displays POSIX support\. \fB\-q\fR will only display the version number, suitable for machine reading\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 +\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR: display version number and immediately exit\. note that, since it exits, flags specified after \fB\-V\fR are effectively ignored\. Advanced: \fB\-vV\fR also displays supported formats\. \fB\-vvV\fR also displays POSIX support\. \fB\-qV\fR will only display the version number, suitable for machine reading\. +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR: verbose mode, display more information -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR: suppress warnings, interactivity, and notifications\. specify twice to suppress errors too\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-no\-progress\fR: do not display the progress bar, but keep all other messages\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-show\-default\-cparams\fR: shows the default compression parameters that will be used for a particular input file, based on the provided compression level and the input size\. If the provided file is not a regular file (e\.g\. a pipe), this flag will output the parameters used for inputs of unknown size\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 +\fB\-\-exclude\-compressed\fR: only compress files that are not already compressed\. +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-\fR: All arguments after \fB\-\-\fR are treated as files - -.SH Parallel Zstd OPTIONS -Additional options for the pzstd utility -.TP -.BR \-p ", " --processes - number of threads to use for (de)compression (default:4) - +. .IP "" 0 +. .SS "gzip Operation Modifiers" When invoked via a \fBgzip\fR symlink, \fBzstd\fR will support further options that intend to mimic the \fBgzip\fR behavior: +. .TP \fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-no\-name\fR do not store the original filename and timestamps when compressing a file\. This is the default behavior and hence a no\-op\. +. .TP \fB\-\-best\fR alias to the option \fB\-9\fR\. +. .SS "Environment Variables" -Employing environment variables to set parameters has security implications\. Therefore, this avenue is intentionally limited\. Only \fBZSTD_CLEVEL\fR and \fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR are currently supported\. They set the compression level and number of threads to use during compression, respectively\. +Employing environment variables to set parameters has security implications\. Therefore, this avenue is intentionally limited\. Only \fBZSTD_CLEVEL\fR and \fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR are currently supported\. They set the default compression level and number of threads to use during compression, respectively\. +. .P \fBZSTD_CLEVEL\fR can be used to set the level between 1 and 19 (the "normal" range)\. If the value of \fBZSTD_CLEVEL\fR is not a valid integer, it will be ignored with a warning message\. \fBZSTD_CLEVEL\fR just replaces the default compression level (\fB3\fR)\. +. .P -\fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR can be used to set the number of threads \fBzstd\fR will attempt to use during compression\. If the value of \fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR is not a valid unsigned integer, it will be ignored with a warning message\. \fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR has a default value of (\fB1\fR), and is capped at ZSTDMT_NBWORKERS_MAX==200\. \fBzstd\fR must be compiled with multithread support for this to have any effect\. +\fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR can be used to set the number of threads \fBzstd\fR will attempt to use during compression\. If the value of \fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR is not a valid unsigned integer, it will be ignored with a warning message\. \fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR has a default value of (\fB1\fR), and is capped at ZSTDMT_NBWORKERS_MAX==200\. \fBzstd\fR must be compiled with multithread support for this variable to have any effect\. +. .P They can both be overridden by corresponding command line arguments: \fB\-#\fR for compression level and \fB\-T#\fR for number of compression threads\. -.SH "DICTIONARY BUILDER" -\fBzstd\fR offers \fIdictionary\fR compression, which greatly improves efficiency on small files and messages\. It\'s possible to train \fBzstd\fR with a set of samples, the result of which is saved into a file called a \fBdictionary\fR\. Then, during compression and decompression, reference the same dictionary, using command \fB\-D dictionaryFileName\fR\. Compression of small files similar to the sample set will be greatly improved\. -.TP -\fB\-\-train FILEs\fR -Use FILEs as training set to create a dictionary\. The training set should ideally contain a lot of samples (> 100), and weight typically 100x the target dictionary size (for example, ~10 MB for a 100 KB dictionary)\. \fB\-\-train\fR can be combined with \fB\-r\fR to indicate a directory rather than listing all the files, which can be useful to circumvent shell expansion limits\. -.IP -Since dictionary compression is mostly effective for small files, the expectation is that the training set will only contain small files\. In the case where some samples happen to be large, only the first 128 KiB of these samples will be used for training\. -.IP -\fB\-\-train\fR supports multithreading if \fBzstd\fR is compiled with threading support (default)\. Additional advanced parameters can be specified with \fB\-\-train\-fastcover\fR\. The legacy dictionary builder can be accessed with \fB\-\-train\-legacy\fR\. The slower cover dictionary builder can be accessed with \fB\-\-train\-cover\fR\. Default \fB\-\-train\fR is equivalent to \fB\-\-train\-fastcover=d=8,steps=4\fR\. -.TP -\fB\-o FILE\fR -Dictionary saved into \fBFILE\fR (default name: dictionary)\. -.TP -\fB\-\-maxdict=#\fR -Limit dictionary to specified size (default: 112640 bytes)\. As usual, quantities are expressed in bytes by default, and it\'s possible to employ suffixes (like \fBKB\fR or \fBMB\fR) to specify larger values\. -.TP -\fB\-#\fR -Use \fB#\fR compression level during training (optional)\. Will generate statistics more tuned for selected compression level, resulting in a \fIsmall\fR compression ratio improvement for this level\. -.TP -\fB\-B#\fR -Split input files into blocks of size # (default: no split) -.TP -\fB\-M#\fR, \fB\-\-memory=#\fR -Limit the amount of sample data loaded for training (default: 2 GB)\. Note that the default (2 GB) is also the maximum\. This parameter can be useful in situations where the training set size is not well controlled and could be potentially very large\. Since speed of the training process is directly correlated to the size of the training sample set, a smaller sample set leads to faster training\. -.IP -In situations where the training set is larger than maximum memory, the CLI will randomly select samples among the available ones, up to the maximum allowed memory budget\. This is meant to improve dictionary relevance by mitigating the potential impact of clustering, such as selecting only files from the beginning of a list sorted by modification date, or sorted by alphabetical order\. The randomization process is deterministic, so training of the same list of files with the same parameters will lead to the creation of the same dictionary\. -.TP -\fB\-\-dictID=#\fR -A dictionary ID is a locally unique ID\. The decoder will use this value to verify it is using the right dictionary\. By default, zstd will create a 4\-bytes random number ID\. It\'s possible to provide an explicit number ID instead\. It\'s up to the dictionary manager to not assign twice the same ID to 2 different dictionaries\. Note that short numbers have an advantage: an ID < 256 will only need 1 byte in the compressed frame header, and an ID < 65536 will only need 2 bytes\. This compares favorably to 4 bytes default\. -.IP -Note that RFC8878 reserves IDs less than 32768 and greater than or equal to 2\e^31, so they should not be used in public\. -.TP -\fB\-\-train\-cover[=k#,d=#,steps=#,split=#,shrink[=#]]\fR -Select parameters for the default dictionary builder algorithm named cover\. If \fId\fR is not specified, then it tries \fId\fR = 6 and \fId\fR = 8\. If \fIk\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIsteps\fR values in the range [50, 2000]\. If \fIsteps\fR is not specified, then the default value of 40 is used\. If \fIsplit\fR is not specified or split <= 0, then the default value of 100 is used\. Requires that \fId\fR <= \fIk\fR\. If \fIshrink\fR flag is not used, then the default value for \fIshrinkDict\fR of 0 is used\. If \fIshrink\fR is not specified, then the default value for \fIshrinkDictMaxRegression\fR of 1 is used\. -.IP -Selects segments of size \fIk\fR with highest score to put in the dictionary\. The score of a segment is computed by the sum of the frequencies of all the subsegments of size \fId\fR\. Generally \fId\fR should be in the range [6, 8], occasionally up to 16, but the algorithm will run faster with d <= \fI8\fR\. Good values for \fIk\fR vary widely based on the input data, but a safe range is [2 * \fId\fR, 2000]\. If \fIsplit\fR is 100, all input samples are used for both training and testing to find optimal \fId\fR and \fIk\fR to build dictionary\. Supports multithreading if \fBzstd\fR is compiled with threading support\. Having \fIshrink\fR enabled takes a truncated dictionary of minimum size and doubles in size until compression ratio of the truncated dictionary is at most \fIshrinkDictMaxRegression%\fR worse than the compression ratio of the largest dictionary\. -.IP -Examples: -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=k=50,d=8 FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=d=8,steps=500 FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=k=50 FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=k=50,split=60 FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=shrink FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=shrink=2 FILEs\fR -.TP -\fB\-\-train\-fastcover[=k#,d=#,f=#,steps=#,split=#,accel=#]\fR -Same as cover but with extra parameters \fIf\fR and \fIaccel\fR and different default value of split If \fIsplit\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIsplit\fR = 75\. If \fIf\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIf\fR = 20\. Requires that 0 < \fIf\fR < 32\. If \fIaccel\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIaccel\fR = 1\. Requires that 0 < \fIaccel\fR <= 10\. Requires that \fId\fR = 6 or \fId\fR = 8\. -.IP -\fIf\fR is log of size of array that keeps track of frequency of subsegments of size \fId\fR\. The subsegment is hashed to an index in the range [0,2^\fIf\fR \- 1]\. It is possible that 2 different subsegments are hashed to the same index, and they are considered as the same subsegment when computing frequency\. Using a higher \fIf\fR reduces collision but takes longer\. -.IP -Examples: -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-fastcover FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-fastcover=d=8,f=15,accel=2 FILEs\fR -.TP -\fB\-\-train\-legacy[=selectivity=#]\fR -Use legacy dictionary builder algorithm with the given dictionary \fIselectivity\fR (default: 9)\. The smaller the \fIselectivity\fR value, the denser the dictionary, improving its efficiency but reducing its achievable maximum size\. \fB\-\-train\-legacy=s=#\fR is also accepted\. -.IP -Examples: -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-legacy FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-legacy=selectivity=8 FILEs\fR -.SH "BENCHMARK" -.TP -\fB\-b#\fR -benchmark file(s) using compression level # -.TP -\fB\-e#\fR -benchmark file(s) using multiple compression levels, from \fB\-b#\fR to \fB\-e#\fR (inclusive) -.TP -\fB\-i#\fR -minimum evaluation time, in seconds (default: 3s), benchmark mode only -.TP -\fB\-B#\fR, \fB\-\-block\-size=#\fR -cut file(s) into independent chunks of size # (default: no chunking) -.TP -\fB\-\-priority=rt\fR -set process priority to real\-time -.P -\fBOutput Format:\fR CompressionLevel#Filename: InputSize \-> OutputSize (CompressionRatio), CompressionSpeed, DecompressionSpeed -.P -\fBMethodology:\fR For both compression and decompression speed, the entire input is compressed/decompressed in\-memory to measure speed\. A run lasts at least 1 sec, so when files are small, they are compressed/decompressed several times per run, in order to improve measurement accuracy\. +. .SH "ADVANCED COMPRESSION OPTIONS" -### \-B#: Specify the size of each compression job\. This parameter is only available when multi\-threading is enabled\. Each compression job is run in parallel, so this value indirectly impacts the nb of active threads\. Default job size varies depending on compression level (generally \fB4 * windowSize\fR)\. \fB\-B#\fR makes it possible to manually select a custom size\. Note that job size must respect a minimum value which is enforced transparently\. This minimum is either 512 KB, or \fBoverlapSize\fR, whichever is largest\. Different job sizes will lead to non\-identical compressed frames\. +\fBzstd\fR provides 22 predefined regular compression levels plus the fast levels\. A compression level is translated internally into multiple advanced parameters that control the behavior of the compressor (one can observe the result of this translation with \fB\-\-show\-default\-cparams\fR)\. These advanced parameters can be overridden using advanced compression options\. +. .SS "\-\-zstd[=options]:" -\fBzstd\fR provides 22 predefined regular compression levels plus the fast levels\. This compression level is translated internally into a number of specific parameters that actually control the behavior of the compressor\. (You can see the result of this translation with \fB\-\-show\-default\-cparams\fR\.) These specific parameters can be overridden with advanced compression options\. The \fIoptions\fR are provided as a comma\-separated list\. You may specify only the options you want to change and the rest will be taken from the selected or default compression level\. The list of available \fIoptions\fR: +The \fIoptions\fR are provided as a comma\-separated list\. You may specify only the options you want to change and the rest will be taken from the selected or default compression level\. The list of available \fIoptions\fR: +. .TP \fBstrategy\fR=\fIstrat\fR, \fBstrat\fR=\fIstrat\fR Specify a strategy used by a match finder\. +. .IP There are 9 strategies numbered from 1 to 9, from fastest to strongest: 1=\fBZSTD_fast\fR, 2=\fBZSTD_dfast\fR, 3=\fBZSTD_greedy\fR, 4=\fBZSTD_lazy\fR, 5=\fBZSTD_lazy2\fR, 6=\fBZSTD_btlazy2\fR, 7=\fBZSTD_btopt\fR, 8=\fBZSTD_btultra\fR, 9=\fBZSTD_btultra2\fR\. +. .TP \fBwindowLog\fR=\fIwlog\fR, \fBwlog\fR=\fIwlog\fR Specify the maximum number of bits for a match distance\. +. .IP The higher number of increases the chance to find a match which usually improves compression ratio\. It also increases memory requirements for the compressor and decompressor\. The minimum \fIwlog\fR is 10 (1 KiB) and the maximum is 30 (1 GiB) on 32\-bit platforms and 31 (2 GiB) on 64\-bit platforms\. +. .IP Note: If \fBwindowLog\fR is set to larger than 27, \fB\-\-long=windowLog\fR or \fB\-\-memory=windowSize\fR needs to be passed to the decompressor\. +. .TP \fBhashLog\fR=\fIhlog\fR, \fBhlog\fR=\fIhlog\fR Specify the maximum number of bits for a hash table\. +. .IP Bigger hash tables cause fewer collisions which usually makes compression faster, but requires more memory during compression\. +. .IP The minimum \fIhlog\fR is 6 (64 entries / 256 B) and the maximum is 30 (1B entries / 4 GiB)\. +. .TP \fBchainLog\fR=\fIclog\fR, \fBclog\fR=\fIclog\fR Specify the maximum number of bits for the secondary search structure, whose form depends on the selected \fBstrategy\fR\. +. .IP Higher numbers of bits increases the chance to find a match which usually improves compression ratio\. It also slows down compression speed and increases memory requirements for compression\. This option is ignored for the \fBZSTD_fast\fR \fBstrategy\fR, which only has the primary hash table\. +. .IP The minimum \fIclog\fR is 6 (64 entries / 256 B) and the maximum is 29 (512M entries / 2 GiB) on 32\-bit platforms and 30 (1B entries / 4 GiB) on 64\-bit platforms\. +. .TP \fBsearchLog\fR=\fIslog\fR, \fBslog\fR=\fIslog\fR Specify the maximum number of searches in a hash chain or a binary tree using logarithmic scale\. +. .IP More searches increases the chance to find a match which usually increases compression ratio but decreases compression speed\. +. .IP The minimum \fIslog\fR is 1 and the maximum is \'windowLog\' \- 1\. +. .TP \fBminMatch\fR=\fImml\fR, \fBmml\fR=\fImml\fR Specify the minimum searched length of a match in a hash table\. +. .IP Larger search lengths usually decrease compression ratio but improve decompression speed\. +. .IP The minimum \fImml\fR is 3 and the maximum is 7\. +. .TP \fBtargetLength\fR=\fItlen\fR, \fBtlen\fR=\fItlen\fR The impact of this field vary depending on selected strategy\. +. .IP For \fBZSTD_btopt\fR, \fBZSTD_btultra\fR and \fBZSTD_btultra2\fR, it specifies the minimum match length that causes match finder to stop searching\. A larger \fBtargetLength\fR usually improves compression ratio but decreases compression speed\. +. .IP For \fBZSTD_fast\fR, it triggers ultra\-fast mode when > 0\. The value represents the amount of data skipped between match sampling\. Impact is reversed: a larger \fBtargetLength\fR increases compression speed but decreases compression ratio\. +. .IP For all other strategies, this field has no impact\. +. .IP The minimum \fItlen\fR is 0 and the maximum is 128 KiB\. +. .TP \fBoverlapLog\fR=\fIovlog\fR, \fBovlog\fR=\fIovlog\fR Determine \fBoverlapSize\fR, amount of data reloaded from previous job\. This parameter is only available when multithreading is enabled\. Reloading more data improves compression ratio, but decreases speed\. +. .IP The minimum \fIovlog\fR is 0, and the maximum is 9\. 1 means "no overlap", hence completely independent jobs\. 9 means "full overlap", meaning up to \fBwindowSize\fR is reloaded from previous job\. Reducing \fIovlog\fR by 1 reduces the reloaded amount by a factor 2\. For example, 8 means "windowSize/2", and 6 means "windowSize/8"\. Value 0 is special and means "default": \fIovlog\fR is automatically determined by \fBzstd\fR\. In which case, \fIovlog\fR will range from 6 to 9, depending on selected \fIstrat\fR\. +. .TP \fBldmHashLog\fR=\fIlhlog\fR, \fBlhlog\fR=\fIlhlog\fR Specify the maximum size for a hash table used for long distance matching\. +. .IP This option is ignored unless long distance matching is enabled\. +. .IP Bigger hash tables usually improve compression ratio at the expense of more memory during compression and a decrease in compression speed\. +. .IP The minimum \fIlhlog\fR is 6 and the maximum is 30 (default: 20)\. +. .TP \fBldmMinMatch\fR=\fIlmml\fR, \fBlmml\fR=\fIlmml\fR Specify the minimum searched length of a match for long distance matching\. +. .IP This option is ignored unless long distance matching is enabled\. +. .IP Larger/very small values usually decrease compression ratio\. +. .IP The minimum \fIlmml\fR is 4 and the maximum is 4096 (default: 64)\. +. .TP \fBldmBucketSizeLog\fR=\fIlblog\fR, \fBlblog\fR=\fIlblog\fR Specify the size of each bucket for the hash table used for long distance matching\. +. .IP This option is ignored unless long distance matching is enabled\. +. .IP Larger bucket sizes improve collision resolution but decrease compression speed\. +. .IP The minimum \fIlblog\fR is 1 and the maximum is 8 (default: 3)\. +. .TP \fBldmHashRateLog\fR=\fIlhrlog\fR, \fBlhrlog\fR=\fIlhrlog\fR Specify the frequency of inserting entries into the long distance matching hash table\. +. .IP This option is ignored unless long distance matching is enabled\. +. .IP Larger values will improve compression speed\. Deviating far from the default value will likely result in a decrease in compression ratio\. +. .IP The default value is \fBwlog \- lhlog\fR\. +. .SS "Example" The following parameters sets advanced compression options to something similar to predefined level 19 for files bigger than 256 KB: +. .P \fB\-\-zstd\fR=wlog=23,clog=23,hlog=22,slog=6,mml=3,tlen=48,strat=6 +. +.SS "\-B#:" +Specify the size of each compression job\. This parameter is only available when multi\-threading is enabled\. Each compression job is run in parallel, so this value indirectly impacts the nb of active threads\. Default job size varies depending on compression level (generally \fB4 * windowSize\fR)\. \fB\-B#\fR makes it possible to manually select a custom size\. Note that job size must respect a minimum value which is enforced transparently\. This minimum is either 512 KB, or \fBoverlapSize\fR, whichever is largest\. Different job sizes will lead to non\-identical compressed frames\. +. +.SH "DICTIONARY BUILDER" +\fBzstd\fR offers \fIdictionary\fR compression, which greatly improves efficiency on small files and messages\. It\'s possible to train \fBzstd\fR with a set of samples, the result of which is saved into a file called a \fBdictionary\fR\. Then, during compression and decompression, reference the same dictionary, using command \fB\-D dictionaryFileName\fR\. Compression of small files similar to the sample set will be greatly improved\. +. +.TP +\fB\-\-train FILEs\fR +Use FILEs as training set to create a dictionary\. The training set should ideally contain a lot of samples (> 100), and weight typically 100x the target dictionary size (for example, ~10 MB for a 100 KB dictionary)\. \fB\-\-train\fR can be combined with \fB\-r\fR to indicate a directory rather than listing all the files, which can be useful to circumvent shell expansion limits\. +. +.IP +Since dictionary compression is mostly effective for small files, the expectation is that the training set will only contain small files\. In the case where some samples happen to be large, only the first 128 KiB of these samples will be used for training\. +. +.IP +\fB\-\-train\fR supports multithreading if \fBzstd\fR is compiled with threading support (default)\. Additional advanced parameters can be specified with \fB\-\-train\-fastcover\fR\. The legacy dictionary builder can be accessed with \fB\-\-train\-legacy\fR\. The slower cover dictionary builder can be accessed with \fB\-\-train\-cover\fR\. Default \fB\-\-train\fR is equivalent to \fB\-\-train\-fastcover=d=8,steps=4\fR\. +. +.TP +\fB\-o FILE\fR +Dictionary saved into \fBFILE\fR (default name: dictionary)\. +. +.TP +\fB\-\-maxdict=#\fR +Limit dictionary to specified size (default: 112640 bytes)\. As usual, quantities are expressed in bytes by default, and it\'s possible to employ suffixes (like \fBKB\fR or \fBMB\fR) to specify larger values\. +. +.TP +\fB\-#\fR +Use \fB#\fR compression level during training (optional)\. Will generate statistics more tuned for selected compression level, resulting in a \fIsmall\fR compression ratio improvement for this level\. +. +.TP +\fB\-B#\fR +Split input files into blocks of size # (default: no split) +. +.TP +\fB\-M#\fR, \fB\-\-memory=#\fR +Limit the amount of sample data loaded for training (default: 2 GB)\. Note that the default (2 GB) is also the maximum\. This parameter can be useful in situations where the training set size is not well controlled and could be potentially very large\. Since speed of the training process is directly correlated to the size of the training sample set, a smaller sample set leads to faster training\. +. +.IP +In situations where the training set is larger than maximum memory, the CLI will randomly select samples among the available ones, up to the maximum allowed memory budget\. This is meant to improve dictionary relevance by mitigating the potential impact of clustering, such as selecting only files from the beginning of a list sorted by modification date, or sorted by alphabetical order\. The randomization process is deterministic, so training of the same list of files with the same parameters will lead to the creation of the same dictionary\. +. +.TP +\fB\-\-dictID=#\fR +A dictionary ID is a locally unique ID\. The decoder will use this value to verify it is using the right dictionary\. By default, zstd will create a 4\-bytes random number ID\. It\'s possible to provide an explicit number ID instead\. It\'s up to the dictionary manager to not assign twice the same ID to 2 different dictionaries\. Note that short numbers have an advantage: an ID < 256 will only need 1 byte in the compressed frame header, and an ID < 65536 will only need 2 bytes\. This compares favorably to 4 bytes default\. +. +.IP +Note that RFC8878 reserves IDs less than 32768 and greater than or equal to 2^31, so they should not be used in public\. +. +.TP +\fB\-\-train\-cover[=k#,d=#,steps=#,split=#,shrink[=#]]\fR +Select parameters for the default dictionary builder algorithm named cover\. If \fId\fR is not specified, then it tries \fId\fR = 6 and \fId\fR = 8\. If \fIk\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIsteps\fR values in the range [50, 2000]\. If \fIsteps\fR is not specified, then the default value of 40 is used\. If \fIsplit\fR is not specified or split <= 0, then the default value of 100 is used\. Requires that \fId\fR <= \fIk\fR\. If \fIshrink\fR flag is not used, then the default value for \fIshrinkDict\fR of 0 is used\. If \fIshrink\fR is not specified, then the default value for \fIshrinkDictMaxRegression\fR of 1 is used\. +. +.IP +Selects segments of size \fIk\fR with highest score to put in the dictionary\. The score of a segment is computed by the sum of the frequencies of all the subsegments of size \fId\fR\. Generally \fId\fR should be in the range [6, 8], occasionally up to 16, but the algorithm will run faster with d <= \fI8\fR\. Good values for \fIk\fR vary widely based on the input data, but a safe range is [2 * \fId\fR, 2000]\. If \fIsplit\fR is 100, all input samples are used for both training and testing to find optimal \fId\fR and \fIk\fR to build dictionary\. Supports multithreading if \fBzstd\fR is compiled with threading support\. Having \fIshrink\fR enabled takes a truncated dictionary of minimum size and doubles in size until compression ratio of the truncated dictionary is at most \fIshrinkDictMaxRegression%\fR worse than the compression ratio of the largest dictionary\. +. +.IP +Examples: +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=k=50,d=8 FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=d=8,steps=500 FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=k=50 FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=k=50,split=60 FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=shrink FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=shrink=2 FILEs\fR +. +.TP +\fB\-\-train\-fastcover[=k#,d=#,f=#,steps=#,split=#,accel=#]\fR +Same as cover but with extra parameters \fIf\fR and \fIaccel\fR and different default value of split If \fIsplit\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIsplit\fR = 75\. If \fIf\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIf\fR = 20\. Requires that 0 < \fIf\fR < 32\. If \fIaccel\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIaccel\fR = 1\. Requires that 0 < \fIaccel\fR <= 10\. Requires that \fId\fR = 6 or \fId\fR = 8\. +. +.IP +\fIf\fR is log of size of array that keeps track of frequency of subsegments of size \fId\fR\. The subsegment is hashed to an index in the range [0,2^\fIf\fR \- 1]\. It is possible that 2 different subsegments are hashed to the same index, and they are considered as the same subsegment when computing frequency\. Using a higher \fIf\fR reduces collision but takes longer\. +. +.IP +Examples: +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-fastcover FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-fastcover=d=8,f=15,accel=2 FILEs\fR +. +.TP +\fB\-\-train\-legacy[=selectivity=#]\fR +Use legacy dictionary builder algorithm with the given dictionary \fIselectivity\fR (default: 9)\. The smaller the \fIselectivity\fR value, the denser the dictionary, improving its efficiency but reducing its achievable maximum size\. \fB\-\-train\-legacy=s=#\fR is also accepted\. +. +.IP +Examples: +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-legacy FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-legacy=selectivity=8 FILEs\fR +. +.SH "BENCHMARK" +The \fBzstd\fR CLI provides a benchmarking mode that can be used to easily find suitable compression parameters, or alternatively to benchmark a computer\'s performance\. Note that the results are highly dependent on the content being compressed\. +. +.TP +\fB\-b#\fR +benchmark file(s) using compression level # +. +.TP +\fB\-e#\fR +benchmark file(s) using multiple compression levels, from \fB\-b#\fR to \fB\-e#\fR (inclusive) +. +.TP +\fB\-d\fR +benchmark decompression speed only (requires providing an already zstd\-compressed content) +. +.TP +\fB\-i#\fR +minimum evaluation time, in seconds (default: 3s), benchmark mode only +. +.TP +\fB\-B#\fR, \fB\-\-block\-size=#\fR +cut file(s) into independent chunks of size # (default: no chunking) +. +.TP +\fB\-\-priority=rt\fR +set process priority to real\-time (Windows) +. +.P +\fBOutput Format:\fR CompressionLevel#Filename: InputSize \-> OutputSize (CompressionRatio), CompressionSpeed, DecompressionSpeed +. +.P +\fBMethodology:\fR For both compression and decompression speed, the entire input is compressed/decompressed in\-memory to measure speed\. A run lasts at least 1 sec, so when files are small, they are compressed/decompressed several times per run, in order to improve measurement accuracy\. +. .SH "SEE ALSO" \fBzstdgrep\fR(1), \fBzstdless\fR(1), \fBgzip\fR(1), \fBxz\fR(1) +. .P The \fIzstandard\fR format is specified in Y\. Collet, "Zstandard Compression and the \'application/zstd\' Media Type", https://www\.ietf\.org/rfc/rfc8878\.txt, Internet RFC 8878 (February 2021)\. +. .SH "BUGS" Report bugs at: https://github\.com/facebook/zstd/issues +. .SH "AUTHOR" Yann Collet diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/zstdgrep.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/zstdgrep.1 index 1204e5bb..d7fda583 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/zstdgrep.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/zstdgrep.1 @@ -1,17 +1,26 @@ -.TH "ZSTDGREP" "1" "March 2023" "zstd 1.5.5" "User Commands" +. +.TH "ZSTDGREP" "1" "March 2024" "zstd 1.5.6" "User Commands" +. .SH "NAME" \fBzstdgrep\fR \- print lines matching a pattern in zstandard\-compressed files +. .SH "SYNOPSIS" -\fBzstdgrep\fR [\fIgrep\-flags\fR] [\-\-] \fIpattern\fR [\fIfiles\fR \|\.\|\.\|\.] +\fBzstdgrep\fR [\fIgrep\-flags\fR] [\-\-] \fIpattern\fR [\fIfiles\fR \.\.\.] +. .SH "DESCRIPTION" \fBzstdgrep\fR runs \fBgrep\fR(1) on files, or \fBstdin\fR if no files argument is given, after decompressing them with \fBzstdcat\fR(1)\. +. .P The \fIgrep\-flags\fR and \fIpattern\fR arguments are passed on to \fBgrep\fR(1)\. If an \fB\-e\fR flag is found in the \fIgrep\-flags\fR, \fBzstdgrep\fR will not look for a \fIpattern\fR argument\. +. .P Note that modern \fBgrep\fR alternatives such as \fBripgrep\fR (\fBrg\fR(1)) support \fBzstd\fR\-compressed files out of the box, and can prove better alternatives than \fBzstdgrep\fR notably for unsupported complex pattern searches\. Note though that such alternatives may also feature some minor command line differences\. +. .SH "EXIT STATUS" In case of missing arguments or missing pattern, 1 will be returned, otherwise 0\. +. .SH "SEE ALSO" \fBzstd\fR(1) +. .SH "AUTHORS" Thomas Klausner \fIwiz@NetBSD\.org\fR diff --git a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/zstdless.1 b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/zstdless.1 index bc019b26..7dd65f8f 100644 --- a/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/zstdless.1 +++ b/upstream/mageia-cauldron/man1/zstdless.1 @@ -1,9 +1,14 @@ -.TH "ZSTDLESS" "1" "March 2023" "zstd 1.5.5" "User Commands" +. +.TH "ZSTDLESS" "1" "March 2024" "zstd 1.5.6" "User Commands" +. .SH "NAME" \fBzstdless\fR \- view zstandard\-compressed files +. .SH "SYNOPSIS" -\fBzstdless\fR [\fIflags\fR] [\fIfile\fR \|\.\|\.\|\.] +\fBzstdless\fR [\fIflags\fR] [\fIfile\fR \.\.\.] +. .SH "DESCRIPTION" \fBzstdless\fR runs \fBless\fR(1) on files or stdin, if no \fIfile\fR argument is given, after decompressing them with \fBzstdcat\fR(1)\. +. .SH "SEE ALSO" \fBzstd\fR(1) |